Annual Report and
2024 Proxy Statement
WestRock 2023 Annual Report and 2024 Proxy Statement
NOTICE OF ANNUAL MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS
TIME AND DATE:
9:00 a.m., Eastern Time, on
Friday, January 26, 2024
PLACE:
Online via webcast at
www.virtualshareholdermeeting.com/WRK2024 *
*There will not be a physical location for the 2024 annual meeting
ITEMS OF BUSINESS:
Proposals Board Recommendation
(1) To elect 12 directors named in this Proxy Statement
FOR EACH NOMINEE
(2) To hold an advisory vote to approve executive compensation FOR
(3) To ratify the appointment of Ernst & Young LLP to serve as our independent registered
public accounting firm for fiscal 2024
FOR
In addition, we will transact any other business that properly comes before the meeting or any adjournment or
postponement of the meeting.
WHO MAY VOTE:
You may vote if you were a holder of our common stock as of the close of business on December 4, 2023.
HOW TO VOTE IN ADVANCE OF THE MEETING:
There are three ways for registered stockholders to vote in advance of the meeting:
(1) By Internet: Go to www.proxyvote.com or scan the QR barcode on your proxy card and follow the instructions.
(2) By Phone: Call 1-800-690-6903.
(3) By Mail: Complete, sign and return the proxy card by mail.
Beneficial holders of our stock should review the information provided by their bank, broker or other nominee in order to
provide voting instructions.
To vote during the meeting, go to www.virtualshareholdermeeting.com/WRK2024 and follow the instructions.
DATE THESE PROXY MATERIALS WERE FIRST MADE AVAILABLE:
December 13, 2023
[THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]
MESSAGE FROM OUR PRESIDENT AND CEO
Dear Fellow Shareholders:
As we reflect on fiscal 2023, I want to thank you for your continued trust in, and support of,
WestRock. The WestRock team remained steadfast and delivered strong results despite
unprecedented market conditions, demonstrating the power and resilience of our diversified
portfolio, solutions and scale.
I’m incredibly proud of the progress we made in the past year as we worked to deliver for our
customers and our shareholders. We improved our integrated packaging revenue and
margins and recently increased our dividend by an additional 10%. Following our acquisition
of the remaining equity interest in our former joint venture in Mexico in D ecember 2022, we
used our strong cash flow to reduce our total debt by $879 million, supporting our
commitment to improve our leverage.
Strategic Transformation Initiatives
We also made significant progress on our transformation journey in fiscal 2023 investing
in attractive markets and locations, streamlining our footprint and prioritizing capital on the
highest return projects. We exceeded our cost savings expectations compared to fiscal
2022, exiting fiscal 2023 with greater than $450 million in run-rate savings.
Our Mexico acquisition increases our exposure to the attractive Latin America market and brings us closer to our
multinational customers. We also invested $1.1 billion in capital expenditures, including the construction of our new,
state-of-the-art corrugated box plant in Longview, Washington. In parallel, we closed two higher cost mills and two paper
machines at a third facility and sold our uncoated recycled paperboard mills and stakes in multiple non-strategic joint
ventures. These actions are tangible examples of our ongoing efforts to improve our operations and focus on the most
strategic markets for growth in the future.
Leadership in Innovation and Sustainability
Innovation and sustainability are fundamental to our business, and we strengthened our leadership role in these areas
during fiscal 2023. We recently received six Paperboard Packaging Council awards for excellence in packaging design,
sustainability and innovation. We were also recipients of the World Star Global Packaging Award in partnership with Asahi
Breweries and the Asia Star Award together with Singha beer both for our CanCollar
®
family of multipack can solutions,
which can be designed to enable brands to transition from single-use plastic rings to a recyclable paperboard solution.
In addition, we earned a spot on the coveted Dow Jones Sustainability Index for North America for the third consecutive
year, while also being named by Newsweek as one of America’s Most Responsible Companies and Barron’s 100 Most
Sustainable U.S. Companies. Our most recent Sustainability Report highlights the meaningful progress we’ve made across
a range of sustainability commitments and targets from advancing sustainable forestry and our science-based target to
reduce greenhouse gas emissions to driving safety and diversity and inclusion efforts in our workforce.
We already have an impressive renewable energy profile with approximately 70% of our total energy needs met with
renewable biomass. In fiscal 2023, we worked to expand our use of renewable energy by entering into two virtual power
purchase agreements with ENGIE North America, a recognized leader in the renewable energy space. The agreements
support two new solar projects based in Texas and are a component of our strategy to achieve our science-based target.
Looking Ahead
In September 2023, we announced a proposed business combination with Smurfit Kappa Group that is designed to create a
company with unparalleled scale and geographic reach in the most attractive packaging markets. I look forward to updating
you on our progress on this business combination in the future.
As this work moves forward, I am confident in WestRock’s strategy and our team, and we remain focused on growing our
company, serving our customers and being an outstanding workplace for our team members.
On behalf of the Board of Directors, thank you for your ongoing partnership.
Sincerely,
David B. Sewell
President and Chief Executive Officer
[THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PROXY STATEMENT SUMMARY AND
RELATED MATTERS
1
Fiscal 2023 Business Highlights 1
Annual Meeting Information 1
Annual Meeting Agenda 1
Director Nominees 2
Governance Highlights 3
Compensation Highlights 4
Sustainability Highlights 5
BOARD AND GOVERNANCE MATTERS 7
Item 1. Election of Directors
7
Governance Framework 7
Board Composition 8
Board Operations 15
Director Compensation 19
Certain Relationships and Related Person
Transactions 20
Communicating with the Board 21
COMPENSATION MATTERS 22
Item 2. Advisory Vote to Approve Executive
Compensation
22
COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 23
Executive Summary 23
Business Highlights and Key Accomplishments
Fiscal 2023 23
Compensation Decision-Making Framework 25
Compensation Elements 28
Severance and Change in Control Arrangements 34
Other Compensation Practices and Policies 36
Compensation Committee Report 36
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider
Participation 37
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION TABLES 38
Fiscal 2023 Summary Compensation Table 38
All Other Compensation Table for Fiscal 2023 39
Grants of Plan-Based Awards in Fiscal 2023 40
Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal 2023 Year-End 41
Option Exercises and Stock Vested During Fiscal
2023 42
Retirement Plans 42
Fiscal 2023 Nonqualified Deferred Compensation 43
Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in
Control 43
CEO PAY RATIO 45
PAY VERSUS PERFORMANCE 46
AUDIT MATTERS 51
Item 3. Ratification of Appointment of Ernst &
Young LLP for Fiscal 2024
51
Report of the Audit Committee 51
Fees of the Independent Registered Public
Accounting Firm 52
Pre-Approval Policies and Procedures 52
Other Information 52
OTHER IMPORTANT INFORMATION 53
Beneficial Ownership of Common Stock 53
Stockholder Proposals or Director Nominations for
2025 Annual Meeting 54
Annual Report on Form 10-K 54
Frequently Asked Questions 54
Cautionary Language Regarding Forward-Looking
Statements 57
[THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]
Proxy Statement Summary and Related Matters
PROXY STATEMENT SUMMARY AND RELATED MATTERS
This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this Proxy Statement, as well as certain other information that
our stockholders may wish to consider prior to making a voting decision. You should read this entire Proxy Statement
carefully before voting.
FISCAL 2023 BUSINESS HIGHLIGHTS
WestRock Company (the “Company” or “we”) provides innovative, sustainable, fiber-based packaging solutions for
consumer and corrugated packaging markets. Our community of more than 55,000 team members supports customers
around the world from locations in North America, South America, Europe, Asia and Australia. Our extensive network of
mills and converting and recycling facilities, our capabilities in automation technology and materials science, and our legacy
in sustainable forestry position us to imagine and deliver on the promise of a sustainable future.
We believe fiber-based packaging, the core of our business and sustainability platform, plays a central role in replacing
plastic and advancing a more circular economy. We partner with customers to deliver real value. We’re a partner that strives
to provide competitive advantages, deliver consistent quality and superior service, and fuel innovation to foster sustainable
growth. We are building on our long history of sustainability leadership and innovation, including breakthroughs that have
revolutionized packaging design and retail solutions. We also remain committed to innovation to support future growth and
sustainability for our business and our customers.
During fiscal 2023, we significantly advanced our strategic transformation initiatives and continued to achieve recognition for
development and commercialization of innovative and sustainable products. We delivered net sales of $20.3 billion, improved
our integrated packaging revenue and margins and generated net cash from operating activities of $1.8 billion, despite
unprecedented market conditions. Following our acquisition of the remaining equity interest in our former joint venture in Mexico
in December 2022 (the “Mexico Acquisition”), we used our strong cash flow to reduce our total debt by $879 million.
Throughout the year, we improved our asset base through the closure of higher cost facilities and paper machines and
other facility consolidation and invested $1.1 billion in capital expenditures, accelerating our asset recapitalization program
to drive productivity. We exceeded our cost-savings target in fiscal 2023 and exited fiscal 2023 with greater than
$450 million in run-rate savings. In addition, the Mexico Acquisition builds capability to capture on-shoring trends and
growth in the attractive Latin America market. Delivering on our commitment to streamline our portfolio and prioritize
profitable growth, we also exited non-core assets and sold our stakes in multiple non-strategic joint ventures. We remain
focused on driving profitable growth and delivering additional cost savings in fiscal 2024.
In mid-September 2023, we announced the proposed business combination of WestRock and Smurfit Kappa Group plc, a
public limited company incorporated in Ireland (“Smurfit Kappa”), to create Smurfit WestRock, a global leader in sustainable
packaging, pursuant to a transaction agreement (the “Transaction Agreement”) with Smurfit Kappa, Cepheidway Limited (to
be renamed Smurfit WestRock plc), a private limited company incorporated in Ireland (“ListCo”), and Sun Merger Sub, LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company and a wholly owned subsidiary of ListCo (“Merger Sub”). The Transaction Agreement
provides, among other things, that subject to the satisfaction or waiver of specified conditions, Smurfit Kappa will become a
wholly owned subsidiary of ListCo and Merger Sub will merge with and into WestRock, with WestRock surviving the
transaction as a wholly owned subsidiary of ListCo (the “Transaction”).
The Transaction is expected to close in the second calendar quarter of 2024, conditional upon regulatory approvals,
stockholder approvals and satisfaction of other closing conditions. Following completion of the Transaction, former Smurfit
Kappa shareholders are expected to hold approximately 50.4% of ListCo and our former stockholders are expected to hold
approximately 49.6% of ListCo, respectively, based on the number of shares outstanding of both Smurfit Kappa and
WestRock as of the announcement date .
ANNUAL MEETING INFORMATION
Time and Date 9:00 a.m., Eastern Time, on Friday, January 26, 2024
Location Online via webcast at
www.virtualshareholdermeeting.com/WRK2024
Record Date December 4, 2023
ANNUAL MEETING AGENDA
Proposals Board Recommendation Page
(1) Election of 12 Directors Named in this Proxy Statement FOR EACH NOMINEE 7
(2) Advisory Vote to Approve Executive Compensation
FOR 22
(3) Ratification of Appointment of Ernst & Young LLP for Fiscal 2024
FOR 51
WestRock Company 2024 Proxy Statement 1
Proxy Statement Summary and Related Matters
DIRECTOR NOMINEES
Name and Background Age
Director
Since
Other
Public
Boards Standing Committees
COLLEEN F. ARNOLD
Independent Director
Former Senior Vice President, Sales and Distribution,
International Business Machines Corporation
66 2018 0
Compensation
Executive
Finance (Chair)
TIMOTHY J. BERNLOHR
Independent Director
Managing Member,
TJB Management Consulting, LLC
64 2015 1
Audit
Compensation (Chair)
Executive
J. POWELL BROWN
Independent Director
President and CEO, Brown & Brown, Inc.
56 2015 1
Compensation
Governance
TERRELL K. CREWS
Independent Director
Former Executive Vice President, CFO,
Monsanto Company
68 2015 1
Audit (Chair)
Executive
Finance
RUSSELL M. CURREY
Independent Director
President, Boxwood Capital, LLC
62 2015 0
Audit
Finance
SUZAN F. HARRISON
Independent Director
Former President, Global Oral Care,
Colgate-Palmolive Company
66 2020 2
Audit
Governance
GRACIA C. MARTORE
Independent Director
Former President and CEO, TEGNA Inc.
72 2015 2
Audit
Finance
JAMES E. NEVELS
Independent Director
Former Chairman, The Hershey Company
71 2015 0
Compensation
Executive
Governance (Chair)
E. JEAN SAVAGE
Independent Director
President and CEO, Trinity Industries, Inc.
59 2022 1
Audit
Compensation
DAVID B. SEWELL
President and CEO, WestRock Company
55 2021 1 Executive
DMITRI L. STOCKTON
Independent Director
Former Senior Vice President and Special Advisor
to the Chairman, General Electric Company
59 2022 3
Audit
Finance
ALAN D. WILSON
Independent Chair
Former Chairman and CEO,
McCormick & Company, Inc.
66 2015 1
Executive (Chair)
Finance
Governance
2 WestRock Company 2024 Proxy Statement
Proxy Statement Summary and Related Matters
GOVERNANCE HIGHLIGHTS
We believe good corporate governance supports long-term value creation for our stockholders, and our corporate
governance framework supports independent oversight and accountability. Our Board of Directors (the “Board”) is led by an
independent Chair, Alan D. Wilson.
Independent Oversight Accountability
Eleven of 12 director nominees are independent, with three
independent directors added in the last five years
Independent Chair with clearly delineated responsibilities
All independent standing committees (other than Executive
Committee)
Regular executive sessions for Board and committee
meetings
Director retirement age of 72, which the Board has waived in
exceptional circumstances
Annual election of all directors
Majority voting in uncontested elections
Annual Board and committee self-evaluations
Annual advisory vote on executive compensation
Robust stock ownership and retention guidelines for Board
and designated executives; anti-hedging and anti-pledging
policy in place
Over-boarding policy with numerical limits that are regularly
reviewed and publicly disclosed in our Corporate Governance
Guidelines (the “Governance Guidelines”)
Board Refreshment
The Board is composed of experienced members who are diverse with respect to background, skills, experiences, gender,
race and ethnicity, which facilitates the effective oversight of our strategy and management.
Global Business Experience
10
Capital Allocation Experience
11
Consumer Packaged
Goods Experience
5
M&A Experience
11
Paper & Packaging Experience
4
Enterprise Risk
Management Experience
9
Financial Expertise
10
Manufacturing Experience
8
Experience with Scale
7
Public Company CEO Experience
5
Sustainability Experience
6
Public Company Board Experience
11
Innovation Experience
6
We recognize the importance of board refreshment. As a result of the Board’s robust refreshment process, the Board
currently includes four directors with less than five years of service on the Board (two of whom joined the Board in 2022).
These additions demonstrate the Board’s commitment to refreshment with independent nominees who provide perspectives
and experience to advance our business strategy.
We also recognize and value the importance of board diversity. In 2020, the Board adopted the WestRock Company
Diversity Search Policy, pursuant to which we include qualified female and racially or ethnically diverse candidates on the
initial lists of candidates from which new management-supported director nominees recruited from outside the Company are
chosen by the Board.
WestRock Company 2024 Proxy Statement 3
Proxy Statement Summary and Related Matters
Pursuant to the Governance Guidelines, directors must retire when they reach age 72, provided that they may continue to
serve thereafter until the next annual or special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected. However, the
Board, on the recommendation of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee (the “Governance Committee”),
has determined it is appropriate to waive the retirement age with respect to Ms. Martore until our 2025 annual meeting of
stockholders after considering her extensive qualifications and valuable, ongoing contributions to the Board. As the former
chair of the Audit Committee and the chair of the independent Transaction Committee created expressly to oversee all
aspects of the Transaction, Ms. Martore has played and continues to play a crucial leadership role on the Board. Her
ongoing service will enable the Board to continue to function efficiently and effectively over the next year as we prepare for
the Transaction.
Human Capital Management
The Board believes that effective talent development and human capital management are important to our success, and our
Governance Guidelines expressly identify the Board’s oversight role with respect to our strategies related to human capital
management. In fiscal 2023, the Board and its committees engaged with senior management, including our Chief Human
Resources Officer, across a broad range of human capital management topics, such as safety, culture, succession planning
and development, compensation and benefits, employee recruitment and retention and diversity, equity, inclusion, and
belonging (“Diversity and Inclusion”).
Environmental, Social and Governance Oversight
The charter of the Governance Committee provides that one of its principal duties and responsibilities is to oversee our
policies, strategies and programs related to environmental, social and governance (“ESG”) matters, including sustainability.
The Governance Committee increased the cadence of its meetings to four times per year beginning in fiscal 2023, which
has expanded the frequency with which ESG and sustainability topics are discussed with the Governance Committee. In
addition, the Governance Committee continues to identify sustainability experience as one of the important areas of
experience for directors to possess collectively in light of our business strategy.
6/12 directors have
sustainability experience
In addition to Board-level oversight, we have robust management-level oversight of sustainability matters. WestRock’s
executive leadership team is responsible for establishing our sustainability strategy, including with respect to climate-related
issues. Our Senior Vice President of Strategy and Sustainability, who reports to our President, Global Paper, is responsible
for providing guidance on our sustainability approach, helping to link our sustainability and business initiatives and driving
implementation of our sustainability strategy throughout the organization in collaboration with other executives. Our Vice
President, Sustainability, manages day-to-day implementation of this strategy. In addition to our sustainability executives,
we have established cross-functional groups within the organization to facilitate ongoing refinement and execution of our
sustainability strategy, develop plans to achieve our sustainability targets and embed our sustainability targets into our
operations. These groups include representatives from our product stewardship, environmental, innovation, engineering,
manufacturing, finance, legal and communications groups.
Stockholder Engagement
Stockholder engagement is a key pillar of our corporate governance framework. We conduct year-round, proactive
stockholder engagement to ensure that management and the Board understand and consider the issues that matter most to
our stockholders. We provide regular updates regarding our financial performance and strategic actions to the investor
community through our participation in investor conferences, earnings calls, one-on-one meetings and educational investor
and analyst conversations. We also communicate with stockholders and other stakeholders through our filings with the
Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), sustainability reports, press releases and website.
In addition to our regular engagement initiatives, we conducted an outreach program in the summer and fall of 2023. As part
of this process, we met virtually or initiated contact with stockholders representing more than 60% of our outstanding
shares. These discussions included various members of our senior management team. The topics discussed included our
approach to human capital management, including Diversity and Inclusion, and compensation, corporate governance,
sustainability and various related goals and initiatives.
COMPENSATION HIGHLIGHTS
Our executive compensation policies and programs are a strategic tool designed to drive stockholder value creation by
attracting, retaining and motivating highly effective leaders committed to the successful execution of our business strategy.
We believe our short-term and long-term incentive programs are aligned to the competitive market and appropriately
balanced, reinforcing both near-term and longer-term results, while also encouraging prudent decision-making and effective
risk management.
4 WestRock Company 2024 Proxy Statement
Proxy Statement Summary and Related Matters
Pay for Performance
Our executive compensation program is based on a pay-for-performance model. In fiscal 2023:
100% of our named executive officers’ (“NEOs”) short-term incentive program (“STIP”) goals were tied to
Company performance, as measured by Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted Revenue and Adjusted Free
Cash Flow Per Share metrics; and
75% of our NEOs’ long-term incentive program (“LTIP”) award value was tied to Company performance, as
measured by Adjusted Earnings per Share (“EPS”), Adjusted Return on Invested Capital (“ROIC”) and relative
Total Shareholder Return (“TSR”) metrics over a three-year performance period.
Pay at Risk
The Compensation Committee structures our NEOs’ compensation such that a significant portion is at-risk. We believe this
allocation of variable target compensation aligns with our pay-for-performance philosophy and motivates our executive
officers to focus on business growth and the creation of long-term value for our stockholders. As noted below, in fiscal 2023,
90% of target total compensation for Mr. Sewell was at-risk, and only 10% of his compensation was fixed, providing a strong
link between his target total compensation and our financial and operating results. An average of 76% of target total
compensation for the other NEOs was at-risk in fiscal 2023.
FISCAL 2023 CEO COMPENSATION MIX FISCAL 2023 AVERAGE OTHER NEO
COMPENSATION MIX
56%
PSUs
19%
RSUs
10%
Base Salary
15%
STIP
90%
Pay at Risk
40%
PSUs
14%
RSUs
24%
Base Salary
22%
STIP
76%
Pay at Risk
SUSTAINABILITY HIGHLIGHTS
Sustainability has long been an important aspect of our business, and we have increased our sustainability ambitions in
alignment with customer and market trends. We organize our efforts around three sustainability pillars: Innovating for Our
Customers and Their Customers, Bettering the Planet and Supporting People and Communities. In May 2023, we released
our Sustainability Report for fiscal 2022. Below, we summarize our targets and important progress related to them as of the
end of fiscal 2022.
Innovating for Our Customers and Their Customers We root our innovation efforts in megatrends and key forces
that will shape our industry and business over the next decade, including replacing plastic with fiber-based solutions,
driving more efficient use of materials through automation and design, and increasing recyclability, compostability
and reusability of our packaging formats.
Target: 100% of our packaging products to be recyclable, compostable or reusable by 2025
Progress: 97.8% of our packaging products were recyclable, compostable or reusable at the
end of fiscal 2022
Bettering the Planet We aim to champion sustainable forestry and act as responsible stewards of the environment.
We seek to execute on this vision in many aspects of our business, including greenhouse gas emissions (“GHG”)
reduction, responsible fiber sourcing, and water stewardship.
Target: Achieve a validated science-based target to reduce our Scope 1, Scope 2 and certain
Scope 3 GHG emissions by 27.5% by 2030 against a fiscal 2019 baseline, aligned to a well
below two-degree Celsius ambition
Progress: 5.6% total reduction in Scope 1 and Scope 2 GHG emissions from fiscal 2019
baseline and collecting data for Scope 3 emissions inventory
WestRock Company 2024 Proxy Statement 5
Proxy Statement Summary and Related Matters
Target: Lead in water stewardship by (i) committing $15 million to community projects that
protect and benefit freshwater resources, working forests and biodiversity through 2030, (ii)
enhancing water management systems at all mills by the end of 2030, as part of an effort to
reduce our water intake by 15% by 2030 from a fiscal 2019 baseline, and (iii) launching a global
employee education campaign in 2023 emphasizing the importance of responsible water use
Progress: Vetting partners for proposed community projects while reducing water intake by
1.1% from a fiscal 2019 baseline and establishing a project plan for the 2023 water
stewardship campaign
Target: Promote sustainable forestry by (i) sourcing 100% of virgin fiber from responsibly
managed forests, (ii) investing in the future of sustainable forestry by supporting certification
of 1.5 million acres of forestland to recognized forest management standards by 2030, and
(iii) engaging with 10,000 private landowners and their stakeholders to provide education,
guidance and support for sustainable management of their forestlands by 2030
Progress: In addition to sourcing 100% of virgin fiber from responsibly managed forests, we
have supported certification of more than 457,000 acres of forestland and engaged with
5,550 private landowners since fiscal 2019
Supporting People and Communities Our community of more than 55,000 team members lives and works in more
than 300 locations in 30 countries around the world. We seek to be the employer of choice, with a culture that puts
people first, emphasizes safety and fosters a diverse, inclusive and engaged workplace. We strive to create an
environment where all team members feel a sense of belonging and can do their best work.
Target: Strive to eliminate life-changing events and achieve a year-over-year reduction in
severe injuries as measured by lost workday rate
Progress: Reduced life-changing events at WestRock from four in fiscal 2021 to two during
fiscal 2022, while lost workdays increased 0.8% through the end of fiscal 2022*
Target: Invest in programs and systems to advance our leadership in Diversity and Inclusion
for our team members, customers, industry and communities
Progress: Expanded partnerships with historically black colleges and universities and
continued investments in diversity-focused external professional programs, with emphasis on
women and people of color; improved gender and ethnic diversity representation in executive
and management positions*; spent more than $1 billion with small and diverse-owned
businesses in fiscal 2022
Target: Invest to reduce barriers to technical education and skills, inspiring careers in modern
manufacturing by providing access to training for one million individuals by 2030
Progress: Supported more than 330,000 learners since fiscal 2019
These targets and our work to advance them are described in more detail in our 2022
Sustainability Report, published in May 2023, which we prepared in accordance with
the Global Reporting Initiative (“GRI”) 2021 Universal Standards and relevant Topic
Standards Option. The topics discussed above and within our 2022 Sustainability
Report may not be considered material for SEC reporting purposes. The report
includes a crosswalk to relevant Sustainability Accounting Standards Board (“SASB”)
disclosure topics and an index of climate information informed by the Task Force on
Climate-related Financial Disclosures (“TCFD”) framework and is available through
our website at https://www.westrock.com/sustainability. Neither the report nor any
portion of our website, including our conso lidated EEO-1 Reports, is incorporated by
reference into this Proxy Statement and should not be considered part of this or any
other report that we file with or furnish to the SEC.
As part of our commitment to
transparency, and based on
feedback from external stakeholders,
we publish in the sustainability
section of our website our
consolidated EEO-1 Reports as
submitted to the U.S. Equal
Employment Opportunity
Commission.
* For information regarding progress with respect to this target in fiscal 2023, see “Compensation Matters Compensation Discussion and
Analysis Compensation Elements Short-Term Incentive Program”.
6 WestRock Company 2024 Proxy Statement
Board and Governance Matters
BOARD AND GOVERNANCE MATTERS
ITEM 1. ELECTION OF DIRECTORS
What am I voting on? Stockholders are being asked to elect each of the 12 director nominees named in this Proxy
Statement to hold office until the annual meeting of stockholders in 2025 and until his or her successor is elected and
qualified
Voting Recommendation:
FOR the election of each of the 12 director nominees named in this Proxy Statement
Vote Required: A director will be elected if the number of shares voted FOR that director nominee exceeds the
number of shares voted AGAINST that director nominee
Broker Discretionary Voting Allowed? No, broker non-votes have no effect
Abstentions: No effect
GOVERNANCE FRAMEWORK
Our governance framework facilitates independent oversight and accountability. All of our corporate powers are exercised
by or under the authority of the Board, and our business and affairs are managed under the direction of the Board, subject
to limitations and other requirements in our charter documents or in applicable statutes, rules and regulations, including
those of the SEC and the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”).
Independent Oversight Accountability
Eleven of 12 director nominees are independent, with three
independent directors added in the last five years
Independent Chair with clearly delineated responsibilities
All independent standing committees (other than Executive
Committee)
Regular executive sessions for Board and committee
meetings
Director retirement age of 72, which the Board has waived in
exceptional circumstances
Annual election of all directors
Majority voting in uncontested elections
Annual Board and committee self-evaluations
Annual advisory vote on executive compensation
Robust stock ownership and retention guidelines for Board
and designated executives; anti-hedging and anti-pledging
policy in place
Over-boarding policy with numerical limits that are regularly
reviewed and publicly disclosed in our Governance
Guidelines
Our governance framework is described in the key governance documents listed below, each of which is reviewed by the
Board at least annually, except for our Bylaws (as defined below) and certificate of incorporation, which are reviewed
periodically:
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation
Second Amended and Restated Bylaws (our “Bylaws”)
Governance Guidelines
Charters of the Audit Committee, Compensation Committee, Governance Committee and Finance Committee
Code of Conduct
Code of Business Conduct and Ethics for Directors
Code of Ethical Conduct for CEO and Senior Financial Officers
Copies of these documents are available on the investor relations page of our website, https://ir.westrock.com, or upon
written request sent to our Corporate Secretary. The information on our website is not part of, or incorporated by reference
into, this Proxy Statement.
WestRock Company 2024 Proxy Statement 7
Board and Governance Matters
BOARD COMPOSITION
The Board currently consists of 12 directors, each of whom is a nominee for election at our annual meeting of stockholders
scheduled for January 26, 2024 (the “2024 Annual Meeting”).
Director Nomination Process
The Governance Committee is responsible for evaluating and recommending director nominees to the Board for
consideration and approval.
Candidates
recommended to
Governance Committee
Governance Committee
considers candidates’
qualifications
Governance Committee
recommends candidates
to Board
Board determines
nominees for election
The Governance Committee periodically assesses the Board to ensure that it has the right mix of experience, qualifications
and skills. A list of the skills and experiences that the Governance Committee considers important in light of our current
business strategy and structure, along with an indication of the director nominees that possess each category of skill or
experience, appears on page 9. The director nominees’ biographies beginning on page 11 include each director nominee’s
key experience, qualifications and skills.
The Governance Committee also periodically assesses the appropriate size of the Board and any vacancies that are
expected due to retirement or otherwise. If no vacancies are anticipated, the Governance Committee considers the
qualifications of incumbent directors. If vacancies arise or are anticipated, it considers potential director candidates who
may come to the attention of the Governance Committee through current directors, professional search firms and advisors
or other individuals, including stockholders. The Governance Committee’s evaluation of potential director candidates does
not vary based on the source of the recommendation. To nominate a candidate for next year’s annual meeting of
stockholders, a stockholder must deliver or mail its nomination submission to WestRock Company, 1000 Abernathy Road
NE, Atlanta, Georgia 30328, Attention: Corporate Secretary, in accordance with the timing and other requirements included
in our Bylaws as specified in “Other Important Information Stockholder Proposals or Director Nominations for 2025
Annual Meeting.”
The Governance Committee evaluates potential candidates against the standards and qualifications set forth in the
Governance Guidelines, as well as other relevant factors it deems appropriate. In addition, each candidate must:
Be free of conflicts of interest and other legal and ethical issues that would interfere with the proper performance of
the responsibilities of a director (recognizing that a director may also be an executive officer of the Company).
Be committed to discharging directors’ duties in accordance with the Governance Guidelines and applicable law.
Be willing and able to devote sufficient time and energy to carrying out the director’s duties effectively and be
committed to serving on the Board for an extended period of time.
Have sufficient experience to enable the director to meaningfully participate in deliberations of the Board and one or
more of its committees, and to otherwise fulfill the director’s duties.
The Board strives to select candidates for Board membership who represent a mix of diverse experience, background and
thought at policy-making levels that are relevant to our strategy, as well as other characteristics that will contribute to the
overall ability of the Board to perform its duties and meet changing conditions. In 2020, the Board adopted the WestRock
Company Diversity Search Policy, pursuant to which we include qualified female and racially or ethnically diverse
candidates on the initial lists of candidates from which new management-supported director nominees recruited from
outside WestRock are chosen by the Board.
To ensure that the Board continues to evolve in a manner that serves our changing business and strategic needs, the
Governance Committee evaluates whether incumbent directors collectively possess the requisite skills and perspective
before recommending a slate of incumbent directors to the Board for re-nomination.
8 WestRock Company 2024 Proxy Statement
Board and Governance Matters
The table below identifies the skills and experiences that the Board and the Governance Committee consider important for
directors collectively to possess for effective governance of WestRock in the current business environment. It also provides
a high-level summary of the diverse skills and experience of our nominees to the Board, which contribute to the sound
governance of WestRock, although it is not an exhaustive list of each nominee’s contributions to the Board.
C. Arnold
T. Bernlohr
P. B r o w n
T. Crews
R. Currey
S. Harrison
G. Martore
J. Nevels
J. Savage
D. Sewell
D. Stockton
A. Wilson
Global Business Experience to help oversee the management of global operations
ŠŠ Š ŠŠŠŠŠŠŠ
Mergers and Acquisitions Experience to provide insight into developing and implementing strategies
for growing our businesses
ŠŠŠŠ ŠŠŠŠŠŠŠ
Financial Expertise
to help drive our operating and financial performance
ŠŠ ŠŠ ŠŠŠŠŠŠ
Public Company CEO Experience to help us drive business strategy, growth and performance
ŠŠŠŠŠ
Public Company Board Experience to help us oversee an ever-changing mix of strategic, operational
and compliance related matters
ŠŠŠŠ ŠŠŠŠŠŠŠ
Capital Allocation Experience
to help us allocate capital efficiently
ŠŠŠŠŠ ŠŠŠŠŠŠ
Paper and Packaging Experience to help us deepen our understanding of the markets within which we
compete
ŠŠŠ Š
Manufacturing Experience
to help us drive operating performance
Š ŠŠ ŠŠŠŠ Š
Sustainability Experience to assist us in delivering sustainable packaging solutions for our customers
and achieving our sustainability goals
Š Š ŠŠŠ Š
Innovation Experience
to assist us in building our global innovation capabilities, in particular with
respect to packaging design, machinery and automation, materials science and digitalization of
packaging
Š Š ŠŠŠŠ
Consumer Packaged Goods Experience to assist us to better understand and anticipate our
customers’ needs and the changing dynamics of our industry
Š ŠŠŠŠ
Enterprise Risk Management Experience
to assist us in our oversight and understanding of significant
areas of risk to the enterprise and in implementing appropriate policies and procedures to effectively
manage risk
ŠŠŠŠ ŠŠ ŠŠŠ
Experience with Scale to help us drive transformation, performance and culture in a large organization
Š Š ŠŠŠ ŠŠ
The Board is committed to having a membership that reflects diversity, including with respect to gender, race, ethnicity and
other personal attributes. This commitment is illustrated by the fact that the Board currently includes four directors who are
women, two directors who are racially diverse and two directors who have served in the military. The table below reflects
self-identified diversity characteristics of the Board.
C. Arnold
T. Bernlohr
P. B r o w n
T. Crews
R. Currey
S. Harrison
G. Martore
J. Nevels
J. Savage
D. Sewell
D. Stockton
A. Wilson
Gender
Male
ŠŠŠŠ Š ŠŠŠ
Female
ŠŠŠŠ
Race/Ethnicity
Hispanic or Latino
White
ŠŠŠŠŠŠŠ ŠŠ Š
Asian
Black or African American
ŠŠ
Native Hawaiian or Other Pacific Islander
American Indian or Alaska Native
Two or More Races
Openly LGBTQIA+
Disability
Military Service
ŠŠ
WestRock Company 2024 Proxy Statement 9
Board and Governance Matters
Board Refreshment
We recognize the importance of Board refreshment. The Governance Committee regularly considers Board composition
and how Board composition changes over time. As a result of the Board’s robust refreshment process, the Board currently
includes four directors with less than five years of service on the Board (two of whom joined the Board in 2022). These
additions demonstrate the Board’s commitment to refreshment with independent nominees who provide important
perspectives and experience to oversee our business strategy.
Pursuant to the Governance Guidelines, directors must retire when they reach age 72, provided that they may continue to
serve thereafter until the next annual or special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected. However, the
Board, on the recommendation of the Governance Committee, has determined it is appropriate to waive the retirement age
with respect to Ms. Martore until our 2025 annual meeting of stockholders after considering her extensive qualifications and
valuable, ongoing contributions to the Board. As the former chair of the Audit Committee and the chair of the independent
Transaction Committee created expressly to oversee all aspects of the Transaction, Ms. Martore has played and continues
to play a crucial leadership role on the Board. Her ongoing service will enable the Board to continue to function efficiently
and effectively over the next year as we prepare for the Transaction.
The Board has not established term limits because it believes that, on balance, term limits would sacrifice the contribution of
directors who have developed deep insight into our industry, strategy and operations. The Governance Committee
evaluates the qualifications, skills and performance of each incumbent director before recommending his or her nomination
for an additional term. A director who has a significant change in full-time job responsibilities must submit a letter of
resignation to the Board, which allows the Board to review the continued appropriateness of the director’s membership on
the Board.
Majority Voting Standard in Uncontested Elections
Our directors are elected by a majority of the votes cast for them in uncontested elections. If a director does not receive a
greater number of “for” votes than “against” votes, then the director must tender his or her resignation to the Board. The
Board then determines whether to accept the resignation. Our directors are elected by a plurality vote standard in contested
elections.
Overboarding Policy
Our directors may not serve on more than four other public company boards, and a director who is actively employed as a
public company executive officer is expected to limit his or her public company directorships to two in the aggregate.
Messrs. Sewell and Brown and Ms. Savage, who are public company executive officers, each serve on one other public
company board, and none of our remaining director nominees serves on more than three other public company boards.
Director Independence
Under the Governance Guidelines and the NYSE corporate governance listing standards (the “NYSE Standards”), the
Board must consist of at least a majority of independent directors. The Board annually reviews director independence under
standards set forth in the Governance Guidelines. The Board has affirmatively determined that all director nominees, other
than Mr. Sewell, our President and Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”), are independent.
In the normal course of business, we purchase products and services from many suppliers, and we sell products and
services to many customers. In some cases, these transactions have occurred with companies with which our directors
have relationships as directors or executive officers. Board members may also have relationships as directors with
companies that hold or held our securities.
Director Orientation and Continuing Education
New directors participate in an orientation program and receive materials and briefings to become familiar with our
business, strategies and governance policies and other documents. Continuing education is provided for all directors
through various sources, including board materials and presentations (including by outside speakers), discussions with
management, visits to our facilities and access to external resources.
Director Nominees
After evaluating each director nominee and the composition of the Board, the Governance Committee recommended all the
current directors for election at the 2024 Annual Meeting. lf elected, each of the 12 nominees will hold office until the next
annual meeting of stockholders and until his or her successor is elected and qualified. Each nominee has agreed to serve
as a director if elected. lf, for some unforeseen reason, a nominee becomes unwilling or unable to serve, proxies may be
voted as recommended by the Board to elect substitute nominees recommended by the Board to the extent permitted by
applicable law. The Board may allow the vacancy created to remain open until such time as it is filled by the Board, or the
Board may determine not to elect substitute nominees and may instead determine to reduce the size of the Board.
10 WestRock Company 2024 Proxy Statement
Board and Governance Matters
Information about the director nominees, including additional information concerning their qualifications for office, is set forth
below.
COLLEEN F. ARNOLD
Background:
Ms. Arnold has served as a director of the Company since July 2018. She served as senior vice president,
sales and distribution for lnternational Business Machines Corporation (“lBM”) from 2014 to 2016. Prior to
that, Ms. Arnold held a number of senior positions with lBM from 1998 to 2014, including senior vice
president, application management services, lBM Global Business Services; general manager of GBS
Strategy, Global Consulting Services, Global lndustries and Global Application Services; general manager,
Europe, Middle East and Africa; general manager, Australia and New Zealand Global Services; and CEO of
Global Services Australia.
Key qualifications, experience and skills:
Ms. Arnold’s experience serving in a number of senior roles with a large, multinational technology company
provides her with global business experience, financial expertise, consumer markets and sales experience,
innovation experience and experience working for a company with significant scale.
Current public boards: Other public boards within 5 years:
None Cardinal Health, lnc.
Age: 66
Director Since: 2018
Independent
Standing Committees:
Compensation
Executive
Finance (Chair)
TIMOTHY J. BERNLOHR
Background:
Mr. Bernlohr served as a director of Smurfit-Stone Container Corporation (“Smurfit-Stone”) from 2010 until it
was acquired by RockTenn Company (“RockTenn”) in 2011, and he served as a director of RockTenn from
2011 until the effective date of the 2015 merger of RockTenn and MeadWestvaco Corporation
(“MeadWestvaco,” and such merger, the “Combination”), when he became a director of the Company.
Mr. Bernlohr currently serves as the managing member of TJB Management Consulting, LLC, a consultant
to businesses in transformation and a provider of interim executive management and strategic planning
services. From 1997 to 2005, he served in various executive capacities, including as president and CEO, at
RBX Industries, Inc. Prior to joining RBX Industries, Mr. Bernlohr spent 16 years in various management
positions with Armstrong World Industries, Inc.
Key qualifications, experience and skills:
Mr. Bernlohr’s experience as a strategic consultant, a director of various publicly traded companies, and the
CEO of an international manufacturing company provides him with broad corporate strategy and global
business experience. In addition, Mr. Bernlohr has deep experience in the paper and packaging industry.
Current public boards: Other public boards within 5 years:
International Seaways, Inc. Atlas Air Worldwide Holdings, Inc.
Skyline Champion Corp.
F45 Training Holdings, Inc.
Age: 64
Director Since: 2015
Independent
Standing Committees:
Audit
Compensation (Chair)
Executive
J. POWELL BROWN
Background:
Mr. Brown served as a director of RockTenn from 2010 until the effective date of the Combination, when he
became a director of the Company. He has served as president of Brown & Brown, Inc. since 2007 and as
CEO since 2009. Mr. Brown previously served as a regional executive vice president of Brown & Brown.
From 2006 to 2009, he served on the board of directors of SunTrust Bank/Central Florida, a commercial
bank and subsidiary of SunTrust Banks, Inc.
Key qualifications, experience and skills:
Mr. Brown’s experience as a CEO of a publicly traded insurance services company provides him with broad
experience and knowledge of risk management and loss minimization and mitigation, as well as capital
allocation experience and perspective on leadership of publicly traded companies.
Current public boards: Other public boards within 5 years:
Brown & Brown, Inc. None
Age: 56
Director Since: 2015
Independent
Standing Committees:
Compensation
Governance
WestRock Company 2024 Proxy Statement 11
Board and Governance Matters
TERRELL K. CREWS
Background:
Mr. Crews served as a director of Smurfit-Stone from 2010 until it was acquired by RockTenn in 2011, and
he served as a director of RockTenn from 2011 until the effective date of the Combination, when he became
a director of the Company. Mr. Crews served as executive vice president and chief financial officer (“CFO”)
of Monsanto Company from 2000 to 2009, and as the CEO of Monsanto’s vegetable business from 2008 to
2009.
Key qualifications, experience and skills:
Mr. Crews’ experience as a CFO and executive of a publicly traded company and as a director of other
public companies provides him with broad business knowledge and in-depth experience in complex financial
matters. He also has experience working for a company with significant scale.
Current public boards: Other public boards within 5 years:
Archer Daniels Midland Company Hormel Foods Corporation
Age: 68
Director Since: 2015
Independent
Standing Committees:
Audit (Chair)
Executive
Finance
RUSSELL M. CURREY
Background:
Mr. Currey served as a director of RockTenn from 2003 until the effective date of the Combination, when he
became a director of the Company. He has served as the president of Boxwood Capital, LLC, a private
investment company, since 2013. Mr. Currey worked for RockTenn from 1983 to 2008 and served as
executive vice president and general manager of its corrugated packaging division from 2003 to 2008.
Key qualifications, experience and skills:
Mr. Currey’s experience with RockTenn in a number of leadership roles over a period of 25 years provides
him with valuable manufacturing experience, as well as substantial knowledge of our industry, business and
customers. Mr. Currey’s background has also provided him with capital allocation experience and financial
expertise.
Current public boards: Other public boards within 5 years:
None None
Age: 62
Director Since: 2015
Independent
Standing Committees:
Audit
Finance
SUZAN F. HARRISON
Background:
Ms. Harrison has served as a director of the Company since January 2020. She served as president of
Global Oral Care at Colgate-Palmolive Company (“Colgate”), a worldwide consumer products company
focused on the production, distribution, and provision of household, health care, and personal products, from
2012 to 2019. Previously, Ms. Harrison served as President of Hill’s Pet Nutrition Inc. North America from
2009 to 2011, Vice President, Marketing for Colgate U.S. from 2006 to 2009 and Vice President and
General Manager of Colgate Oral Pharmaceuticals, North America and Europe from 2005 to 2006. She held
a number of other leadership roles at Colgate beginning in 1983.
Key qualifications, experience and skills:
Ms. Harrison’s experience serving in a number of senior roles with a large, global consumer products
company provides her with global business experience, consumer markets experience, innovation
experience, and experience working for a company with significant scale.
Current public boards: Other public boards within 5 years:
Archer Daniels Midland Company None
Ashland Inc.
Age: 66
Director Since: 2020
Independent
Standing Committees:
Audit
Governance
12 WestRock Company 2024 Proxy Statement
Board and Governance Matters
GRACIA C. MARTORE
Background:
Ms. Martore served as a director of MeadWestvaco from 2012 until the effective date of the Combination,
when she became a director of the Company. She served as the president and CEO and as a director of
TEGNA Inc. (formerly Gannett Co., Inc.), a broadcast, digital media and marketing services company,
from 2011 to 2017, and she served as president and COO of Gannett from 2010 to 2011. Ms. Martore
also served as Gannett’s executive vice president and CFO from 2006 to 2010, its senior vice president
and CFO from 2003 to 2006 and in various other executive capacities beginning in 1985. She has served
as a director of FM Global since 2005 and of The Associated Press since 2013.
Key qualifications, experience and skills:
Ms. Martore’s background and experience as CEO and CFO of a publicly traded company provide her with
leadership, business, financial and governance skills. She also has experience working for a company with
significant scale.
Current public boards: Other public boards within 5 years:
Omnicom Group Inc. None
United Rentals, Inc.
Age: 72
Director Since: 2015
Independent
Standing Committees:
Audit
Finance
JAMES E. NEVELS
Background:
Mr. Nevels served as a director of MeadWestvaco from 2014 until the effective date of the Combination,
when he became a director of the Company. He currently serves as managing partner of Unicorn Partners,
LLC, a consulting company. He served as chairman of The Swarthmore Group, an investment advisory
firm, from 1991 until 2022.* From 2020 to 2023, Mr. Nevels served on the board of Renew Financial, a
private company that provides financing for solar energy. Mr. Nevels also served as a director of The
Hershey Company from 2007 to 2017, including as lead independent director from 2015 to 2017, and as
chairman from 2009 to 2015. Mr. Nevels also previously served as a director of the Federal Reserve Bank
of Philadelphia (and as its chairman) and of MMG Insurance Company, a privately-held provider of
insurance services. He served as our lead independent director from September 2017 through February
2019.
Key qualifications, experience and skills:
Mr. Nevels’ background and experience as an investment advisor and board member, chairman and lead
independent director of public companies provide him with broad knowledge and perspective on the
governance and leadership of publicly traded companies, as well as financial expertise and capital
allocation experience.
Current public boards: Other public boards within 5 years:
None Alcoa Corp.
First Data Corp.
Age: 71
Director Since: 2015
Independent
Standing Committees:
Compensation
Executive
Governance (Chair)
* The Swarthmore Group filed a petition in Federal Bankruptcy Court under Chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code in August 2022.
E. JEAN SAVAGE
Background:
Ms. Savage has served as a director of the Company since January 2022. She has served as president
and CEO of Trinity Industries, Inc. (“Trinity”), a company providing railcar products and services, since
February 2020 and as a director on the Trinity board since 2018. Ms. Savage previously served in a
variety of leadership roles at Caterpillar, Inc., a construction and mining, engines, turbines and
locomotives manufacturing company, including as the vice president of the Surface Mining & Technology
division of Caterpillar from 2017 through 2020. Ms. Savage also held numerous leadership roles at
Progress Rail, including as vice president of Quality and Continuous Improvement before its acquisition
by Caterpillar in 2006, and in a variety of manufacturing and engineering positions for 14 years at Parker
Hannifin Corporation. She began her career as an intelligence officer in the U.S. Army Reserves.
Key qualifications, experience and skills:
Ms. Savage’s experience in multiple executive roles at large, public companies, including as CEO of
Trinity, provides her with global business experience and financial expertise, as well as significant
experience transforming industrial enterprises, including through optimization of business operations and
corporate infrastructure.
Current public boards: Other public boards within 5 years:
Trinity Industries, Inc. None
Age: 59
Director Since: 2022
Independent
Standing Committees:
Audit
Compensation
WestRock Company 2024 Proxy Statement 13
Board and Governance Matters
DAVID B. SEWELL
Background:
Mr. Sewell has served as a director of the Company since March 2021 when he also became our president
and CEO. From March 2019 until joining the Company, he served as president and chief operating officer of
The Sherwin-Williams Company (“Sherwin-Williams”), a company in the paint and coating manufacturing
industry. From August 2014 to March 2019, Mr. Sewell served as president of the performance coatings
group at Sherwin-Williams. Prior to joining Sherwin-Williams in February 2007, Mr. Sewell spent 15 years
working for General Electric Company (“GE”).
Key qualifications, experience and skills:
Mr. Sewell’s service as our president and CEO provides him with knowledge of our business, strategy and
capabilities. His presence on the Board also helps provide a unified focus for management to execute our
strategy and business plans, and his in-depth knowledge of and experience in manufacturing and operations
helps supports these initiatives.
Current public boards: Other public boards within 5 years:
Huntsman Corp. None
Age: 55
Director Since: 2021
Non-Independent
(President and CEO)
Standing Committees:
Executive
DMITRI L. STOCKTON
Background:
Mr. Stockton has served as a director of the Company since July 2022. He most recently served as senior vice
president and special advisor to the chairman of GE from 2016 until his retirement in 2017. Mr. Stockton joined
GE in 1987 and held various positions of increasing responsibility during his 30-year tenure. From 2011 to 2016,
Mr. Stockton served as chairman, president and CEO of GE Asset Management, a global asset management
company affiliated with GE, and as senior vice president of GE. From 2008 to 2011, he served as president and
CEO for GE Capital Global Banking and senior vice president of GE based in London, UK. He previously also
served as president and CEO for GE Consumer Finance for Central and Eastern Europe.
Key qualifications, experience and skills:
Mr. Stockton’s background and experience as a senior executive in various roles at GE and as a public
company director provide him with leadership experience and expertise in risk management, governance,
finance and asset management.
Current public boards: Other public boards within 5 years:
Deere & Co. Stanley Black & Decker, Inc.
Ryder System, Inc.
Target Corp.
Age: 59
Director Since: 2022
Independent
Standing Committees:
Audit
Finance
ALAN D. WILSON
Background:
Mr. Wilson served as a director of MeadWestvaco from 2011 until the effective date of the Combination,
when he became a director of the Company. He served as chairman of the board of McCormick &
Company, Inc. (“McCormick”), a consumer food company, from 2009 to 2017, and CEO of McCormick from
2008 to 2016. Mr. Wilson joined McCormick in 1993 and also served in a variety of other positions, including
as president from 2007 to 2015, president of North American Consumer Products from 2005 to 2006,
president of the U.S. Consumer Foods Group from 2003 to 2005 and vice president sales and marketing
for the U.S. Consumer Foods Group from 2001 to 2003.
Key qualifications, experience and skills:
Mr. Wilson’s background and experience as chairman and CEO of a publicly traded multinational consumer
food company provides him with leadership, market expertise, and business and governance skills. He also
has experience working for a company with significant scale.
Current public boards: Other public boards within 5 years:
T. Rowe Price Group, Inc. None
Age: 66
Director Since: 2015
Independent Chair
Standing Committees:
Executive (Chair)
Finance
Governance
14 WestRock Company 2024 Proxy Statement
Board and Governance Matters
BOARD OPERATIONS
Board Leadership Structure
The Board regularly evaluates the effectiveness of its leadership structure. The Board currently has an independent,
non-executive Chair leadership structure. Mr. Wilson began serving a two-year term as the Board’s independent Chair in
January 2022, following the retirement of our former Non-Executive Chair. The Board continues to believe that the
separation of the roles of CEO and Chair is appropriate and is in the best interests of the Company and our stockholders
and recently determined to again elect Mr. Wilson as independent Chair upon, and subject to, his election as a director at
the 2024 Annual Meeting. In doing so, the Board concluded that this leadership structure enhances the accountability of the
CEO to the Board, strengthens the Board’s independence from management, and ensures a greater role for the
independent directors in the oversight of the Company. In addition, this separation allows our CEO to focus efforts on
running our business and managing the Company in the best interests of our stockholders. The Chair provides guidance to
the CEO and, in consultation with management, helps to set the agenda for Board meetings and establishes priorities and
procedures for the work of the full Board. The Chair also presides over meetings of the full Board, as well as executive
sessions (without management), which the Board holds at least at every regularly scheduled Board meeting.
The Board recognizes that no single leadership model is right for all companies at all times and that, depending on the
circumstances, other leadership models, such as combining the Chair and CEO roles, might be appropriate. Accordingly,
our governance documents provide flexibility for the Board to modify or continue its leadership structure in the future, as it
deems appropriate in its business judgment. The Board believes the Company and our stockholders benefit from this
flexibility, as our directors are well positioned to determine our leadership structure given their in-depth knowledge of our
management team, our strategic goals, and the opportunities and challenges we face. Our governance documents further
provide that if the Chair position is held by the CEO or another non-independent director in the future, the independent
directors of the Board would elect on an annual basis an independent director to serve as Lead Independent Director and
that this role would have clearly delineated oversight responsibilities.
Board Committees
The Board assigns responsibilities and delegates authority to its committees, which regularly report on their activities and
actions to the Board. The Board has determined that each current member of each standing committee (other than the
Executive Committee) is “independent” within the meaning of the NYSE Standards and the Governance Guidelines,
including any applicable additional committee-specific independence requirements. The principal responsibilities of each
standing committee are summarized below and set forth in more detail in such committee’s written charter (other than the
Executive Committee, which does not have a charter). All other standing committee charters can be found on our website.
AUDIT COMMITTEE
Members:
Terrell K. Crews (Chair)
Timothy J. Bernlohr
Russell M. Currey
Suzan F. Harrison
Gracia C. Martore
E. Jean Savage
Dmitri L. Stockton
Meetings in Fiscal 2023: 8
* All members meet the independence requirements of Rule 10A-3 of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange
Act”), the NYSE Standards and the Governance Guidelines, and
are “financially literate” within the meaning of the NYSE Standards.
Each of Mses. Martore and Savage and Messrs. Bernlohr, Crews
and Stockton is an “audit committee financial expert” within the
meaning of SEC regulations.
Principal Responsibilities:
Provide oversight of our financial reporting process and our
system of internal control over financial reporting.
Oversee the independence, qualifications and performance
of our independent auditor and performance of the internal
audit function.
Discuss with management policies with respect to risk
assessment and risk management.
Discuss our major information technology and cybersecurity
risk exposures and the steps that management has taken to
monitor and control such exposures.
Oversee compliance with legal and regulatory requirements,
including through discussion of compliance with WestRock’s
Code of Business Conduct and Ethics.
WestRock Company 2024 Proxy Statement 15
Board and Governance Matters
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE
Members:
Timothy J. Bernlohr (Chair)
Colleen F. Arnold
J. Powell Brown
James E. Nevels
E. Jean Savage
Meetings in Fiscal 2023: 3
* All members meet the independence requirements of the NYSE
Standards and the Governance Guidelines and qualify as
“non-employee directors” for purposes of Rule 16b-3 under the
Exchange Act.
Principal Responsibilities:
Set the overall compensation strategy and compensation
policies for our executives and non-employee directors.
Oversee the performance evaluation of our CEO and other
senior executives, including assessment of performance
relative to goals and objectives.
Review and approve compensation levels of our CEO and
other NEOs.
Approve or make recommendations to the Board regarding
non-employee director compensation.
Review our incentive compensation arrangements to confirm
that incentive pay does not encourage inappropriate risk
taking.
GOVERNANCE COMMITTEE
Members:
James E. Nevels (Chair)
J. Powell Brown
Suzan F. Harrison
Alan D. Wilson
Meetings in Fiscal 2023: 5
* All members meet the independence requirements of the NYSE
Standards and the Governance Guidelines.
Principal Responsibilities:
Maintain an active Board refreshment and director
succession planning process and lead the search for
potential director candidates.
Evaluate and recommend changes to the size, composition
and structure of the Board and its committees.
Oversee the annual Board and committee evaluation
process.
Oversee and provide input to management on the
Company’s policies, strategies and programs related to ESG
matters, including sustainability.
Assist the Board in fulfilling its responsibility for CEO
succession.
FINANCE COMMITTEE
Members:
Colleen F. Arnold (Chair)
Terrell K. Crews
Russell M. Currey
Gracia C. Martore
Dmitri L. Stockton
Alan D. Wilson
Meetings in Fiscal 2023: 7
Principal Responsibilities:
Review and recommend capital budgets to the Board for
approval.
Review management’s assessment of our capital structure,
including dividend policies and stock repurchase programs,
debt capacity and liquidity.
Review financing and liquidity initiatives proposed by
management.
EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE
Members:
Alan D. Wilson (Chair)
Colleen F. Arnold
Timothy J. Bernlohr
Terrell K. Crews
James E. Nevels
David B. Sewell
Meetings in Fiscal 2023: 3
Principal Responsibilities:
Exercise the authority of the Board in managing our
business and affairs; however, the Executive Committee
does not have the power to (i) approve, adopt or recommend
to our stockholders any action or matter (other than the
election or removal of directors) that Delaware law requires
to be approved by stockholders or (ii) adopt, amend or
repeal our Bylaws.
16 WestRock Company 2024 Proxy Statement
Board and Governance Matters
Meeting Attendance in Fiscal 2023
ln fiscal 2023, the Board held 23 meetings and its standing committees held a total of 26 meetings. Each director attended
at least 75% of the aggregate of all meetings of the Board and the committees on which he or she served. The Company
does not have a policy with regard to director attendance at annual meetings of stockholders. Each director attended our
annual meeting of stockholders on January 27, 2023 (the “2023 Annual Meeting”).
Meetings of Non-Management Directors and Independent Directors
Our non-management directors meet in regularly scheduled executive sessions conducted outside the presence of
management, unless non-management directors request management to attend. All of our non-management directors are
independent and, during fiscal 2023, they met separately from management in executive session at least at every regularly
scheduled Board meeting.
Human Capital Management
The Board believes that effective human capital management throughout the organization
is important to our success and oversees management’s strategies for attracting,
developing and retaining talent. In fiscal 2023, the Board and its committees engaged with
senior management, including our Chief Human Resources Officer, across a broad range
of human capital management topics, such as safety, culture, succession planning and
development, compensation and benefits, employee recruitment and retention and
Diversity and Inclusion. High-potential leaders are given exposure to directors through
formal presentations and informal events.
Our Governance
Guidelines
expressly identify the
Board’s oversight role with
respect to our strategies
related to human capital
management matters such
as Diversity and Inclusion.
Self-Evaluations
Each year, the directors participate in a self-evaluation of the Board and its standing committees (other than the Executive
Committee). The Governance Committee, which oversees the process and implementation of the self-evaluations,
assesses the process of conducting self-evaluations annually and has used a variety of methods over the years to conduct
the self-evaluations, including written questionnaires, interviews and discussions conducted by internal and external parties.
For fiscal year 2023, the self-evaluation process was as follows:
Step 1. Process Review
The Governance Committee reviewed the self-evaluation
process to ensure that it would facilitate a candid assessment
and discussion of the effectiveness of the Board and each
standing committee.
Step 2. Self-Evaluation Questionnaires
Directors completed written questionnaires, anonymized
versions of which were reviewed by the independent Chair.
Step 3. Evaluation Interviews
Our independent Chair used the results of the written
questionnaires to conduct one-on-one interviews with each
director.
Step 4. Board Review
The Board discussed the results of the self-evaluation
process in executive session. Among other things, the results
suggested that the Board and its committees were
functioning effectively and Board dynamics were healthy.
WestRock Company 2024 Proxy Statement 17
Board and Governance Matters
Risk Oversight
The Board provides oversight of our risk management processes. The Board
performs this function as a whole and by delegating to its standing committees
(other than the Executive Committee), each of which meets regularly and reports
back to the Board. Our independent Chair also attends all standing committee
meetings. The risk oversight responsibilities of these committees are summarized
below. While the Board and these committees oversee risk management,
management is charged with managing enterprise risks. The Board recognizes
that it is neither possible nor desirable to eliminate all risk; rather, the Board views
appropriate risk taking as essential to our long-term success and seeks to
understand and oversee critical business risks in the context of our business
strategy, the magnitude of the particular risks and the proper allocation of our risk
management and mitigation resources.
Our enterprise risk management (“ERM”) program facilitates the identification and
management of risks and is overseen at the management level by our Enterprise Risk
Steering Committee. The Enterprise Risk Steering Committee is comprised of key
functional leaders and operating leaders from across the organization and meets
In fiscal 2023, the Audit
Committee reviewed
cybersecurity and resiliency matters
on a quarterly basis, with results of
these discussions reported out to
the Board. Our directors have and
continue to gain knowledge about
these evolving areas through,
among other things, regular briefings
and discussions with internal
subject-matter experts, including our
Chief Information and Digital Officer
and our Chief Information Security
Officer. They also have access to
external resources and education on
these issues.
regularly to discuss ERM program activities, risk assessment results and risk treatment actions to ensure alignment with
WestRock’s strategy. Our internal audit department conducts a company-wide risk assessment annually that includes
interviews with more than 50 leaders to anticipate and assess our highest potential impact risks. The Enterprise Risk
Steering Committee consults with both internal and external advisors to assess the risk environment and to anticipate
future risks and related trends. In fiscal 2023, the risks identified through the risk assessment process were discussed with
the Enterprise Risk Steering Committee, with key risks presented to and discussed with the Board.
We respond to identified risks
in a variety of ways. For
instance, we have an information
security training program with
annual required training for all
workers who use our information
systems as part of their day-to-day
responsibilities.
The Board and its standing committees receive regular reports from management
on areas of material risk, including operational, financial, strategic, competitive,
reputational, legal and regulatory risks evaluated by the Enterprise Risk Steering
Committee, and management of these risks. Our General Counsel also informs
the Board and its standing committees, as applicable, of significant and relevant
legal and compliance issues. Each committee has access to internal counsel and
may engage its own independent counsel as well.
AUDIT COMMITTEE
Oversees risk management related to
financial statements
financial reporting and disclosure processes
financial and other internal controls
accounting
legal/compliance matters, including
environmental compliance
information technology and cybersecurity
Oversees the internal audit function.
Meets separately on a regular basis with
representatives of our independent auditing firm and
the head of our internal audit department.
The Chair of the Audit Committee communicates
directly with our Chief Compliance Officer on at least a
quarterly basis.
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE
Oversees risk management related to our
compensation philosophy and programs.
Reviews our incentive compensation arrangements to
confirm incentive pay does not encourage
inappropriate risk taking.
GOVERNANCE COMMITTEE
Oversees risk management related to governance
policies and procedures and board organization and
membership.
Oversees risk management of policies, strategies and
programs related to ESG matters, including
sustainability.
FINANCE COMMITTEE
Oversees risk management related to our annual
capital budget plans and capital structure.
Reviews financing and liquidity initiatives.
18 WestRock Company 2024 Proxy Statement
Board and Governance Matters
DIRECTOR COMPENSATION
The Compensation Committee is responsible for setting the overall compensation strategy and policies for our
non-employee directors and approving or making recommendations to the Board with respect to the approval of the
compensation of non-employee directors. Directors who also serve as employees do not receive payment for service as
directors.
In assessing compensation for non-employee directors, the Compensation Committee considers the director compensation
practices of peer companies and whether compensation recommendations align with the interests of our stockholders. We seek
to align total non-employee director compensation with the approximate median of peer group total non-employee director
compensation, as appropriate. In fiscal 2023, Meridian Com pensation Partners, LLC, the independent compensation consultant
to the Compensation Committee (“Meridian”), analyzed the competitive position of our director compensation program against
the peer group used for executive compensation purposes and examined how each element of our director compensation
program compared to those for members of the peer group. After reviewing the results of the analysis, and considering other
factors, the Compensation Committee determined that no changes would be made to the compensation program for
non-employee directors in fiscal 2023.
Our non-employee director compensation in fiscal 2023 consisted of the following:
Component Compensation ($)
Annual cash retainer 115,000
Annual equity award for all non-employee directors (approximate value) 160,000
Annual cash fee for Chair 100,000
Annual equity award for Chair (approximate value) 25,000
Annual committee chair cash fees
Audit Committee; Compensation Committee 20,000
Finance Committee; Governance Committee 17,500
Director Compensation for Fiscal 2023
Name
Fees Earned or Paid
in Cash ($) Stock Awards ($)
AII Other
Compensation ($) TotaI ($)
Colleen F. Arnold 132,500 160,006 - 292,506
Timothy J. Bernlohr 135,000 160,006 - 295,006
J. Powell Brown 115,000 160,006 - 275,006
Terrell K. Crews 135,000 160,006 - 295,006
Russell M. Currey 115,000 160,006 - 275,006
Suzan F. Harrison 115,000 160,006 - 275,006
Gracia C. Martore 115,000 160,006 - 275,006
James E. Nevels 132,500 160,006 - 292,506
E. Jean Savage 115,000 160,006 - 275,006
Dmitri L. Stockton 115,000 160,006 - 275,006
Alan D. Wilson 215,000 185,022 - 400,022
The amounts reported in the Fees Earned or Paid in Cash column reflect the cash fees earned by each non-employee
director in fiscal 2023, whether or not such fees were deferred. These fees represent the annual cash retainer and, where
applicable, the annual fee for the Chair and standing committee chair roles.
The amounts reported in the Stock Awards column reflect the grant date fair value associated with stock awards made in
fiscal 2023, calculated in accordance with the provisions of Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards
Codification Topic 718, Compensation Stock Compensation (“ASC 718”). On February 3, 2023, each non-employee
director serving on the Board other than Mr. Wilson received a grant of 4,586 time-based restricted stock units (“RSUs”);
Mr. Wilson received a grant of 5,303 RSUs due to his service as Chair. In each case, the number of RSUs associated with
the award was determined by dividing the value of the annual stock award by the closing price of our common stock as
reported on the NYSE on the grant date and rounding up to the nearest whole share. These awards will vest on the first
anniversary of the grant date.
WestRock Company 2024 Proxy Statement 19
Board and Governance Matters
Deferred Compensation
Non-employee directors may elect annually to defer all of their cash compensation and/or equity awards pursuant to the
terms of the WestRock Company 2016 Deferred Compensation Plan for Non-Employee Directors (the “Non-Employee
Director Deferred Compensation Plan”). At the director’s option, we credit his or her (i) cash deferred account with the cash
compensation he or she elected to defer and (ii) stock unit account for each RSU that he or she elected to defer. The rights
of the director in the balance credited to his or her deferred cash account are vested at all times, whereas rights in the
balance of the stock unit account vest in accordance with the vesting schedule for the related RSUs. During 2023,
Messrs. Stockton and Wilson deferred both their cash compensation and equity awards, Ms. Harrison deferred only her
cash award, and Mses. Arnold and Martore deferred only their equity awards.
Director Stock Ownership and Retention Requirements
Each non-employee director is required to own at least the greater of (i) 5,000 shares of our common stock or (ii) a number
of shares of our common stock having a value of not less than five times the annual cash retainer. In determining
compliance with these guidelines, stock ownership includes unvested RSUs. Directors have five years from the date of their
initial election to achieve the targeted level of ownership. Once determined to be in compliance with these guidelines, an
individual is not considered to be out of compliance at a future date due solely to a decrease in the price of our common
stock since the last compliance measurement date. All non-employee directors who have served on the Board for at least
five years are in compliance with these guidelines.
Any non-employee director who does not hold the requisite number of shares, including as a result of a decline in stock
price, is required to retain 50% of the net shares received from vesting of RSUs. For these purposes, “net shares” are those
shares remaining after shares are sold or withheld to satisfy, among other things, tax obligations arising from the vesting of
RSUs.
Anti-Hedging/Anti-Pledging Policy
We maintain a policy that prohibits our directors and officers, including members of our senior management team, and other
designated employees from entering into derivative or hedging transactions in our securities, pledging our securities as
collateral for a loan or short-selling our securities.
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PERSON TRANSACTIONS
Our codes of conduct require directors and employees, including executive officers, to disclose any material transaction or
relationship that could reasonably be expected to be or to give rise to a conflict of interest. For any such transactions
involving directors or executive officers, if the Corporate Secretary and General Counsel determines that a conflict exists or
potentially could arise from such a transaction or relationship, the transaction is submitted to the Governance Committee for
review.
The Company adopted a written Related Person Transaction Policy during fiscal 2023 under which approval is required,
subject to specified exceptions, for any transaction, agreement or relationship between the Company or any of its
consolidated subsidiaries and a Related Person in which the Company is a participant, the amount involved exceeds
$120,000, and in which a Related Person has a direct or indirect material interest (a “Related Person Transaction”). The
Related Person Transaction Policy memorialized our longstanding but informal policy with respect to these matters. Under
the Related Person Transaction Policy, a “Related Person” is defined as (i) any person who is or was since the beginning of
the last fiscal year an executive officer or director or a nominee for director, (ii) a beneficial owner of 5% or more of any
class of voting securities of the Company or (iii) an immediate family member of any of the persons identified in clauses
(i) or (ii) above.
In addition to providing relevant information in the annual Director and Officer questionnaire, each executive officer and
director is required to promptly update information provided in the questionnaire as necessary to ensure that the Corporate
Secretary and General Counsel has been advised of all known transactions, proposed transactions, businesses and
affiliations that may be considered Related Person Transactions and to provide all further information concerning any
Related Person Transaction or potential Related Person Transaction to the Corporate Secretary and General Counsel for
consideration by the Governance Committee and/or the Board.
Among the factors considered in determining whether to approve or disapprove a Related Person Transaction are the
following:
the size of the transaction and the amount payable to or from a Related Person;
the nature of the interest of the Related Person in the transaction;
20 WestRock Company 2024 Proxy Statement
Board and Governance Matters
whether the transaction may involve a conflict of interest;
whether the transaction was undertaken in the ordinary course of business of the Company;
the benefits to the Company from participating in the transaction;
whether the transaction involves the provision of goods or services to the Company that are available from
unaffiliated third parties and, if so, whether the transaction is on terms and made under circumstances that are at
least as favorable to the Company as would be available in comparable transactions with or involving unaffiliated
third parties;
if the Related Person is a director or nominee for director, the impact on such director’s independence; and
any other information regarding the Related Person Transaction or Related Person that would be material to
investors in light of the circumstances of the transaction.
Approval of a Related Person Transaction requires the affirmative vote of the majority of disinterested directors on the
Board or the Governance Committee, as applicable. To facilitate the processing of approvals, the Governance Committee
and the chair of the Governance Committee may approve certain Related Person Transactions subject to specific dollar
thresholds. A summary of any Related Person Transaction approved by the Governance Committee chair and/or the
Governance Committee will be presented to the Board at its next regularly scheduled meeting following such approval.
Related Person Transactions
There were no Related Person Transactions during fiscal 2023 or through the date of this Proxy Statement required to be
disclosed pursuant to Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K.
COMMUNICATING WITH THE BOARD
Stockholders and other interested parties may communicate with directors (i) by mail at WestRock Company, 1000
Abernathy Road NE, Atlanta, Georgia 30328, Attention: Corporate Secretary, (ii) by facsimile at 678-291-7552 or (iii) by
using our website contact form. Communications intended specifically for our Chair and other non-management directors
should be marked “Independent Director Communications,” while all other director communications should be marked
“Director Communications.” Communications regarding accounting, internal accounting controls or auditing matters may be
reported to the Audit Committee using the above address and marking the communication “Audit Committee
Communications.”
WestRock Company 2024 Proxy Statement 21
Compensation Matters
COMPENSATION MATTERS
ITEM 2. ADVISORY VOTE TO APPROVE EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
What am I voting on? The Board is asking our stockholders to approve, on an advisory basis, the compensation of the
NEOs as disclosed in this Proxy Statement
Voting Recommendation:
FOR the proposal
Vote Required: An affirmative vote requires the majority of those shares present in person or represented by proxy and
entitled to vote
Broker Discretionary Voting Allowed: No, broker non-votes have no effect
Abstentions: Vote against
In accordance with SEC rules, our stockholders are being asked to approve, on an advisory basis, the compensation of our
NEOs as disclosed in this Proxy Statement. For the past five fiscal years, we have received an average of 91% support
from our stockholders on advisory votes to approve executive compensation.
As described in detail in the Compensation Discussion and Analysis section beginning on page 23, we believe our
compensation policies and procedures are competitive, focused on pay-for-performance principles and strongly aligned with
the long-term interests of our stockholders. Our executive compensation program is designed to attract, retain and motivate
highly effective leaders, reward sustained corporate and individual performance and drive the achievement of our strategic
objectives and the delivery of long-term stockholder value. Our core program objectives include strategically aligned metrics
and goals, reflect variable and at-risk performance orientation and long-term focus, and are market competitive.
The advisory vote on this resolution is not intended to address any specific element of compensation; rather, it relates to the
overall compensation of our NEOs, as well as the compensation philosophy, policies and practices described in this Proxy
Statement. Our stockholders have the opportunity to vote for or against, or to abstain from voting on, the following
resolution:
RESOLVED, that the Company’s stockholders approve, on an advisory basis, the compensation of our named
executive officers determined by the Compensation Committee, as described in the Compensation Discussion and
Analysis section and the tabular disclosure regarding named executive officer compensation (together with the
accompanying narrative disclosure) in this Proxy Statement.
Because the vote is advisory in nature, it will not be binding on the Board. The Compensation Committee will, however, take
into account the outcome of the vote when considering future executive compensation decisions.
22 WestRock Company 2024 Proxy Statement
Compensation Discussion and Analysis
COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
This Compensation Discussion and Analysis describes our executive compensation philosophy and program, as well as the
compensation decision-making process of our Compensation Committee for the following NEOs in fiscal 2023:
Named Executive Officer Title
David B. Sewell President and CEO
Alexander W. Pease Executive Vice President and CFO
Patrick M. Kivits President, Corrugated Packaging
Thomas M. Stigers President, Mill Operations
Denise R. Singleton
Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
Our executive compensation policies and program are a strategic tool designed to drive stockholder value creation by
attracting, retaining and motivating highly effective leaders committed to the successful execution of our business strategy. We
believe our short-term and long-term incentive programs are aligned with the competitive market and appropriately balanced,
reinforcing both near and longer-term results, while also encouraging prudent decision-making and effective risk management.
The core features of our executive compensation program design consist of base salary and short-term and long-term
incentives that are structured to be competitive with comparable organizations and directly linked to performance metrics
tied to both annual goals and the long-term strategy of the Company, while also aligning with the interests of stockholders.
The Compensation Committee has primary oversight over the design and execution of our executive compensation
program. Each year, the Compensation Committee conducts a review of our compensation program to assess alignment
and the overall competitiveness of the pay levels of our executive officers. The pay-for-performance focus of our program is
designed to provide more value when performance is strong, and less value when performance is weak.
In mid-September 2023, we announced the proposed business combination of WestRock and Smurfit Kappa to create
Smurfit WestRock, a global leader in sustainable packaging. The Transaction is expected to close in the second calendar
quarter of 2024, conditional upon regulatory approvals, stockholder approvals and satisfaction of other closing conditions.
Accordingly, the Transaction did not impact the decisions made by the Compensation Committee with respect to our NEOs’
fiscal 2023 compensation.
BUSINESS HIGHLIGHTS AND KEY ACCOMPLISHMENTS FISCAL 2023
During fiscal 2023, we significantly advanced our strategic transformation initiatives and continued to achieve recognition for
development and commercialization of innovative and sustainable products. We delivered net sales of $20.3 billion,
improved our integrated packaging revenue and margins and generated net cash from operating activities of $1.8 billion,
despite unprecedented market conditions. Following our completion of the Mexico Acquisition in December 2022, we used
our strong cash flow to reduce our total debt by $879 million.
Throughout the year, we improved our asset base through the closure of higher cost facilities and paper machines and
other facility consolidation and invested $1.1 billion in capital expenditures, accelerating our asset recapitalization program
to drive productivity. We exceeded our cost-savings target in fiscal 2023 and exited fiscal 2023 with greater than
$450 million in run-rate savings. In addition, the Mexico Acquisition builds capability to capture on-shoring trends and
growth in the attractive Latin America market. Delivering on our commitment to streamline our portfolio and prioritize
profitable growth, we also exited non-core assets and sold our stakes in multiple non-strategic joint ventures. We remain
focused on driving profitable growth and delivering additional cost savings in fiscal 2024.
Fiscal 2023 Executive Compensation Highlights
Business Strategy Alignment
In fiscal 2023, we focused on strengthening the alignment of our executive compensation program with the Company’s
long-term strategy and reinforcing goals to advance that strategy. Notably, the Compensation Committee modified our LTIP
in fiscal 2023 to replace the Adjusted Free Cash Flow Per Share metric that had applied to performance-based restricted
stock units (“PSUs”) with an Adjusted EPS metric.
WestRock Company 2024 Proxy Statement 23
Compensation Discussion and Analysis
With this change, the Compensation Committee completed the transition of the Adjusted Free Cash Flow Per Share metric
from the LTIP to the STIP that began in fiscal 2022.
For fiscal 2023, our STIP consisted of the same financial performance goals for our NEOs as in fiscal 2022: Consolidated
Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted Revenue and Adjusted Free Cash Flow Per Share, with weightings of 50%, 25% and 25%,
respectively. For 2023 LTIP awards, consistent with prior years, 75% of the value consisted of PSUs. We allocated 40% of
the total LTIP award value to three-year Adjusted EPS, 25% of the award value to three-year Adjusted ROIC and 10% of
the award value to three-year relative TSR. The remaining 25% of the 2023 LTIP award value consisted of RSUs scheduled
to vest ratably over three years.
Say-on-Pay Results
At our 2023 Annual Meeting, approximately 90% of the votes cast approved of the Company’s annual Say-on-Pay proposal
in support of our executive compensation program. The Compensation Committee takes these results into account when
making compensation decisions, including through ongoing reinforcement of our variable, pay-for-performance philosophy
and the utilization of performance metrics that are designed to deliver near-term and long-term value to our stockholders.
The Compensation Committee determined that the Company’s executive compensation philosophies and objectives and
compensation elements remained appropriate and did not make changes to the Company’s executive compensation
program in response to the 2023 Say-on-Pay vote. The Compensation Committee will continue to review annual Say-on-
Pay vote results and determine whether any future changes are warranted in light of such results.
Executive Compensation Governance Best Practices
We maintain the following governance and executive compensation best practices, which we believe serve the long-term
interests of stockholders:
What We Do What We Do Not Do
Structure Meaningful Portion of Pay to be At-Risk:
In fiscal 2023, 90% of our CEO’s total target
compensation was at-risk; an average of 76% was
at-risk for our other NEOs
No Hedging or Pledging: NEOs are prohibited from
hedging their ownership or pledging common stock as
collateral
Utilize Performance-Based Incentives: 100% of
STIP goals are tied to Company performance, and 75%
of long-term incentives are scheduled to vest based on
achievement of multi-year Company performance goals
No Excise Tax Gross-Ups: We do not provide excise
tax gross-ups for any payments in connection with a
change in control
Maintain Robust Stock Ownership and Retention
Guidelines: Our CEO is required to hold shares valued
at 6x salary and other NEOs are required to hold
shares valued at 3x salary. We also have an equity
retention requirement of 50% of net shares received
until ownership guidelines are met
No Single-Trigger Vesting in the Event of a Change
in Control: Our employee equity awards do not have
“single-trigger” vesting of equity upon a change in
control
Select Challenging Performance Goals: We set
performance goals for short- and long-term incentives
that are designed to be challenging
No Employment Agreements: We do not have
employment agreements or guaranteed bonuses
Maintain Clawback Policy: The Compensation
Committee has adopted a clawback policy applicable to
current and former executive officers in connection with
certain accounting restatements, as required by SEC
and NYSE rules. We also include clawback provisions
applicable to all participants in the STIP and LTIP in the
event of an accounting restatement due to misconduct
No Excessive Perquisites: We do not provide
excessive perquisites and believe our limited
perquisites are reasonable and competitive
Engage an Independent Compensation Consultant:
The Compensation Committee retains an independent
compensation consultant that performs no other
services for the Company and has no conflicts of
interest
No Dividends Paid on Unvested Equity: Dividend
equivalents accrue on our RSUs and PSUs, but are
paid out in shares of our common stock only to the
extent the underlying award vests
24 WestRock Company 2024 Proxy Statement
Compensation Discussion and Analysis
What We Do What We Do Not Do
Perform an Annual Compensation Risk Review: We
annually assess risk in our compensation program
No Repricing of Stock Options: Our equity plan
prohibits repricing of underwater options without
stockholder approval
Participate in Stockholder Engagement: We engage
with institutional investors regarding our executive
compensation program and apprise the Compensation
Committee regarding relevant feedback received
COMPENSATION DECISION-MAKING FRAMEWORK
Compensation Philosophy and Objectives
Our executive compensation program is designed to attract, retain, and motivate highly effective leaders, reward sustained
corporate and individual performance, and drive the achievement of our strategic objectives and the delivery of long-term
stockholder value. Core principles of our executive compensation program include:
Strategically Aligned Metrics and Goals Utilize metrics that align with the execution and achievement of the
Company’s short- and long-term strategic plans.
Variable and At-Risk Performance Orientation Link a substantial portion of target total compensation to the
achievement of performance metrics and goals. The greater the responsibility, the greater the share of an executive’s
compensation should be at-risk with respect to performance.
Long-Term Focused Use multi-year metrics and equity vehicles in our LTIP designed to focus on the execution
and delivery of long-term strategic plans that align the interests of our executives and stockholders.
Market Competitive Design and implement an executive compensation program that is competitive relative to
other comparable organizations in order to attract and retain highly effective leaders.
Appropriate Risk Taking Design internal controls and governance programs to mitigate excessive risk taking.
Pay-for-Performance
The Compensation Committee structures our NEOs’ compensation such that a significant portion is at-risk. We believe this
allocation of variable target compensation aligns with our pay-for-performance philosophy and motivates our executive
officers to focus on business growth and the creation of value for our stockholders. As noted below, in fiscal 2023, 90% of
target total compensation for Mr. Sewell was at-risk, and only 10% of his compensation was fixed, providing a strong link
between his target total compensation and our financial and operating results. An average of 76% of target total
compensation for the other NEOs was at-risk in fiscal 2023.
FISCAL 2023 CEO COMPENSATION MIX FISCAL 2023 AVERAGE OTHER NEO
COMPENSATION MIX
56%
PSUs
19%
RSUs
10%
Base Salary
15%
STIP
90%
Pay at Risk
40%
PSUs
14%
RSUs
24%
Base Salary
22%
STIP
76%
Pay at Risk
WestRock Company 2024 Proxy Statement 25
Compensation Discussion and Analysis
Roles and Responsibilities
The Compensation Committee, which is comprised of five independent directors, is responsible for overseeing, reviewing
and approving our executive compensation program. In fulfilling its responsibilities, the Compensation Committee receives
input from the CEO, other members of the management team and Meridian. The table below summarizes the roles and
responsibilities of each participant in the executive compensation decision-making process:
Participant Roles and Responsibilities
Compensation Committee
Sets the executive compensation strategy and compensation policies
Oversees the performance evaluation of our CEO and other senior executives, including
assessment of performance relative to goals and objectives
Reviews and approves compensation levels of our CEO and other senior executives
Reviews and approves our STIP and LTIP designs, including performance metric selection and
assessment of performance goals
Approves our short-term and long-term incentive performance results and payouts
Independent Compensation
Consultant
Provides updates on market trends and regulatory developments and assesses the impact on
the executive compensation program
Reviews and recommends peer group companies used for market analysis of plan designs and
pay practices
Conducts a competitive market analysis of our compensation program for the CEO and other
senior executives, and advises the Compensation Committee on establishing pay levels
Advises the Compensation Committee on STIP and LTIP designs, including performance metric
selection and assessment of performance goals
Attends Compensation Committee meetings, including meeting with the Compensation
Committee in executive session without management
Reports directly to the Compensation Committee and its Chair, and serves at the discretion of
the Compensation Committee
CEO/Management
Provides input to the Compensation Committee on the executive compensation program overall
CEO provides the Compensation Committee with performance assessments for other NEOs
Develops compensation recommendations (base salary and STIP and LTIP targets) for senior
executives (other than the CEO) for the Compensation Committee’s consideration
Independence of Compensation Consultant
The Compensation Committee retained Meridian as its independent compensation consultant in fiscal 2023 to provide
objective analysis, advice and information (including regulatory trends and updates, competitive market data and
compensation recommendations). In connection with Meridian’s engagement, the Compensation Committee annually
requests and receives a letter from Meridian addressing its independence in light of the standards embodied in SEC rules
and NYSE Standards. For fiscal 2023, the Compensation Committee considered this letter and other factors relevant to
Meridian’s independence and concluded that Meridian was independent and that the engagement did not raise any conflicts
of interest.
Compensation Evaluation
The Compensation Committee uses competitive market data for base salary and short-term and long-term incentive pay to
evaluate compensation levels in light of practices at companies with which we compete for talent. The Compensation
Committee also intends that pay opportunities not deviate significantly from the market median but does not target a specific
level of compensation. Individual pay levels are determined based on a review of each executive’s responsibilities,
performance and experience, as well as the Compensation Committee’s judgment regarding competitive requirements and
internal pay equity.
Compensation Peer Group
In July 2022, with the assistance of Meridian, the Compensation Committee reviewed the then-current compensation peer
group to evaluate whether it reflected (i) companies in our industry and adjacent/similar industries, (ii) companies with which
we compete for talent, and/or (iii) companies with a similar revenue scope and scale of organization, including consideration
of market capitalization. The Compensation Committee also considered companies in our relative TSR peer group, as well
as peer groups selected by ISS and Glass Lewis. Based on this analysis and with the recommendation of Meridian, the
Compensation Committee determined not to make any changes to the compensation peer group for fiscal 2023 (the
“Compensation Peer Group”).
26 WestRock Company 2024 Proxy Statement
Compensation Discussion and Analysis
The companies in our Compensation Peer Group are listed below:
Fiscal 2023
Compensation Peer Group
3M Company International Paper Company
Amcor plc Kimberly-Clark Corporation
Avery Dennison Corp. LyondellBasell Industries NV
Ball Corporation Nucor Corporation
Crown Holdings, Inc. Packaging Corporation of America
Dupont de Nemours, Inc. PPG Industries, Inc.
Freeport McMoRan Inc. The Sherwin-Williams Company
The Goodyear Tire & Rubber Company United States Steel Corporation
Honeywell International, Inc. Weyerhaeuser Company
Fiscal 2023
Compensation Peer Company Revenue
(1)
75
th
Percentile $20,677M
Median $18,052M
25
th
Percentile $13,565M
WestRock Company $20,241M
WestRock Company Percentile Rank 64
th
(1) All data shown was obtained from Standard & Poor’s Capital IQ. Revenues reflect the latest trailing twelve months disclosed as of June 1,
2022.
WestRock Company 2024 Proxy Statement 27
Compensation Discussion and Analysis
COMPENSATION ELEMENTS
Our fiscal 2023 executive compensation program consisted of the following three principal pay elements designed to
accomplish our program objectives:
Pay Element* Form
Performance /
Scheduled
Vesting Period Metrics & Weighting Purpose
Base Salary Cash N/A N/A
Provides fixed
compensation to
attract and retain
highly effective leaders
Set at market
competitive levels and
adjusted based on
individual capabilities,
experience,
responsibilities,
impact, and performance
STIP Cash
One-year
performance
period
Consolidated
Adjusted EBITDA (50%)
Encourages
achievement of annual
financial goals and
strategic initiatives that
support stockholder
value creation
Adjusted Revenue (25%)
Adjusted Free Cash Flow Per
Share
(25%)
Safety Modifier (+/-5%)
Diversity and Inclusion Modifier
(+/-5%)
LTIP
PSUs
(75%)
Three-year
performance
period
Adjusted EPS
(40%)
Encourages
executives to focus on
the achievement of
long-term financial
goals and stock price
performance
Aligns executive and
stockholder interests
Provides a mechanism
for retention
Adjusted ROIC (25%)
Relative TSR (10%)
RSUs
(25%)
Three-year
ratable vesting
25%
Aligns executive and
stockholder interests
by rewarding increase
in stock price over
time
Promotes stock
ownership
Provides a mechanism
for retention
* For details on other benefits provided to our NEOs, see “Other Compensation Elements” below.
28 WestRock Company 2024 Proxy Statement
Compensation Discussion and Analysis
Compensation Decisions
Base Salary
Base salary is designed to provide a competitive level of pay to executives based on their capabilities, experience,
responsibilities, impact and performance. No specific formula is applied to determine the weight of each of these factors. At
more senior executive levels, a greater portion of overall compensation is progressively replaced with variable
compensation opportunities.
The Compensation Committee approved the base salary increases noted below for fiscal 2023 following a review of
competitive market data for similarly situated positions, as well as individual performance and internal pay equity
considerations.
Named Executive Officer Fiscal 2022 Base Salary Percentage Increase Fiscal 2023 Base Salary
(1)
David B. Sewell $1,227,000 8.0% $1,325,000
Alexander W. Pease $ 750,000 4.0% $ 780,000
Patrick M. Kivits $ 715,000 5.0% $ 750,750
Thomas M. Stigers $ 698,700 5.0% $ 733,635
Denise R. Singleton $ 680,000 3.0% $ 700,400
(1) Reflects the base salary rates of our NEOs on September 30, 2023. See “Executive Compensation Tables Fiscal 2023 Summary Compensation Table”
for information related to the salaries paid to our NEOs during fiscal 2023.
Short-Term Incentive Program
Our STIP is designed to motivate senior executives and reward the achievement of specific annual financial goals and
strategic initiatives which are designed to support stockholder value creation. Consistent with our pay-for-performance
philosophy, STIP payout levels rise and fall with our overall achievement of performance goals, determined using the
formula below:
Base
Salary
Target
Award %
Company
Performance
Factor
(0% - 200%)
Adjusted
Revenue
(25%)
Adjusted Free
Cash Flow / Share
(25%)
Final
Award
Payout
(0% - 200%)
1 +
Performance
Modifiers
(+/- 10%)
(50%)
Consolidated
Adjusted EBITDA
Safety
(+/-5%)
(+/-5%)
Diversity and
Inclusion
Target STIP Opportunities
Each year, the Compensation Committee establishes target STIP opportunities for each NEO, which are reflected as a
percentage of the NEO’s base salary. The Compensation Committee determines target STIP opportunities after taking into
consideration competitive market data from the peer group and the executive’s capabilities, experience, responsibilities,
impact, and performance. Actual STIP payouts may range from 0% to 200% of target based on actual performance and
results delivered, relative to performance goals and modifiers.
The Compensation Committee made no adjustments to target STIP opportunities, as a percentage of base salary, for the
NEOs for fiscal 2023. The table below provides the fiscal 2023 STIP targets, which are determined by multiplying each
NEO’s respective target STIP percentage by his or her base salary.
Named Executive Officer
Fiscal 2023 STIP Target
(as % of Base Salary) Fiscal 2023 STIP Target
David B. Sewell 150% $1,987,500
Alexander W. Pease 100% $ 780,000
Patrick M. Kivits 90% $ 675,675
Thomas M. Stigers 90% $ 660,272
Denise R. Singleton 85% $ 595,340
WestRock Company 2024 Proxy Statement 29
Compensation Discussion and Analysis
STIP Performance Metrics and Weighting
At the beginning of fiscal 2023, the Compensation Committee established STIP performance metrics and goals. As in fiscal
2022, the Compensation Committee determined to utilize Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted Revenue and Adjusted
Free Cash Flow Per Share as metrics for the STIP. The Compensation Committee believed the combination of these three
metrics continued to align the STIP with the strategic initiatives of the Company. Safety and Diversity and Inclusion
modifiers were again included in the STIP design as they remain top priorities for the Company, are important to our
business strategy and demonstrate our focus on human capital management.
The table below summarizes the STIP performance metrics, relative weightings and the Compensation Committee’s
rationale for selecting each metric.
Metric Weighting Metric Selection Rationale Description of Metric
Consolidated
Adjusted EBITDA
50%
Reflects the Company’s operational
performance and focuses management
on profitable growth, margin
improvement and efficiency
Aggregation of each segment’s
Adjusted EBITDA plus non-allocated
expenses, as reflected in the segment
footnote in our 2023 Form 10-K
(1)
,as
further adjusted to exclude the impact
of certain portfolio actions
Adjusted
Revenue
25%
Focuses management on top-line
growth through new customers, new
opportunities and solutions, and
innovation
Net Sales as reported on the
consolidated statements of operations
in our 2023 Form 10-K, as adjusted to
exclude the impact of certain portfolio
actions
Adjusted Free
Cash Flow Per
Share
25%
Focuses management on the
generation of cash to reinforce capital
efficiency, reinvest in the business to
deliver stockholder value and fund
operations
Net cash provided by operating
activities as reported in the
consolidated statement of cash flows
in our 2023 Form 10-K,
(1)
less capital
expenditures and adjusted for certain
portfolio actions and unusual items
(2)
,
then divided by diluted weighted
average shares outstanding for fiscal
2023
Safety (Modifier) +/-5%
Focuses management on advancing
employee safety initiatives
Safety assessment based on
historical and forward-looking
measures, such as life-changing
events, recordable incident rates, lost
workdays, peer comparisons, number
of corrective actions implemented and
completion of training and
development
Diversity and
Inclusion
(Modifier)
+/-5%
Focuses management on fostering an
environment and culture that is diverse
and one where employees feel
welcomed, valued and supported
Assessment based on historical
measures to improve diverse
representation and forward-looking
measures related to improving
diverse representation and obtaining
and developing diverse talent
(1) See our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2023.
(2) These items consist primarily of cash restructuring and other costs, net, cash business systems transformation costs, and work stoppage costs,
each net of tax.
30 WestRock Company 2024 Proxy Statement
Compensation Discussion and Analysis
Company Performance Factor
At the beginning of the fiscal year, with consideration of management’s recommendations, the Compensation Committee
sets performance goals aligned with the Company’s business plan. Targets for fiscal 2023 were set at levels that the
Compensation Committee determined would require significant effort on the part of our executives given substantial
macroeconomic uncertainty and anticipated industry trends, including customer inventory rebalancing. At the end of the
fiscal year, the Compensation Committee assessed actual performance results against the goals and determined final
award levels and payouts.
Awards earned under the STIP are contingent upon continued employment through the end of the fiscal year (which is the
performance period) and are subject to the safety and Diversity and Inclusion modifiers described below. Results for the
three financial performance metrics for fiscal 2023 are provided in the table below, with combined performance referred to
as the “Company Performance Factor.”
Metric Weighting
Threshold
(50%
Payout)
Target
(100%
Payout)
Maximum
(200%
Payout)
Actual
Achievement
Metric
Payout*
Weighted
Average
Payout
Consolidated Adjusted
EBITDA 50% $ 2,688M $ 3,360M $ 3,696M $ 3,007M 73.7% 36.9%
Adjusted Revenue 25% $18,900M $21,000M $23,100M $20,444M 86.8% 21.7%
Adjusted Free Cash Flow Per
Share 25% $ 3.85 $ 4.81 $ 5.53 $ 3.88 51.3% 12.8%
Company Performance Factor 71.4%
* Awards for performance between goal levels are interpolated on a linear basis.
Safety and Diversity and Inclusion Modifiers
The STIP payouts for Company executives, including NEOs, are subject to adjustment based on the achievement of safety
and Diversity and Inclusion outcomes through two STIP modifiers. For each modifier, the Compensation Committee has
discretion to reduce STIP payouts by up to 5% if results do not meet predetermined metrics and to increase STIP payouts
by up to 5% if the results meet or exceed the predetermined metrics.
Safety Modifier
Safety results were evaluated by the Compensation Committee based on historical and forward-looking measures. With
respect to historical measures, the Compensation Committee considered year-over-year performance for three metrics:
recordable incident rate; lost workday rate; and life-changing events. To address behavioral changes intended to drive
future improvements in safety, the Compensation Committee also considered the number of corrective actions implemented
and completion of training and development, as well as the Company’s safety performance compared to the American
Forest and Paper Association (“AF&PA”) industry performance and the Bureau of Labor Statistics (“BLS”) Pulp and Paper
industry performance.
Accounting for the Mexico Acquisition in our fiscal 2022 and 2023 metrics, we reduced our recordable incident rate and had
one less life-changing event year-over-year, while our lost workday rate increased during the same period. At the end of
fiscal 2023, all of the Company’s manufacturing sites had a safety training plan or matrix in place. The Company’s safety
results in fiscal 2023 also compared favorably versus applicable AF&PA and BLS safety data. Based on the totality of our
safety results, the Compensation Committee approved a 1.0% positive adjustment to STIP payouts.
Diversity and Inclusion Modifier
Diversity and Inclusion results were evaluated by the Compensation Committee based on performance on three metrics:
year-over-year improvement in diverse representation, including women and people of color; efforts to increase diverse
talent; and development of diverse talent. In fiscal year 2023, diverse representation improved over the prior year despite
attrition challenges and reductions in force. We also made important progress in obtaining and developing diverse talent by
enhancing efforts to expand our candidate pool and offering unconscious bias and inclusion training opportunities to
employees in the U.S. Based on the totality of the Diversity and Inclusion results, the Compensation Committee approved a
4.0% positive adjustment to STIP payouts.
WestRock Company 2024 Proxy Statement 31
Compensation Discussion and Analysis
STIP Payouts
The Compensation Committee is responsible for assessing actual performance relative to performance goals and, in doing
so, determines and certifies the amount of any STIP payout. As described above, for fiscal 2023, the Compensation
Committee assessed actual performance relative to financial performance goals and safety and Diversity and Inclusion
objectives. Based on the assessment, the Compensation Committee determined and certified the STIP payouts set forth
below.
Named Executive Officer
Fiscal 2023
STIP Target
X
Company
Performance
Factor
X
1+
(Safety +
Diversity &
Inclusion
Modifiers)
=
STIP
Payout
STIP
Payout
(% of
Target)
David B. Sewell $1,987,500 71.4% 1.05 $1,490,029 74.97%
Alexander W. Pease $ 780,000 71.4% 1.05 $ 584,766 74.97%
Patrick M. Kivits $ 675,675 71.4% 1.05 $ 506,554 74.97%
Thomas M. Stigers $ 660,272 71.4% 1.05 $ 495,006 74.97%
Denise R. Singleton $ 595,340 71.4% 1.05 $ 446,326 74.97%
Long-Term Incentive Program
Long-term incentive awards are designed to focus on achievement of our long-term business strategy and goals while
aligning the interests of executives with those of our stockholders and providing a retention mechanism. For 2023, LTIP
awards consisted of:
PSUs, representing 75% of the award value, of which we allocated 40% of the total LTIP award value to Adjusted
EPS, 25% to Adjusted ROIC and 10% to relative TSR; and
RSUs, representing 25% of the total LTIP award value.
We believe that the combination of PSUs and RSUs creates a strong at-risk LTIP portfolio that provides optimal alignment
among our performance, management’s execution of our long-term strategic plan and goals, and value actually realized by
our executives.
LTIP Awards 2023
The Compensation Committee granted annual LTIP awards on February 3, 2023 to our NEOs. The awards are scheduled
to vest subject to satisfaction of the applicable time-based and/or performance-based criteria and provide for dividend
equivalent units to be paid only to the extent the underlying awards vest.
PSUs
For fiscal 2023, 75% of target LTIP compensation value was awarded in the form of PSUs to incentivize and retain our
NEOs by offering them the opportunity to receive shares of our common stock upon the achievement of specified Company
performance criteria following a three-year performance period. The PSUs granted on February 3, 2023 included a service
condition and three performance metrics: Adjusted EPS; Adjusted ROIC; and relative TSR. The performance period for
each metric is January 1, 2023 to December 31, 2025.
For fiscal 2023, the Compensation Committee determined to replace the Adjusted Free Cash Flow Per Share metric
applicable to recent PSU awards with an Adjusted EPS metric in order to strengthen the alignment of our executive
compensation program with the Company’s long-term strategy and its goals to reinforce that strategy. We calculate
Adjusted EPS based on earnings per share as reported on the consolidated statements of operations in our 2023
Form 10-K, adjusted to exclude the impact of certain (i) portfolio actions and (ii) unusual or non-recurring items.
As in 2022, the Compensation Committee also included Adjusted ROIC as a performance metric in the 2023 LTIP awards
to focus on the effective and disciplined use of capital and the return generated for stockholders. We calculate Adjusted
ROIC by dividing adjusted net operating profit after tax by the sum of invested capital at the end of each calendar year in
the three-year performance period. We define adjusted net operating profit after tax as the after-tax impact of Consolidated
Adjusted EBITDA less depreciation and amortization, other than amortization expense related to purchased intangibles and
subject to certain adjustments for non-recurring and specified other items. We define invested capital as total equity and
total debt less cash and cash equivalents, subject to certain adjustments for non-recurring and specified other items.
32 WestRock Company 2024 Proxy Statement
Compensation Discussion and Analysis
The Company does not disclose specific details on the Adjusted EPS and Adjusted ROIC goals because it believes such
disclosure could cause competitive harm. Given the economic and market conditions at the time the target goals were set,
the target payout levels were designed to be challenging but achievable, while payouts at maximum were designed to be
stretch goals.
For the portion of the award allocated to the relative TSR metric, the number of shares scheduled to vest is based on a
percentage of the respective target shares based on our TSR performance relative to a 20-company custom peer group as
follows:
Relative Total Shareholder Return
Vesting % of Target Award Allocated
to Relative TSR Metric*
75
th
percentile 200%
50
th
percentile 100%
30
th
percentile 50%
<30
th
percentile 0%
* Awards for performance between these goal levels will be interpolated on a linear basis.
Relative TSR is calculated using the average closing price of our common stock for the 20 trading days prior to the start and
end of the January 1, 2023 through December 31, 2025 performance period compared to companies in our custom peer
group using an identical calculation. Dividends paid to stockholders during the performance period are treated as a
reinvestment on the ex-dividend date. Payouts under this performance metric are capped at target if our TSR is negative
over the performance period regardless of performance against the custom peer group, and payouts are capped at 200%
regardless of whether performance exceeds the maximum level.
For fiscal 2023 awards, the Compensation Committee determined to utilize the same custom peer group as in fiscal 2022
for the relative TSR performance comparison:
2023 Custom Peer Group
Alcoa Corporation Nucor Corporation
Berry Global Group, Inc. Olin Corporation
Celanese Corporation Packaging Corporation of America
Cleveland-Cliffs, Inc. Sealed Air Corporation
Eagle Materials, Inc. Sonoco Products Company
Eastman Chemical Company The Chemours Company
Graphic Packaging Holding Company The Goodyear Tire & Rubber Company
International Paper Company The Mosaic Company
LyondellBasell Industries United States Steel Corporation
Minerals Technologies, Inc. Weyerhaeuser Company
RSUs
For 2023 awards, 25% of the target LTIP compensation value was awarded in the form of RSUs to align executive and
stockholder interests, promote stock ownership and provide a mechanism for retention. The awards are scheduled to vest in
equal installments on the first, second and third anniversaries of the grant date, subject to continued service through each
applicable vesting date. The Compensation Committee approved a dollar value for these awards, and the number of
underlying shares was calculated using the 20-day average closing stock price for the 20 trading days ending on the grant
date.
2023 LTIP Grants
The Compensation Committee determines the target LTIP opportunities after taking into consideration competitive market
data from the Compensation Peer Group and the executive’s capabilities, experience, responsibilities, impact, and
performance. For 2023, the target LTIP opportunity for each NEO reflects the Compensation Committee’s assessment of
leadership, competencies demonstrated in the role and each NEO’s position relative to market benchmarks of our
Compensation Peer Group and industry survey data.
WestRock Company 2024 Proxy Statement 33
Compensation Discussion and Analysis
Based on these considerations, the Compensation Committee approved the following awards for 2023:
Named Executive Officer
PSUs
(at Target) RSUs Total Target LTIP Award
David B. Sewell $7,453,125 $2,484,375 $9,937,500
Alexander W. Pease $1,550,250 $ 516,750 $2,067,000
Patrick M. Kivits $1,210,585 $ 403,528 $1,614,113
Thomas M. Stigers $1,182,986 $ 394,329 $1,577,315
Denise R. Singleton $ 971,805 $ 323,935 $1,295,740
2020 PSU Payout
On February 3, 2020, we granted PSUs to each of the then-serving NEOs that could be earned based on an assessment of
three-year Adjusted Free Cash Flow Per Share, measured over a January 1, 2020 through December 31, 2022
performance period, and relative TSR, measured over a February 3, 2020 through February 2, 2023 performance period. In
February 2023, the Compensation Committee approved an aggregate payout of 101.3%, reflecting a payout of 151.8% on
the Adjusted Free Cash Flow Per Share metric, as we generated $5.17 of Adjusted Free Cash Flow Per Share during the
applicable performance period, and a payout of 0% on the relative TSR metric, as we generated a TSR below the 30
th
percentile compared to the S&P 500 Materials Index during the applicable performance period.
Metric* Weighting
Target
(100% Payout)
Actual
Achievement
Metric
Payout
Weighted
Average Payout
Adjusted Free Cash Flow Per Share 66.7% $4.65 $5.17 151.8% 101.3%
Relative Total Shareholder Return 33.3% 50
th
Percentile 11
th
Percentile 0.0% 0.0%
2020 PSU Payout 101.3%
* Metrics are further described in the proxy statement filed in connection with our annual meeting held on January 29, 2021.
Other Compensation Elements
Retirement Benefits
We provide certain retirement benefits to our NEOs in order to provide a fundamental component of compensation and to
attract and retain high quality senior executives. See “Executive Compensation Tables Retirement Plans” for more
information.
Other Benefits and Perquisites
We provide a limited number of perquisites and other personal benefits to our NEOs. We do not reimburse our NEOs for
club memberships or provide tax gross-up payments except in limited business-related circumstances such as relocation at
the Company’s request. The Company provides relocation and related benefits to NEOs as part of a competitive offer of
employment in order to induce them to join the Company and to place them in the same financial position as if they had not
relocated.
Certain perquisites are provided that are intended to enable our NEOs to perform their responsibilities more efficiently. We
offer our NEOs an annual executive physical to promote their health and well-being and to provide them access to
comprehensive and convenient preventative care. In addition, we provide a financial planning benefit that assists executives
with the complexity of their personal financial matters and compliance support for personal tax reporting. The benefit consists
of annual reimbursement of costs incurred for qualifying financial planning services of up to $7,500 for each NEO. Our NEOs
are also eligible for benefits related to security measures, including residential cybersecurity systems and services, which we
believe enhance the security of our executives and our information systems and data. Our CEO is also permitted to use our
corporate aircraft for limited personal use and may approve limited personal use for other NEOs. This perquisite helps
increase their availability for Company matters and permits them to conduct business without distractions. We believe that
the benefit to us of providing this perquisite outweighs the costs to the Company. For additional information regarding
benefits provided to our NEOs, see “Executive Compensation Tables All Other Compensation Table for Fiscal 2023.”
SEVERANCE AND CHANGE IN CONTROL ARRANGEMENTS
Executive Severance Plan
During fiscal 2022, with the approval of the Compensation Committee following a market review, we amended and restated
our Executive Severance Plan (the “Severance Plan”). The Severance Plan is intended to (i) provide a market-based
severance program to recruit and retain executives on competitive terms, (ii) consolidate and standardize our severance
practices for existing executives, and (iii) enhance protections for the Company in connection with executive
34 WestRock Company 2024 Proxy Statement
Compensation Discussion and Analysis
transitions. Each of our NEOs is eligible to participate in the Severance Plan, provided they have entered into a restrictive
covenant agreement with us and, where applicable, waived all severance benefits under any other agreement with us
(each, a “plan participant”). In connection with Mr. Sewell becoming our President and CEO in March 2021, we agreed to
make a severance payment to him consistent with the terms of the Severance Plan if we terminate his employment without
cause during his first three years of employment.
A plan participant would receive benefits under the Severance Plan only if the plan participant’s employment was
involuntarily terminated by the Company for a reason other than (i) Cause (as defined in the Severance Plan),
(ii) termination of employment after the plan participant qualified to receive long-term disability benefits under a Company
plan, or (iii) termination of employment after the plan participant’s extended absence from which such participant failed to
return in accordance with the terms of any Company leave policy. A plan participant’s retirement, death or voluntary
termination would not result in payment of any benefits under the Severance Plan. In addition, the Severance Plan provides
that if a plan participant becomes entitled to benefits under a change in control severance agreement, as described below,
such benefits would be in lieu of, and not in addition to, benefits under the Severance Plan.
The Severance Plan includes the following benefits described below for our NEOs following an eligible termination:
Severance pay equal to base salary and target STIP for 24 months in the case of the CEO and 18 months in the
case of executives reporting directly to the CEO (each such period, a “Severance Period”), paid ratably over the
course of the Severance Period; and
Subsidized group health benefits during the Severance Period if the plan participant or such participant’s dependents
maintained coverage under the Company’s group health benefits for at least 60 days immediately preceding an
eligible termination.
Benefits under the Severance Plan are expressly conditioned upon a plan participant’s execution of a separation agreement
and release and compliance with restrictive covenants. Plan participants are also eligible for outplacement services for nine
months. Plan participants would be eligible to receive other benefits on account of termination of their employment solely to
the extent provided under other applicable Company employee benefit plans and policies.
Change in Control Agreements
Each of our NEOs is party to a change in control severance agreement (“CIC Agreement”) with us. We entered into these
agreements in fiscal 2022 to align the interests of our NEOs and stockholders during the period of a pending change in
control and to attract and retain executives.
The CIC Agreements provide each NEO with severance payments and certain benefits in the event of the NEO’s
termination by the Company without “Cause” or by the NEO for “Good Reason” (each as defined in the CIC Agreements)
during the two years following a change in control, provided that the NEO delivers an effective release of claims in favor of
the Company and its affiliates. The payments and benefits under the CIC Agreements include: (i) in the case of Mr. Sewell,
a lump sum payment equal to three times the sum of Mr. Sewell’s base salary and his target STIP for the fiscal year in
which the termination occurs (the “Annual Target Bonus”), and in the case of our other participating NEOs, a lump sum
payment equal to two times the sum of their base salary and Annual Target Bonus; (ii) a lump sum payment equal to the
product of (x) the greater of (A) the Annual Target Bonus and (B) the average of the annual bonuses paid or payable to the
NEO in respect of the three fiscal years immediately preceding the termination date (or, if the NEO has not been employed
for three full fiscal years, the average of the annualized annual bonuses paid or payable to the NEO for the number of fiscal
years immediately preceding the termination date that they have been employed) and (y) a fraction, the numerator of which
is the number of days the NEO was employed in the fiscal year in which the termination occurs through, and including, the
date of termination and the denominator of which is 365; (iii) continued group health benefits (including for the NEO’s
dependents) for 36 months for Mr. Sewell and, in the case of our other participating NEOs, 24 months following the NEO’s
termination date, at the rate then applicable to similarly-situated active employees; (iv) up to one year of reasonable
outplacement assistance; and (v) immediate vesting of unvested equity awards, with outstanding PSUs vesting at the
greater of (A) the target level of performance and (B) the average level of performance (based on actual results) of the
Company and its affiliates over the three LTIP plan years immediately preceding the change in control. While the
Transaction will constitute a change in control under the CIC Agreements, no amounts will be payable to an NEO under
such agreements absent a triggering termination event.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, a portion of the severance amounts payable to the NEOs pursuant to the CIC Agreements
may, to the extent any portion thereof would constitute a deferral of compensation subject to Section 409A of the Internal
Revenue Code (“Section 409A”), instead be paid in equal installments over the associated severance period, in accordance
with the schedule set forth in the Severance Plan.
WestRock Company 2024 Proxy Statement 35
Compensation Discussion and Analysis
Any amounts paid to the NEOs under the CIC Agreements would be reduced to the maximum amount that could be paid
without being subject to the excise tax imposed under Sections 280G and 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code, but only if
the after-tax benefit of the reduced amount was higher than the after-tax benefit of the unreduced amount. In consideration
for the benefits under the CIC Agreements, each NEO agreed to continue to comply with any covenant restricting the NEO’s
ability to compete with the Company to which such NEO is subject under any agreement with the Company or any of its
subsidiaries.
OTHER COMPENSATION PRACTICES AND POLICIES
Consideration of Risk in Compensation Policies
Our compensation plans, policies and practices are designed to implement our compensation philosophy of motivating our
executive officers to achieve our business objectives in the short-term and to grow our business to create long-term value
for our stockholders. As part of our annual review of our compensation plans, policies and practices, we conduct a risk
assessment of whether such plans, policies and practices are encouraging undue risk taking. Based on this review in fiscal
2023, the Compensation Committee has concluded that the risks arising from its compensation program are not reasonably
likely to have a material adverse effect on the Company.
Officer Stock Ownership and Retention Requirements
The Company’s stock ownership guidelines require our executive officers to own common stock with a value equal to a
specified multiple of their respective base salaries as follows:
Position Required Ownership
CEO 6 times base salary
Other NEOs 3 times base salary
Designated executives are expected to meet the targeted ownership levels within five years of becoming subject to the
guidelines. In determining compliance with these guidelines, stock ownership includes unvested RSUs, but it does not
include unvested PSUs or unexercised stock options. Once determined to be in compliance with the guidelines, an
individual is not considered to be out of compliance at a future date due solely to a decrease in the price of our common
stock since the last compliance measurement date. All NEOs, other than Mr. Kivits, are currently in compliance with these
guidelines. Mr. Kivits became subject to the ownership guidelines in fiscal 2020 and is making progress towards meeting
them.
Designated executives who do not satisfy the ownership guidelines above are required to retain 50% of the net shares
received from vesting of RSUs and PSUs until the stock ownership requirements are met. For these purposes, “net shares”
are those shares remaining after shares are sold or withheld to satisfy, among other things, tax obligations arising from the
vesting of RSUs or PSUs.
Anti-Hedging/Anti-Pledging Policy
We maintain a policy that prohibits our directors and officers, including members of our senior management team, and other
designated employees from entering into derivative or hedging transactions in our securities, pledging our securities as
collateral for a loan or short-selling our securities.
Clawback Policy and Provisions
The Compensation Committee has adopted a mandatory clawback policy for current and former executive officers aligned
with SEC and NYSE rules (the “Clawback Policy”). Under the Clawback Policy, in the event of an accounting restatement
due to the material noncompliance of the Company with any financial reporting requirement under the securities laws,
WestRock will recover erroneously awarded incentive compensation received by current and former executive officers
during the three completed fiscal years immediately preceding the restatement date. In addition, the Company includes
clawback provisions applicable to participants in the STIP and LTIP in the event of an accounting restatement due to
misconduct.
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE REPORT
The Compensation Committee has reviewed and discussed the Compensation Discussion and Analysis with management.
Based on this review and discussion, the Compensation Committee recommended to the Board that the Compensation
Discussion and Analysis be included in this Proxy Statement and incorporated by reference into our 2023 Form 10-K.
Compensation Committee : Timothy J. Bernlohr, Chair; Colleen F. Arnold; J. Powell Brown; James E. Nevels and E. Jean
Savage.
36 WestRock Company 2024 Proxy Statement
Compensation Discussion and Analysis
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION
The Compensation Committee is comprised entirely of the five independent directors listed above. No member of the
Compensation Committee (a) was, during fiscal 2023, an officer or employee of WestRock or any of our subsidiaries,
(b) was formerly an officer of WestRock or any of our subsidiaries or (c) had any relationship requiring disclosure by us
pursuant to Item 404 of Regulation S-K. ln fiscal 2023, none of our executive officers served on the board of directors or
compensation committee of any entity that had one or more of its executive officers serving on the Board or the
Compensation Committee.
WestRock Company 2024 Proxy Statement 37
Executive Compensation Tables
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION TABLES
The tables below contain information about our NEOs during fiscal 2023. Certain numbers in the tables may not add due to
rounding.
FISCAL 2023 SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
The amounts reported in the following table, including base salary, short-term and long-term incentive amounts, benefits
and perquisites, are described more fully under “Compensation Matters Compensation Discussion and Analysis”.
Name and
Principal Position(s)
Fiscal
Year
Salary
($)
(1)
Bonus
($)
(2)
Stock
Awards
($)
(3)
Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($)
(4)
Change in
Pension
Value and
Nonqualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings
($)
All Other
Compensation
($)
(5)
Total ($)
David B. Sewell
President and CEO
2023 1,300,500 - 9,544,333 1,490,029 - 280,750 12,615,612
2022 1,220,250 - 7,591,297 2,328,123 - 436,600 11,576,270
2021 654,545 - 18,896,377 1,536,391 - 101,773 21,189,086
Alexander W. Pease
(6)
Executive Vice President and CFO
2023 772,500 - 1,985,123 584,766 - 231,262 3,573,651
2022 673,295 585,000 6,021,728 849,936 - 414,558 8,544,517
Patrick M. Kivits
President, Corrugated Packaging
2023 741,813 - 1,550,234 506,554 - 76,249 2,874,850
2022 683,375 - 1,238,571 785,622 - 426,573 3,134,141
2021 632,751 - 1,577,749 876,083 - 135,007 3,221,590
Thomas M. Stigers
(6)
President, Mill Operations
2023 724,901 - 1,514,860 495,006 - 91,493 2,826,260
2022 695,275 - 1,296,899 795,433 - 145,717 2,933,324
Denise R. Singleton
(6)
Executive Vice President, General
Counsel and Secretary
2023 695,300 - 1,244,607 446,326 - 469,443 2,855,676
2022 399,815 100,000 4,857,651 430,669 - 203,934 5,992,069
(1) The salary amounts for fiscal 2023 reflect three months of salary at the calendar year 2022 rate in effect on October 1, 2022, and nine months of salary
at the calendar year 2023 rate.
(2) Amounts represent one-time make-whole cash awards provided to Mr. Pease and Ms. Singleton in fiscal year 2022 upon hire to compensate them for
outstanding cash awards forfeited at their prior employers when they joined the Company.
(3) SEC regulations require us to disclose the aggregate grant date fair value of stock awards in accordance with ASC 718. For grants of PSUs with
Adjusted EPS and Adjusted ROIC metrics and RSUs, the grant date fair value per share is equal to the closing price of our common stock on the NYSE
on the date of the applicable grant ($34.89 on February 3, 2023). For grants of PSUs with a relative TSR metric, the grant date fair value was determined
using a Monte Carlo simulation ($39.72 on February 3, 2023). PSU grants contain a performance condition that may be adjusted from 0-200% of target
subject to the level of performance attained. SEC regulations require us to disclose the aggregate grant date fair value based upon the probable outcome
of these conditions at the time of grant. The amounts shown for the PSU grants made in fiscal 2023 are presented at 100% of target, which was the
expected probable outcome of the performance condition on the grant date. Assuming maximum performance, the aggregate grant date fair value of
these awards would be as follows: Mr. Sewell, $15,663,516; Mr. Pease, $3,257,910; Mr. Kivits, $2,544,075; Mr. Stigers, $2,486,024 and Ms. Singleton,
$2,042,541. We disclose the aggregate amount without reduction for assumed forfeitures (as we do for financial reporting purposes).
(4) Amounts shown reflect payments made to our NEOs under our STIP. Awards paid under this program for fiscal 2023 were earned in fiscal 2023 and paid
in fiscal 2024.
38 WestRock Company 2024 Proxy Statement
Executive Compensation Tables
(5) The amounts shown as “All Other Compensation” consist of the following items:
ALL OTHER COMPENSATION TABLE FOR FISCAL 2023
Company
Contributions
to 401(k) Plan
and Deferred
Compensation
Plan ($) (A)
Aircraft Usage
($) (B)
Relocation
Benefits
$ (C)
Tax
Reimbursement
and Preparation
($) (D)
Other
($) (E) Total ($)
David B. Sewell 209,290 63,960 - - 7,500 280,750
Alexander W. Pease 92,420 15,600 99,665 - 23,577 231,262
Patrick M. Kivits 47,709 - - 13,242 15,298 76,249
Thomas M. Stigers 91,493 - - - - 91,493
Denise R. Singleton 91,522 - 376,237 - 1,684 469,443
(A) The WestRock Company 401(k) Retirement Savings Plan (the “401(k) Plan”) provides eligible employees with a matching contribution of 100% of
the first 5% of eligible pay they contribute to the plan. In addition, for eligible employees, we contribute 2.5% of their eligible pay following the endof
the calendar year. For purposes of the 401(k) Plan, eligible pay is limited by Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) regulation. Under the WestRock
Company Deferred Compensation Plan, executives receive a match of 100% of the first 5% of their contributions in excess of the lRS limit and an
additional 2.5% of eligible pay in excess of that limit. Eligible pay includes salary and non-equity incentive compensation. Certain amounts disclosed
in this column are also disclosed in the table below titled “Fiscal 2023 Nonqualified Deferred Compensation.” All amounts disclosed in this column
assume that the NEO remains employed as of December 31, 2023 or is eligible for retirement under the terms of the applicable plan.
(B) In accordance with SEC regulations, we report the use of corporate aircraft by our executive officers as a perquisite unless it is “integrally and
directly related” to the performance of the executive’s duties. SEC rules require us to report this and other perquisites at aggregate incremental cost.
We estimate the aggregate incremental cost for aircraft use based on average variable operating costs, which includes items such as fuel,
maintenance, landing fees, trip-related permits, trip-related hangar costs, trip-related meals and supplies, crew expenses during layovers, and any
other expenses incurred or accrued based on the number of hours flown. The values reported in this column include aggregate incremental cost for
repositioning flights.
(C) Represents relocation assistance, including costs of shipment of personal goods, closing costs, home purchase costs, temporary living costs, and
reimbursement of taxes related to imputed income associated with relocation-related benefits of $44,949 for Mr. Pease and $82,191 for
Ms. Singleton. Values reported in this column represent amounts reimbursed directly to the NEO or the third-party service provider, as applicable.
(D) Represents costs associated with tax return preparation services of $11,270 in connection with Mr. Kivits’ relocation from Switzerland and
reimbursement of taxes related to imputed income of $1,972 for such services.
(E) Represents payments for expenses relating to reimbursement for qualified financial planning services for Messrs. Sewell and Pease, an executive
physical for Mr. Pease, cybersecurity services for Messrs. Pease and Kivits, and company-sponsored tickets to entertainment events for Mr. Pease
and Ms. Singleton.
(6) Compensation information for Messrs. Pease and Stigers and Ms. Singleton is only provided for fiscal 2022 and 2023 because they were not NEOs in
fiscal 2021.
WestRock Company 2024 Proxy Statement 39
Executive Compensation Tables
GRANTS OF PLAN-BASED AWARDS IN FISCAL 2023
The following table provides information as to the grants of plan-based awards to each NEO during fiscal 2023. This
includes annual non-equity incentive awards under our STIP and equity awards under our LTIP. See “Compensation
Matters Compensation Discussion and Analysis Compensation Elements Short-Term Incentive Program” and
“Compensation Matters Compensation Discussion and Analysis Compensation Elements Long-Term Incentive
Program.”
Name
Grant
Date
(1)
Estimated Future Payouts Under
Non-Equity Incentive Plan Awards
(2)
Estimated Future Payouts Under
Equity Incentive Plan Awards
(3)
All Other
Stock Awards:
Number of Shares
of Stock or Units
(#)
(4)
Grant Date
Fair Value of
Stock-based
Awards
($)
Threshold
($)
Target
($)
Maximum
($)
Threshold
(#)
Target
(#)
Maximum
(#)
David B. Sewell 248,438 1,987,500 3,975,000
2/3/2023 67,455 2,353,505
2/3/2023 13,491 202,365 404,730 7,190,828
Alexander W. Pease 97,500 780,000 1,560,000
2/3/2023 14,030 489,507
2/3/2023 2,806 42,090 84,180 1,495,616
Patrick M. Kivits 84,459 675,675 1,351,350
2/3/2023 10,955 382,220
2/3/2023 2,191 32,870 65,740 1,168,014
Thomas M. Stigers 82,534 660,272 1,320,544
2/3/2023 10,705 373,497
2/3/2023 2,141 32,120 64,240 1,141,363
Denise R. Singleton 74,418 595,340 1,190,680
2/3/2023 8,795 306,858
2/3/2023 1,759 26,390 52,780 937,749
(1) 2023 LTIP grants were approved by the Compensation Committee on January 26, 2023. However, our equity granting procedures provide that the grant
date will not occur until two business days after the release announcing the Company’s financial results for the most recently ended fiscal quarter, which
occurred on February 3, 2023.
(2) These columns represent the threshold, target and maximum award opportunities under our STIP, prior to the application of modifiers, which are
described in greater detail under “Compensation Matters Compensation Discussion and Analysis Compensation Elements Short-Term Incentive
Program.”
(3) These columns represent PSU grants made on February 3, 2023. All such grants are scheduled to vest, if at all, based on the achievement of applicable
performance conditions during the January 1, 2023 through December 31, 2025 performance period and service through February 3, 2026, as described
under “Compensation Matters Compensation Discussion and Analysis Compensation Elements Long-Term Incentive Program.” During the
vesting period, the PSUs are adjusted to reflect the accrual of dividend equivalent units, which will be distributed only to the extent the underlying PSUs
vest.
(4) This column represents RSU grants made on February 3, 2023. All such grants are scheduled to vest in equal installments based on continued service
through the first, second and third anniversaries of the grant date. During the vesting period, the RSUs are adjusted to reflect the accrual of dividend
equivalent units, which will be distributed at the same time as the underlying RSUs (assuming such RSUs vest).
40 WestRock Company 2024 Proxy Statement
Executive Compensation Tables
OUTSTANDING EQUITY AWARDS AT FISCAL 2023 YEAR-END
The following table summarizes stock-based compensation awards outstanding as of September 30, 2023, and provides
information concerning outstanding equity incentive plan awards for each NEO as of the end of fiscal 2023. Each
outstanding award is represented by a separate row that indicates the number of securities underlying the award. For option
awards, the table discloses the number of shares underlying unexercised options, the exercise price and the expiration
date. For stock awards, the table provides the total number of outstanding shares subject to awards that have not fully
vested, including dividend equivalent units, and the aggregate market value of those shares.
Option Awards Stock Awards
Name /
Type of Award Grant Date
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Exercisable
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Unexercisable
Equity
Incentive
Plan
Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Unearned
Options (#)
Option
Exercise
Price ($)
Option
Expiration
Date
Number of
Shares of
Stock That
Have Not
Vested (#)
Market
Value of
Shares of
Stock That
Have Not
Vested ($)
(1)
Equity
Incentive
Plan Awards:
Number of
Unearned
Shares That
Have Not
Vested (#)
Equity
Incentive
Awards:
Market or
Payout Value
of Unearned
Shares That
Have Not
Vested ($)
(1)(9)
David B. Sewell
Make-Whole
Sign-On RSU 3/15/2021
(2)
- - - - - 66,284 2,372,967 - -
2021 RSU 3/15/2021
(3)
- - - - - 44,742 1,601,764 - -
2022 RSU 2/7/2022
(4)
- - - - - 28,439 1,018,116 - -
2023 RSU 2/3/2023
(4)
- - - - - 69,314 2,481,441 - -
2021 PSU 3/15/2021
(5)
- - - - - - - 134,225 4,805,255
2022 PSU 2/7/2022
(6)
- - - - - - - 127,972 4,581,398
2023 PSU 2/3/2023
(7)
- - - - - - - 207,942 7,444,324
Alexander W. Pease
Make-Whole
Sign-On RSU 11/8/2021
(2)
- - - - - 60,391 2,161,998 - -
2022 RSU 2/7/2022
(4)
- - - - - 6,808 243,726 - -
2023 RSU 2/3/2023
(4)
- - - - - 14,417 516,129 - -
2022 PSU 2/7/2022
(6)
- - - - - - - 30,640 1,096,912
2023 PSU 2/3/2023
(7)
- - - - - - - 43,250 1,548,350
Patrick M. Kivits
2021-1 RSU 2/5/2021
(8)
- - - - - 6,001 214,836 - -
2021-2 RSU 3/1/2021
(4)
- - - - - 4,271 152,902 - -
2022 RSU 2/7/2022
(4)
- - - - - 4,639 166,076 - -
2023 RSU 2/3/2023
(4)
- - - - - 11,257 403,001 - -
2021 PSU 2/5/2021
(5)
- - - - - - - 18,009 644,722
2022 PSU 2/7/2022
(6)
- - - - - - - 20,879 747,468
2023 PSU 2/3/2023
(7)
- - - - - - - 33,776 1,209,181
Thomas M. Stigers
2015 Stock Options 3/9/2015 1,151 - - 57.97 1/30/2025 - - - -
2015 Stock Options 8/5/2015 7,014 - - 56.05 1/30/2025 - - - -
2021-1 RSU 2/5/2021
(8)
- - - - - 6,918 247,664 - -
2021-2 RSU 3/1/2021
(4)
- - - - - 2,669 95,550 - -
2022 RSU 2/7/2022
(4)
- - - - - 4,857 173,881 - -
2023 RSU 2/3/2023
(4)
- - - - - 11,000 393,800 - -
2021 PSU 2/5/2021
(5)
- - - - - - - 20,755 743,029
2022 PSU 2/7/2022
(6)
- - - - - - - 21,864 782,731
2023 PSU 2/3/2023
(7)
- - - - - - - 33,005 1,181,579
Denise R. Singleton
Make-Whole
Sign-On RSU 2/28/2022
(2)
- - - - - 55,931 2,002,330 - -
2022 RSU 2/28/2022
(4)
- - - - - 4,587 164,215 - -
2023 RSU 2/3/2023
(4)
- - - - - 9,037 323,525 - -
2022 PSU 2/28/2022
(6)
- - - - - - - 20,646 739,127
2023 PSU 2/3/2023
(7)
- - - - - - - 27,117 970,789
(1) Based on the closing price of $35.80 for our common stock on September 29, 2023, the last trading date of our fiscal year, as reported on the NYSE.
(2) Represents a one-time make-whole equity award granted to each of Messrs. Sewell and Pease and Ms. Singleton upon hire to compensate them for
outstanding equity awards forfeited at their prior employers when they joined the Company. Each of these awards is scheduled to vest in equal
installments on the first, second and third anniversaries of the respective grant date.
(3) Scheduled to vest on March 15, 2024.
(4) Scheduled to vest in equal installments on the first, second and third anniversaries of the grant date.
WestRock Company 2024 Proxy Statement 41
Executive Compensation Tables
(5) Scheduled to vest, if at all, based on the achievement of an Adjusted Free Cash Flow per Share performance condition during the January 1, 2021
through December 31, 2023 performance period, a relative TSR performance condition during the February 5, 2021 through February 4, 2024
performance period and service through February 5, 2024.
(6) Scheduled to vest, if at all, based on the achievement of applicable performance conditions during the January 1, 2022 through December 31, 2024
performance period and service through February 7, 2025.
(7) Scheduled to vest, if at all, based on the achievement of applicable performance conditions during the January 1, 2023 through December 31, 2025
performance period and service through February 3, 2026.
(8) Scheduled to vest on February 5, 2024.
(9) Consistent with SEC regulations and assuming the applicable performance period had ended on September 30, 2023, the values in this column reflect
target payout with respect to outstanding 2021, 2022 and 2023 PSUs.
OPTION EXERCISES AND STOCK VESTED DURING FISCAL 2023
The following table provides information concerning exercises of stock options and vesting of stock awards, including RSUs
and PSUs, during fiscal 2023 for each NEO on an aggregated basis.
Option Awards Stock Awards
Name
Number of Shares
Acquired on Exercise (#)
Value Realized
on Exercise ($)
Number of Shares
Acquired on Vesting (#)
(1)
Value Realized
on Vesting ($)
(2)
David B. Sewell - - 78,909 2,254,009
Alexander W. Pease - - 32,484 1,142,240
Patrick M. Kivits - - 24,694 845,911
Thomas M. Stigers - - 29,524 1,018,913
Denise R. Singleton - - 29,446 924,604
(1) Includes dividend equivalent units credited during the vesting period.
(2) Calculated by multiplying the number of shares vested by the closing price of our common stock on the vesting date.
RETIREMENT PLANS
In addition to the short-term and long-term incentive components of our executive compensation program, each NEO
participates in Company-sponsored U.S.-based retirement plans. We primarily provide retirement benefits to our NEOs
through the 401(k) Plan and the WestRock Company Deferred Compensation Plan. No employee’s compensation for
purposes of the 401(k) Plan includes amounts in excess of the Internal Revenue Code’s compensation limit, which is
adjusted periodically for inflation.
The following table includes information about each of our retirement plans and indicates which NEOs participate in the
plans.
Plan Name Plan Type Description Eligible Participants
WestRock Company
401(k) Retirement
Savings Plan
Savings This qualified plan provides a matching contribution of 100% of the
first 5% of an employee’s contributions. Following the end of the
calendar year, we contribute 2.5% of the participant’s calendar
year compensation, subject to certain restrictions.
All salaried and non-union hourly
employees, including our NEOs, may
participate in this plan.
WestRock Company
Deferred Compensation
Plan
Savings This non-qualified, unfunded plan allows employees to make
elective deferrals or additional deferrals of base salary and STIP
above the qualified plan limit. We provide a matching contribution
of 100% of the first 5% of the participant’s deferred compensation
in excess of such limit. Following the end of the calendar year, we
contribute 2.5% of the participant’s calendar year compensation in
excess of the qualified compensation limit, subject to certain
restrictions.
Certain highly compensated employees,
as determined by us, including each of
our NEOs, may participate in this plan.
42 WestRock Company 2024 Proxy Statement
Executive Compensation Tables
FISCAL 2023 NONQUALIFIED DEFERRED COMPENSATION
The following table provides information with respect to the WestRock Company Deferred Compensation Plan for fiscal
2023 and, with respect to Mr. Stigers, a predecessor company plan that is closed to contributions. The amounts shown
include compensation earned and deferred in prior years, and earnings on such amounts. We also make matching
contributions or profit-sharing contributions to the WestRock Company 401(k) Retirement Savings Plan, but this plan is tax
qualified and, therefore, not included in this table. We include our matches to all defined contribution plans in the “All Other
Compensation Table for Fiscal 2023” included in footnote 5 of the “Fiscal 2023 Summary Compensation Table” above.
Deferred compensation plan balances are distributed to participants following termination of employment, subject to any
delays required under Section 409A.
Name
Executive
Contributions
in Last Fiscal
Year ($)
(1)(2)(5)
Registrant
Contributions
in Last Fiscal
Year ($)
(3)(5)
Aggregate
Earnings
in Last
Fiscal
Year ($)
(4)
Aggregate
Withdrawals /
Distributions ($)
Aggregate
Balance at Last
Fiscal
Year-End ($)
(6)
David B. Sewell 159,401 184,540 34,429 - 874,651
Alexander W. Pease 41,988 67,670 333 - 145,756
Patrick M. Kivits - 22,959 3,042 - 75,974
Thomas M. Stigers 60,995 66,743 269,384
(7)
- 2,895,846
Denise R. Singleton 48,671 66,772 6,085 - 179,965
(1) For fiscal 2023, each NEO employed at the beginning of the fiscal year was eligible to defer up to 75% of their salary and, separately, 75% of their STIP
award.
(2) These amounts represent elected contributions made by each NEO in respect of fiscal 2023.
(3) We match an amount equal to 100% of the first 5% of the executive’s contributions in excess of the qualified plan limit. All of the NEOs receive an
additional employer contribution of 2.5% of eligible pay in excess of the qualified plan limit, if the participant is employed on the last day of the plan year
(December 31) or terminates employment due to retirement and is at least age 55 with 10 years of service, death or disability. All amounts in this column
assume that the NEO remains employed as of December 31 or is eligible for retirement under the terms of the WestRock Company Deferred
Compensation Plan.
(4) This column reflects the total dollar amount of interest or other earnings (losses) accrued during fiscal 2023, including interest and dividends paid at
market rates. We do not consider the payment of interest and other earnings at market rates to be compensation.
(5) Amounts reflected in the “Executive Contributions in Last Fiscal Year” column are reflected in the “Salary” and “Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation”
columns of the Fiscal 2023 Summary Compensation Table and amounts reflected in the “Registrant Contributions in Last Fiscal Year” column are
reflected in the “All Other Compensation” column of the Fiscal 2023 Summary Compensation Table.
(6) With respect to the “Aggregate Balance” column, $420,672 of Mr. Sewell’s balance, $37,831 of Mr. Pease’s balance, $29,103 of Mr. Kivits’ balance,
$166,888 of Mr. Stigers’ balance, and $60,737 of Ms. Singleton’s balance, each as of September 30, 2023, was included in the Summary Compensation
Table in fiscal 2022. Further, $112,523 of Mr. Sewell’s balance and $26,850 of Mr. Kivits’ balance, each as of September 30, 2023, was included in the
Summary Compensation Table in fiscal 2021.
(7) In addition to the WestRock Company Deferred Compensation Plan, Mr. Stigers has a balance in the Rock-Tenn Supplemental Retirement Savings Plan
(“SRSP”). The SRSP is a predecessor company deferred compensation plan that is closed to contributions. These amounts reflect earnings/losses in
both of these plans during fiscal 2023.
POTENTIAL PAYMENTS UPON TERMINATION OR CHANGE IN CONTROL
The following table summarizes the estimated payments to be made under each agreement, plan or arrangement that
provides for payments to an NEO at, following or in connection with a termination of employment, including by involuntary
termination without cause absent a change in control, voluntary or for cause termination, death or disability, retirement or an
involuntary or good reason termination following a change in control, assuming such an event occurred on September 30,
2023. However, in accordance with SEC regulations, we do not report any amount to be provided to an NEO under any
arrangement which does not discriminate in scope, terms, or operation in favor of our NEOs and which is available generally
to all salaried employees. In addition, see the table above titled “Fiscal 2023 Nonqualified Deferred Compensation” for
information regarding our deferred compensation plans and related NEO balances.
Severance and Change in Control
See “Compensation Matters Compensation Discussion and Analysis Severance and Change in Control
Arrangements” for a narrative description of severance and change in control arrangements applicable to our NEOs.
WestRock Company 2024 Proxy Statement 43
Executive Compensation Tables
Name
(1)
Benefit
Involuntary
Termination
Without Cause
Absent Change
in Control ($)
(1)
Voluntary
Termination/
For Cause
Termination ($)
Death or
Disability ($) Retirement ($)
(2)
Involuntary/
Good Reason
Termination
Following
Change in
Control ($)
(3)
David B. Sewell Severance 6,625,000 - - - 9,937,500
STIP
(4)
- - 1,490,029 - 2,566,018
Vesting of Equity Awards
(5)
- - 24,305,237 - 24,305,237
Health & Welfare 40,056 - - - 60,084
Outplacement 4,295 - - - 5,695
Total Value: 6,669,351 - 25,795,266 - 36,874,534
Alexander W. Pease Severance 2,340,000 - - - 3,120,000
STIP
(4)
- - 584,766 - 948,705
Vesting of Equity Awards
(5)
- - 5,567,093 - 5,567,093
Health & Welfare 15,813 - - - 21,084
Outplacement 4,295 - - - 5,695
Total Value: 2,360,108 - 6,151,859 - 9,662,577
Patrick M. Kivits Severance 2,139,638 - - - 2,852,850
STIP
(4)
- - 506,554 - 675,675
Vesting of Equity Awards
(5)
- - 3,538,204 - 3,538,204
Health & Welfare 8,331 - - - 11,108
Outplacement 4,295 - - - 5,695
Total Value: 2,152,264 - 4,044,758 - 7,083,532
Thomas M. Stigers Severance 2,090,861 - - - 2,787,814
STIP
(4)
- - 495,006 495,006 691,309
Vesting of Equity Awards
(5)
- - 3,618,264 3,469,209 3,618,264
Health & Welfare 30,042 - - - 40,056
Outplacement 4,295 - - - 5,695
Total Value: 2,125,198 - 4,113,270 3,964,215 7,143,138
Denise R. Singleton Severance 1,943,610 - - - 2,591,480
STIP
(4)
- - 446,326 - 731,136
Vesting of Equity Awards
(5)
- - 4,200,000 - 4,200,000
Health & Welfare 21,174 - - - 28,233
Outplacement 4,295 - - - 5,695
Total Value: 1,969,079 - 4,646,326 - 7,556,544
(1) Severance amounts for NEOs listed above assume an involuntary termination under the Severance Plan. ln connection with Mr. Sewell becoming our
President and CEO in March 2021, we agreed to make a severance payment to him consistent with the terms of the Severance Plan if we terminate his
employment without cause during his first three years with the Company.
(2) As of September 30, 2023, only Mr. Stigers would have been eligible to receive retirement benefits from the Company (assuming he had notified us of
such retirement at least six months in advance). Mr. Stigers’ retirement benefits would include (i) a pro-rated STIP award based on the number of days
employed during the fiscal year and actual performance results, (ii) a pro-rated number of RSUs granted in 2021 based on the number of full months
employed from the grant date, and 100% of RSUs granted in 2022 and 2023, and (iii) a pro-rated number of PSUs granted in 2021 based on the number
of full months employed from the grant date and 100% of PSUs granted in 2022 and 2023, which are all scheduled to vest based on actual performance
at the end of the applicable performance periods. For purposes of this table, as noted in footnote (5), we have assumed target performance for PSUs.
(3) Any amounts paid to the NEOs under the CIC Agreements will be reduced to the maximum amount that could be paid without being subject to the excise
tax imposed under Sections 280G and 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code, but only if the after-tax benefit of the reduced amount is higher than the
after-tax benefit of the unreduced amount. The amounts reflected in this table do not reflect the application of any reduction in compensation or benefits
pursuant to the terms of the CIC Agreements. While the Transaction will constitute a change in control under the CIC Agreements, no amounts will be
payable to an NEO under such agreements absent a triggering termination event. Additional information regarding specific amounts payable to the NEOs
in connection therewith will be available in the proxy statement/prospectus relating to the special meeting and the Transaction.
(4) For death and disability, STIP payouts are prorated based on actual performance. Following an involuntary termination upon a change in control, STIP
payouts are prorated and determined using the greater of (i) STIP target and (ii) the average of the annual STIP payouts for the three fiscal years
immediately preceding the date of termination (or, if the NEO has not been employed for three full fiscal years, the average of the annualized STIP paid
or payable to the NEO for the number of fiscal years immediately preceding the termination date that the NEO has been employed).
(5) The calculation of the value of vesting of equity awards is based on $35.80, reflecting the closing price of our common stock on September 29, 2023, the
last trading day of our fiscal year, as reported on the NYSE, multiplied by the number of shares that would have vested on September 30, 2023
(assuming target performance for PSUs) upon satisfaction of applicable conditions.
44 WestRock Company 2024 Proxy Statement
Executive Compensation Tables
CEO PAY RATIO
Fiscal Year
Median Employee
Compensation ($) CEO Compensation ($)
(1)
Ratio
2023 84,559 12,615,612 149:1
(1) As reported in the Fiscal 2023 Summary Compensation Table of this Proxy Statement.
We are required under Item 402(u) of Regulation S-K to calculate and disclose our CEO pay ratio. We selected August 31,
2023, as the date to identify our median employee for our fiscal 2023 pay ratio calculation after concluding that changes in
our employee population during the fiscal year would result in a significant change in our pay ratio disclosure.
As permitted under SEC rules for our pay ratio disclosure, from our total employee population of 57,560 full-time, part-time,
seasonal and temporary employees as of August 31, 2023 (other than our CEO), we excluded all employees from certain
countries representing in aggregate less than 5% of our employee base to arrive at the median employee consideration
pool
(1)
. We used the consistently applied compensation measure of base salary rate as of August 31, 2023, with foreign
exchange rates translated to the U.S. dollar equivalent, where applicable. Our median employee is located in the U.S.
We calculated such median employee’s total compensation of $84,559 for fiscal 2023 in the same manner we calculated
our CEO’s total compensation of $12,615,612 for fiscal 2023, as reported in the “Total” column of the Fiscal 2023 Summary
Compensation Table. Based on this information, for fiscal 2023, the ratio of the median of the total CEO compensation to
the total compensation of all employees (other than our CEO) was 149:1. This pay ratio is a reasonable estimate calculated
in a manner consistent with Item 402(u) of Regulation S-K. Because applicable SEC rules permit various methodologies,
estimates, assumptions and exclusions, our CEO pay ratio may not be comparable to pay ratios calculated and disclosed
by other companies.
(1)
These countries and the applicable employee headcounts as of the sample date were as follows: France (455), India (415), Belgium (374), Czech
Republic (305), Australia (239), Netherlands (170), Spain (150), Dominican Republic (117), Chile (58), Japan (56), Argentina (50), Hungary (36), Austria
(25), South Korea (19), Thailand (13), Malaysia (7), Taiwan (6), Switzerland (4), Italy (3), New Zealand (3), Singapore (3), Hong Kong (2), and South
Africa (1), for a total of 2,511 employees. As of August 31, 2023, using the methodology required by SEC rules, we had 34,813 U.S. employees (other
than the CEO) and 22,747 employees in other countries.
WestRock Company 2024 Proxy Statement 45
Executive Compensation Tables
PAY VERSUS PERFORMANCE
In accordance with Section 953(a) of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and Item 402(v) of
Regulation S-K, we are providing the following disclosure regarding executive compensation for our principal executive
officers (“PEOs”) and Non-PEO NEOs and Company performance for the fiscal years listed below. The Compensation
Committee did not consider the pay versus performance disclosure below in making its pay decisions for any of the years
shown.
For information concerning how we seek to align executive compensation with our performance, see “Compensation
Matters Compensation Discussion and Analysis.”
Fiscal
Year
Summary
Compensation
Table Total for
David B.
Sewell
(1)
($)
Summary
Compensation
Table Total for
Steven C.
Voorhees
(1)
($)
“Compensation
Actually Paid”
to David B.
Sewell
(1)(2)(3)
($)
“Compensation
Actually Paid”
to Steven C.
Voorhees
(1)(2)(3)
($)
Average
Summary
Compensation
Table Total for
Non-PEO
NEOs
(1)
($)
Average
“Compensation
Actually Paid”
to Non-PEO
NEOs
(1)(2)(3)
($)
Value of Initial Fixed
$100 Investment
based on:
(4)
Consolidated
Net Income
(Loss)
($ Millions)
Consolidated
Adjusted
EBITDA
($ Millions)
(5)
TSR
($)
Peer
Group
TSR
($)
2023 12,615,612 - 11,092,519 - 3,032,609 3,077,429 110.95 107.19 (1,644.2) 2,978.6
2022 11,576,270 - 4,542,649 - 4,748,652 2,065,815 92.52 96.48 949.2 3,459.4
2021 21,189,086 5,048,797 20,952,302 12,631,581 4,013,178 4,679,058 146.09 126.95 842.5 2,999.2
(1) Mr. Sewell has been our PEO since March 2021. Steven C. Voorhees was our PEO from July 2015 to March 2021. The individuals comprising the Non-PEO NEOs
for each fiscal year presented are listed below. Mr. Pease was appointed as our principal financial officer (“PFO”), effective in November 2021; Mr. Dickson stepped
down as our PFO at that time, and he retired from the Company in December 2021.
Fiscal 2021 Fiscal 2022 Fiscal 2023
Ward H. Dickson Ward H. Dickson Alexander W. Pease
Jeffrey W. Chalovich Alexander W. Pease Patrick M. Kivits
Patrick E. Lindner Patrick M. Kivits Denise R. Singleton
Patrick M. Kivits Denise R. Singleton Thomas M. Stigers
Robert B. McIntosh Thomas M. Stigers -
(2) The amounts shown for “Compensation Actually Paid” have been calculated in accordance with Item 402(v) of Regulation S-K and do not reflect compensation
actually earned, realized, or received by the Company’s NEOs. These amounts reflect the Summary Compensation Table Total with certain adjustments as
described in footnote 3 below.
(3) “Compensation Actually Paid” reflects the exclusions and inclusions of certain amounts for the PEOs and the Non-PEO NEOs as set forth below. Equity values are
calculated in accordance with ASC 718. Amounts in the Exclusion of Stock Awards column are the totals from the Stock Awards column set forth in the Summary
Compensation Table. Accelerated or enhanced vesting of equity awards for our NEOs upon retirement is subject to, among other things, a six-month advance
notice requirement, and none of these substantive conditions was deemed to be satisfied in fiscal 2023, 2022 or 2021. Accordingly, none of our NEOs is reflected
as retirement eligible in the tables below.
Fiscal Year
Summary Compensation
Table Total for
David B. Sewell
($)
Exclusion of Stock
Awards for
David B. Sewell
($)
Inclusion of Equity
Values for
David B. Sewell
($)
“Compensation Actually
Paid” to
David B. Sewell
($)
2023 12,615,612 (9,544,333) 8,021,240 11,092,519
2022 11,576,270 (7,591,297) 557,676 4,542,649
2021 21,189,086 (18,896,377) 18,659,593 20,952,302
Fiscal Year
Summary Compensation
Table Total for
Steven C. Voorhees
($)
Exclusion of Stock
Awards for
Steven C. Voorhees
($)
Inclusion of Equity
Values for
Steven C. Voorhees
($)
“Compensation Actually
Paid” to
Steven C. Voorhees
($)
2021 5,048,797 (504,187) 8,086,971 12,631,581
Fiscal Year
Average Summary
Compensation Table
Total for Non-PEO NEOs
($)
Average Exclusion of
Stock Awards for Non-
PEO NEOs
($)
Average Inclusion of
Equity Values for Non-
PEO NEOs
($)
Average Compensation
Actually Paid to
Non-PEO NEOs
($)
2023 3,032,609 (1,573,706) 1,618,526 3,077,429
2022 4,748,652 (3,281,678) 598,841 2,065,815
2021 4,013,178 (2,179,754) 2,845,634 4,679,058
46 WestRock Company 2024 Proxy Statement
Executive Compensation Tables
The amounts in the Inclusion of Equity Values in the tables above are derived from the amounts set forth in the following tables:
Fiscal
Year
Year-End Fair
Value of Equity
Awards Granted
During Year
That Remained
Unvested as of
Last Day of
Year for David
B. Sewell
($)
Change in Fair
Value from Last
Day of Prior
Year to Last
Day of Year of
Unvested
Equity Awards
for David B.
Sewell
($)
Vesting-Date
Fair Value of
Equity Awards
Granted
During Year
that Vested
During Year
for David B.
Sewell
($)
Change in Fair
Value from Last
Day of Prior Year
to Vesting
Date of Unvested
Equity Awards
that Vested During
Year for David B.
Sewell
($)
Fair Value at Last
Day of Prior Year
of Equity Awards
That Failed to
Meet Applicable
Vesting Conditions
During Year for
David B. Sewell
($)
Value of
Dividends or
Other Earnings
Paid on Equity
Awards Not
Otherwise
Included for
David B.
Sewell
($)
Total -
Inclusion of
Equity Values
for David B.
Sewell
($)
2023 10,072,009 (1,918,071) - (132,698) - - 8,021,240
2022 6,601,086 (5,839,186) - (204,224) - - 557,676
2021 18,659,593 - - - - - 18,659,593
Fiscal
Year
Year-End Fair
Value of Equity
Awards Granted
During Year
That Remained
Unvested as of
Last Day of
Year for Steven
C. Voorhees
($)
Change in Fair
Value from Last
Day of Prior
Year to Last
Day of Year of
Unvested
Equity Awards
for Steven C.
Voorhees
($)
Vesting-Date
Fair Value of
Equity Awards
Granted
During Year
that Vested
During Year
for Steven C.
Voorhees
($)
Change in Fair
Value from Last
Day of Prior Year
to Vesting
Date of Unvested
Equity Awards
that Vested During
Year for Steven C.
Voorhees
($)
Fair Value at Last
Day of Prior Year
of Equity Awards
That Failed to
Meet Applicable
Vesting Conditions
During Year for
Steven C.
Voorhees
($)
Value of
Dividends or
Other Earnings
Paid on Equity
Awards Not
Otherwise
Included for
Steven C.
Voorhees
($)
Total -
Inclusion of
Equity Values
for Steven C.
Voorhees
($)
2021 472,542 5,827,230 143,563 1,643,636 - - 8,086,971
Fiscal
Year
Average
Year-End Fair
Value of Equity
Awards Granted
During Year
That Remained
Unvested as of
Last Day of
Year for
Non-PEO NEOs
($)
Average
Change in Fair
Value from Last
Day of Prior
Year to Last
Day of Year of
Unvested
Equity Awards
for Non-PEO
NEOs
($)
Average
Vesting-Date
Fair Value of
Equity Awards
Granted
During Year
that Vested
During Year
for Non-PEO
NEOs
($)
Average
Change in Fair
Value from Last
Day of Prior Year
to Vesting Date of
Unvested Equity
Awards
that Vested During
Year for Non-PEO
NEOs
($)
Average Fair Value
at Last Day of
Prior Year of
Equity Awards
That Failed to
Meet Applicable
Vesting Conditions
During Year for
Non-PEO NEOs
($)
Average Value
of Dividends or
Other Earnings
Paid on Equity
Awards Not
Otherwise
Included for
Non-PEO
NEOs
($)
Total -
Average
Inclusion of
Equity Values
for Non-PEO
NEOs
($)
2023 1,660,719 (153,397) - 111,204 - - 1,618,526
2022 2,015,596 (551,533) - (13,343) (851,879) - 598,841
2021 2,001,066 989,023 19,470 39,964 (203,889) - 2,845,634
(4) The Peer Group TSR set forth in this table utilizes the Dow Jones Containers & Packaging Index, which we also utilize in the stock performance graph included in
our 2023 Form 10-K. The comparison in this table assumes $100 was invested for the period starting September 30, 2020, through the end of the listed year in the
Company and in the Dow Jones Containers & Packaging Index, respectively. Historical stock performance is not necessarily indicative of future stock performance.
(5) We determined Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA to be the most important financial performance measure used to link our performance to “Compensation Actually
Paid” to our PEO and Non-PEO NEOs in fiscal 2023 as it is the largest weighted metric under our STIP. This performance measure may not have been the most
important financial performance measure for fiscal years 2022 and 2021, and we may determine a different financial performance measure to be the most
important financial performance measure in future years. Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA is calculated by aggregating each segment’s Adjusted EBITDA plus non-
allocated expenses, as reflected in the segment footnote in our 2023 Form 10-K.
Unranked List of the Most Important Financial Performance Measures Used to Link “Compensation
Actually Paid” for Fiscal 2023 to Company Performance
The following table presents the financial performance measures that the Company considers the most important in linking
“Compensation Actually Paid” to our PEO and other NEOs for fiscal 2023 to Company performance. The measures in this
table are not ranked.
Most Important Financial Performance Measures
Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA (Company-Selected Measure)
Adjusted Revenue
Adjusted Free Cash Flow Per Share
Adjusted EPS
Adjusted ROIC
Relative TSR
WestRock Company 2024 Proxy Statement 47
Executive Compensation Tables
While we utilize the financial performance metrics listed above to align executive compensation with our performance, only
the most important measure is presented in the Pay versus Performance table above in accordance with the requirements
of Item 402(v) of Regulation S-K. Moreover, we generally seek to create long-term stockholder value, and therefore do not
specifically align our performance measures with “Compensation Actually Paid” for a particular year. In accordance with
Item 402(v) of Regulation S-K, we are providing the following descriptions of the relationships between information
presented in the Pay versus Performance table.
Relationship Between PEO and Non-PEO NEO “Compensation Actually Paid” and Company TSR
The following chart sets forth the relationship between “Compensation Actually Paid” to our PEOs, the average of
“Compensation Actually Paid” to our Non-PEO NEOs, and the Company’s cumulative TSR over the three most recently
completed fiscal years. Our NEOs’ “Compensation Actually Paid” values are aligned with WestRock’s TSR. This is primarily
because the value of our equity-based incentive compensation is tied directly to our stock price, as well as, with respect to
PSUs, our financial performance.
PEO and Average Non-PEO NEO “Compensation Actually Paid”
Versus Company TSR
“Compensation Actually Paid” ($ Millions)
Company TSR (FYE 2020 Indexed to $100)
25
20
15
10
5
0
2020 2021 2022 2023
$160
$140
$120
$100
$80
$60
$40
$20
$0
3.1
11.1
2.1
Fiscal Year
4.5
4.7
21.0
12.6
100.00
146.09
92.52
110.95
Steven C. Voorhees “Compensation Actually Paid”
Average Non-PEO NEO “Compensation Actually Paid”
David B. Sewell “Compensation Actually Paid”
WestRock Company TSR
48 WestRock Company 2024 Proxy Statement
Executive Compensation Tables
Relationship Between PEO and Non-PEO NEO “Compensation Actually Paid” and Consolidated Net
Income (Loss)
The following chart sets forth the relationship between “Compensation Actually Paid” to our PEOs, the average of
“Compensation Actually Paid” to our Non-PEO NEOs, and our consolidated net income (loss) during the three most recently
completed fiscal years. The consolidated net loss for fiscal 2023 is largely due to a $1.9 billion pre-tax, non-cash goodwill
impairment and $859 million of pre-tax restructuring and other costs, $605 million of which were non-cash. “Compensation
Actually Paid” decreased in fiscal 2022 and increased in fiscal 2023 largely due to the fact that a significant portion of our
overall compensation mix is equity-based and heavily impacted by our stock price. Changes to Mr. Sewell’s “Compensation
Actually Paid” are more pronounced as equity-based awards make up a larger portion of his total target compensation than
they do for our non-PEO NEOs.
Steven C. Voorhees “Compensation Actually Paid”
“Compensation Actually Paid” ($ Millions)
PEO and Average Non-PEO NEO “Compensation Actually Paid”
Versus Consolidated Net Income (Loss)
David B. Sewell “Compensation Actually Paid”
WestRock Company Consolidated Net Income (Loss)
Fiscal Year
2021
25
20
15
10
5
0
12.6
21.0
4.7
4.5
2.1
11.1
3.1
2022 2023
Consolidated Net Income (Loss) ($ Millions)
(1,644.2)
949.2
842.5
Average Non-PEO NEO “Compensation Actually Paid”
(4,000)
(3,000)
(2,000)
(1,000)
0
1,000
2,000
WestRock Company 2024 Proxy Statement 49
Executive Compensation Tables
Relationship Between PEO and Non-PEO NEO “Compensation Actually Paid” and Consolidated
Adjusted EBITDA
The following chart sets forth the relationship between “Compensation Actually Paid” to our PEOs, the average of
“Compensation Actually Paid” to our Non-PEO NEOs, and Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA during the three most recently
completed fiscal years. While we use numerous financial performance measures for the purpose of evaluating performance
in our compensation programs, we determined Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA is the most important performance measure
used to link “Compensation Actually Paid” for the most recently completed fiscal year to our performance, in accordance
with Item 402(v) of Regulation S-K. As noted above, Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA is the largest factor in determining
STIP payouts.
PEO and Average Non-PEO NEO “Compensation Actually Paid”
Versus Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA
Steven C. Voorhees “Compensation Actually Paid”
21.0
12.6
25
20
15
10
5
0
David B. Sewell “Compensation Actually Paid”
Consolidated Adjusted EBITDAAverage Non-PEO NEO “Compensation Actually Paid”
Fiscal Year
2021 2022 2023
Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA ($ Millions)
2,000
2,500
3,000
3,500
4,000
2,978.6
3,459.4
2,999.2
1,500
1,000
500
0
“Compensation Actually Paid” ($ Millions)
11.1
3.1
2.1
4.5
4.7
Relationship Between Company TSR and Peer Group TSR
The following chart compares our cumulative TSR over the three most recently completed fiscal years to that of the Dow
Jones Containers & Packaging Index over the same period.
Comparison of Cumulative TSR of WestRock Company and
Dow Jones Containers & Packaging Index
$200
$150
$100
$50
TSR (9/30/2020 Indexed to $100)
126.95
92.52
96.48
110.95
107.19
146.09
$0
9/30/2020 9/30/2021 9/30/2022 9/30/2023
WestRock Company TSR Dow Jones Containers & Packaging Index TSR
50 WestRock Company 2024 Proxy Statement
Audit Matters
AUDIT MATTERS
ITEM 3. RATIFICATION OF APPOINTMENT OF ERNST & YOUNG LLP FOR FISCAL
2024
What am I voting on? The Board is asking our stockholders to ratify the Audit Committee’s selection of Ernst & Young
LLP as our independent registered public accounting firm for fiscal 2024
Voting Recommendation:
FOR the ratification of our independent registered public accounting firm for fiscal 2024
Vote Required: An affirmative vote requires the majority of shares present in person or represented by proxy and
entitled to vote
Broker Discretionary Voting Allowed: Yes, organizations holding shares of beneficial owners may vote in their
discretion absent voting instructions from those owners
Abstentions: Vote against
REPORT OF THE AUDIT COMMITTEE
The Audit Committee is comprised of seven independent directors. The Board has determined that all Audit Committee
members are “financially literate” within the meaning of the NYSE Standards and that each of Mses. Martore and Savage
and Messrs. Crews, Bernlohr and Stockton qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” within the meaning of SEC
regulations.
The Audit Committee met 8 times during fiscal 2023. These meetings included executive sessions at least quarterly with our
independent registered public accounting firm, our internal auditor and management. During fiscal 2023, the Audit
Committee was updated no less than quarterly on management’s process to assess the adequacy of our system of internal
control over financial reporting, the framework used to make the assessment and management’s conclusions on the
effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting.
The Audit Committee is responsible for appointing, compensating, retaining and overseeing our independent auditor. The
Audit Committee evaluates the independence, qualifications and performance of our independent auditor each year, and
determines whether to re-engage the current independent auditor. ln doing so, the Audit Committee considers, among other
factors, the quality and efficiency of the services provided by the auditor and its capabilities, technical expertise and
knowledge of our operations. Based on this evaluation, the Audit Committee has retained Ernst & Young LLP (“EY”) as our
independent auditor for fiscal 2024, and the Board is recommending that our stockholders ratify this appointment.
EY has served as the Company’s or its predecessor’s independent auditor since at least 1975, but it is unable to determine
the specific year during which it was originally engaged. We believe that EY’s global capabilities, technical expertise,
significant institutional knowledge of our business, quality, candor of communications with the Audit Committee and
management, and independence enhance audit quality. The Audit Committee oversees our financial reporting process on
behalf of the Board. Management has primary responsibility for establishing and maintaining adequate internal financial
control over financial reporting, for preparing our financial statements and for the public reporting process. EY, our
independent registered public accounting firm for fiscal 2023, is responsible for expressing opinions that (a) our consolidated
financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position, results of operations and cash flows in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles and (b) we maintained, in all material respects, effective internal
control over financial reporting as of September 30, 2023. EY’s audit of our internal control over financial reporting for fiscal
2023 did not include an evaluation of the internal control over financial reporting with respect to the operations acquired in the
Mexico Acquisition, as we excluded those operations from management’s assessment as permitted by SEC guidance.
In this context, the Audit Committee has
reviewed and discussed the audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended September 30, 2023 with
management;
discussed with the independent auditor those matters required to be discussed by auditors with the Audit Committee
under the rules adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (“PCAOB”) and the SEC; and
received the written disclosures and the letter from the independent auditor as required by applicable requirements of
the PCAOB regarding the independent auditor’s communication with the Audit Committee concerning independence
and has discussed with the independent auditor its independence.
WestRock Company 2024 Proxy Statement 51
Audit Matters
Based on the reviews and discussion described in this report, the Audit Committee recommended to the Board (and the
Board approved) that the audited consolidated financial statements be included in the 2023 Form 10-K for filing with the
SEC.
Audit Committee: Terrell K. Crews, Chair; Timothy J. Bernlohr; Russell M. Currey; Suzan F. Harrison; Gracia C. Martore; E.
Jean Savage; Dmitri L. Stockton
FEES OF THE INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
The following table presents (in thousands of dollars) the aggregate fees billed for (in the case of audit fees) and the
aggregate fees billed in (in the case of audit-related fees, tax fees and all other fees) each of the last two fiscal years for
professional services rendered by EY and its affiliates.
2023 ($)
(1)
2022 ($)
(1)
Audit fees
(2)
16,990 13,163
Audit-related fees
(3)
576 2,363
Tax fees
(4)
3,541 3,750
All other fees
Total fees paid to auditor 21,107 19,276
(1) All such audit fees, audit-related fees and tax fees were approved by the Audit Committee as described below in “Audit Matters - Pre-Approval
Policies and Procedures”.
(2) Audit fees consist primarily of fees related to professional services rendered for the audit of our annual financial statements included in our
Form 10-K and the review of interim financial statements included in our quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, including in each respect such
services related to the Mexico Acquisition, accounting consultations to the extent necessary for EY to fulfill its responsibility under generally
accepted auditing standards, as well as services in connection with other statutory and regulatory filings.
(3) Audit-related fees consist of fees related to professional services rendered for assurance and related services that are reasonably related to the
performance of the audit or review of our annual financial statements that are not included in the amounts disclosed as audit fees.
(4) Tax fees consist primarily of fees related to professional services rendered for tax compliance, tax advice and transfer pricing services.
PRE-APPROVAL POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
The Audit Committee has established a policy requiring pre-approval of audit and permissible audit-related and non-audit
services to be provided by the independent registered public accounting firm. Each year, management requests Audit
Committee approval of the annual audit, statutory audits, and quarterly reviews and pre-approval of certain other
engagements of the independent registered public accounting firm known at that time. In connection with these requests,
the Audit Committee may consider information about each engagement, including the budgeted fees; the reasons
management is requesting the services to be provided by the independent auditors; and any potential impact on the
auditors’ independence.
As additional proposed audit and non-audit engagements of the independent registered public accounting firm are
identified, or if pre-approved services exceed the pre-approved budgeted amount for those services, the Audit Committee
will consider similar information in connection with the pre-approval of such engagements or services. If Audit Committee
pre-approvals are required between regularly scheduled Audit Committee meetings, the Audit Committee has delegated to
the Chair of the Audit Committee the authority to grant pre-approvals. Pre-approvals by the Chair are reviewed with the
Audit Committee at its next regularly scheduled meeting.
The independent registered public accounting firm and management report to the Audit Committee periodically regarding
the services rendered by, and actual fees paid to, the independent registered public accounting firm to ensure that the
services are within the limits approved by the Audit Committee.
OTHER INFORMATION
One or more representatives of EY will be present at the 2024 Annual Meeting. The representatives will have an opportunity
to make a statement if they desire to do so and will be available to respond to questions, where appropriate.
52 WestRock Company 2024 Proxy Statement
Other Important Information
OTHER IMPORTANT INFORMATION
BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF COMMON STOCK
The following table lists information, as of December 9, 2023, about the number of shares of our common stock beneficially
owned by (i) each NEO, (ii) each director and director nominee, (iii) directors and executive officers as a group, and (iv) any
person known to us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our common stock as of such date. Unless otherwise
noted, voting power and investment power in our common stock are exercisable solely by the named person.
Name of Beneficial Owner
Total Number of
Shares of Common
Stock Beneficially
Owned (#)
(1)
Percent of
Outstanding
Common
Stock (%)
(2)
David B. Sewell 123,918 *
Alexander W. Pease 70,650 *
Patrick M. Kivits 28,708 *
Thomas M. Stigers 107,152
(3)
*
Denise R. Singleton 23,628 *
Colleen F. Arnold 22,337
(4)
*
Timothy J. Bernlohr 45,666 *
J. Powell Brown 63,849
(5)
*
Terrell K. Crews 45,523
(6)
*
Russell M. Currey 418,595
(7)
*
Suzan F. Harrison 16,336 *
Gracia C. Martore 46,079
(8)
*
James E. Nevels 19,289
(9)
*
E. Jean Savage 8,371 *
Dmitri L. Stockton 6,735
(10)
*
Alan D. Wilson 49,720
(11)
*
All directors and executive officers as a group 1,264,875
(12)
*
The Vanguard Group, 100 Vanguard Blvd., Malvern, PA 19355 30,927,175
(13)
12.1%
BlackRock, Inc., 50 Hudson Yards, New York, NY 10001 26,528,164
(14)
10.3%
Greenhaven Associates, Inc., 3 Manhattanville Road, Purchase, NY
10577 13,591,170
(15)
5.3%
* Less than 1%.
(1) Under SEC rules, a person “beneficially owns” securities if that person has or shares the power to vote or dispose of the securities. The person
also “beneficially owns” securities that the person has the right to acquire within 60 days. Under these rules, PSUs, as well as RSUs that vest
more than 60 days after December 9, 2023, are not included. In addition, more than one person may be deemed to beneficially own the same
securities, and a person may be deemed to beneficially own securities in which he or she has no financial interest. Except as shown in the
footnotes to the table, the stockholders named below have the sole power to vote or dispose of the shares shown as beneficially owned by
them. See “Compensation Matters Executive Compensation Tables Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal 2023 Year-End” for more
information concerning outstanding equity awards to our NEOs and “Board and Governance Matters Director Compensation” for more
information concerning outstanding equity awards to our non-employee directors.
(2) Each of the individuals, as well as our directors and executive officers as a group, held less than 1% of our outstanding common stock as of
December 9, 2023 (including shares such individual(s) had the right to acquire within 60 days after December 9, 2023).
(3) Share balance includes (i) 8,165 shares issuable upon exercise of stock options owned by Mr. Stigers, (ii) 5,698 shares beneficially owned by
Mr. Stigers through the WestRock Company Deferred Compensation Plan and (iii) 11,237 shares held jointly with Mr. Stigers’ spouse.
(4) Share balance includes 21,140 shares beneficially owned by Ms. Arnold through the Non-Employee Director Deferred Compensation Plan.
(5) Share balance includes (i) 48,161 shares held jointly with Mr. Brown’s spouse, (ii) 1,323 shares held by a son, (iii) 873 shares held by a
daughter, (iv) 694 shares held by a daughter, and (v) 602 shares held by a daughter.
(6) Share balance includes 22,635 shares held in a revocable trust of which Mr. Crews and his spouse are trustees.
(7) Share balance includes (i) 185,932 shares beneficially owned by Boxwood Capital, LLC, a limited liability company of which Mr. Currey is the
controlling member and president and (ii) 32,657 shares owned by a trust of which Mr. Currey is the trustee.
(8) Share balance includes 45,044 shares beneficially owned by Ms. Martore through the Non-Employee Director Deferred Compensation Plan.
(9) Share balance includes (i) 2,621 shares beneficially owned by Mr. Nevels through the Non-Employee Director Deferred Compensation Plan
and (ii) 8,297 shares held jointly with his spouse.
WestRock Company 2024 Proxy Statement 53
Other Important Information
(10) Share balance reflects 6,735 shares beneficially owned by Mr. Stockton through the Non-Employee Director Deferred Compensation Plan.
(11) Share balance includes 48,685 shares beneficially owned by Mr. Wilson through the Non-Employee Director Deferred Compensation Plan.
(12) Share balance reflects ownership by 20 persons. In addition to shares beneficially owned by the NEOs listed in this table, this number includes
shares beneficially owned by John L. O’Neal, Samuel W. Shoemaker, Vicki L. Lostetter and Julia A. McConnell, each of whom is also an
executive officer of WestRock. It includes an aggregate of 22,374 shares issuable upon exercise of vested stock options held by our executive
officers.
(13) Based on a Schedule 13G/A filed on February 9, 2023, The Vanguard Group has sole dispositive power over 29,797,115 of these shares,
shared voting power over 399,105 of these shares and shared dispositive power over 1,130,060 of these shares.
(14) Based on a Schedule 13G/A filed on April 6, 2023, BlackRock, Inc. has sole voting power over 24,546,678 of these shares and sole dispositive
power over 26,528,164 of these shares.
(15) Based on a Schedule 13G filed on June 16, 2023, Greenhaven Associates, Inc. has sole voting and dispositive powers over 3,450,310 of
these shares and shared voting and dispositive powers over 10,140,860 of these shares.
STOCKHOLDER PROPOSALS OR DIRECTOR NOMINATIONS FOR 2025 ANNUAL
MEETING
SEC rules permit stockholders to submit proposals for inclusion in our Proxy Statement and form of proxy if the stockholder
and the proposal meet the requirements specified in Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act. To be considered for inclusion in
next year’s Proxy Statement, a stockholder proposal submitted in accordance with Rule 14a-8 must be received by us at
our principal executive offices by no later than August 15, 2024.
Stockholders will vote at the 2024 Annual Meeting on only the matters summarized in this Proxy Statement. Our Bylaws
provide that any stockholder proposal (including director nominations) that is not submitted for inclusion in next year’s Proxy
Statement under Rule 14a-8, but is instead sought to be presented directly at next year’s annual meeting of stockholders,
must be delivered to our principal executive offices not later than the close of business on the 90th day nor earlier than the
close of business on the 120th day prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting. In each case, the
notice must include the information specified in our Bylaws. If next year’s annual meeting is held more than 30 days before
or more than 60 days after the anniversary date of the 2024 Annual Meeting, notice must be delivered not earlier than the
close of business on the 120th day prior to the annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the
90th day prior to the annual meeting or the seventh day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such
meeting is first made by us. Accordingly, to submit any such proposal, stockholders must submit the required notice no
earlier than the close of business on September 28, 2024, and no later than the close of business on October 28, 2024,
except as described above. In addition, stockholders that intend to solicit proxies in support of director nominees other than
our nominees for future stockholder meetings must comply with the additional requirements of Rule 14a-19(b) of the
Exchange Act.
The mailing address of our principal executive offices to which proposals may be delivered is 1000 Abernathy Road NE,
Atlanta, GA 30328. Proposals should be addressed to the attention of the Corporate Secretary. Delivery by email does not
constitute delivery to our principal executive offices.
ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
We will provide without charge, at the written request of any stockholder of record as of the record date, a copy of our 2023
Form 10-K, including the financial statements, as filed with the SEC, excluding exhibits. Requests for copies of our 2023
Form 10-K should be mailed to: WestRock Company, 1000 Abernathy Road NE, Atlanta, Georgia 30328, Attention:
Corporate Secretary. You may also access a copy of our 2023 10-K at https://ir.westrock.com.
FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS
What is the purpose of the 2024 Annual Meeting?
Stockholders will vote at the 2024 Annual Meeting on the matters identified as “Items of Business” in the Notice of Annual
Meeting that precedes this Proxy Statement.
As previously announced, we entered into the Transaction Agreement with Smurfit Kappa, ListCo and Merger Sub in
mid-September 2023. The Transaction Agreement provides, among other things, that subject to the satisfaction or waiver of
specified conditions, Smurfit Kappa will become a wholly owned subsidiary of ListCo and Merger Sub will merge with and
into WestRock, with WestRock surviving the transaction as a wholly owned subsidiary of ListCo. The Transaction is
expected to close in the second calendar quarter of 2024, conditional upon regulatory approvals, stockholder approvals and
satisfaction of other closing conditions. Accordingly, the Transaction will not be closed as of the date of the 2024 Annual
Meeting, if ever.
Our Board has approved the relevant transactions underlying the Transaction, including our entry into the Transaction
Agreement, and recommended that our stockholders approve the Transaction at a special meeting of stockholders to be
54 WestRock Company 2024 Proxy Statement
Other Important Information
held in the coming months. However, stockholders are NOT being requested to vote on the Transaction at the 2024 Annual
Meeting. We will continue to operate on a standalone basis in advance of presenting the Transaction to our stockholders for
a vote, and continuing thereafter until the Transaction closes.
Why did I receive these proxy materials?
You received these proxy materials because you are a Company stockholder and the Board is soliciting your proxy to vote
your shares at the 2024 Annual Meeting. This Proxy Statement includes information that we are required to provide to you
under SEC rules and is designed to assist you in voting your shares.
What is included in these proxy materials? What is a proxy statement and what is a proxy?
The proxy materials for the 2024 Annual Meeting include the Notice of Annual Meeting, this Proxy Statement and our 2023
Form 10-K. If you received a paper copy of these materials, the proxy materials also include a proxy card or voting
instruction form.
A proxy statement is a document that SEC regulations require us to give you when we ask you to sign a proxy designating
individuals to vote on your behalf. A proxy is your legal designation of another person to vote your shares, and that other
person is called a proxy. If you designate someone as your proxy in a written document, that document is also called a
“proxy” or a “proxy card.” We have designated Messrs. Wilson and Sewell and Ms. Singleton as proxies for the 2024 Annual
Meeting.
What does it mean if I receive more than one notice, proxy materials email or proxy card?
If you receive more than one notice, proxy materials email or proxy card, you have multiple accounts with brokers and/or our
transfer agent and will need to vote separately with respect to each notice, proxy materials email or proxy card you receive.
Why did I receive a one-page notice in the mail regarding the Internet availability of proxy materials
instead of a full set of proxy materials?
The SEC permits us to furnish proxy materials by providing access to those documents on the Internet. Stockholders will
not receive printed copies of the proxy materials unless they request them. The notice instructs you as to how to submit
your proxy on the Internet. If you would like to receive a paper or email copy of the proxy materials, you should follow the
instructions in the notice for requesting those materials.
Who may vote?
You may vote if you owned our common stock as of the close of business on December 4, 2023, the record date for the
2024 Annual Meeting.
How may I vote?
You may vote by any of the following methods:
Internet follow the instructions on your notice, proxy card or email notice.
Phone follow the instructions on your notice, proxy card or email notice.
Mail complete sign and return the proxy card provided.
Virtually attend the 2024 Annual Meeting virtually and follow the instructions on the website.
Beneficial holders of our stock should review the information provided by their bank, broker or other nominee in order to
provide voting instructions.
When voting on proposals, you may vote “for” or “against” the item or you may abstain from voting. You are not entitled to
appraisal or dissenters’ rights for any matter being voted on at the 2024 Annual Meeting.
We encourage you to vote your proxy by Internet, telephone or mail prior to the 2024 Annual Meeting, even if you plan to
attend the meeting virtually.
What constitutes a quorum at the 2024 Annual Meeting, and why is a quorum required?
The presence at the 2024 Annual Meeting, in person or by proxy, of the holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote
on the record date will constitute a quorum. A quorum of stockholders is necessary to hold a valid meeting.
What is the vote required to approve each of the proposals to be presented at the 2024 Annual Meeting?
Assuming the existence of a quorum at the 2024 Annual Meeting:
Item 1: Election of 12 Directors Named in this Proxy Statement: A director will be elected if the number of shares
voted FOR that director nominee exceeds the number of shares voted AGAINST that director nominee.
Item 2: Advisory Vote to Approve Executive Compensation: An affirmative vote requires the majority of those shares
present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote.
WestRock Company 2024 Proxy Statement 55
Other Important Information
Item 3: Ratification of Appointment of Ernst & Young LLP for fiscal 2024: An affirmative vote requires the majority of
shares present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote.
What is the effect of abstentions and broker non-votes?
Proposal
Effect of Broker
Non-Vote
Effect of
Abstention
Election of 12 Directors Named in the Proxy Statement No effect No effect
Advisory Vote to Approve Executive Compensation No effect Vote against
Ratification of Appointment of Ernst & Young LLP for Fiscal 2023 Not applicable Vote against
Will There Be A Physical Location for the 2024 Annual Meeting?
No, we plan to hold our 2024 Annual Meeting virtually in an effort to enhance the ability of our stockholders to attend and
participate. To attend the virtual meeting, visit www.virtualshareholdermeeting.com/WRK2024 and use your 16-digit control
number provided in the notice or proxy card to log into the meeting. Any stockholders holding shares in street name that do
not receive a 16-digit control number should contact their bank, broker or other nominee (preferably at least five days before
the 2024 Annual Meeting) in order to request a control number and be able to attend, participate in or vote at the 2024
Annual Meeting. If you do not have a 16-digit control number at the time of the 2024 Annual Meeting, you may still attend
the meeting as a guest in listen-only mode, although guests will be unable to vote or submit questions. We encourage
stockholders to log in to the website and access the webcast early, beginning approximately 15 minutes before the 2024
Annual Meeting’s 9:00 a.m. Eastern Time start time. If you experience technical difficulties, please contact the technical
support telephone number posted on the virtual stockholder meeting login page.
Will I be able to ask questions and participate in the virtual Annual Meeting?
Stockholders of record and proxy holders that provide their valid 16-digit control number will be able to participate in the
2024 Annual Meeting. To submit questions during the meeting, stockholders may log into the virtual meeting website with
their 16-digit control number, type the question into the “Ask a Question” field and click “Submit.”
Questions and comments pertinent to meeting matters will be answered and addressed during the 2024 Annual Meeting as
time allows. If we receive substantially similar written questions, we may group these questions together and provide a
single response to avoid repetition and allow time for additional question topics. If we are unable to respond to a
stockholder’s properly submitted question due to time constraints, we intend to post answers to those questions on the
investor relations page of our website following the meeting.
Additional information regarding the rules and procedures for participating in the virtual annual meeting will be provided in
our meeting rules of conduct, which stockholders may view shortly prior to and during the 2024 Annual Meeting on the
meeting website.
How many shares of our common stock were outstanding and entitled to vote on the record date?
256,507,734 shares. Each share of our common stock is entitled to one vote.
Can I change my vote or revoke my proxy after I vote?
You may change your vote at any time before the polls close for the 2024 Annual Meeting by (i) voting again by telephone
or over the Internet prior to 11:59 p.m., Eastern Time, on January 25, 2024, (ii) giving written notice to our Corporate
Secretary, (iii) delivering a later-dated proxy or (iv) voting at the 2024 Annual Meeting. You may also revoke your proxy
before it is voted at the 2024 Annual Meeting by using one of the methods listed above.
What is householding?
Beneficial holders that share a single address may receive only one copy of the notice or the proxy materials, as the case
may be, unless their broker, bank or other nominee has received contrary instructions from any beneficial holder at that
address. This is known as householding. If any beneficial holder(s) sharing a single address wishes to discontinue
householding and/or receive a separate copy of the notice or the proxy materials, or wishes to enroll in householding, the
beneficial holder(s) should contact its broker, bank or other nominee directly. Alternatively, if any such beneficial holder
wishes to receive a separate copy of the proxy materials, we will deliver them promptly upon request either by phone (by
dialing 678-291-7900) or in writing (by mailing a request to WestRock Company, 1000 Abernathy Road NE, Atlanta,
Georgia 30328, Attention: Corporate Secretary).
56 WestRock Company 2024 Proxy Statement
Other Important Information
Will any other business be conducted at the 2024 Annual Meeting?
We are not aware of any items, other than those described in this Proxy Statement, that may properly come before the 2024
Annual Meeting. If other matters are properly brought before the 2024 Annual Meeting, the accompanying proxy will be
voted at the discretion of the proxy holders.
What is the difference between holding shares as a “registered holder” and as a “beneficial holder”?
If your shares are registered directly in your name with our transfer agent, you are a registered holder. If your shares are
held in the name of a bank, broker or other nominee as custodian on your behalf, you are a beneficial holder.
What if I am a beneficial holder and do not give voting instructions to my broker?
As a beneficial holder, you must provide voting instructions to your bank, broker or other nominee by the deadline provided
in the materials you receive from your bank, broker or other nominee in order to ensure your shares are voted in the way
you would like. If you do not provide voting instructions to your bank, broker or other nominee, whether your shares can be
voted by such person will depend on the type of item being considered for vote. Items 1 and 2 are “non-routine” matters
under NYSE rules and therefore they may not be voted on by brokers, banks or other nominees that have not received
specific voting instructions from beneficial holders (so called “broker non-votes”). Item 3 is a “routine” matter under NYSE
rules and therefore a matter on which banks, brokers and other nominees that do not receive voting instructions from
beneficial holders may generally vote in their discretion.
Who pays for this proxy solicitation?
We bear the costs of soliciting proxies. We have retained Innisfree to solicit proxies, by telephone, in person or by mail, for a
fee of $20,000 plus certain expenses. In addition, certain Company officers and employees, who will receive no
compensation for their services other than their regular salaries, may solicit proxies. We will reimburse brokers, fiduciaries
and custodians for their costs in forwarding proxy materials to beneficial owners of our common stock.
When will the Company announce the voting results?
We will announce preliminary voting results at the 2024 Annual Meeting and report the final results on our website and in a
current report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC.
CAUTIONARY LANGUAGE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This Proxy Statement contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act
of 1995. Forward-looking statements are based on our current expectations, beliefs, plans or forecasts and use words such
as “may”, “will”, “could”, “should,” “would”, “anticipate”, “intend”, “estimate”, “project”, “plan”, “believe”, “expect”, “target”,
“prospects”, “potential,” “commit” and “forecast”, or words of similar import or meaning or refer to future time periods.
Forward-looking statements involve estimates, expectations, projections, goals, targets, forecasts, assumptions, risks and
uncertainties. A forward-looking statement is not a guarantee of future performance, and actual results could differ
materially from those contained in the forward-looking statement.
Forward-looking statements are subject to a number of assumptions, risks and uncertainties, many of which are beyond our
control, such as developments related to pricing cycles and volumes; economic, competitive and market conditions
generally, including macroeconomic uncertainty, customer inventory rebalancing, the impact of inflation and increases in
energy, raw materials, shipping, labor and capital equipment costs; reduced supply of raw materials, energy and
transportation, including from supply chain disruptions and labor shortages; intense competition; results and impacts of
acquisitions, including operational and financial effects from the Mexico Acquisition and divestitures; business disruptions,
including the occurrence of severe weather or a natural disaster or other unanticipated problems, such as labor difficulties,
equipment failure or unscheduled maintenance and repair, or public health crises; failure to respond to changing customer
preferences and to protect our intellectual property; the amount and timing of capital expenditures, including installation
costs, project development and implementation costs, and costs related to resolving disputes with third parties with which
we work to manage and implement capital projects; risks related to international sales and operations; the production of
faulty or contaminated products; the loss of certain customers; adverse legal, reputational, operational and financial effects
resulting from information security incidents and the effectiveness of business continuity plans during a ransomware or
other cyber incident; work stoppages and other labor relations difficulties; inability to attract, motivate and retain qualified
personnel, including as a result of the proposed Transaction; risks associated with sustainability and climate change,
including our ability to achieve sustainability targets and commitments and realize climate-related opportunities on
announced timelines or at all; our inability to successfully identify and make performance improvements and deliver cost
savings and risks associated with completing strategic projects on anticipated timelines and realizing anticipated financial or
operational improvements on announced timelines or at all, including with respect to our business systems transformation;
risks related to the proposed Transaction, including our ability to complete the Transaction on the anticipated timeline, or at
WestRock Company 2024 Proxy Statement 57
Other Important Information
all, restrictions imposed on our business under the Transaction Agreement, disruptions to our business while the proposed
Transaction is pending, the impact of management’s time and attention being focused on consummation of the proposed
Transaction, costs associated with the proposed Transaction, and integration difficulties; risks related to our indebtedness,
including increases in interest rates; the scope, costs, timing and impact of any restructuring of our operations and
corporate and tax structure; the scope, timing and outcome of any litigation, claims or other proceedings or dispute
resolutions and the impact of any such litigation (including with respect to the Brazil tax liability matter); and additional
impairment charges. Such risks and other factors that may impact forward-looking statements are discussed our filings with
the SEC, including in Item 1A. Risk Factors in our Form 2023 10-K. The information contained herein speaks as of the
date hereof unless otherwise indicated, and we do not have or undertake any obligation to update or revise our forward-
looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except to the extent required by law.
Forward-looking statements herein could also change as a result of consummation of the proposed Transaction.
58 WestRock Company 2024 Proxy Statement
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
(Mark One)
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2023
OR
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from to
Commission file number 001-38736
WESTROCK COMPANY
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)
Delaware 37-1880617
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
1000 Abernathy Road NE, Atlanta, Georgia 30328
(Address of Principal Executive Offices) (Zip Code)
Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code: (770) 448-2193
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of each classTrading Symbol(s)Name of each exchange on which registered
Common Stock, par value $0.01 per shareWRK New York Stock Exchange
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes No
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes No
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such
filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes No
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405
of Regulation S-T 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such
files). Yes No
Indicate by check ma rk whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company
or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth
company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer Accelerated filer
Non-accelerated filer Smaller reporting company
Emerging growth company
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with
any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal
control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared
or issued its audit report.
If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in
the filing reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements.
(1)
Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation
received by any of the registrant's executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to § 240.10D-1(b).
(1)
(1)
Per SEC guidance, this blank checkbox is presented on this cover page, but no disclosure with respect thereto is required until issuers are
required under applicable exchange listing standards to have a recovery policy in place.
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes No
The aggregate market value of the common equity held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of March 31, 2023 (based on the closing price per share
as reported on the New York Stock Exchange on such date), was approximately $7,769 million.
As of November 3, 2023, the registrant had 256,469,100 shares of Common Stock, par value $0.01 pe r share, outstanding.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions of the definitive Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on January 26, 2024 are incorporated by reference in
Part III.
2
WESTROCK COMPANY
INDEX TO FORM 10-K
Page
Reference
PART I
Item 1. Business 3
Item 1A.Risk Factors14
Item 1B.Unresolved Staff Comments28
Item 2. Properties 28
Item 3. Legal Proceedings30
Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures 30
PART II
Item 5. Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer
Purchases of Equity Securities 31
Item 6. [Reserved] 32
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 33
Item 7A.Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk57
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 61
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure139
Item 9A.Controls and Procedures 139
Item 9B.Other Information 140
Item 9C.Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections140
PART III
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance141
Item 11. Executive Co mpensation142
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Ow ners and Management and Related
Stockholder Matters142
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence 143
Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services 143
PART IV
Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules 144
Item 16. Form 10-K Summary 144
3
PART I
Item 1. BUSINESS
Unless the context otherwise re quires, we, us, our, WestRock and “the Company refer to WestRock
Company, its wholly-owned subsidiaries and its partially-owned consolidated subsidiaries.
General
WestRock is a multinational provider of sustainable fiber-based paper and packaging solutions. We partner with
our customers to provide differentiated, sustainable paper and packaging solutions that help them win in the
marketplace. Our team members support customers around the world from our operating and business locations in
North America, South America, Europe, Asia and Australia.
We report our financial results of operations in four reportable segments: Corrugated Packaging, Consumer
Packaging, Global Paper and Distribution. See Note 8. Segment Information of the Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements for additional information.
On December 1, 2022, we complete d our acquisition of the remaining 67.7% interest in Gondi, S.A. de C.V.
(“Grupo Gondi”) for $969.8 million in cash and the assumption of debt (“Me xico Acquisition”). We accounted for
this acquisition as a business combination resulting in its consolidation. See Note 3. Acquisitions of the Notes
to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information. In addition, in fiscal 2023, we divested our interior
partitions converting operations (our ownership interest in RTS Packaging, LLC), sold our Chattanooga, TN
uncoated recycled paperboard mill, sold our ownership interest in an unconsolidated displays joint venture, sold our
Seven Hills Paperboard LLC (“Seven Hills”) mill joint venture in Lynchburg, VA, and sold our Eaton, IN, and Aurora,
IL uncoated recycled paperboard mills. See Note 1. Description of Business and Summary of Significant
Accounting Policies Description of Business of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for
additional information.
Transaction Agreement with Smurfit Kappa
On September 12, 2023, we entered into a transaction agreement (the Transaction Agreement”) with Smurfit
Kappa Group plc, a public limited company incorporated in Ireland (“Smurfit Kappa”), Cepheidway Limited (to be
renamed Smurfit WestRock plc), a private limited company incorporated in Ireland (“ListCo”), and Sun Merger Sub,
LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and a wholly owned subsidiary of ListCo (“Merger Sub”).
The Transaction Agreement provides, among other things, and subject to the satisfaction or waiver of the
conditions set forth therein, that (a) pursuant to a scheme of arrangement (the “Scheme”) each issued ordinary
share of Smurfit Kappa will be exchanged for one ordinary share of ListCo (a ListCo Share”), as a result of which
Smurfit Kappa will become a wholly owned subsidiary of ListCo, and (b) following the implementation of the Scheme,
Merger Sub will merge with and into the Company (the Merger and, together with the Scheme, the Transaction”),
with the Company surviving the Merger as a wholly owned subsidiary of ListCo. As a result of the Merger, each
share of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company (the Common Stock”), with certain exceptions,
will be converted into the right to receive one ListCo Share and $5.00 in cash. All shares owned by the Company,
any Company subsidiary, Smurfit Kappa, Merger Sub or any of their respective subsidiaries will be cancelled and
will cease to exist, and no consideration will be delivered in exchange therefor. The Transaction Agreement also
provides a mechanism for converting outstanding Company equity awards to ListCo awards. The Transaction is
expected to close in the second calendar quarter of 2024, conditional upon regulatory approvals, shareholder
approvals and satisfaction of other closing conditions.
Following completion of the Transaction, former Smurfit Kappa shareholders are expected to hold
approximately 50.4% of ListCo and our former stockholders are expected to hold approximately 49.6% of ListCo,
respectively, based on the number of shares outstanding of both Smurfit Kappa and WestRock as of September
12, 2023. It is further expected that the ListCo shares will be (i) registered under the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, as amended, and listed on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) and (ii) listed on the Standard Listing
segment of the Official List of the Financial Conduct Authority (“FCA”) and admitted to trad ing on the main market
for listed securities of the London Stock Exchange (“LSE”). Shares of our Common Stock will be delisted from the
NYSE and deregistered under the Exchange Act.
4
Products
We are one of the largest integrated producers of linerboard, white-top linerboard and corrugating medium
(“containerboard”) and kraft paper in North America, and we serve primarily corrugated packaging markets. We
are one of the largest producers of paperboard in North America, and we operate both integrated virgin and recycled
fiber mills. Our mill system manufactures for the benefit of each reportable segment that ultimately sell s the
associated paper and packaging products to our external customers. Additionally, our recycling operations are
conducted as a procurement function, focusing on the procurement of low cost, high quality recycled fiber for our
mill system. See Item 2. Properties for additional information on our annual production capacity and types of
containerboard and paperboard we manufacture, and Item 1. Business Sales and Marketing for additional
information on our vertical integration.
Corrugated Packaging Segment
Our Corrugated Packaging segment substantially consists of our integrated corrugated converting operations
and generates its revenues primarily from the sale of corrugated containers and other corrugated products including
displays. Corrugated packaging is used to provide protective packaging for shipment and distribution of food, paper,
health and beauty, and other household, consumer, commercial and industrial products. Corrugated packaging may
also be graphically enhanced for retail sale, particularly in club store locations. Our integrated corrugated packaging
system manufactures primarily containerboard, corrugated sh eets, corrugated packaging and preprinted linerboard
for sale to consumer and industrial products manufacturers and corrugated box manufacturers. We produce a wide
range of high-quality corrugated containers designed to protect, ship, store, promote and display products made to
our customers’ specifications. We convert corrugated sheets into corrugated products ranging from one-color
protective cartons to graphically brilliant point-of-purchase packaging. Our corrugated container plants serve local
customers and regional and large national accounts. We provide customers with innovative packaging solutions to
help them promote and sell their products. We provide structural and graphic design, engineering services and
custom, proprietary and standard automated packaging machines, offering customers turn-key installation,
automation, line integration and packaging solutions. We offer a machinery solution that creates pouches that
replace single-use plastics, including bubble mailers. To make corrugated sheet stock, we feed linerboard and
corrugating medium into a corrugator that flutes the medium to specified sizes, glue s the linerboard and fluted
medium together, and slits and cuts the resulting corrugated paperboard into sheets to customer specifications.
We design, manufacture and, in certain cases, pack temporary displays for sale to consumer products
companies and retailers. These displays are used as marketing tools to support new product introductions and
specific product promotions in mass merchandising stores, supermarkets, convenience stores, home improvement
stores and other retail locations. We also design, manufacture and, in some cases, pre-assemble permanent
displays for these customers. We make temporary displays primarily from corrugated paperboard. Unlike temporary
displays, permanent displays are restocked with our customers’ product; therefore, they are constructed primarily
from metal, plastic, wood and other durable materials. We manufacture and distribute point of sale material utilizing
litho, screen and digital printing technologies. We manufacture lithographic laminated packaging for sale to our
customers that require packaging with high quality graphics and strength characteristics.
Sales of corrugated packaging products to external customers accounted for 48.1%, 42.3% and 43.2% of our
net sales in fiscal 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively. See Note 8. Segment Information of the Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements, as well as Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations”, for additional information.
Consumer Packaging Segment
Our Consumer Packaging segment consists of our integrated consumer converting operations and generates
its revenues primarily from the sale of consumer packaging products such as folding cartons, interior partitions
(before divestiture in September 2023), inserts and labels. We are one of the largest manufacturers of folding
cartons in North America. Our folding cartons are used to package items such as food, paper, beverages, dairy
products, confectionery, health and beauty and other household consumer, commercial and industrial products,
primarily for retail sale. Our folding cartons are also used by our customers to attract consumer attention at the
point-of-sale. We manufacture express mail packages for the overnight courier industry, provide inserts and labels,
as well as rigid packaging and other printed packaging products, such as transaction cards (e.g., credit, debit, etc.),
brochures, product literature, marketing materials (such as booklets, folders, inserts, cover sheets and slipcases)
5
and grower tags and plant stakes for the horticultural market. For the global healthcare market, we manufacture
paperboard packaging for over-the-counter and prescription drugs. Our customers generally use our inserts and
labels to provide customer product information either inside a secondary package (e.g., a folding carton) or affixed
to the outside of a primary package (e.g., a bottle). Folding cartons typically protect customers’ products during
shipment and distribution, and employ graph ics to promote them at retail. We manufacture folding cartons from
recycled and virgin paperboard, laminated paperboard and various substrates with specialty characteristics, such
as grease masking and microwaveability. We print, coat, die-cut and glue the cartons to customer specifications
and ship finished cartons to customers for assembling, filling and sealing. We employ a broad range of offset,
flexographic, gravure, backside printing, coating and finishing technologies, as well as iridescent, holographic,
textured and dimensional effects to provide differentiated packaging products, and support our customers with new
package development, innovation and design services and package testing services. Prior to divesting our interior
partitions operations in September 2023, we manufactured and sold our solid fiber and corrugated partitions and
die-cut paperboard components principally to glass container manufacturers, producers of beer, food, wine, spirits,
cosmetics and pharmaceuticals, and the automotive industry.
Sales of consumer packaging products to external customers accounted for 24.2%, 23.2% and 23.5% of our
net sales in fiscal 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively. See Note 8. Segment Information of the Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements, as well as Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations”, for additional information.
Global Paper Segment
Our Global Paper segment consists of our commercial paper operations and generates its revenues primarily
from the sale of containerboard, paperboard and specialty grades to external customers, and we serve primarily
corrugated packaging, folding carton, food service, liquid packaging, tobacco and commercial print markets. We
sell our products globally to customers who value our scale, wide range of products, and service. Sales of global
paper products to external customers accounted for 21.5%, 27.9% and 26.6% of our net sales in fiscal 2023, 2022
and 2021, respectively. See Note 8. Segment Information of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements,
as well as Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations”, for additional information.
Distribution Segment
Our Distribution segment consists of our distribution and display assembly operations and generates its
revenues primarily from the distribution of packaging products and assembly of display products. We distribute
corrugated packaging materials and other specialty packaging products, including stretch film, void fill, carton
sealing tape and other specialty tapes, through our network of warehouses and distribution facilities. We also
provide contract packing services, such as multi-product promotional packing and product manipulation, such as
multipacks and onpacks. Sales in our Distribution segment to external customers accounted for 6.2%, 6.6% and
6.7% of our net sales in fiscal 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively. See Note 8. Segment Information of the Notes
to Consolidated Financial Statements, as well as Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations”, for additional information.
Seasonality
While our businesses are not materially impacted by seasonality, there is some variability in demand that occurs
from quarter to quarter, with net sales in the first quarter of each fiscal year typically being the lowest. As such, we
disclose net sales, Adjusted EBITDA (as hereinafter defined) and shipment data by segment by quarter in Item 7.
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”. Generally, we
expect more of our earnings and cash flows to be generated in the second half of the fiscal year than in the first half
of the fiscal year due to these variations and other factors, including the timing of scheduled mill maintenance
outages.
Raw Materials
The primary raw materials used by our mill operations are recycled fiber at our recycled containerboard and
paperboard mills and virgin fiber from hardwoods and softwoods at our virgin containerboard and pa perboard mill s.
Certain of our virgin containerboard is manufactured with some recycled fiber content. Our overall fiber sourcing for
6
all of our mills is approximately 60% virgin and 40% recycled. See Item 2. Properties for additional information.
Recycled fiber prices and virgin fiber prices can fluctuate significantly. Recycled fiber costs were lower in fiscal 2023
compared to fiscal 2022, while virgin fiber costs were relatively flat in fiscal 2023 compared to fiscal 2022.
Containerboard and paperboard are the primary raw materials used by our converting operations. Our
converting operations use many different grades of containerboard and paperboard. We supply su bstantially all of
our converting oper ations' needs for containerboard and paperboard from our own mills and through the use of
trade swaps with other manufacturers. These arrangements allow us to optimize our mill system and reduce freight
costs. Because there are other suppliers that produce the necessary grades of containerboard and paperboard
used in our converting operations, we believe we would be able to source significant replacement quantities from
other suppliers in the event that we incur production disruptions for recycled or virgin containerboard and
paperboard.
Energy
Energy is one of the most significant costs of our mill operations. The cost of natural gas, coal, oil, electricity
and purchased biomass fuel at times has fluctuated significantly. In our recycled paperboard mills, we use primarily
natural gas and electricity, supplemented at certain mills with fuel oil, to generate steam used in the paper making
process. In our virgin fiber mills, we use biomass, natural gas, fuel oil and coal to generate steam used in the pulping
and paper making processes and to generate some or all the electricity used on site. We primarily use purchased
electricity and natural gas to operate our converting facilities. We generally purchase these products from suppliers
at market or tariff rates. Our energy costs decreased in fiscal 2023 compared to fiscal 2022. From time to time, we
use commodity contracts to hedge energy exposures. Se e Item 1. Business Governmental Regulation
Environmental and Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk “Energy” and
“Derivative Instruments / Forward Contracts” for additional information.
Transportation
Inbound and outbound freight is a significant cost for us. Factors that influence our freight expense are distance
between shipping and delivery locations, distance from our facilities to customers and suppliers, mode of
transportation (rail, truck, intermodal and ocean) and freight rates, which are influenced by supply and demand and
fuel costs. Freight costs continued to increase in fiscal 2023 compared to fiscal 2022. The principal markets for our
products are in North America, South America, Europe, Asia and Australia.
Sales and Marketing
None of our external customers individually accounted for more than 10% of our consolidated net sales in fiscal
2023. We generally manufacture our products pursuant to our customers’ orders. We bel ieve that we have good
relationships with our customers.
As a result of our vertical integration, our mill utilization may be directly impacted by changes in demand for our
packaging products. During fiscal 2023, approximately two-thirds of our coated natural kraft tons shipped,
approximately three-fifths of our coated recycled paperboard tons shipped and approximately one-fifth of our
bleached paperboard tons shipped were delivered to our converting operations, primarily to manufacture folding
cartons, and approximately four-fifths of our containerboard tons shipped, including trade swaps and buy/sell
transactions, were delivered to our converting operations to manufacture corrugated products. We have the ability
to move our internal sourcing among certain of our mills to optimize the efficiency of ou r operations. We believe
that our ability to leverage our full portfolio of differentiated solutions and capabilities enables us to se t ourselves
apart from our competitors.
We market our products primarily through our own sales force. We also market a number of our products
through independent sales representatives and independent distributors. We generally pay our sales personnel a
combination of base salary, commissions and annual bonus. We pay our independent sales representatives on a
commission basis. Orders from our customers generally do not have significant lead times. We discuss net sales
to un affiliated customers through our foreign operations and other financial information in Note 8. Segment
Information of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
7
Competition
We operate in a competitive global marketplace. The industries in which we operate are highly competitive, and
no single company dominates any of those industries. Our containerboard and paperboard operations compete
with integrated and non-integrated national and regional companies operating primarily in North America, and to a
limited extent, manufacturers outside of North America. Our competitors include large and small, vertically
integrated companies and numerous smaller non-integrated companies. In the corrugated packaging and folding
carton markets, we compete with a significant number of national, regional and local packaging suppliers in North
America and abroad. In the promotional point-of-purchase display and converted paperboard products markets, we
primarily compete with a smaller number of national, regional and local companies offering highly specialized
products.
Since all of our businesses operate in highly competitive industry segments, we regularly discuss sales
opportunities for new business or for renewal of existing business with customers. Our packaging products compete
with packaging made from other materials, including plastics. The primary competitive factors we face include price,
design, product innovation, quality, service and sustainability, with varying emphasis on these factors depending
on the product line and customer preferences. Our machinery solutions represent one example of how we compete
by providing differentiated solutions that create value for our customers. We believe that we compete effectively
with respect to each of these factors and we obtain feedback on our performance with periodic customer surveys,
among other means.
The industries in which we operate have undergone consolidation. Within the packaging products industry,
larger customers, with an expanded geographic presence, have tended to seek suppliers that can, because of their
broad geographic presence, efficiently and economically supply all or a range of their packaging needs. In addition,
our customers continue to demand higher quality products meeting increasingly strict quality control requirements.
Increasing demand for more sustainable products is also impacting our industry. See Item 1. Business
Sustainability for additional information.
Governmental Regulation
Health and Safety
Our business involves the use of heavy equipment, machinery and chemicals and requires the performance of
activities that create safety exposures. Safeguarding the health, safety and overall welfare of our team is a top
concern and critical to attracting and retaining the best talent, while also playing a pivotal role in realizing our
business and sustainability objectives. We implement our health and safety requirements through a comprehensive,
company-wide Safety Excellence System that includes global policies, performance standards, implementation
tools, guidance documents, standardized forms, best practice sharing and operational learning. We seek to reduce
exposures and eliminate life changing events through engagement, execution of targeted, results-driven activities,
and implementation of systems that promote continuous improvement.
We are subject to a broad range of foreign, federal, state and local laws and regulatio ns relating to occupational
health and safety, and our safety program includes measures required for compliance. We have incurred, and will
continue to incur, operating costs and capital expenditures to meet our health and safety compliance requirements,
as well as to continually improve our safety systems. We believe that future compliance with occupational health
and safety laws and regulations will not have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial
condition or cash flows.
Certain governmental authorities in locations where we do business have established asbestos standards for
the workplace. Although we do not use asbestos in manufacturing our products, asbestos containing material
(“ACM”) is present in some of the facilities we own or lease. For those facilities where ACM is present and ACM is
subject to regulation, we have established procedures for properly managing it.
Environmental
Environmental compliance requirements are a significant factor affecting our business. Our manufacturing
processes involve the use of natural resources, such as virgin wood fiber and fresh water, discharges to water, air
emissions and waste handling and disposal activities. These processes are subject to numerous federal, state, local
8
and international environmental laws and regulations, as well as the requirements of environmental permits and
similar authorizations issued by various governmental authorities.
We estimate that we will invest approximately $103 million for capital expenditures during fiscal 2024 in
connection with matters relating to environmental compliance. It is possible that our capital expenditure assumptions
and project completion dates may change, and our projections are subject to change due to factors such as the
finalization of ongoing engineering projects and changes in environmental laws and regulations.
See Note 19. Commitments and Contingencies Environmental of the Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements for additional information.
Sustainability
At WestRock, our sustainability program is represented by three pillars:
Supporting People and Communities
Bettering the Planet
Innovating for Our Customers and Their Customers
We have a long history of recycling and are one of the largest recyclers in the paper industry. Our recycling
operations collect reco vered fiber that is used by our own paper mills and by others to produce new paper products.
The virgin wood fiber used in our manufacturing operation is sourced from responsibly managed forests. Our
North American virgin fiber sourcing regions are certified to the Sustainable Forestry Initiative (SFI®) 2022 Fiber
Sourcing standard. Our forestland in Brazil is certified to the Brazilian Forest Ce rtification Programme
(CERFLO), the Programme for the Endorsement of Forest Certification (PEF) and the Forest Stewardship
Council (FSC®). To provide traceability for the virgin fiber used in our operations, nearly 100% of our wholly owned
fiber-based manufacturing facilities have been chain-of-custody certified to internationally recognized standards
such as SF, PEF and FSC®.
Climate Change
Sustainability and innovation are fundamental to our business, and we are working to improve the carbon
footprint of our manufacturing operations by setting targets to reduce greenhouse gas (“GHG”) emissions and
developing projects to become more energy efficient. Our integrated kraft paper mills, our most energy-intensive
manufacturing facilities, currently burn renewable biomass to generate approximately 70% of their en ergy needs.
Most of these facilities also self-generate the steam and electricity needed for their manufacturing processes using
efficient combined heat and power or “cogeneration” systems. During fiscal 2023, our recycling operations helped
to divert approximately six million tons of paper and packaging that might otherwise go into landfills where it might
degrade and release GHGs. Our fiber procurement activities create economic incentives for landowners and family
tree farmers to maintain their holdings as working forests that sequester carbon and provide many other
environmental benefits, including protection for fresh water supplies and habitats for diverse species of plants and
animals.
Governance
Board-level oversight of climate and other sustainability matters resides with the Nominating and Corporate
Governance Committee of the board of directors, and six members of the board of directors have sustainability
experience.
In addition to board-level oversight, we have robust management-level oversight of sustainability matters.
WestRock’s executive leadership team is responsible for establishing our sustainability strategy, including with
respect to climate-related issues. Our Senior Vice President of Strategy and Sustainability, who reports to our
President, Global Paper, is responsible for providing guidance on our sustainability approach, helping to link our
sustainability and bu siness initiatives and driving implementation of our sustai nability strategy throughout the
organization in collaboration with other executives. Our Vice President, Sustainability, manages day-to-day
implementation of this strategy. In addition to our sustainability executives, we have established cross-functional
groups withi n the organization to facilitate ongoing refinement and execution of our sustainability strategy, develop
9
plans to achieve our sustainability targets and embed our sustainability targets into our operations. These groups
include representatives from our product stewardship, environmental, innovation, engineering, manufacturing,
finance, legal and communications groups.
Targets and Metrics
In 2022, we validated science-ba sed targets ("SBT") for GHG emissions reduction aligned to a well below 2-
degree Celsius ambition. Our SBT involves reducing absolute Scope 1 and 2 GHG emissions 27.5% by 2030 from
a 2019 baseline ye ar. The SBT also includes a reduction in absolute Scope 3 GHG emissions from purchased
goods and services, fuel and energy activities, upstream and downstream transportation and distribution, and end-
of-life treatment of sold products by 27.5% within the same timeframe.
Strategy
We expect our SBT to guide our work as we plan, invest in, organize, and develop projects to reduce our GHG
emissions. Our strategy for achieving our SBT is multi-faceted and includes consideration of several alternatives
that can be deployed in combination, including energy efficiency projects, fuel switching, low carbon technology
investments, electricity grid decarbonization, physical and renewab le power purchase agreements and
manufacturing footprint rationalizations. Base d on our actions to date, the amount we expect to invest to achieve
our SBT is not material. We have processes for regularly evaluating and optimizing our SBT strategy to account for
changes in markets dynamics and customer preferences, our business operations, laws and regulations and climate
science.
We have also embedded carbon considerations into our capital planning processes. Our capital project
approval form includes a tool that provides project developers, reviewers, and approvers with information on
whether their proposed investment will add to or reduce GHG emissions from the affected facility. The tool also can
be used to assess potential project impacts on water intake and solid waste generation. This process is designed
to increase awareness of GHG emissions and other environmental impacts within the organization and to provide
us with information to use in optimizing our SBT and sustainability strategies.
Opportunities and Risks
Climate change presents certain opportunities and risks for our business.
Our climate-related opportunities include:
Increasing our sales of fiber-based packaging by capitalizing on shifting consumer preferences for
products that advance the circular economy and reduce or replace single-use, fossil fuel-based plastics.
Expanding our installed base of packaging machinery solutions, which have the potential to improve
customers’ GHG profiles by optimizing raw material usage, improving manufacturing efficiencies and
reducing or eliminating plastic waste.
Attracting investors and talented employees, as well as cultivating positive relationships with
communities where we operate and with other stakeholders, by demonstrating our leadership in
sustainability with our sustainability targets, including our SBT.
Improving the resiliency of our energy supply chain and potentially lowering our operating costs by
reducing or eliminating fossil fuels such as coal and oil.
Our climate-related risks include:
Lost production and damage to our physical assets and infrastructure, including our manufacturing
facilities, as a result of severe weather-related events, such as hurricanes, tornadoes, other extreme
storms, wildfires and floods.
10
Supply chain disruptions and increased material costs, such as through impacts to virgin fiber supplies
and prices, during prolonged periods of heavy rain, heat, drought, tree disease or insect epidemics or
other environmental events that may be caused by variations in conditions.
Additional compliance costs and burdens resulting from the enactment of new laws and regulations
aimed at reducing carbon emissions, which could take the form of cap-and-trade, carbon taxes or a GHG
reduction mandate.
Higher prices for certain raw materials and fuels, including natural gas, related to the transition to a
lower-carbon economy or the enactment of GHG reduction mandates. Also, new climate rules and
regulations that result in fuel efficiency standards could increase WestRock’s transportation costs.
Increased capital expenditures and/or operating costs to meet our SBT, which could deviate materially
from our initial estimates.
Reputational risk tied to customer or other stakeholder perceptions if we are unable to achieve our SBT
fully or on time due to various risks and uncertainties or if customer or other stakeholder expectations
increase beyond our current SBT commitment, requiring increased capital expenditures and/or operating
costs.
Certain jurisdictions in which we have manufacturing facilities or other investments have already taken actions
to address climate change. In the United States ("U.S."), the Environmental Protection Agency (“EPA”) has issued
the Clean Air Act permitting regulations applicable to certain facilities that emit GHG. The EPA has also promulgated
a rule requiring certain industrial facilities that emit 25,000 metric tons or more of carbon dioxide equivalent per year
to file an annual report of their emissions. While we have U.S. facilities subject to existing GHG permitting and
reporting requirements, the impact of these requirements has not been material to date. In addition to these national
efforts, some U.S. states in which we have manufacturing operations, including Washington, New York, and
Virginia, are taking measures to reduce GHG emissions, such as requiring GHG emissions reporting or developing
regional cap-an d-trade programs.
Several of our international facilities are in countries that have already adopted GHG emissions trading or other
regulatory programs. Other countries in which we conduct business, including China, European Union member
states and India, have set GHG reduction targets in accordance with the agreement among over 170 countries that
established a framework for reducing global GHG emissions (also known as the Paris Agreement”), which became
effective in November 2016 and which the United States formally rejoined in February 2021.
We have systems in place for tracking the GHG emissions from our energy-intensive facilities, and we monitor
developments in climate-related laws, regulations, and policies to assess the potential impact of such developments
on our results of operations, financial condition, cash flows and disclosure obligations. Compliance with climate
programs may require future expenditures to meet GHG emission reduction obligations. These obligations may
include carbon taxes, the requirement to purchase GHG credits, or the need to acquire carbon offsets. Also, we
may be required to make capital and other investments to displace traditional fossil fuels, such as fuel oi l and coal,
with lower carbon alternatives, such as biomass and natural gas.
Additional information regarding our GHG targets and strategy are available in our 2022 Sustainability Report,
which we prepared in accordance with the Global Reporting Initiative 2021 Universal Standards and relevant Topic
Standards Option. The report includes a crosswalk to relevant Sustainability Accounting Standards Board
disclosure topics and an index of climate information informed by the Task Force on Climate-related Financial
Disclosures framework. The topics discussed above and discussed within our 2022 Sustainability Report may not
be considered material for SEC reporting purposes. Our sustainability reports are available on our website at
www.westrock.com/sustainability. The information contained in our sustainability reports is not incorporated by
reference into this Form 10-K and should not be considered part of this or any other report that we file with or furnish
to the SEC.
Patents and Other Intellectual Property
We hold a substantial number of foreign and domestic trademarks, trademark applications, trade names,
11
patents, patent applications and licenses relating to our business, our products and our production processes. Our
patent portfolio consists primarily of utility patents relating to our products and manufacturing operations, including
proprietary automated packaging systems. Our company name and logo, and certain of our products and services,
are protected by domestic and foreign trademarks. Our patents, trademarks and other intellectual property rights,
particularly those relating to our manufacturing operations, are important to our operations as a whole. Our
intellectual property has various expiration dates.
Human Capital
Overview
WestRock aims to recruit, develop, and retain diverse, best-in-class talent. To foster their and our success, we
seek to create an environment where people can do their best work a place where they can be their authentic
selves, guided by our values. We strive to maximize the potential of our human capital resources by creating a
respectful, rewa rding, and inclusive work environment.
The capabilities of our workforce have evolved as our business and strategy have evolved. We continuously hire
for and develop for the new capabilities we need today and for what we expect in the future. We have invested in
our commercial, operations, innovation, digital and systems, and technical training capabilities.
At September 30, 2023, we employed approximately 56,100 people, approximately 90% were in sales an d
operations, including manufacturing, distribution, product and services support; and approximately 10% were in
general and administration, including groups such as finance, human resources, information technology, legal and
supply chain. Approximately 65% were located in the U.S. and Canada and 35% were located in Europe, South
America, Mexico and Asia Pacific. Of the approximately 56,100 employees, approximately 71% were hourly and
29% were salaried. Approximately 54% of our hourly employees in the U.S. and Canada are covered by collective
bargaining agreements (“CBAs”), which typically have four to six-year terms. Approximately 25% of those
employees covered under CBAs are operating under local agreements that expire within one year and
approximately 11% of those employees are governed under expired local contracts.
While we have experienced isolated work stoppages from time to time, we believe that working relationships
with our employees are generally good. From October 2022 to February 2023, we experienced a defensive lockout
at our Mahrt mill in Cottonton, AL and have experienced a strike at our corrugated converting facility in Dayton, NJ
since June 2023. We effectuated contingency plans at both locations and both facilities continued to operate and
produce products for our customers. We recently reached a tentative agreement to resolve the strike at the Dayton
facility, subject to approval of the requisite union membership.
In December 2019, the United Steelworkers Union (“USW”) ratified a master agreement that applies to
substantially all of our U.S. facilities represented by the USW. The agreement has a four-year term and covers a
number of specific items, in cluding wages, medical coverage and certain other benefit programs, substance abuse
testing, and safety. Individual facilities will continue to have local agreements for subjects not covered by the master
agreement and those agreements will continue to have staggered terms. The master agreement permits us to apply
its terms to USW employees who work at facilities we acquire during the term of the agreement. The master
agreement covers approximately 51 of our U.S. operating locations and approximately 7,300 of our employees.
While the terms of our CBAs vary, we believe the material terms of the agreements are customary for the industry,
the type of facility, the classification of the employees and the geographic location covered. Negotiations towards a
new master agreement commenced in November 2023, and a tentative agreement has been reached. It remains
subject to approval of the requisite union membership.
Culture
WestRock’s culture is grounded in our values of integrity, respect, accountability and excellence.
At the core of our employee listening systems is our bi-annual engagement survey, which is augmented with
employee pulse checks after hire and promotion, and exit interviews/surveys. These surveys enable us to gather
feedback directly from our workforce to inform our programs and employee needs globally. In 2023, 89% of
WestRock team members participated in the engagement survey and 77% of global team members participated in
the 2022 pulse survey. The 2023 engagement survey showed a slight increase to 77% in engagement when
12
compared to the 2021 full engagement survey of 75%. The engagement survey and pulse check covered topics
such as company strategy and direction, leadership, inclusion, safety, teamwork, manager effectiveness, culture,
pay and benefits, and learning and development. WestRock results compared favorably to the manufacturing
benchmark across multiple indices: engagement, manager effectiveness, communication, growth & development,
well-being and behavior change.
Diversity, Inclusion, Equity and Belonging
We are dedicated to creating a work environment where all team members feel that they belong, are respected
and valued, and can do our best work.
At September 30, 2023, 24% of our global workforce was comprised of women and 36% of our U.S. based
workforce was comprised of people of color. Our board of directors includes four women (representing 33% of
directors) and two people of color (representing 17% of directors). We have implemented a multi-year Diversity,
Inclusion, Equity and Belonging (“diversity and inclusion”) action plan that we expect will increase our workforce
diversity, advance inclusion, equity and belonging throughout the company, accelerate the de velopmen t and career
movement of diverse talent and ensure diverse succession plans.
In fiscal 2023, the annual short-term incentive plan for our CEO, our senior leadership team and their direct
reports included an evaluation and measurement of progress in the metrics and programs that directly support
diversity and inclusion, such as:
Talent acqu isition and retention metrics
Learning and development programs for team members
Representation progress within and across career streams
In fiscal 2022, we partnered with external experts and developed a learning experience focused on unconscious
bias and in fiscal 2023, we delivered tailored workshops for 77% of our U.S. hourly employees, 63% of our global
hourly workforce, 82% of our U.S. salaried workforce and 71% of our global salaried workforce. This experience is
one example of how we are expanding awareness and building the skill set and mindset to develop a more inclusive
environment. In fiscal 2023, we developed a learning experience focused on leading inclusively and delivered
training for 75% of our U.S. salaried workforce.
In collaboration with organizations, such as the Executive Leadership Council, Calibr, Harvard Program for
Women, Pathways and Signature, we provide external development opportunities for our diverse talent. To connect
and develop team members within WestRock, we support highly engaged Resource Groups for team members
who are early in career, women, racial and ethnic minorities, veterans, who identify as LGBTQIA+ or have differing
abilities and their allies.
Health and Safety
We are committed to supporting our team members’ health and safety. We have an extensive safety program
that is implemented at our sites and includes a focus on eliminating safety exposures and reducing life-changing
events ("LCE"), recordable incidents and lost workdays. Including the operations from the Mexico Acquisition in
both periods, in fiscal 2023, we achieved year-over-year improvements in LCEs and recordable incident rate, while
lost workdays increased compared to the prior year. Our safety results continue to trend favorably compared to
industry performance. We are continuing our focus on human and organizational performance and are conducting
training in the U.S. and internationally, which is focused on continuous safety improvement and the relationships
that exist among systems, processes, equipment and people to drive better safety practices.
Talent Attraction, Retention and Development
The attraction, retention and development of team members is critical to our success. We accomplish this, in
part, by seeking to develop the capabilities of our team members through our continuous learning, development
and pe rformance management programs. These programs include our safety, six sigma, supply chain, leadership,
commercial and operational development programs.
We invest in our leadership through the Leadership Excellence, Elevate and Essentia ls programs; and we invest
in our commercial teams through quarterly product training, best practice sharing, and development workshops that
13
focus on the commercial capabilities needed today and tomorrow to anticipate and meet our customers’ changing
requirements.
In fiscal 2022, we initiated the deployment of common equipment and reliability operations/technical training
across our sites with a focus on our newest hires. We continue to invest in technical development curriculum so
that we continue to build leading technical, engineering, operational talent. We continue to leverage ou r online
learning libra ry, which has over 8,500 courses and 200 playlists by topic area or experience/skill set.
We sponsor early in career rotations and college hire programs that support our functions and local operations.
We build partnerships with schools, universities and associations to promote future careers in manufacturing. During
fiscal 2023, we continued to invest in people, programs and systems to meet the increased talent demand in a
dynamic marketplace. We have expanded our relationships with historically black colleges and universities, the
National Association of Manufacturers and other partners and associations. In partnership with the Manufacturing
Institute and Skill Bridge, we provide onboarding and transition support for our early in career talent and new military
hires.
Total Rewards
Our total rewards programs are designed to offer competitive compensation, comprehensive benefits and other
programs to support employees growth, both personally and professionally, and the diverse needs and well-being
of our employees worldwide. We believe the structure of our compensation and benefit programs provide the
appropriate incentives to attract, retain and motivate our employees. We provide base pay that is competitive and
that aligns with employee positions, skill levels, experience and geographic location. In addition to base pay, we
seek to reward employees with annual incentive awards, recognition programs, and equity awards for employees
at certain job levels.
Employee benefits packages may include: 401(k) pl an, pension plan, core and supplemental life insurance,
financial courses and advisors, employee assistance programs, tuition assistance, family planni ng and adoption
assistance, medi cal and dental insurance, vision insurance, health savings accounts, health reimbursement and
flexible spending accounts, well-being rewards programs, vacation pay, holiday pay, and parental and adoption
leave.
Over the past two years, we enhanced certain of the Company’s benefits and practices to support the health
and well-being of our employees through the challenges of the pan demic and significant suppl y chain disruptions
caused by winter storms and natural disasters. In the fall of 2022, we announced the opportunity for part time work
and benefits effective January 2023 for employees who work 20 hours or greater each week. We believe this added
work and schedule flexibility will position us to better meet the needs of employees, customers, and manufacturing
sites and leverage new sources of talent.
International Operations
Our operations outside the U.S. are conducted through subsidiaries located in Canada, Latin America, Asia
Pacific, and Europe, Middle East and Africa ("EMEA"). Sales attributable to non-U.S. operations were 24.4%, 18.3%
and 18.3% of our net sales in fiscal 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively, some of which were transacted in U.S.
dollars. See Note 8. Segment Information of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional
information.
Available Information
Our Internet address is https://www.ir.westrock.com. Our Internet address is included herein as an inactive
textual reference only. The information contained on our website, including our 2022 Sustainability Report, is not
incorporated by reference herein and should not be considered part of this report. We file annual, quarterly and
current reports, proxy statements (and any amendments thereto) and other information with the SEC and we make
available free of charge most of our SEC filings through our Internet website as soon as reasonably practicable
after filing with the SEC. You may access these SEC filings via the hyperlink that we provide on our website to a
third-party SEC filings website. We also make available on our website our board committee charters, as well as
the corporate governance guidelines adopted by our board of directors, our Code of Conduct for employees, our
Code of Conduct and Ethics for the Board of Directors and our Code of Ethical Conduct for Chief Executive Officer
(“CEO”) and Senior Financial Officers. Any amendments to, or waiver from, any provision of these codes that are
14
required to be disclosed will be posted on our website. We will also provide copies of these documents, without
charge, at the written request of any stockholder of record. Requests for copies should be ma iled to: WestRock
Company, 1000 Abernathy Road NE, Atlanta, Georgia 30328, Attention: Corporate Secretary.
Forward-Looking Statements
Statements in this report that do not relate strictly to historical facts are forward-looking statements within the
meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements are based on the
Company’s current expectations, beliefs, plans or forecasts and use words such as “may”, “will”, “could”, “should”,
would”, “anticipate”, “intend”, “estimate”, “project”, “plan”, “believe”, “expect”, “target”, "prospects", “potential”,
"commit" and "forecast", or wo rds of similar import or meaning or refer to future time periods. Forward-looking
statements involve estimates, expectations, projections, goals, targets, forecasts, assumptions, risks and
uncertainties. A forward-looking statement is not a guar antee of future performance, and actual results could differ
materially from those contained in the forward-looking statement.
Forward-looking statements are subject to a number of assumptions, risks and uncertainties, many of which
are beyond our control, such as developments related to pricing cycles and volumes; economic, competitive and
market conditions generally, including macroeconomic uncertainty, customer inventory rebalancing, the impact of
inflation and increases in energy, raw materials, shipping, labor and capital equipment costs; reduced supply of raw
materials, energy and transportation, including from supply chain disruptions and labor shortages; intense
competition; results and impacts of acquisitions, including operational and financial effects from the Mexico
Acquisition and divestitures; business disruptions, including the occurrence of severe weather or a natural disaster
or other unanticipated problems, such as labor difficulties, equipment failure or unscheduled maintenance and
repair; or public health crises; failure to respond to changing customer preferences and to protect our intellectual
property; the amount and timing of capital expenditures, including installation costs, project development and
implementation costs, and costs related to resolving disputes with third parties with which we work to manage and
implement capital projects; risks related to international sales and operations; the production of faulty or
contaminated products; the loss of certain customers; adverse legal, reputational, operational and financial effects
resulting from information security incidents and the effectiveness of business continuity plans during a ransomware
or other cyber incident; work stoppages and other labor relations difficulties; inability to attract, motivate and retain
qualified personnel, including as a result of the proposed Transaction; risks associated with sustainability and
climate change, in cluding our ability to achieve sustainability targets and commitments and realize climate-related
opportunities on announced timelines or at all; our inability to successfully identify and make performance
improvements and deliver cost savings and risks associated with completing strategic projects on anticipated
timelines and realizing anticipated financial or operational improvements on announced timelines or at all, including
with respect to our business systems transformation; risks related to the proposed Transaction, includ ing our ability
to complete the Transaction on the anticipated timeline, or at all, restrictions imposed on our business under the
Transaction Agreement, disruptions to our business while the proposed Transaction is pending, the impact of
management’s time and attention being focused on consummation of the proposed Transaction, costs associated
with the proposed Transaction, and integration difficulties; risks related to our indebtedness, including increases in
interest rates; the scope, costs, timing and impact of any restructuring of our operations and corporate and tax
structure; the scope, timing and outcome of any litigation, claims or other proceedings or dispute resolutions and
the impact of any such litigation (including with respect to the Brazil tax liability matter); and additional impairment
charges. Such risks and other factors that may impact forward-looking statements are discussed in Item 1A. Risk
Factors”. The information contained herein speaks as of the date hereof, and the Company does not have or
undertake any obligation to update or revise its forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information,
future events or otherwise, except to the extent required by law. Forward-looking statements, including projections
herein, could also change as a result of consummation of the proposed Transaction.
Item 1A. RISK FACTORS
We are subject to certain risks and events that have adversely affected and/or may in the future adversely
affect our results of operations, cash flows and financial condition, and the trading price of our Common Stock. In
evaluating our business and any investment in our securities, you should consider the following risk factors and the
other information presented in this report, as well as the other reports and registration statements we file from time
to time with the SEC. Additional risks not currently known to us or that we currently believe to be immaterial could
also adversely impact our business.
15
Market and Industry Risks
We Have Been, And May In the Future Be, Adversely Affected by Factors That Are Beyond Our Control,
Such as U.S. and Worldwide Econ omic and Financial Market Conditions, and Geopolitical Conflicts and
Other Social and Political Unrest or Change
Our businesses have been, and may be, adversely affected by a number of factors that are beyond our control,
including, but not limited to:
•macroeconomic and business conditions, including deteriorating macroeconomic conditions and related
supply and demand dynamics, as well as inflation and deflation;
•geopolitical conflicts and other social and political unrest or change, and other changes impacting matters
such as tax policy, sustainability, environmental regulations and trade policies and agreements;
•conditions in the financial services markets, including counterparty risk, insurance carrier risk, rising
interest rates, rising commodity prices, fluctuations in the value of local currency versus the U.S. dollar
and the impact of a stronger U.S. dollar, which may impact price and demand for our products;
•financial uncertainties in our major international markets; and
•government deficit reduction and other austerity measures in specific countries or regions, or in the various
industries in which we operate.
We are continuing to experience lower demand for certain products due to factors such as, but not limited to,
challenging macroe conomic conditions, certain customer inventory rebalancing and shifting consumer spending,
which has resulted in, among other things, elevated levels of economic downtime, lower production and lower
profitability. These conditions have in the past contributed to, and may in the future contribute to, impairment
charges. The impact may be further exacerbated if these conditions lead to higher unemployment rates, lower family
income, unfavorable currency exchange rates, lower corporate earnings, lower business investment, lower
consumer spending or confidence and/or continued shifts in consumer spending. The global economy also
continues to experience elevated levels of inflation, and we experienced cost inflation across our business in fiscal
2023, albeit at moderating levels since fiscal 2022. Persistent inflation results in higher manufacturing and
transportation costs, which we may not be able to recover through higher prices charged to our customers,
particularly given the present dislocation between price and inflation.
In addition, changes in trade policy, including renegotiating or potentially terminating, existing bilateral or
multilateral agreements, as well as the imposition of tariffs, could impact demand for our products and the costs
associated with ce rtain of our capital investments. Macroeconomic challenges may also lead to changes in tax laws
or tax rates that may have a material impact on our future cash taxes, effective tax rate or deferred tax assets and
liabilities.
Our results of operations, cash flows and finan cial condition, and the trading price of our Common Stock could
be further adversely affected, perhaps materially, by any of these matters.
We Are Subject to Pricing Cycles, Which May Continue to Materially Adversely Affect Our Businesses
We have experienced, and are likely to continue experiencing, pricing cycles relating to industry capacity and
macroeconomic conditions. The length and magnitude of these cycles have varied over time and by product. Prices
for our products are driven by many factors, including macroeconomic conditions, demand for our products and
competitive conditions in the industries in which we serve, and we have little influence over the timing and extent of
price changes, which may be unpredictable and volatile. Where supply exceeds demand, prices for our products
could decline, and our results of operations, cash flows and financial condition, and the trading price of our Common
Stock have been, and may continue to be, adversely affected. We believe that the trading price of our Common
Stock has been adversely affected in part due to the impact of macroeconomic conditions on pricing and demand
and announcements by certain of our competitors of planned additional capacity in the North American
containerboard market, as well as the subsequ ent implementation of certain of those plans and the impact it will
have on future supply and demand dynamics and pricing.
16
Many of our customer contracts include price adjustment provisions based upon published indices (including
those published by Pulp and Paper Week (“PPW”)) for our products that contribute to the setting of selling prices
for some of our products. PPW is a limited survey that may not accurately reflect changes in market conditions for
our products. Changes in how these indices are determined or maintained, or other indice s are established or
maintained, could adversely impact the selling prices for these products. Published containerboard and paperboard
prices declined during fisca l 2023, which will result in lower prices, and likely lower profitability, for certain of our
products.
Our Earnings Are Highly Dependent on Volumes
Because our operations generally have high fixed operating costs, our earnings are highly dependent on
volumes, which tend to fluctuate due to macroeconomic conditions, supply and demand dynamics in the markets
we serve, and due to company and customer specific issues. We are presently experiencing lower demand for
certain products due to factors such as, but not limited to, challenging macroeconomic conditions, certain customer
inventory rebalancing and shifting consumer spending. These fluctuations at times lead to significant variability in
our sales, results of operations, cash flow and financial condition, making it difficult to predict our financial results
with certainty. This variability in performance due to fluctuations in volumes may also cause the trading price of our
Common Stock to be adversely affected.
The COVID-19 pandemic (“COVID”) affected our operational and financial performance to varying degrees.
The extent of the impact of future public health crises, including a resurgence of COVID, or related containment
measures and government responses, are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted, including as it relates to
demand and volume. Any failure to maintain volumes may materially adversely affect our results of operations, cash
flows and financial condition, and the trading price of our Common Stock.
We May Face Increased Costs For, or Inadequate Availability of, Raw Materials, Energy and Transportation
We rely heavily on the use of certain raw materials, energy sources and third-party companies for transportation
services.
The costs of recycled fiber and virgin fiber, the principal externally sourced raw materials for our paper mills,
are subject to pricing variability due to market and industry conditions. Demand for recycled fiber has fluctuated and
may increase due to, among other factors, increased consumption of recycled fiber, including through additions of
new recycled paper mill capacity, and increasing demand for products packaged in packaging made with paper
manufactured from recycled fiber.
The market price of virgin fiber varies based on the availability and source of virgin fiber, and the availability of
virgin fiber may be impacted by, among other factors, weather conditions and the housing market. In addition, costs
for key chemicals used in our manufacturing operations fluctuate, which impacts our manufacturing costs. Certain
published indices contribute to price setting for some of our raw materials and future changes in how these indices
are established or maintained, as well as their performance, could adversely impact the pricing of these raw
materials.
The cost of natural gas, coal, oil, electricity and purchased biomass fuel, all of which we use in our business, at
times has fluctuated significantly. In fiscal 2022, the price of the natural gas consumed in our manufacturing
operations increased significantly compared to fiscal 2021 and continued to increase in fiscal 2023 before declining
during the last half of fiscal 2023 compared to fiscal 2022. When energy costs increase, leading to increases in our
operating costs, they could make our products less competitive compared to similar or alternative products offered
by competitors.
We distribute our products primarily by truck and rail, although we also distribute some of our produ cts by cargo
ship. The reduced availability of trucks, rail cars or cargo ships, includ ing as a result of labor shortages in the
transportation industry, could adversely impact our ability to distribute our products in a timely or cost-effective
manner. We experienced higher freight costs and some distribution delays in the first half of fiscal 2023 and both
fiscal 2022 and 2021. While we have generally been able to manage through these issues and have not experienced
material disruptions in our ability to serve our customers, they have resulted in significantly higher costs for
transportation services. High transpo rtation costs could make our products less competitive compared to similar or
alternative products offered by competitors.
17
Because our businesses operate in highly competitive industry segments, we may not be able to recoup past
or future increases in the cost of raw materials, energy or transportation through price increases for our products,
particularly given the present dislocation between price and inflation. The failure to obtain raw materials, energy or
transportation services at reasonable market prices (or the failure to pass on price increa ses to our customers) or
a reduction in the availability of raw materials, energy or transportation services due to increased demand,
significant changes in climate or weather conditions, or other factors could adversely affect our results of operations,
cash flows and financial condition, and the trading price of our Common Stock.
We Face Intense Competition
We compete in industries that are highly competitive. Our competitors include large and small, vertically
integrated companies and numerous smaller non-integrated companies. We generally compete with companies
operating in North America, although we have operations spanning North America, South America, Europe, Asia
and Australia. Factors affecting our ability to compete include the entry of new competitors into the markets we
serve, increased competition from overseas producers, our competitors’ pricing, go-to-market, and sustainability
strategies, the introduction by our competitors of new products, technologies and equipment, including the use of
artificial intelligence and machine learning solutions, our ability to innovate and to anticipate and respond to
changing customer preferences and to develop and execute on our go-to-market and sustainability strategies and
to maintain the cost-efficiency of our operations, including our facilities. In addition, changes within these industries,
including the consolidation of our competitors and customers or changes in capacity, have impacted, and may in
the future, impact competitive dynamics. If our competitors are more successful than us with respect to any key
competitive factor, our results of operations, cash flows and financial condition, and the trading price of our Common
Stock, could be adversely affected.
Our products also compete, to some extent, with various other packaging materials, including products made
of plastics, wood and various types of metal. Customer shifts away from containerboard and paperboard packaging
to packaging made from other materials could adversely affect our results of operations, cash flows and financial
condition, and the trading price of our Common Stock.
Operating Risks
We May Incur Business Disruptions That Adversely Affect Our Businesse s
We depend on continuous operation of our facilities. The operations at our facilities have in the past and may
in the future be interrupted or impaired by various operating risks, including, but not limited to, risks associated with:
catastrophic events, such as fires, floods, ea rthquakes, explosions, natural disasters, severe weather,
including hurricanes, tornadoes and droughts, and pandemics, including COVID, or other health crises or
similar occurrences;
•interruptions in the delivery of raw materials or other manufacturing inputs;
•failure of third-party service providers and/or business partners to fulfill their commitments and
responsibilities in a timely manner and in accordance with ag reed upon terms;
government regulations;
•prolonged power failures;
•unscheduled maintenance outages, including due to equipment breakdowns or failures;
information system disruptions or failures due to any number of causes, including cyber-attacks;
violations of our permit requirements or revocation of permits;
releases of pollutants and hazardous substances to air, soil, surface water or ground water;
disruptions in transportation infrastructure, including roads, bridges, railroad tracks and tunnels;
shortages of equipment or spare parts; and
•labor disputes and shortages.
18
For example, operations at several of our facilities located in the south and southeastern U.S. have been
interrupted in recent years by hurricanes and severe winter weather, resulting in, among other things, lost mill
production. In addition, COVID impacted our operations and financial performance to varying degrees, including as
a result of supply chain and labor disruptions and higher costs. The extent of the effects of future public health
crises, including the impact of a resurgence of COVID, or other business disruptions, on our operational and
financial performance in future periods will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot
be predicted. Our production capabilities may be disrupted if we are unable to secure sufficient supplies of raw
materials or if significant portions of our workforce are unable to work effectively as a result of a business disruption.
We have insurance coverage, subject to applicable deductibles or retentions, policy limits and other conditions, for
certain business disruptions; however, we may not be successful with respect to any claim regarding insurance
coverage and, if we are successful, any amounts paid pursuant to the insurance may not be sufficient to cover all
our costs and expenses.
Business disruptions have impaired, and may in the future impair, our production capabilities and adversely
affect our results of operations, cash flows and financial condition, and the trading price of our Common Stock.
We May Fail to Anticipate Trends That Would Enable Us to Offer Products That Respond to Changing
Customer Preferences or to Protect Intellec tual Property Related to Our Products
Our success depends, in part, on our ability to offer differentiated solutions, and we must continually develop
and introduce new products and services to keep pace with technological and regulatory developments and
changing customer preferences. The services and products that we offer customers may not meet their needs as
their business models evolve. Also, our customers may decide to decrease their use of our products, use alternative
materials for their product packaging or forego the packaging of certain products entirely. Regulatory developments
can also significantly alter the market for our products. For example, a move to electronic distributio n of disclaimers
and other paperless regimes could adversely impact our healthcare inserts and labels businesses. Similarly, certain
states and local governments have adopted laws banning single-use paper bags or charging businesses or
customers fees to use paper bags. These and similar de velopmen ts could adversely impact demand for certain of
our products.
Customer preferences for products and packaging formats are constantly changing based on, among other
factors, cost, convenience, and health and sustainability concerns and perceptions. For example, changing
consumer dietary habits and preferences have slowed the sales growth for certain of the food and beverage
products that we package. Also, there is an increasing focus among consumers to ensure that products delivered
through e-commerce are packaged efficiently. In addition, customers are increasingly interested in the carbon
footprint of our products. Our results of operations, cash flows and financial condition, and the trading price of our
Common Stock, could be adversely affected if we fail to anticipate and address these and other trends, including
by developing and offering products that respond to changing customer preferences.
Our success also depends, in part, upon our ability to obtain and maintain protection for certain proprietary
packaging products and packaging machine technologies used to produce our products. Failure to protect our
existing intellectual property may result in the loss of valuable legal rights. Our competitors may obtain intellectual
property rights that could require us to license those rights or to modify or cease the use or sale of certain of our
technologies or products. Our patents could be invalidated, rendered unenforceable, circumvented, challenged or
licensed to others, and our pending or future patent applications may not be issued with the scope of the claims we
seek, if at all. Further, other companies may develop technologies that are similar or superior to our technologies,
duplicate our technologies or design around our patents, and steps we take to protect our technologies may not
prevent misappropriation of those technologies.
Our Capital Expenditures May Not Achieve the Desired Outcomes or May Be Completed at a Higher Cost
than Anticipated
We operate in a capital-intensive indu stry, and many of our capital projects are complex, costly and/or
implemented over an extended period of time. Our expenditures for capital projects could be higher than we
anticipate, we may experience unanticipated business disruptions or delays in completing the projects, and/or we
may not achieve the desired benefits from those projects, including as a result of a deterioration in macroeconomic
conditions or in our business, unavailability of capital equipment or related materials, delays in obtaining permits or
other requisite approvals or changes in laws and regulations. Any of these circumstances could adversely affect
our results of operations, cash flows and financial condition, and the trading price of our Common Stock. In addition,
19
disputes between us and contractors who are involved with implementing capital projects could lead to time-
consuming and costly litigation.
We Are Exposed to Risks Related to International Sales and Operations
We derived 24.4% of our net sales in fiscal 2023 from outside the U.S. through international operations, some
of which were transacted in U.S. dollars. In addition, certain of our domestic operations have sales to foreign
customers. Our operating results and business prospects could be adversely affected by risks related to the
countries outside the U.S. in which we have manufacturing facilities or sell our products. Countries are exposed to
varying degrees of economic, political and social unrest or instability. In addition, economies and operating
environments have been, and may continue to be, adversely impacted to varying degrees by public health crises.
We are exposed to risks of operating in various countries, including, but not limited to, risks associated with:
geopolitical events and political, economic and social unrest or instability, including do wnturns or changes
in economic activity due to, among other things, regional conflicts or commodity inflation;
•the difficulties, and costs of complying, with a wide variety of complex and changing laws, treaties and
regulations;
•earnings and cash flows that may be subject to tax withholding requirements or the imposition of tariffs,
exchange controls or other restrictions;
•repatriating cash from foreign countries to the U.S.;
•import and export restrictions and other trade barriers;
responding to disruptions in existing trade agreements or increased trade tensions between countries or
political and economic unions;
•maintaining overseas subsidiaries and managing international operations;
•obtaining regul atory approval for significant transactions;
•government limitations on foreign ownership or takeovers, nationalizations of business or mandated price
controls;
•fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates; and
•transfer pricing.
We are also subject to taxation in the U.S. and numerous non-U.S. jurisdictions and have several ongoing
audit examinations covering multiple years with various tax authorities. We base our tax returns on our interpretation
of tax laws and regulations in effect; however, governing tax bodies have in the past and may in the future disagree
with certain of our tax positions, which could result in a higher tax liability. For instance, we are challenging claims
by the Brazil Federal Revenue Department that we underpaid tax, penalties and interest associated with a claim
that a subsidiary of MeadWestvaco Corporation (the predecessor of WestRock MWV, LLC) had reduced its tax
liability related to the goodwill generated by the 2002 merger of two of its Brazilian subsidiaries. See Item 8.
Financial Statements and Supplemental Data Note 19. Commitments and Contingencies Brazil Tax
Liability for additional information.
Any one or more of these risks could adversely affect our international operations and our results of operations,
cash flows and financial condition, and the trading price of our Common Stock.
We May Produce Faulty or Contaminated Products Due to Failures in Quality Control Measures and
Systems
Our failure to produce products that meet applicable safety and quality standards could result in adverse effects
on consumer health, litigation exposure, loss of market share and adverse reputational and financial impacts,
among other potential consequences, and we may incur substantial costs in taking appropriate corrective action
(up to and including recalling products from end consumers) and reimbursing customers and/or end consumers for
losses that they suffer as a result of these failures. Our failure to meet these standards could lead to regulatory
investigations, enforcement actions and/or prosecutions, and result in adverse publicity, which may damage our
reputation. Any of these results could adversely affect our results of operations, cash flows and financial condition,
and the trading price of our Common Stock.
20
We provide representations in certain of our contracts that our products are produced in accordance with
customer specifications. If the product contained in packaging manufactured by us is faulty or contaminated, the
manufacturer of the product may allege that the packaging we provided caused the fault or contamination, even if
the packaging complies with contractual specifications. If our packaging fails to meet contract specifications, we
could face liability from our customers and third parties for bodily injury or other damages. These liabilities could
adversely affect our results of operations, cash flows and financial condition, and the trading price of our Common
Stock.
We Are Subject to Information Security and Information Technology Risks, Including Related to Customer,
Employee, Vendor or Other Company Data
We use information technologies to securely manage operations and various business functions. We rely on
various technologies, some of which are managed by third parties, to process, transmit and store electronic
information. In addition, we facilitate a variety of business processes and activities, including reporting on our
business and interacting with customers, vendors and employees. We also collect and store data, including
proprietary business information, and may have access to confidential or personal information that is subject to
privacy and security laws, regulations and customer-imposed controls. The current cyber threat environment
presents enhanced risk for all companies, includi ng those in our industry. Increasing use of artificial intelligence
may increase these risks.
Our systems, and those of our third-party providers and business partners, are subject to recurring attempts
by third parties to access information, manipulate data or disrupt our operations. Despite our security design and
controls, and those of our third-party providers and business partners, we have in the past experienced, and may
in the future become subject to, unauthorized data disclosures, manipulation or loss, system damage, disruptions
or shutdowns. These incidents may be due to any number of causes, including cyber-attacks, data breaches,
employee error or malfeasance, such as ransomware and data theft by common hackers, criminal groups or nation-
state organizations or social activist organizations (which efforts may increase as a result of geopolitical events and
political and social unrest or instability around the world), power outages, telecommunication or utility failures,
systems failures, service provider failures, natural disasters or other catastrophic events. Moreover, hardware,
software or applications that we or third parties use may have inherent vulnerabilities or defects of design,
manufacture or operations or could be inadvertently or intentionally implemented or used in a manner that could
compromise information security. Misuse of internal applications, theft of intellectual property, trade secrets or other
corporate assets, and inappropriate disclosure of confidential information could result from such incidents.
In January 2021, we detected a ransomware attack impacting certain of our systems (the Ransomware
Incident”). In response, we proactively shut down a number of our systems, which impacted certain of our
operations, including our ability to produce and ship paper and packaging. Due to these actions, our mill system
production was approximately 115,000 tons lower than planned for the quarter ended March 31, 2021, and we
estimated the pre-tax income impact of the lost sales and operational disruption of this incident, as well as
ransomware recovery costs, at approximately $80 million. In response to the Ransomware Incident, we accelerated
information technology investments that we had previously planned to make in future periods in order to further
strengthen our information security and technology infrastructure. As a result, we have incurred and expect to
continue to incur, significant costs as we enhance our data security and take further steps to prevent unauthorized
access to, or manipulation of, our systems and data. Despite these efforts, similar incidents may occur in the future.
In particular, the Ransomware Incident may embolden individuals or groups to target our systems. Additionally,
while we have insurance coverage in place to address various information security risks, this insurance coverage
is subject to a deductible and may not be sufficient to cover all losses or types of claims that may arise in connection
with such incidents.
The information security-related vulnerabilities that we face may remain undetected for an extended period of
time. We may also face challenges and risks during our integration of acquired businesses and operations as we
upgrade and standardize our information technology systems. We maintain contingency plans and processes to
prevent or mitigate the impact of these events; however, these events could nonetheless result in disruptions and
damage like that we suffered in connection with the Ransomware Incident or the misappropriation of sensitive data,
and depending on their nature and scope, could lead to the compromise of confidential information, improper use
of our systems and networks, manipulation and destruction of data, defective products, production downtimes,
operational disruptions and exposure to liability. Such disruptions or misappropriations and the resulting
21
repercussions, including reputational damage and legal claims or proceedings, may adversely affect our results of
operations, cash flows and financial condition, and the trading price of our Common Stock.
We May Be Adversely Impacted By Work Stoppages and Other Labor Relations Matters
A significant number of our union employees are governed by CBAs. We are currently negotiating a new master
agreement with the USW, as the current agreement, which covers approximately 7,300 of our employees, will expire
in December 2023. In addition, expired uni on contracts are in the process of renegotiation and others expire within
one year. We have reached a tentative agreement on the terms of a new master agreement; however, it remains
subject to approval of the requisite union membership, and we cannot predict if or when that approval will be
obtained. In addition, we may not be able to successfully negotiate other union contracts without work stoppages
or labor difficulties or to renegotiate them on favora ble terms.
We have experienced isolated work stoppages from time to time, including a defensive lockout at our Mahrt mill
in Cottonton, AL from October 2022 to February 2023 and a strike at our corrugated converting facility in Dayton,
NJ since June 2023, which resulted in increased costs as described in Note 8. Segment Information of the Notes
to Consolidated Financial Statements. Although we recently reached a tentative agreement to resolve the strike at
the Dayton facility, it is subject to approval of the requisite union membership, and we cannot predict if or when that
approval will be obtained. If we experience an extended interruption of operations at any of our facilities as a result
of work stoppages or if we are unable to successfully renegotiate the terms of any of these agreements, our results
of operations, cash flows and financial condition, and the trading price of our Common Stock, could be adversely
affected. In addition, our businesses rely on vendors, suppliers and other third parties that have union employees.
Work stoppages or other labor relations matters affecting these vendors, suppliers and other third parties could
adversely affect our results of operations, cash flows and financial condition, and the trading price of our Common
Stock.
We Operate in a Challenging Market for Talent and May Not Attract, Motivate and Retain Qualified
Personnel, Including Key Personnel
Our success depends on our ability to attract, motivate and retain employees with the skills necessary to
understand and adapt to the continuously developing needs of our customers. The increasing demand for qualified
personnel makes it more difficult for us to attract, motivate and retain employees with requisite skill sets, particularly
employees with specialized technical and trade experience. Changing demographics and labor work force trends
also may result in a loss of knowledge and skill s as more tenured and experienced workers retire. If we are unable
to attract, motivate and retain qualified personnel, or if we experience excessive turnover, including among hourly
workers, we may experience declining sales, manufacturing delays or other inefficiencies, increased recruiting,
training and relocation costs and other difficulties, and our results of operations, cash flows and financial condition,
and the trading price of our Common Stock may be adversely impacted.
The market for both hourly workers and professional workers remained challenging in fiscal 2023. The market
and labor environment for hourly workers is increasingly competitive and facing higher levels of labor unrest than
has historically been experienced. In certain locations where we operate, the demand for labor continues to exceed
the supply of labor, resulting in higher costs. Despite our focused efforts to attract, motivate and retain employees,
including by offering higher levels of compensation in certain instances, we experienced attrition rates within our
workforce in the past two years that exceeded historical levels. We also incurred hi gher operating costs at certain
of our facilities in the form of higher levels of overtime pay due to shift requirements and staffing challenges.
In addition, many professional workers desire a fully remote work setting. We offer flexible working
arrangements in the majority of instances; however, we may experience higher levels of attrition within our
professional workforce if these workers desire more remote work opportunities than we are able to offer. We may
also experience higher levels of attrition if employees do not perceive the purpose and impact of their work to be
rewarding or their work-life balance to be satisfactory.
We also rely on key executive and management personnel to manage our business efficiently and effectively.
The loss of these employees, combined with a challenging market for attracting and retaining employees, could
adversely affect our results of operations, cash flows and financial condition, and the trading price of our Common
Stock may be adversely impacted. The proposed Transaction may exacerbate each of these challenges.
22
We Face Risks Associated with Sustainability Matters, Including Climate Change
Our physical assets and infrastructure, including our manufacturing operations, have been and remain subject
to risks from volatile and damaging weather patterns. For example, severe weather-related events, such as
hurricanes, tornadoes, other extreme storms, wildfires, and floods, have resulted in and/or could in future periods
result in lost production and/or physical damage to our facilities. Unpredictable weather patterns or extended periods
of severe weather also may result in supply chain disruptions and increased material costs. The ability to harvest
the virgin fiber used in our manufacturing operations may be limited, and prices for this raw material may fluctuate,
during prolonged periods of heavy rain or drought or during tree disease or insect epidemics or other environmental
conditions that may be caused by variations in climate conditions. Such events could also impact the premiums we
pay for insurance. Other climate-related business risks that we face include risks related to the transition to a lower-
carbon economy, such as increased prices for certain fuels, including natural gas; the introduction of a carbon tax
or government mandates to reduce GHG emissions; and more stringent and/or complex environmental and other
permitting requirements. To the extent that severe weather or other climate-related risks materialize, and we are
unprepared for them, we may incur unexpected costs, which could have a material effect on our results of
operations, cash flows and financial condition, and the trading price of our Common Stock may be adversely
impacted.
There has been an increased focus, including from investors, customers, regulators and other stakeholders
regarding sustainability matters, including with respect to climate change, circular economy, packaging waste,
sustainable supply chain practices, deforestation, biodiversity, land, energy and water use, diversity, equity,
inclusion and belonging and other human capital matters. This increased awareness may result in more prescriptive
reporting requirements with respect to these topics, an increased expectation that such topics will be voluntarily
disclosed by companies such as ours, and increased pressure to make commitments, set targets and take action
to meet them.
We have established and publicly disclosed targets and other commitments related to certain sustainability
matters, including our SBT to reduce Scope 1, 2 and 3 GHG emissions by 2030 from a 2019 baseline year. All of
our sustainability targets and commitments are subject to a variety of assumptions, risks and uncertainties, many
of which are outside our control. If we are unable to meet these targets or commitments on our projected timelines
or at all, or if they are perceived negatively, including the perception that they are not sufficiently robust or,
conversely, are too costly, our reputation as well as our relationships with investors, customers and other
stakeholders could be harmed, which could in turn adversely impact our business, results of operations and the
trading price of our Common Stock. Meeting certain of these targets may also increase our capital expenditures
and operational costs, and those expenditures could deviate, perhaps materially, from initial estimates. In addition,
not all of our competitors may seek to establish climate or other sustainability targets and goals, or at a comparable
level to ours, which could result in our competitors achieving competitive advantages through lowe r supply chain,
capital or operating costs.
We May Not Be Able To Successfully Implement Our Strategic Transformation Initiatives, Including Our
New Business Systems Transformation
We have undertaken several projects to enhance productivity and performance, increase efficiency, and
deliver cost savings throughout our businesses, which may not be achieved on the anticipated timelines or at all.
For example, in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2022, we launched a multi-year phased business systems transformation
project. The investment will replace much of our existing disparate systems and transition them to a standardized
enterprise resource planning (“ERP”) system on a cloud-based platform, as well as a suite of other complementing
technologies, across our global organization. The new systems are intended to transform areas such as
manufacturing, supply chain, procurement, quote to cash, financials and analytics, and position us to better leverage
automation and process efficiency and enable productivity enhancements. An implementation of this scale is a
major fina ncial undertaking and will require substantial time and attention of management and key employees. We
may not be able to successfully implement our ERP system without delays related to resource constraints or
challenges with the critical design phases of the implementation, or we may experience unanticipated business
disruptions and/or we may not achieve the desired benefits from the project. Project completion dates and projected
costs may also change. Additionally, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting could be
adversely affected if the new ERP is not successfully implemen ted. Any of these items, along with any failure to
effectively manage data governance risks prior to or during ERP implementation, could adversely affect our results
of operations, cash flows and financial condition, and the trading price of our Common Stock.
23
We May Be Unsuccessful in Integrating Mergers, Acquisitions and Investments, and Completing
Divestitures
We have completed a number of mergers, acquisitions, investments and divestitures in the past, including our
acquisition of the remaining ownership interest in Grupo Gondi and the divestiture of our interior partition operations
and our uncoated recycled paperboard mills. Subject to restrictions in, and compliance with, the Transaction
Agreement, we may seek to acquire, invest in or sell, or enter into transactions with other companies in the future.
However, we may not be able to identify suitable targets or purchasers or successfully complete suitable
transactions in the future, and completed transactions may not be successful. These transactions create risks,
including, but not limited to, risks associated with:
•disrupting our ongoing business, including di stracting management from our existing businesses;
•integrating acquired businesses and personnel into our business, including integrating personnel,
information technology systems and operations across different cultures and languages, and addressing
the operational risks associated with these integration activities as well as the economic, political,
regulatory and compliance risks associated with specific countries;
•working with partners or other ownership structures with shared decision-making authority;
•obtaining and verifying relevant information regarding a business prior to the consummation of the
transaction, including the identification and assessment of liabilities, claims or other circumstances that
could result in litigation or regulatory risk exposure;
•obtaining requi red regulatory approvals and/or debt or equity financing on favorable terms;
•retaining key employees, contractual relationships or customers;
•the potential impairment of assets and goodwill;
•the additional operating losses and expenses of businesses we acquire or in which we invest;
•incurring indebtedness to finance an acquisition or investment; and
•implementing controls, procedures and policies at companies we acquire.
Among the benefits we expect from mergers, acquisitions and investments are synergies, cost savings, growth
opportunities or access to new markets (or a combination thereof), and in the case of divestitures, the realization of
proceeds from the sale of businesses and assets to purchasers that place higher strategic value on these
businesses and assets than we do. For mergers and acquisitions, our success in realizing these benefits and the
timing of realizing them depend on the successful integration of the acquired businesses and operations with our
business and operations. These transactions may not be successful and may adversely affect our results of
operations, cash flows and financial condition, and the trading price of our Common Stock. Even if we integrate
these businesses and operations successfully, we may not realize the full benefits we expected within the
anticipated timeframe, or at all, and the benefits may be offset by unanticipated costs or delays.
Transaction Risks
We Will Be Subject to Business Uncertainties While the Transaction With Smurfit Kappa is Pending, Which
Could Adversely Affect Our Business
On September 12, 2023, we entered into the Transaction Agreement. See Item 1. Business for additional
information. The Transaction Agreement generally requires us to operate our business in the ordinary course,
consistent with past practice, pending consummation of the Transaction and restricts us, without Smurfit Kappa’s
consent, from taking certain specified actions until the Transaction is completed. These restrictions may affect our
ability to execute our business and goals, and prevent us from pursuing attractive business opportunities.
Further, in connection with the Transaction, our current and prospective employees may experience uncertainty
about their future roles with us following the Transaction, which may materially adversely affect our ability to attract,
motivate and retain key personnel while the Transaction is pending . Accordingly, we may be unable to attract,
motivate and retain key employees to the same extent that we have been able to in the past.
24
The Transaction could also disrupt our business or business relationships. Parties with which we have business
relationships may delay or defer certain business decisions, seek alternative relationships with third parties or seek
to alter their present business relationships with us. Parties with which we otherwise may have sought to establish
business relationships may seek alternative relationshi ps with third parties.
The pursuit of the Transaction will also continue to place a significant burden on management and other internal
resources. It may also divert management’s time and attention from the day-to-day operation of our business and
the execution of our other strategic initiatives.
In addition, we have incurred and will continue to incur significant costs for professional services and other
transaction costs in connection with the Transaction, and many of these costs are payable regardless of whether
or not the Transaction is consummated.
Any of the foregoing could adversely affect our business, results of operations, cash flows and financial
condition, and the trading price of our Common Stock.
The Transaction Agreement Limits Our Ability to Pursue Alternatives to the Transaction
The Transaction Agreement contains provisions that may discourage a third party from submitting a competing
proposal that might result in greater value to our stockholders than the Transaction, or may result in a potential
competing acquirer of the Company proposing to pay a lower per share price to acquire us than it might otherwise
have proposed to pay. These provisions include, among others, a general prohibition on us from soliciting or, subject
to certain exceptions relating to the exercise of fiduciary duties by our board of directors, entering into discussions
with any third party regarding any competing proposal or offer for a competing transaction.
The Transaction May Not be Completed Within the Intended Timeframe, or at All, and the Failure to
Complete the Transaction Would Likely Adversely Affect Our Business, Results of Operations,
Financial Condition, and the Trading Price of Our Common Stock
The Transaction Agreement contains a number of conditions that must be satisfied or waived prior to its
completion, including (i) the approval of a Scheme, pursuant to which each issued ordinary share of Smurfit Kappa
will be exchanged for one ordinary share of ListCo (as a result of which Smurfit Kappa will become a wholly owned
subsidiary of ListCo), by the requisite majority of Smurfit Kappa shareholders at a Court-convened shareholder
meeting; (ii) the passage of resolutions regarding the implementation of the Scheme, the cancellation of Smurfit
Kappa’s premium listing on the LSE, the creation of a standard listing for ListCo on the LSE, and the approval of
the Transaction by the requisite majorities of Smurfit Kappa shareholders at an extraordinary general meeting; (iii)
the sanction of the Scheme by the High Court of Ireland; (iv) the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the
outstanding shares of our Common Stock to adopt the Transaction Agreement; (v) certain regulatory clearances;
and (vi) the registration statement for the offer of ListCo shares in the Transaction being declared effective by the
SEC, the approval of the ListCo shares for listing on the NYSE and the FCA having acknowledged that the
application for admission of the ListCo shares to the standard segment of the Official List of the FCA has been
approved and will become effective, and the LSE having acknowledged that such shares will be admitted to trading
on the LSE’s main market for listed securities, subject only to the issuance of such ListCo shares upon the
completion of the Transaction.
The closing conditions to the Transaction may not be satisfied (or waived, if applicable), and, even if all closing
conditions are satisfied (or waived, if applicable), the terms, conditions and timing of the requ ired regulatory
clearances cannot be predicted, and the Transaction may not be completed in a timely manner or at all. Many of
the conditions to completion of the Transaction are not within our control, and we cannot predict when or if these
conditions will be satisfied (or waived, as applicable). The waiting period under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust
Improvements Act of 1976, as amended, has expired. Other required regulatory conditions remain outstanding.
If the Transaction is not completed within the intended timeframe or at all, we may be subject to a number of
material risks. In such instances, the trading price of our Common Stock would likely decline to the extent that
current market prices reflect a market assumption that the Transaction will be completed. We may also experience
negative reactions from our investors, customers, partners, suppliers, and employees.
Upon termination of the Transaction Agreement under specified circumstances, incl uding, among others, if our
board of directors changes or withdraws its recommendation of the Transaction to our stockholders or willfully
25
breaches its non-solicitation covenant, we would be required to make a payment to Smurfit Kappa of $147 million.
If the Transaction Agreement is terminated because our stockholders fail to approve the Transaction, we would be
required to make a payment to Smurfit Kappa of $57 million.
Stockholder Litigation Could Prevent or Delay the Closing of the Transaction or Otherwise Negatively
Impact Our Business, Operating Results and Financial Condition.
We may incur additional costs in connection with the defense or settlement of any stockholder litigation relating
to the Transaction. Such litigation may adversely affect our ability to complete the Transaction. We could incur
significant costs in connection with any such litigation, including costs associated with our indemnification
obligations to our directors.
Financial Risks
We May Be Adversely Affected by the Loss of Certain Large Customers
We have large customers, none of which individually accounted for more than 10% of our consolidated net
sales in fiscal 2023. The loss of large customers could adversely affect our sales and, depending on the magnitude
of the loss, our results of operations, cash flows an d financial condition, and the trading price of our Common Stock.
In particular, because our businesses operate in highly competitive industry segments, we regularly bid for new
business or for the renewal of existing business. The loss of business from our larger customers, or the renewal of
business on less favorable terms, may adversely impact our financial results. See Item 7. Management’s
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”
We Have Had Significant Levels of Indebtedness in the Past and May Incur Significant Levels of
Indebtedness in the Future, Which Could Adversely Affect Our Financial Condition and Impair Our
Ability to Operate Our Business
At September 30, 2023, we had $8.6 billion of debt outstanding compared to $7.8 billion at September 30,
2022, which primarily reflects additional debt incurred in connection with the Mexico Acquisition, net of debt
repayments. The level of our indebtedness has important consequences, including:
a portion of our cash flows from operations will be dedicated to payments on indebtedness and will not be
available for other purposes, including operations, capital expenditures and future business opportunities,
including acqu isitions;
•we may be limited in our ability to obtain additional financing for working capital, capital expenditures, future
business opportunities, acquisitions, general corporate and other purposes;
our exposure to rising interest rates subjects us to increased debt service obligations, both with respect to
existing floating rate indebtedness and the incurrence of additional fixed or floating indebtedness during
periods where such rates are in effect, particularly in light of the continued increase in interest rates in fiscal
2023; and
•we may be limited in our ability to adjust to changing market conditions, which would place us at a
competitive disadvantage compared to competitors that have less debt.
Our credit facilities contain certain restrictive covenants, including a covenant to satisfy a debt to capitalization
ratio. These restrictions may limit our flexibility to respond to changing market conditions and competitive pressures.
Credit Rating Downgrades Could Increase Our Borrowing Costs or Otherwise Adversely Affect Us
Some of our outstanding indebtedness has received credit ratings from rating agencies. Our credit ratings
could change based on, among other things, our results of operations and financial co ndition. Credit ratings are
subject to ongoing evaluation by credit rating agencies and may be lowered, suspended or withdrawn entirely by a
rating agency or placed on a “watch list” for a possible downgrade or assigned a “negative outlook”. Actual or
anticipated changes or downgrades in our credit ratings, including any announcement that our ratings are under
review for a downgrade or have been assigned a negative outlook, could increase our borrowing costs, which could
in turn adversely affect our results of operations, cash flows and financial condition, and the trading price of our
Common Stock. If a downgrade were to occur or a negative outlook were to be assigned, it could impact our ability
26
to access the capital markets to ra ise debt and/or increase the associated costs. In addition, while our credit ratings
are important to us, we may take actions and otherwise operate our business in a manner that adversely affects
our credit ratings.
We sell short-term receivables from certain customer trade accounts on a revolving basis. Any downgrade of
the credit rating or deterioration of the financial condition of these customers may make it more costly or difficult for
us to engage in these activities, which could adversely affect our cash flows and liquidity.
We Have a Significant Amount of Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets and Have Experienced Impairments
in the Past, and Any Additional Future Write-Downs Could Materially Adversely Impact Our Operating
Results and Stockholders Equity
At September 30, 2023, the carrying value of our goodwill and intangible assets was $6.8 billion. We review
the carrying value of our goodwill for impairment annually, or more frequently when impairment indicators exist.
Similarly, we review our other intangible assets for impairment when circumstances indicate that the carrying value
may not be recoverable. The impairment analysis requires us to analyze a number of factors and make estimates
that require significant judgment. In fiscal 2020, we recorded a pre-tax, non-cash goodwill impairment charge of
$1.3 billion in our legacy Consumer Packaging reporting unit. In the second quarter of fiscal 2023, we determined
that our Global Paper and Corrugated Packaging reporting units had carrying values that exceeded their fair values,
and we recorded an aggregate pre-tax, non-cash impairment charge of $1.9 billion. These impairments materially
adversely affected our operating results for the applicable reporting periods. The factors that led to these impairment
charges may persist, worsen, or recur in the future. Additionally, other future changes, including to underlying
assumptions, estimates and market factors, could require us to record additional impairment charges, which could
lead to future decreases in assets and reductions in ne t income. Because the fair values of the Corrugated
Packaging and Distribution reporting units are not substantially more than their carrying values, these reporting
units have greater risk of future impairments should we experience adverse changes in our assumptions, estimates,
or market factors. See Note 1. Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Goodwill of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information. Any additiona l significant
write-down could have a material adverse effect on our operating results and stockholders’ equity and could impact
the trading price of our Common Stock.
We Will Likely Incur Additional Restructuring Costs and May Not Realize Expected Benefits from
Restructuring
We have restructured portions of our operations from time to time, have current restructuring initiatives taking
place, and it is likely that we will engage in future restructuring activities. For instance, during fiscal 2023 , we
recorded various impairments and other charges associated with our decision to permanently cease operations at
our Tacoma, WA and North Charleston, SC containerboard mills and in fiscal 2022, we recorded various
impairments and other charges associated with our decision to permanently cease operations at our Panama City,
FL mill and to permanently close the corrugated medium manufacturing operations at our St. Paul, MN mill. In
addition, we have consolidated, and in the future will likely consolidate, converting operations.
Because we are not able to predict or control market conditions, including changes in the supply and demand
for our products, the loss of large customers, the selling prices for our products or our manufacturing costs, we may
not be able to predict the appropriate time to undertake restructurings. The cash and non-cash costs associated
with these activities vary depending on the type of facility impacted, with the costs of a mill closure generally being
more significant than that of a converting facility due to the size and complexity of a mill decommissioning process
and higher level of investment. Restructuring activities may divert the attention of management, disrupt our
operations and fail to achieve the intended cost and operations benefits. In addition, significant judgment is required
to estimate restructuring costs, and these estimates, and the assumptions underlying them, may change as
additional information becomes available or facts or circumstances related to restructuring initiatives change.
We May Incur Withdrawal Liability and/or Increased Funding Requirements in Connection with
Multiemployer Pension Plans
We participate in several multiemployer pension plans (“MEPP or MEPPs”) that provide retirement benefits
to certain union employees in accordance with various CBAs. Our contributions to any particular MEPP may
increase based on the declining funded status of a MEPP and legal requirements, such as those of the Pension
27
Protection Act of 2006 (“Pension Act”), which require substantially underfunded MEPPs to implement a funding
improvement plan (“FIP”) or a rehabilitation plan (“RP”) to improve their funded status. The funded status of a MEPP
may be impacted by, among other items, a shrinking contribution base as a result of the insolvency or withdrawal
of other companies that currently contribute to these plans, the inability or failure of companies withdrawing from
the plan to pay their withdrawal liability, low interest rates, changes in actuarial assumptions and/or lower than
expected returns on pension fund assets.
We believe that certain of the MEPPs in which we participate or have participated, including the Pace Industry
Union-Management Pension Fund (“PIUMPF”), have material unfunded vested benefits. We submitted formal
notification to withdraw from MEPPs in the past and have recorded withdrawal liabilities, including an estimate of
our portion of PIUMPF’s accumulated funding deficiency. We may withdraw from other MEPPs in the future. At
September 30, 2023, we had recorded $203.2 million of withdrawal liabilities, including liabilities associ ated with
PIUMPF’s accumulated funding deficiency demands. In July 2021, PIUMPF filed suit against us in the U.S. District
Court for the Northern District of Georgia claiming the right to recover our pro rata share of the pension fund’s
accumulated funding deficiency, along with interest, liquidated damages and attorney’s fees. The impact of
increased contributions, future funding obligations or future withdrawal liabilities may adversely affect our results of
operations, cash flows and financial condition, and the trading price of our Common Stock. See Note 6. Retirement
Plans Multiemployer Plans and Note 19. Commitments and Contingencies Litigation of the Notes to
Consolidated Fina ncial Statements for additional information.
Legal and Regulatory Risks
We Are Subject to a Wide Variety of Laws, Regulations and Other Requirements That May Change and May
Impose Substantial Compliance Costs
We are subject to a wide variety of federal, state, local and foreign laws, regulations and other requirements,
including those relating to the environment, product safety, competition, corruption, occupational health and safety,
labor and employment, data privacy, tax and health care. These laws, regulations and other requirements may
change or be applied or interpreted in ways that will require us to modify our equipment and/or operations, subject
us to enforcement risk, expose us to reputational harm or require us to incur additional costs, including substantial
compliance costs, which may adversely affect our results of operations, cash flows and financial condition, and the
trading price of our Common Stock.
We have also incurred, and expect to continue to incur, significant capital, operating and other expenditures to
comply with applicable environmental laws and regulations. Our environmental expenditures include those related
to compliance with air and water permits and regulatory requirements, waste disposal and the cleanup of
contaminated soil and groundwater, including situations where we have been identified as a potentially responsible
or liable party.
The Foreign Co rrupt Practices Act of 1977 and local anti-bribery laws, including those in Brazil, China, Mexico,
India and the United Kingdom, prohibit companies and their intermediaries from making improper payments to
government officials for the purpose of influencing official decisions. Our internal control policies and procedures,
or those of our vendors, may not adequately protect us from reckless or criminal acts committed or alleged to have
been committed by our employees, agents or vendors. Any such violations could lead to civil or criminal monetary
and non-monetary penalties and/or could damage our reputation.
We are subject to a number of labor and employment and occupational health and safety laws and regulations
that could significantly increase our operating costs and reduce our operational flexibility. Additionally, changing
privacy laws in the United States, Europe, Brazil, China and elsewhere have created new individual privacy rights,
imposed increased obligations on companies handling personal data and increased potential exposure to fines and
penalties.
Future compliance with existing and new laws and requirements has the potential to disrupt our business
operations and may require significant expenditures, and our existing reserves for specific matters may not be
adequate to cover future costs. In particular, our manufacturing operations consume significant amounts of energy,
and we may in the future incur additional or increased capital, operating and other expenditures from changes due
to new or increased climate-related and other environmental requirements. We could also incur substantial
liabilities, including fines or sanctions, enforcement actions, natural resource damages claims, cleanup and closure
28
costs, and third-party claims for property damage and personal injury under environmental and other laws. We
believe that we can assert claims for indemnification pursuant to existing rights we have under ce rtain purchase
and other agreements in conne ction with certain remediation sites. We have insurance coverage, subject to
applicable deductibles or retentions, policy limits and other conditions, for certain environmental matters; however,
we may not be successful with respect to any claim regarding these insurance or indemnification rights and, if we
are successful, any amounts paid pursuant to the insurance or indemnification rights may not be sufficient to cover
all ou r costs and expenses.
Our Bylaws Contain an Exclusive Forum Provision That Could Limit Our Stockholders Ability To Choose
Their Preferre d Judicial Forum for Disputes With Us Or Our Directors, Officers Or Employees
For many years, our bylaws have provided that a state court in Delaware (or, if such a court does not have
jurisdiction, the federal district court for the District of Delaware) is the exclusive forum for any derivative action or
proceeding brought on our behalf, any action asserting a breach of fiduciary duty, any action asserting a claim
against us or our directors, officers or employees arising pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law, our
certificate of incorporation or our bylaws, or any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal
affairs doctrine. This provision of the bylaws is not a waiver of, and does not relieve anyone of, duties to comply
with, federal securities laws, including those specifying the exclusive jurisdiction of federal courts under the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and concurrent jurisdiction of federal and state courts under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
This provision of the bylaws may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds
favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other employees, which may discourage such lawsuits
against us and our directors, officers and other employees. Alternatively, if a court were to find this provision in our
bylaws to be inapplicable or unenforceable in any action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving
such action in other jurisdictions, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of
operations, and the action may result in outcomes unfavorable to us, which could have a materially adverse impact
on our reputation, our business operations, and our financial position or results of operations.
Item 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
There are no unresolved SEC staff comments.
Item 2. PROPERTIES
We operate locations in North America, including the majority of U.S. states, South America, Europe, Asia and
Australia. We lease our principal offices in Atlanta, GA. We believe that our existing production capacity is adequate
to serve existing demand for our products and consider our plants and equipment to be in good condition.
Our corporate offices, significant regional offices and operating facilities (including our mills) as of
September 30, 2023 are summarized below:
Number of Facilities
Segment Owned Leased Total
Corrugated Packaging 85 55 140
Consumer Packaging 55 26 81
Global Pa per 43 4 47
Distribution 64 64
Corporate and significant regional offices 10 10
Total
(1)
183 159 342
(1)
Excludes facilities we are in the process of closing.
The tables that follow show our estimated annual production capacity in thousands of tons by mill at
September 30, 20 23, unless stated otherwise. The capacity reflects our current expectations, including assumptions
such as product mix and basis weight. Our mill system production levels and operating rates may vary from year to
year due to changes in market and other factors, including weather-related events. Including a partial year
adjustment to capacity to reflect footprint actions, where appropriate, our simple average mill system operating rates
29
for the last three fiscal years averaged 88%. We own all of our mills. At September 30, 2023, we also own
approximately 136, 000 acres of forestlands in Brazil.
Containerboard Mills - annual production capacity in thousands of tons
Location of Mill Linerboard Medium
White Top
Linerboard
Kraft
Paper/Bag
Bleached
Paperboard
Total
Capacity
Longview, WA 465 240 345 1,050
Fernandina Beach, FL 950 950
West Point, VA 200 750 950
Stevenson, AL 885 885
Solvay, NY 550 270 820
Hodge, LA 775 775
Florence, SC 710 710
Tres Barras, Brazil 460 200 660
Dublin, GA 135 135 345 615
Seminole, FL 400 200 600
Hopewell, VA 527 527
Roanoke Rapids, NC 290 210 500
La Tuque, Quebec 345 131 476
Monterrey, MX 230 170 400
San Pablo, MX 155 95 250
Cowpens, SC 45 185 230
Morai, India 155 25 180
San Luis Potosi, MX 6 62 68
Total Capacity
(1)
5,853 2,667 1,095 900 131 10,646
(1)
Reflects the permanent closure of our North Charleston, SC and Tacoma, WA containerboard mills announced in fiscal
2023. Our fiber sourcing for our containerboard mills is approximately 55% virgin and 45% recycled.
Paperboard Mills - annual production capacity in thousands of tons
Location of Mill
Bleached
Paperboard
Coated
Natural
Kraft
Coated
Recycled
Paperboard Linerboard
Specialty
Recycled
Paperboard
& Saturating
Kraft
Market
Pulp
Total
Capacity
Mahrt, AL 1,035 1,035
Covington, VA 950 950
Evadale, TX 385 95 90 90 660
Demopolis, AL 360 110 470
Guadalajara, MX 123 92 62 277
St. Paul, MN 170 170
Battle Creek, MI 160 160
Dallas, TX 127 127
Sheldon Springs, VT
(Missisquoi Mill) 111 111
Stroudsburg, PA 80 80
Total Capacity
(1)
1,695 1,130 771 182 152 110 4,040
(1)
Our fiber sourcing for our paperboard mills is approximately 75% virgin and 25% recycled.
Our overall fiber sourcing for all of our mills is approximately 60% virgin and 40% recycled.
30
Item 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
We are a defendant in a number of lawsuits and claims arising out of the conduct of our business. See Note
19. Commitments and Contingencies of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional
information.
Item 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES
Not applicable.
31
PART II: FINANCIAL INFORMATION
Item 5. MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
Common Stock
Our Common Stock trades on the NYSE under the symbol “WRK”. As of November 3, 2023, there were
approximately 5,465 stockholders of record of our Common Stock. The number of stockholders of record includes
one single stockholder, Cede & Co., for all of the shares of our Common Stock held by our stockholders in individual
brokerage accounts maintained at banks, brokers and institutions.
Dividends
In October 2023, our board of directors declared a quarterly dividend of $0.3025 per share, representing a
$1.21 per share annualized dividend or an increase of 10%. In fiscal 2023, 2022 and 2021 we paid an annual
dividend of $1.10 per share, $1.00 per share and $0.88 per share, respectively. Our capital allocation strategy
includes reducing debt and leverage and returning capital to stockholders through a sustainable and growing
dividend.
Stock Performa nce Graph
The graph below reflects the cumulative stockholder return ("TSR") on an investment of $100 on September
30, 2018, in our Common Stock (assuming the reinvestment of dividends) as of each fiscal year end through
September 30, 2023, compared to the return on the same investment in the S&P 500 Index and the Dow Jones
Containers & Packaging Index (the Published Index”), and the industry peer group that we use for executive
compensation purposes.
(1)
Our industry peer group consists of (i) companies in our industry and adjacent/similar industries, (ii) companies with which
we compete for talent and/or (iii) companies with a similar revenue scope and scale of our organization. These companies
are as follows: 3M Company, Amcor plc, Avery Dennison Corporation, Ball Corporation, Crown Holdings, Inc., DuPont de
Nemours, Inc., Freeport McMoRan Inc., The Goodyear Tire & Rubber Company, Honeywell International, Inc., International
Paper Company, Kimberly-Clark Corporation, LyondellBasell Industries N.V., Nucor Corporation, Packaging Corporation of
32
America, PPG Industries Inc., The Sherwin-Williams Company, United States Steel Corporation and Weyerhaeuser
Company. We plan to use the Published Index in connection with required pay versus performance disclosures in future
annual meeting proxy statements.
The information in the grap h above is not deemed “filed” with the Securities an d Exchange Commission and is
not to be incorporated by reference in any of WestRock's filings under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, whether made before or after the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, except to the
extent that we specifically incorporate such information by reference.
Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans
See Part III, Item 12 of this Form 10-K and Note 21. Stockholders Equity of the Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements for additional information.
Stock Repurchase Plan
See Note 21. Stockholders Equity of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional
information.
Item 6. [RESERVED]
33
Item 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS
OVERVIEW
We are a multinational provider of sustainable fiber-based paper and packaging solutions. We partner with our
customers to provide differentiated, sustainable paper and packaging solutions that help them win in the
marketplace. Our team members support customers around the world from our operating and business locations in
North America, South America, Europe, Asia and Australia.
Presentation
We report our financial results of operations in four reportable segments: Corrugated Packaging, Consumer
Packaging, Global Paper and Distribution. Adjusted EBITDA (as defined below) is our measure of segment
profitability in accordance with ASC 280, because it is the measure used by our chief operating decision maker
(“CODM") to make decisions regarding allocation of resources and to assess segment performance.
Certain items are not allocated to our operating segments and, thus, the information that our CODM uses to
make operating decisions and assess performance does not reflect such amounts. Adjusted EBITDA is defined as
pre-tax earnings of a reportable segment before depreciation, depletion and amortization, and excludes the
following items our CODM does not consider part of our segment performance: multiemployer pension withdrawal
(income) expense, restructuring and other costs, net, impairment of goodwill and mineral rights, non-allocated
expenses, interest expense, net, gain (loss) on extinguishment of debt, other (expense) income, net, Gain on Sale
of RTS and Chattanooga (as hereinafter defined) and other adjustments ("Adjusted EBITDA") each as outlined
in Note 8. Segment Information of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
A detailed discussion of the fiscal 2023 year-over-year changes can be found below and a detailed discussion
of fiscal 2022 year-over-year changes can be found in Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended
September 30, 2022. The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations
should be read in conjunction with our Consolidated Financial Statements and the related notes as well as the risk
factors included in Item 1A.
Strategic Portfolio Actions
We are committed to improving our return on invested capital as well as maximizing the performance of our
assets. From time to time, we have completed acquisitions that have expanded our produ ct and geographic scope,
allowed us to increase our integration levels and impacted our comparative financials. Subject to restrictions in the
Transaction Agreement, we expect to continue to evaluate potential transactions in the future, although their size
may vary.
On December 1, 2022, we completed the Mexico Acquisition for $969.8 million in cash and the assumption of
debt. We accounted for this acquisition as a business combination resulting in its consolidation. The acquiree is a
leading integrated producer of fiber-based sustainable packaging solutions that operates four paper mills, nine
corrugated packaging plants and six high graphic plants throughout Mexico, producing sustainable packaging for a
wide range of end markets in the region. This acquisition is expected to provide us with further geographic and end
market diversification as well as position us to continue to grow in the Latin American market. We have included
the operations acquired in the Mexico Acquisition in our Corrugated Packaging segment. In conjunction with our
Mexico Acquisition, we also moved certain existing consumer converting operations in Latin America into our
Corrugated Packaging segment in line with how we are managing th e business effective January 1, 2023. We did
not recast prior year results related to these operations as they were not material. However, we ha ve disclosed
those impacts in the respective results of operations section below. See Note 3. Acquisitions of the Notes to
Consolidated Fina ncial Statements for additional information.
In addition, in fiscal 2023, we divested our interior partitions converting operations and sold our Chattanooga,
TN uncoated recycled paperboard mill (the resulting gain referred to as the "Gain on Sale of RTS and
Chattanooga"), sold our ownership interest in an unconsolidated displays joint venture, sold our Seven Hills mill
joint venture in Lynchburg, VA, and sold our Eaton, IN, and Aurora, IL uncoated recycled paperboard mills. These
divestitures align with our commitment to optimize our portfolio and focus our strategy on key end markets. See
34
Note 1. Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies Description of
Business of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.
In fiscal 2023, we announced our plan to permanently cease operating our Tacoma, WA and North Charleston,
SC containerboard mills and recorded various impairment and other charges associated with the closures. These
mills ceased production in September 2023 and June 2023, respectively. In fiscal 2022, we recorded charges
associated with our decision to permanently cease operations at our Panama City, FL mill and to permanently close
the corrugated medium manufacturing operations at our St. Paul, MN mill. These mills ceased production in June
2022 and October 2022, respectively. By closing these mills, significant capital that would have been required to
keep the mills competitive in the future is expected to be deployed to improve key assets. See Note 5.
Restructuring and Other Costs, Net of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.
Transaction Agreement with Smurfit Kappa
On September 12, 2023, we entered into Transaction Agreement with Smurfit Kappa. As a result of the
proposed Transaction, each share of Common Stock, with certain exceptions, will be converted into the right to
receive one ListCo Share and $5.00 in cash. The Transaction is expected to close in the second calendar quarter
of 2024, conditional upon regulatory approvals, shareholder approvals and satisfaction of other closing conditions.
See Note 1. Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies Description of
Business of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.
Business Systems Transformation
In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2022, we launched a multi-year phased business systems transformation project
that is expected to cost approximately $0.5 to $0.6 billion. The investment will replace much of our existing disparate
systems and transition them to a standardized ERP system on a cloud-based platform, as well as a suite of other
complementing technologies, across over an estimated 80% of our footprint based on net sales. Approximately
90% of the project spend is expected to be related to the implementation of the ERP, includi ng process definition,
standardization and simplification, with the remaining costs primarily related to the implementation of
complementing technologies.
The new systems are intended to transform areas such as manufacturing, supply chain, procurement, quote
to cash, financials and analytics, and position us to better leverage automation and process efficiency and enable
productivity enhancements. An implementation of this scale is a major financial undertaking and will require
substantial time and attention of management and key employees. Project completion dates and anticipated costs
may also change. As the systems are phased in, they will become a significant component of our internal control
over financial reporting.
Due to the nature, scope and magnitude of this in vestment, management believes these incremental
transformation costs are above the normal, recurring level of spend for information technology to support operations.
These strategic investments are not expected to recur in the foreseeable future, and are not considered
representative of our underlying operating performance. As such, management believes presenting these costs as
an adjustment in the non-GAAP results provides addi tional information to investors about trends in our operations
and is useful for period-over-period comparisons. This presentation also allows investors to view our underlying
operating results in the same manner as they are viewed by management.
The expenses expected to be adjusted from Net income attributable to common stockholders ("Net Income")
are expensed as incurred during the implementation of software applications and other enabling technologies, and
do not include deferred or capitalized costs, depreciation and/or amortization, and costs to support or maintain
these software applications or systems once they are in productive use. During the investment period, the normal
level of spend associated with non-transformative programs is expected to be maintained and these expenses will
not be adjusted in our non-GAAP measures. The items adjusted from Net Income will also be adjusted in our
presentation of Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA.
We expect approximately ha lf of the estimated $0.5 to $0.6 billion investment will represent incremental
operating costs to be adjusted in our Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Earnings Per Diluted Share non-
GAAP measures over the course of the project, with substantially all such costs being recorded within selling,
general and administrative ("SG&A") expense in the consolidated statements of operations. These non-GAAP
35
adjustments would not include any cash operating costs that are expected to continue to recur after the business
systems transformation project is completed.
In fiscal 2023, we invested $138 million in our business systems transformation; $9 1 million of this amount was
expensed as incurred withi n SG&A, including amortization, and $47 million was deferred or capitalized. Of the
amount expensed, $79 million, or 87%, were adjusted from Net Income for our non-GAAP measures. The deferred
and capitalized costs are being amortized as the project is deployed.
In fiscal 2024, we expect the aggregate investment in our business systems transformation to be approximately
$220 million. We expect approximately $90 million to be expensed when incurred, of which approximately 80%
would be adjusted from Net Income for our non-GAAP financial measures. Approximately $130 million is expected
to be deferred or capitalized and amortized over future periods as the project is deployed.
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
Net sales of $20.3 billion for fiscal 2023 decreased $946.5 million, or 4.5%, compared to $21.3 billion in fiscal
2022. This decrease was primarily due to lower volumes and the unfavorable impact of foreign currency which were
partially offset by increased sales due to the Mexico Acquisition and higher selling price/mix.
Net loss attributable to common stockholders of $1.6 billion in fiscal 2023 was not comparable to the Net income
attributable to common stockholders of $944.6 million in fiscal 2022 primarily due to the $1.9 billion pre-tax, non-
cash goodwill impai rment recorded in the second quarter of fiscal 2023. See "Note 1. Description of Business
and Summ ary of Significant Accounting Policies Goodwill of the Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements for additional information. In addition, the decrease was primarily driven by lower volumes excluding
the Mexico Acquisition, the impact of increased economic downtime and prior year mill closures, higher restructuring
costs, estimated increased cost inflation, increased non-cash pension costs, higher net interest expense, business
systems transformation costs and the loss recorded in connection with the Mexico Acquisition. These items were
partially offset by the impact of higher selling price/mix, cost savings, the Gain on Sale of RTS and Chattanooga,
the contribution from the Mexico Acquisition, and the gain on sale of unconsolidated entities. Consolidated Adjusted
EBITDA of $3.0 billion in fiscal 2023 decreased $480.8 million, or 13.9%, compared to fiscal 2022. A detailed review
of our performance appears below under Results of Operations”.
Earnings per diluted share was a loss of $6.44 in fiscal 2023 compared to income of $3.61 in fiscal 2022.
Adjusted Earnings Per Diluted Share were $3.02 and $4.76 in fiscal 2023 and 2022, respectively. See the
discussion and tables under "Definitions and Non-GAAP Financial Measures" below with respect to Consolidated
Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Earnings Per Diluted Share.
We generated $1.8 billion of net cash provided by operating activities in fiscal 2023, compared to $2.0 billion in
fiscal 2022. The $192.5 million decli ne was primarily due to lower earnings, partially offset by $668.0 million of
reduced working capital usage compared to the prior year period. We invested $1,142.1 million in capital
expenditures in fiscal 2023 while returning $281.3 million in dividends to our stockholders. We believe our strong
balance sheet and cash flow provide us the flexibility to continue to invest to sustain and improve our operating
performance. See Liquidity and Capital Resources for additional information.
A detailed review of our performance appears below under Results of Operations”.
Expectations for the First Quarter of Fiscal 2024 and Fiscal 2024
In the first quarter of fiscal 2024, we expect a decline in net sales and earnings from the fourth quarter of fiscal
2023, reflecting the normal seasonal sequential volume declines in many of our businesses, continued realization
of published price declines and scheduled mill maintenance outages. We plan to continue balancing our supply
with our customers’ demand. We expect sequentially higher recycled fiber costs, lower chemical costs and relatively
flat energy, virgin fiber and freight costs. We also expect increased health insurance costs prior to the annual reset
of employee deductibles.
36
In fiscal 2024, we expect financial results to be favorably weighted to the back half of the year due to seasonality
and the expected improvement in demand trends. We expect continued realization of published price declines,
continued balancing of our supply with our customers’ demand, higher costs driven by higher recycled fiber, freight
and wages and other costs, and lower energy, virgin fiber and chemical costs. We also expect our results to be
negatively impacted by scheduled mill maintenance outages. We expect approximately 550,000 tons of
maintenance downtime compared to approximately 507,000 tons in fiscal 2023. We expect to further progress on
cost savings initiatives and are targeting $300 to $400 million in cost savings in fiscal 2024. We expect to incur
significant costs, expenses and fees for professional services and other costs in connection with the proposed
Transaction. As noted above, in fiscal 2024, we also expect the aggregate investment in our business systems
transformation to be approximately $220 million, approximately $90 million of which we expect to expense as
incurred. We expect fiscal 2024 capital expenditures to be approximately $1.2 billion to $1.5 billion. We expect our
fiscal 2024 cash tax rate will be higher than our expected income tax rate. See Item 7. Management’s Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations Liquidity and Capital Resources Cash
Flow Activity” for additional information.
RANSOMWARE INCIDENT
As previously disclosed, on January 23, 2021, we detected a ransomware incident impacting certain of our
systems. Promptly upon our detection of this incident, we initiated response and containment protocols and our
security teams, supplemented by leading cyber defense firms, worked to remediate this incident. These actions
included taking preventative measures, such as shutting down certain systems out of an abundance of caution, as
well as taking steps to supplement existing security monitoring, scanning and protective measures. In our Form 10-
Q for the second quarter of fiscal 2021, we announced that all systems were back in service.
In fiscal 2022 and 2023, we realized incremental progress against our resiliency objectives. We improved our
mean-time-to-resolve security incidents, optimized our endpoint detection and response technology deployments
across all of our workstation and server population, transitioned all of our local drives to cloud-based storage, and
progressed against key goals to modernize the security and infrastructure of our operating locations. In fiscal 2024,
we expect to further advance the maturity of our resiliency posture by continuing to execute ag ainst our multi-year
roadmap. Quarterly progress, as well as key risks and issues, are reported to the Audi t Committee for oversight
and monitoring.
In fiscal 2023, we received $10 million of business interruption insurance recoveries related to the ransomware
incident, which we recorded as a reduction of Cost of goods sold and presented in net cash provided by operating
activities on our consolidated statements of cash flows. Our recoveries related to the ransomware incident are now
complete. In fiscal 2022, we recorded a $57.2 million credit for ransomware insurance recoveries, recording $50.6
million of business interruption recoveries as a reduction of Cost of goods sold and $6.6 million of direct cost
recoveries as a reduction of SG&A expen se excluding intangible amortization. We present ransomware recoveries
received as Net cash provided by operating activities in our consolidated statements of cash flows.
For more information on the ransomware incident, see Note 1. Description of Business and Summary of
Significant Accounting Policies Ransomware Incident of the No tes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
37
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following table summarizes our consolidated results for the two years ended September 30, 2023 (in
millions):
Year Ended September 30,
2023 2022
Net sales $ 20,310.0 $ 21,256.5
Cost of goods sold 16,725 .5 17,237.5
Gross profit 3,584.5 4,019.0
Selling, general and administrative expense excluding
intangible amortization 2,014.4 1,932.6
Selling, general and administrative intangible amortization
expense 341.5 350.4
Multiemployer pension withdrawal (income) expense (12.1) 0.2
Restructuring and other costs, net 859.2 383.0
Impairment of goodwill and mineral rights 1,893.0 26.0
Operating (l oss) profit (1,511.5) 1,326.8
Interest expense, net (417.9) (318.8)
Gain (loss) on extinguishment of debt 10.5 (8.5)
Pension and other postretirement non-service (cost) income (21.8) 157.4
Other (expense) income, net (6.1) (11.0)
Equity in income of unconsolidated entities 3.4 72.9
Gain on sale of RTS and Chattanooga 238.8
(Loss) income before income taxes (1,704.6) 1,218.8
Income tax benefit (expense) 60.4 (269.6)
Consolidated ne t (loss) income (1,644.2) 949.2
Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests (4.8) (4.6)
Net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders $ (1,649.0) $ 944.6
Net Sales (Unaffiliated Customers)
Net sales in fiscal 2023 of $20.3 billion decreased $946.5 million, or 4.5%, compared to fiscal 2022 primarily
due to lower volumes and unfavorable foreign exchange rates, which were largely offset by increased sales due to
the Mexico Acquisition and higher sellin g price/mix.
See Segment Information below for detailed information regarding the change in net sales before
intersegment eliminations by segment.
Cost of Goods Sold
Cost of goods sold decreased to $16.7 billion in fiscal 2023 compared to $17.2 billi on in fiscal 2022. Cost of
goods sold as a percentage of net sales was 82.4% in fiscal 2023 compared to 81.1% in fiscal 2022. The dollar
decrease in cost of goods sold was primarily due to lower volumes and the impact of cost savings which were
partially offset by the impact of estimated increased net cost inflation. Net cost inflation consisted primarily of higher
wage and benefit costs, chemical costs, freight costs and virgin fiber costs which were partially offset by lower
recycled fiber costs and energy costs including hedges.
Selling, General and Administrative Expense Excluding Intangible Amortization
SG&A expense excluding intangible amortization increased $81.8 million to $2.0 billion in fiscal 2023 compared
to $1.9 billion in fiscal 2022. SG&A expense excluding intangible amortization as a percentage of net sales
increased in fiscal 2023 to 9.9% from 9.1% in fiscal 2022. The increase was primarily due to $93.2 million related
to the Mexico Acquisition and $90.5 million of business systems transformation costs. Travel and entertainment
expense also increased by $19.4 million. Excluding these items, compensation and benefit costs were $117.3
million lower, reflecting cost savings and achievement of lower performance goals compared to the prior year period.
38
Selling, General and Administrative Intangible Amortization Expense
SG&A intangible amortization expense was $341.5 million and $350.4 millio n in fiscal 2023 and 2022,
respectively. The expense primarily represents the amortization of customer relationship intangibles acquired in
business combinations.
Multiemployer Pension Withdrawal (Income) Expense
In fiscal 2023 we recorded multiemployer pension withdrawal income of $12.1 million related to non-PIUMPF
arbitrations. In fiscal 2022, we recorded multiemployer pension withdrawal expense of $0.2 million. See Note 6.
Retirement Plans MEPPs of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.
Restructuring and Other Costs, Net
We recorded pre-tax restructuring and other costs, net of $859.2 million and $383.0 million for fiscal 2023 and
2022, respectively. Of these costs, $604.6 million and $334.1 million for fiscal 2023 and 2022, respectively, were
non-cash. The charges in fiscal 2023 were primarily associated with our decision to permanently cease operations
at our Tacoma, WA and North Charleston, SC containerboard mills, and the charges in fiscal 2022 were primarily
associated with our decision to permanently cease operations at our Panama City, FL mill and the permanent
closure of the corrugated medium manufacturing operations at our St. Paul, MN mill. In addition, in both years we
incurred charges for other facility closure activities, reduction in workforce actions and charges associated with
acquisition, integration or divestiture activities.
These amounts are not comparable since the timing and scope of the individual actions associated with a given
restructuring, acquisition, integration or divestiture vary. We generally expect the integration of a closed facility’s
assets and production with other facilities to enable the receiving facilities to better leverage their fixed costs while
eliminating fixed costs from the closed facility. While restructuring costs are not charged to our segments and,
therefore, do not reduce each segment's Adjusted EBITDA, we highlight the segment to which the charges relate.
See Note 5. Restructuring and Other Costs, Net of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for
additional information, including a description of the type of costs incurred. We have restructured portions of our
operations from time to time, have current restructuring initiatives taking place, and it is likely that we will engage in
future restructuring activities.
Impairment of Goodwill and Mineral Rights
In fiscal 2023, we recorded a pre-tax, non-cash goodwill impairment of $1.9 billion, with $1.4 billion and $0.5
billion in the Global Paper and Corrugated Packaging reportable segments, respectively. The impairment is not
included in Adjusted EBITDA of our segments. See Note 8. Segment Information of the Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements for additional information.
In fiscal 2022, we recorded a $26.0 million pre-tax non-cash impairment of certain mineral rights driven by a
lack of new leasing or development activity on the related properties for an extended period of time. With the
impairment, we had no value assigned to our remaining mineral rights.
Interest Expense, net
Interest expense, net was $417.9 million and $318.8 million for fiscal 2023 and 2022, respectively. Interest
expense increased $159.5 million and was partially offset by increased interest income of $60.4 million. The net
increase in interest expense was primarily due to higher interest rates on debt in the current year period and
increased debt associated with the Mexico Acquisition. These increases were partially offset by higher interest
income on our cash in fiscal 2023. Additionally, fiscal 2022 included a $36.2 million reduction in interest expense
associated with the remeasurement of our multiemployer pension liabi lities for the change in interest rates.
Gain (Loss) on Extinguishment of Debt
In fiscal 2023, gain on extinguishment of debt was $10.5 million and in fiscal 2022, loss on extinguishment of
debt was $8.5 million. In fiscal 2023, we discharged $500 million aggregate principal amount of our 3.00% senior
notes due September 2024 using cash and cash equivalents and borrowings under our commercial paper program.
39
The loss in fiscal 2022 was primarily related to the redemption of $350 million aggregate principal amount of our
4.00% senior notes due March 2023 primarily using borrowings under our Receivables Securitization Facility (as
hereinafter defined).
Pension and Other Postretirement Non-Service (Cost) Income
Pension and other postretirement non-service cost in fiscal 2023 was $21.8 million compared to income of
$157.4 million in fiscal 2022. The higher costs in fiscal 2023 were primarily due to lower plan assets at September
30, 2022 compared to the prior year, partially offset by an increase in the expected return on plan assets at
September 30, 2022 compared to the prior year. These costs were also increased due to higher interest rates during
fiscal 2023 compared to fiscal 2022. Customary pension and other postretirement cost (income) are included in our
segment results. See Note 6. Retirement Plans of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional
information.
Other (Expense) Income, net
Other (expense) income, net was expense of $6.1 million and expense of $11.0 million in fiscal 2023 and 2022,
respectively. The lower net expense in fiscal 2023 primarily included a favorable $13.7 million impact of foreign
currency, a favorable $12.0 million of other non-operating co sts and a favorable $7.3 million on the sale of
businesses, each as compared to fiscal 2022. These items were partially offset by $27.9 million of increased
expense in connection with the sale of re ceivables. The favorable other non-operating costs included a $19.7 million
gain on foreign currency exchange contract derivatives entered into in anticipation of the Mexico Acquisition, and
the favorable sale of businesses included an $11.2 million gain on the sale of our Eaton, IN and Aurora, IL uncoated
recycled paperboard mills.
Equity in Income of Unconsolidated Entities
Equity in income of unconsolidated entities in fiscal 2023 was income of $3.4 million compared to income of
$72.9 million in fiscal 2022. The decline in income in fiscal 2023 was driven by a $46.8 million non-cash, pre-tax
loss to recognize the write-off of historical foreign currency translation adjustments recorded in Accumulated other
comprehensive loss, as well as the difference between the fair value of the consideration paid for the Mexico
Acquisition and the carrying value of our prior ownership interest. That loss was partially offset by the $19.3 million
pre-tax gain on sale of our displays joint venture and a $7.6 million pre-tax gain on sale of our Seven Hills mill joint
venture. Additionally, the change year-over-year was impacted by no longer recording equity income after the
purchase of our remaining interest in the operations acquired in the Mexico Acquisition and stronger performance
by the displays joint venture in the prior year period. See Note 3. Acquisitions of the Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements for additional information.
Gain on Sale of RTS and Chattanooga
In fiscal 2023, we completed the sale of our interior partitions converting operations and the sale of our
Chattanooga, TN uncoated recycled paperboard mill to our joint venture partner and recorded a pre-tax gain on
sale of $238.8 million, excluding divestiture costs. Divestiture costs are expensed as incurred and recorded within
Restructuring and other costs, net. See Note 1. Description of Business and Summary of Significant
Accounting Policies Description of Business of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for
additional information.
Provision for Income Taxes
We recorded an income tax benefit of $60.4 million for fiscal 2023 at an effective tax rate benefit of 3.5%,
compared to income tax expense of $269.6 million at an effective tax rate of 22.1% in fiscal 2022. The low tax rate
in fiscal 2023 was primarily due to the tax effects related to the goodwill impairment. See Note 7. Income Taxes
of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information, including a table reconciling the
statutory federal tax rate to our effective tax rate.
40
SEGMENT INFORMATION
Corrugated Packaging Segment
Corrugated Packaging Shipments
Corrugated Packaging shipments are expressed as a tons equivalent in thousands of tons, which includes
external and intersegment shipments from our corrugated converting operations, princi pally for the sale of
corrugated containers and other corrugated products. Tons sold from period to period may be impacted by customer
conversions to lower basis weight products. In addition, we disclose North American Corrugated Packaging
shipments in billion square feet (“BSF”) and millions of square feet ("MMSF”) per shipping day. In the industry, the
term “North American Corrugated Packaging” commonly refers to U.S. and Canadian operations only. We have
presented this shipment data in this manner because we believe investors, potential investors, securities analysts
and others find this breakout useful when evaluating our operating performance. Quantities in the table may not
sum across due to trailing decimals.
First
Quarter
Second
Quarter
Third
Quarter
Fourth
Quarter
Fiscal
Year
Fiscal 2022
(1)
Corrugated Packaging Shipments -
thousands of tons
1,619.7 1,652.4 1,645.8 1,575.2 6,493.0
North American Corrugated Packaging
Shipments - BSF 24.8 25.1 24.9 23.8 98.5
North American Corrugated Packaging Per
Shipping Day - MMSF 406.0 391.6 395.0 371.2 390.8
Fiscal 2023
(1)
Corrugated Packaging Shipments -
thousands of tons
(2)
1,556.2 1,751.1 1,745.7 1,753.9 6,806.9
North American Corrugated Packaging
Shipments - BSF
22.7 22.7 22.3 22.5 90.3
North American Corrugated Packaging Per
Shipping Day - MMSF 378.8 354.9 353.8 363.4 362.5
(1)
In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2023, the fiscal 2022 and fiscal 2023 Corrugated Packaging Shipments were revised by an
immaterial amount.
(2)
In the second quarter of fiscal 2023, we finalized our segment reporting assessment and included the results of the
operations acquired in the Mexico Acquisition in our Corrugated Packaging segment. Accordingly, we updated the
Corrugated Packaging shipments beginning in the first quarter of fiscal 2023 to include the acquired operations.
Corrugated Packaging Segment Net Sales and Adjusted EBITDA
(In millions, except percentages)
Net Sales
(1)
Adjusted EBITDA
Adjusted EBITDA
Margin
Fiscal 2022
First Quarter $ 2,220.0 $ 288.9 13.0%
Second Quarter 2,319.0 328.7 14.2
Third Quarter 2,382.5 385.2 16.2
Fourth Quarter 2,386.1 383.9 16.1
Total $ 9,307.6 $ 1,386.7 14.9%
Fiscal 2023
First Quarter $ 2,337.4 $ 329.4 14.1%
Second Quarter 2,627.4 407.5 15.5
Third Quarter
2,565.7 429.7 16.7
Fourth Quarter 2,524.4 433.8 17.2
Total
$ 10,054.9 $ 1,600.4 15.9%
41
(1)
Net Sales before intersegment eliminations, also referred to as segment sales.
Net Sales (Aggregate) Corrugated Packaging Segment
Net sales before intersegment eliminations for the Corrugated Packaging segment increased $747.3 million in
fiscal 2023 compared to fiscal 2022 . The increase primarily consisted of $1.1 billion of sales from the operations
acquired in the Mexico Acquisition, $281.7 million of higher selling price/mix and $111.6 million associated with the
converting op erations formerly in the Consumer Packaging segment, which were partially offset by $762.4 million
of lower volumes excluding the Mexico Acquisition. Volumes were impacted by lower demand for certain of our
products, as well as certain inventory rebalancing throughout the supply chain.
Adjusted EBITDA Corrugated Packaging Segment
Corrugated Packaging segment Adjusted EBITDA in fiscal 2023 increased $213.7 million compared to fiscal
2022, primarily due to an estimated $281.9 million margin impact from higher selling price/mix and $162.1 million
of cost savings. These items were partially offset by an estimated $220.6 million impact of economic downtime and
prior year mill closures, and $145.2 million of lower volumes. Additionally, we had $131.7 million of other net
favorable items that consisted primarily of $161.0 million from the operations acquired in the Mexico Acquisition
and $14.9 million associated with converting operations formerly in the Consumer Packaging segment that were
partially offset by $33.3 million of higher non-cash pension costs and $28.3 million of lower equity in income of
unconsolidated entities excluding our former joint venture in Mexico and $22.4 million of lower net ransomware
recoveries in fiscal 2023 as compared to fiscal 2022. Estimated net cost deflation ended the year essentially flat at
$3.8 million as cost deflation in the last half of the year more than offset cost inflation in the first half of the fiscal
year, each as compared to fiscal 2022.
Consumer Packaging Segment
Consumer Packaging Shipments
Consumer Packaging shipments are expressed as a tons equivalent in thousands of tons, which includes
external and intersegment shipments from our consumer converting operations, principally for the sale of folding
cartons, interior partitions (before divestiture in September 2023) and other consumer products. We have presented
the Consumer Packaging shipments in this manner because we believe investors, potential investors, securities
analysts and others find this breakout useful when evaluating our operating performance. Quantities in the table
may not sum across due to trailing decimals.
First
Quarter
Second
Quarter
Third
Quarter
Fourth
Quarter
Fiscal
Year
Fiscal 2022
Consumer Packaging Shipments - thousands
of tons
374.2 401.3 399.3 391.4 1,566.2
Fiscal 2023
Consumer Packaging Shipments - thousands
of tons
360.2 356.3 346.5 348.3 1,411.3
42
Consumer Packaging Segment Net Sales and Adjusted EBITDA
(In millions, except percentages)
Net Sales
(1)
Adjusted EBITDA
Adjusted EBITDA
Margin
Fiscal 2022
First Quarter $ 1,138.7 $ 169.3 14.9%
Second Quarter 1,250.6 205.8 16.5
Third Quarter 1,270.2 234.9 18.5
Fourth Quarter 1,305.7 219.2 16.8
Total $ 4,965.2 $ 829.2 16.7%
Fiscal 2023
First Quarter $ 1,215.0 $ 183.3 15.1%
Second Quarter 1,265.1 218.6 17.3
Third Quarter 1,250.6 230.0 18.4
Fourth Quarter 1,211.1 203.8 16.8
Total $ 4,941.8 $ 835.7 16.9%
(1)
Net Sales before intersegment eliminations, also referred to as segment sales.
Net Sales (Aggregate) Consumer Packaging Segment
Net sales before intersegment eliminations for the Consumer Packaging segment decreased $23.4 million in
fiscal 2023 compared to fiscal 2022 primarily due to $431.1 million of higher selling price/mix that was partially offset
by $273.1 million of lower volumes and $73.4 million of unfavorable foreign exchange rates. In addition, the prior
year period included $1 03.7 million of net sales for converting operations now included in the Corrugated Packaging
segment. Volumes were impacted by lower demand for certain of our products, as well as certain inventory
rebalancing throughout the supply chain.
Adjusted EBITDA Consumer Packaging Segment
Consumer Packaging segment Adjusted EBITDA in fiscal 2023 increased $6.5 million compared to the prior
year. Adjusted EBITDA in the period increased primarily due to an estimated $413.8 million margin impact from
higher selling price/mix and $58.2 million of cost savings which were partially offset by an estimated $184.8 million
of increased net cost inflation, $151.7 million of lower volumes and an estimated $44.0 million impact of economic
downtime. Additionally, we had $85.0 million of other net unfavorable items that consisted primarily of $45.2 million
of higher non-cash pension costs, $18.7 million of Adjusted EBITDA from the prior year period associated with the
converting operations now included in the Corrugated Packaging segment and $12.0 million of unfavorable foreign
exchange rates.
Global Paper Segment
Global Paper Shipments
Global Paper shipments in thousands of tons include the sale of containerboard, paperboard, market pulp and
specialty papers (including kraft papers and saturating kraft) to external customers. The shipment data table
excludes gypsum paperboard liner tons produced by our Seven Hills mill joint venture in Lynchburg, VA (prior to its
September 2023 sale) since it was not consolidated. We have presented the Global Paper shipments in this manner
because we believe investors, potential investors, securities analysts and others find this breakout useful when
evaluating our operating performance. Quantities in the table may not sum across due to trailing decimals.
43
First
Quarter
Second
Quarter
Third
Quarter
Fourth
Quarter
Fiscal
Year
Fiscal 2022
Global Pa per Shipments - thousands
of tons
1,515.9 1,658.2 1,632.7 1,377.4 6,184.3
Fiscal 2023
Global Pa per Shipments - thousands
of tons 1,091.9 1,178.7 1,126.8 1,129.5 4,526.9
Global Paper Segment Net Sales and Adjusted EBITDA
(In millions, except percentages)
Net Sales
(1)
Adjusted EBITDA
Adjusted EBITDA
Margin
Fiscal 2022
First Quarter $ 1,352.6 $ 232.4 17.2%
Second Quarter 1,538.1 308.6 20.1
Third Quarter 1,610.3 399.0 24.8
Fourth Quarter 1,429.2 306.4 21.4
Total $ 5,930.2 $ 1,246.4 21.0%
Fiscal 2023
First Quarter $ 1,123.6 $ 157.3 14.0%
Second Quarter 1,168.2 187.1 16.0
Third Quarter 1,065.7 177.0 16.6
Fourth Quarter 1,012.4 133.6 13.2
Total $ 4,369.9 $ 655.0 15.0%
(1)
Net Sales before intersegment eliminations, also referred to as segment sales.
Net Sales (Aggregate) Global Paper Segment
Net sales before intersegment eliminations for the Global Paper segment decreased $1.6 billion in fiscal 2023
compared to fiscal 2022 primarily due to $1.4 billion of lower volumes and $34.6 million of lower selling price/mix.
Additionally, net sales are $108.3 million lower than the prior year period as sales to the operations acquired in the
Mexico Acquisition are now eliminated. Volumes were impacted by lower demand for certain of our products, as
well as certain inventory rebalancing throughout the supply chain.
Adjusted EBITDA Global Paper Segment
Global Paper segment Adjusted EBITDA in fiscal 2023 decreased $591.4 million compared to the prior year.
Adjusted EBITDA in the period decreased primarily due to $429.2 million of lower volumes, an estimated $223.6
million impact of economic downtime and prior year mill closures, and an estimated $19.2 million of increased net
cost inflation. These items were partially offset by $121.8 million of cost savings and $22.6 million of margin impact
from higher selling price/mix. Additionally, we had $63.8 million of other net unfavorable items that consisted
primarily of $22.3 million of higher non-cash pension costs, $12.4 million of lower net ransomware recoveries and
$9.3 million of lower net weather recoveries in fiscal 2023 as compared to fiscal 2022.
Distribution Segment
Distribution Shipments
Distribution shipments are expressed as a tons equivalent in thousands of tons, which includes external and
intersegment shipments from our distribution and display assembly operations. We have presented the Distribution
shipments in this manner because we believe investors, potential investors, securities analysts and others find this
breakout useful when evaluating our operating performance. Quantities in the table may not sum across due to
trailing decimals.
44
First
Quarter
Second
Quarter
Third
Quarter
Fourth
Quarter
Fiscal
Year
Fiscal 2022
Distribution Shipments - thousands of tons 48.5 50.8 59.8 46.8 205.9
Fiscal 2023
Distribution Shipments - thousands of tons 34.1 45.4 40.8 32.8 153.0
Distribution Segment Net Sales and Adjusted EBITDA
(In millions, except percentages)
Net Sales
(1)
Adjusted EBITDA
Adjusted EBITDA
Margin
Fiscal 2022
First Quarter $ 324.8 $ 6.5 2.0%
Second Quarter 362.3 28.0 7.7
Third Quarter 357.7 19.2 5.4
Fourth Quarter 374.1 26.0 7.0
Total $ 1,418.9 $ 79.7 5.6%
Fiscal 2023
First Quarter $ 321.5 $ 10.8 3.4%
Second Quarter 307.3 9.3 3.0
Third Quarter 317.8 6.0 1.9
Fourth Quarter 314.1 10.9 3.5
Total $ 1,260.7 $ 37.0 2.9%
(1)
Net Sales before intersegment eliminations, also referred to as segment sales.
Net Sales (Aggregate) Distribution Segment
Net sales before intersegment eliminations for the Distribution segment decreased $158.2 million in fiscal 2023
compared to fiscal 2022 prima rily due to $173.7 million of lower volumes that was partially offset by $12.9 million of
higher selling price/mix. The lower volumes were primarily due to lower moving and storage business volumes in
fiscal 2023 and large healthcare orders in the prior year period.
In April 202 3, one of our larger Distribution segment customers notified us that they were transitioning their
business to a third party. We do not expect the impact on our consolidated operations to be material, although we
expect the segment’s net sales and Adjusted EBITDA to be reduced until the sales are replaced.
Adjusted EBITDA Distribution Segment
Distribution segment Adjusted EBITDA in fiscal 2023 decreased $42.7 million compared to the prior year
primarily due to $4 8.9 million of lower volumes and an estimated $23.4 million of increased net cost inflation that
were partially offset by $15.5 million of cost savings and an estimated $12.9 million of margin impact from higher
selling price/mix.
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
We have funded our working capital requirements, capital expenditures, mergers, acquisitions and investments,
restructuring activities, dividends and stock repurchases from net cash provided by operating activities, borrowings
under our credit facilities, proceeds from the sale of receivables under our accounts receivable monetization
agreements, proceeds from the sale of property, plant and equipment removed from service and proceeds received
in connection with the issuance of debt and equity securities. See Note 14. Debt of the Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements for detailed information regarding our debt.
We are a party to enforceable and legally binding contractual obligations involving commitments to make
payments to third parties. These obligations impact our short-term and long-term liquidity and capital resource
needs. Certain contractual obligations are reflected on the consolidated balance sheet as of September 30, 2023,
45
while others are considered future obligations. Our contractual obligations primarily consist of items such as long-
term debt, including current portion, lease obligations, purchase obligations and other obligations. See Item 7.
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations Contractual
Obligations”, fo r additional information.
Cash and cash equivalents were $393.4 million at September 30, 2023 and $260.2 million at September 30,
2022. Approximately half of the cash and cash equivalents at September 30, 2023 were held outside of the U.S.
The proportion of cash and cash equivalents held outside of the U.S. generally varies from period to period. At
September 30, 2023, total debt was $8.6 billion, $533.0 million of which was current. At September 30, 2022, total
debt was $7.8 billion, $212.2 million of which was current. Included in our total debt at September 30, 2023 was
$157.0 million of non-cash acquisition related step-up. During fiscal 2023, debt increased $0.8 billion primarily due
to the Mexico Acquisition, net of debt repayments. See Note 3. Acquisitions of the Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements for additional information. Funding for our domestic operations in the foreseeable future is
expected to come from sources of liquidity within our domestic operations, including cash and cash equivalents,
and available borrowings under our credit facilities. As such, our foreign cash and cash equivalents are not expected
to be a key source of liquidity to our domestic operations.
At September 30, 2023, we had approximately $3.4 billion of available liquidity under our long-term committed
credit facilities and cash and cash equivalents. Our primary availability is under our revolving credit facilities and
Receivables Securitization Facility, the majority of which matures July 2027. This liquidity may be used to provide
for ongoi ng working capital needs and for other general corporate purposes, including acquisitions and dividends.
On September 22, 2023, we discharged $500 million aggregate principal amount of our 3.00% senior notes
due September 2024 using cash and cash equivalents and borrowings under our commercial paper program and
recorded a $10.5 million gain on extinguishment of debt. On March 22, 2022, we redeemed $350 million aggregate
principal amount of our 4.00% senior notes due March 2023 primarily using borrowings under our Receivables
Securitization Facility and recorded an $8.2 million loss on extinguishment of debt.
Our credit facilities contain certain restrictive covenants, including a covenant to satisfy a debt to capitalization
ratio. We test and report our compliance with these covenants as required by these facilities and were in compliance
with them as of September 30, 2023.
At September 30, 2023, we had $77.6 million of outstanding letters of credit not drawn upon.
We use a variety of working capital management strategies including supply chain financing ("SCF") programs,
vendor financing and commercial card programs, monetization facilities where we sell short-term receivables to a
group of third-party financial institutions and receivables securitization facilities. We describe these programs below.
We engage in certain customer-based SCF programs to accelerate the receipt of payment for outstanding
accounts receivables from certain customers. Certain costs of th ese programs are borne by the customer or us.
Receivables transferred under these customer-based SCF programs generally meet the requirements to be
accounted for as sales in accordance with guidance under Financial Accounting Standards Board’s (“FASB”)
Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 860, Transfers and Servicing (“ASC 860”), resulting in derecognition
of such receivables from our consolidated balance sheets. Receivables involved with these customer-based SCF
programs constitute approximately 2% of our annual net sales. In addition, we have monetization facilities that sell
to third-party financial institutions all of the short-term receivables generated from certain customer trade accounts.
See Note 13. Fair Value Accounts Receivable Monetization Agreements for a discussion of our
monetization facilities.
Our working capital management strategy includes working with our suppliers to revisit terms and conditions,
including the extension of payment terms. Our current payment terms with the majority of our suppliers generally
range from payable upon receipt to 120 days and vary for items such as the availability of cash discounts. We do
not believe our payment terms will be shortened significantly in the near future, and we do not expect our net cash
provided by operating activities to be significantly impacted by additional extensions of payment terms. Certain
financial institutions offer voluntary SCF programs that enable our suppliers, at their sole discretion, to sell their
receivables from us to the financial institutions on a non-recourse basis at a rate that leverages our credit rating
and thus mi ght be more beneficial to our suppliers. We and our suppliers agree on commercial terms for the goods
46
and services we procure, including prices, quantities and payment terms, regardless of whether the supplier elects
to participate in SCF programs. The suppliers sell us goods or services and issue the associated invoices to us
based on the agreed-upon contractual terms. The due dates of the invoices are not extended due to the supplier’s
participation in SCF programs. Our suppliers, at their sole discretion if they choose to participate in a SCF program,
determine which invoices, if any, they want to sell to the financial institutions. No guarantees are provided by us
under SCF programs and we have no economic interest in a supplier’s decision to participate in the SCF program.
Therefore, amounts due to our suppl iers that elect to participate in SCF programs are included in the line items
Accounts payable and Other current liabilities in our consolidated balance sheets and the activity is reflected in net
cash provided by operating activities in our consolidated statements of cash flows. Based on correspondence with
the financial institutions that are involved with our two primary SCF programs, while the amount suppliers elect to
sell to the financial institutions varies from period to period, the amount generally averages approximately 19% to
21% of our accounts payable bal ance.
We also participate in certain vendor financing and commercial card programs to support our travel and
entertainment expenses and smaller vendor purchases. Amounts outstanding under these programs are classified
as debt primarily because we receive the benefit of extended payment terms and a rebate from the financial
institution that we would not have otherwise received without the financial institution's involvement. We also have
the Receivables Securitization Facility that allows for borrowing availability based on underlying accounts receivable
eligibility and compliance with certain covenants. See Note 14 Debt of the Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements for a discussion of our Receivables Securitization Facility and the amount outstanding under our vendor
financing and commercial card programs.
Cash Flow Activity
Year Ended September 30,
(In millions) 2023 2022
Net cash provided by operating activities $ 1,827.9 $ 2,020.4
Net cash used for investing activities $ (1,507.2) $ (776.0)
Net cash used for financing activities $ (193.5) $ (1,281.3)
Net cash provided by operating activities during fiscal 2023 decreased $192.5 million from fiscal 2022 primarily
due to lower earnings partially offset by $668.0 million of reduced working capital usage compared to the prior year
period. The changes in working capital in fiscal 2023 and 2022 included a use of cash of $32.5 million and a source
of cash of $58.8 million, respectively, resulting from the sale of accounts receivables in connection with the
Monetization Agreement (as defined in Note 13. Fair Value).
Net cash used for investing activities of $1,507.2 million in fiscal 2023 consisted primarily of $1,142.1 million for
capital expenditures and $853.5 million of cash paid for the purchase of businesses, net of cash acquired which
were partially offset by $318.2 million of net cash proceeds from the sale of our interior partitions converting
operations and Chattanooga, TN uncoated recycled paperboard mill, $53.4 million of proceeds from the sale of two
joint ventures, $42.2 million of proceeds from corporate owned life insurance, $27.6 million of proceeds from the
sale of two uncoated recycled paperboard mills, $23.2 million of proceeds from currency forward contracts and
$26.8 million of proceeds from the sale of property, plant and equipment. Net cash used for investing activities of
$776.0 million in fiscal 2022 consisted primarily of $862.6 million for capital expenditures that was partially offset by
$60.8 million of proceeds from corporate owned life insurance and $28.2 million of proceeds from the sale of
property, plant and equipment, primarily for the sale of a previously closed facility.
We invested $1,142.1 million in capital expenditures in fiscal 2023, which was in line with the $1.0 to $1.1 billion
we expected to invest. We expect capital expenditures of approximately $1.2 to $1.5 billio n in fiscal 2024. We expect
this level of capital investment will allow us to continue to invest in safety, environmental and maintenance projects,
while also making investments to support productivity and growth in our business and complete certain asset
recapitalization and to initiate strategic investments. However, our capital expenditure assumptions may change,
project completion dates may change, or we may decide to invest a different amount depending upon opportunities
we identify, or changes in market conditions or to comply with changes in laws and regulations.
47
In fiscal 2023, net cash used for financing activities of $193.5 million consisted primarily of cash dividends paid
to stockholders of $281.3 million that was partially offset by a net additions to debt of $101.1 million due to the
Mexico Acquisition, net of debt repayments. In fiscal 2022, net cash used for financing activities of $1.3 billion
consisted primarily of share repurchases of $600.0 million, a net decrease in debt of $452.7 million and cash
dividends paid to stockholders of $259. 5 million.
We estimate that we will invest approximately $103 million for capital expenditures during fiscal 2024 in
connection with matters relating to environmental compliance. We were obligated to pu rchase approximately $353
million of fixed assets at September 30, 2023 for various capital projects.
At September 30, 2023, the U.S. federal, state and foreign net operating losses and other U.S. federal and
state tax credits available to us aggregated approximately $41 million in future po tential reductions of U.S. federal,
state and foreign cash taxes. These items are primarily for foreign and state net operating losses and credits that
generally will be utilized between fiscal 2024 and 2042. Our cash tax rate is highly dependent on our taxable income,
utilization of net operating losses and credits, changes in tax laws or tax rates, capital expenditures and other
factors. Barring significant changes in our current assumptions, including changes in tax laws or tax rates,
forecasted taxable income, levels of capital expenditures and other items, we expect our fiscal 2024 cash tax rate
will be approximately 13 percentage points higher than our expected income tax rate. The higher cash tax rate
expected in fiscal 2024 is primarily due to the timing of depreciation on our qualifying capital investments as allowed
under the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, new legislation requiring amortization of research and experimental costs instead
of a full deduction in the year incurred and cash taxes due as a result of a deferred payment on the sale of RTS
and Chattanoo ga. We expect our fiscal 2025 and 2026 cash tax rate to be approximately 5 percentage points higher
than our income tax rate primarily due to the timing of depreciation on our qualifying capital investments as allowed
under the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act and legislation requiring amortization of research and experimental costs instead
of a full deduction in the year incurred. These rates are subject to change for a variety of reasons, including as a
result of consummation of the proposed Transaction.
During fiscal 2023 and 2022, we made contributions of $28.2 million and $21.2 million, respectively, to our U.S.
and non-U.S. pension plans. Based on current facts and assumptions, we expect to contribute approximately $25
million to our U.S. and non-U.S. pension plans in fiscal 2024. Based on current assumptions, including future
interest rates, we estimate that minimum pension contributions to our U.S. and non-U.S. pension plans will be
approximately $22 million to $23 million annually in fiscal 2025 through 2028. We have made contributions and
expect to continue to make contributions in the coming years to our pension plans in order to ensure that our funding
levels remain adequate in light of projected liabilities and to meet the requirements of the Pension Act and other
regulations. The net overfunded status of our U.S. and non-U.S. pension plans at September 30, 2023 was $408.3
million. See Note 6. Retirement Plans of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional
information.
In the normal course of business, we evaluate our potential exposure to MEPPs, including with respect to
potential withdrawal liabilities. In fiscal 2018, we submitted formal notification to withdraw from certain MEPPs,
including PIUMPF, and recorded estimated withdrawal liabilities for each. We also have liabilities associated with
other MEPPs from which we, or legacy companies, have withdrawn in the past. In fiscal 2024, we expect to pay
approximately $11 million in withdrawal liabilities, excluding accumulated funding deficiency demands. With respect
to certain other MEPPs, in the event we withdraw from one or more of the MEPPs in the future, it is reasonably
possible that we may incur withdrawal liabilities in connection with such withdrawals. Our estimate of any such
withdrawal liability, both individually and in the aggregate, is not material for the remaining plans in which we
participate. At September 30, 2023 and September 30, 2022, we had recorded withdrawal liabilities of $203.2 million
and $214.7 million, respectively, including liabilities associated with PIUMPF’s accumulated funding deficiency
demands. The liability reduction in fiscal 2023 was primarily the result of non-PIUMPF arbitrations, the impact of
which is reflected in Multiemploye r pension withdrawal (income) expense on our consolidated statements of
operations. See Note 6. Retirement Plans Multiemployer Plans of the Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements for additional information.
In October 2023, our board of directors declared a quarterly dividend of $0.3025 per share, representing a
$1.21 per share annualized dividend or an increase of 10%. In fiscal 2023, 2022 and 2021 we paid an annual
dividend of $1.10 per share, $1.00 per share and $0.88 per share, respectively. Our capital allocation strategy
includes reducing debt and leverage and returning capital to stockholders through a sustainable and growing
dividend.
48
In July 2015, our board of directors authorized a repurchase program of up to 40.0 million shares of our Common
Stock, representing approximately 15% of our outstanding Common Stock as of July 1, 2015. On May 4, 2022, our
board of directors authorized a new repurchase program of up to 25.0 million shares of our Common Stock, plus
any unutilized shares left from the July 2015 authorization. The 25.0 million shares represented an additional
authorization of approximately 10% of our outstanding Common Stock. Shares of our Common Stock may be
purchased from time to time in open market or privately negotiated transactions. In fiscal 2023, we had no share
repurchases. In fiscal 2022, we repurchased approximately 12.6 million shares of our Common Stock for an
aggregate cost of $597.5 million. In fiscal 2021, we repurchased approximately 2.5 million shares of our Common
Stock for an aggregate cost of $125.1 million. The amount reflected as repurchased in the consolidated statements
of cash flows varies due to the timing of share settlement. As of September 30, 2023, we had approximately 29.0
million shares of Common Stock available for repurchase under the program, although we have indefinitely
suspended the program in light of the proposed Transaction (and related restrictions imposed by the Transaction
Agreement).
The Transaction Agreement provides that we will generally continue to conduct our business in the ordinary
course and consistent with past practice in all material respects. It also contains covenants that restrict our ability
to undertake certain actions without consent from Smurfit Kappa, including incurrence of debt or modification of
existing debt arrangements under certain circumstances. Subject to these restrictions, we anticipate funding our
capital expenditures, debt service obligations, dividends, pension payments, working capital needs, restructuring
activities and other corporate actions for the foreseeable future from cash generated from operations, borrowings
under our credit facilities, proceeds from our accounts receivable monetization agreements, proceeds from the
issuance of debt securities and other debt financing. In addition, we regularly review our capital structure and
conditions in the private and public debt markets in order to optimize our mix of indebtedness. In connection with
these reviews, and subject to restrictions imposed in the Transaction Agreement, we may seek to refinance existing
indebtedness to extend maturities, reduce borrowing costs or otherwise improve the terms and composition of our
indebtedness.
Contractual Obligations
We summarize our enforceable and legally binding contractual obligations at September 30, 2023, and the
effect these obligations are expected to have on our liquidity and cash flow in future periods in the following table.
Certain amounts in this table are based on management’s estimates and assumptions about these obligations,
including their duration, the possibility of renewal, anticipated actions by third parties and other factors, including
estimated minimum pension plan contributions and estimated benefit payments related to postretirement
obligations, supplemental retirement plans and deferred compensation plans. Because these estimates and
assumptions are subjective, the enforceable and legally binding ob ligations we actually pay in future periods may
vary from those presented in the table (in millions).
Payments Due by Period
Total
Fiscal
2024
Fiscal
2025
and 2026
Fiscal
2027
and 2028
Thereafter
Long-Term Debt, including current portion,
excluding finance lease obligations
(1)
$ 7,987. 7 $ 469.7 $ 2,531.4 $ 1,606.9 $ 3,379.7
Lease obligations
(2)
1,433.3 320.5 387.2 306.2 419.4
Purchase obligations and other
(3) (4) (5)
2,532.6 1,413.3 334.6 217.5 567.2
Total $ 11,953.6 $ 2,203.5 $ 3,253.2 $ 2,130.6 $ 4,366.3
(1)
Includes only principal payments owed on our debt assuming that al l of our long-term debt will be held to maturity, excluding
scheduled payments. We have excluded $123.6 million of fair value of debt step-up, deferred financing costs and
unamortized bond discounts from the table to arrive at actual debt obligations. See Note 14. Debt of the Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements for information on the interest rates that apply to our various debt instruments.
(2)
See Note 15. Leases of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.
(3)
Purchase obligations include agreements to purchase goods or services that are enforceable and legally binding and that
specify all significant terms, including: fixed or minimum quantities to be purchased; fixed, minimum or variable price
provision; and the approximate timing of the transaction. Purchase obligations exclude agreements that are cancelable
without penalty.
49
(4)
We have included future estimated minimum pension plan contributions, MEPP withdrawal payments with definite payout
terms and estimated benefit payments related to postretirement obligations, supplemental retirement plans and deferred
compensation plans. Our estimates are based on various factors, such as discount rates and expected returns on plan
assets. Future contributions are subject to changes in our funded status based on factors such as investment performance,
discount rates, returns on plan assets and changes in legislation. It is possible that our assumptions may change, actual
market performance may vary or we may decide to contribute different amounts. We have excluded $94.7 million of MEPP
withdrawal liabilities recorded as of September 30, 2023, including our estimate of the accumulated funding deficiency, due
to lack of definite payout terms for certain of the obligations. See Note 6. Retirement Plans Multiemployer Plans of
the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.
(5)
We have not included the following items in the table:
An item labeled “other noncurrent liabilities” reflected on our consolidated balance sheet because these liabilities do
not have a defined pay-out schedule.
$476.9 million for certain provisions of ASC 740, Income Taxes associated with liabilities, primarily for uncertain tax
positions due to the uncertainty as to the amount and timing of payment, if any.
$1,106.9 million of non-recourse liabilities held by special purpose entities ("SPEs") that have $1,244.8 million of related
restricted assets. See Note 17. Special Purpose Entities of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for
additional information.
In addition to the enforceable and legally binding obligations presented in the table above, we have other
obligations for goods and services and raw materials entered into in the normal course of business. These contracts,
however, are subject to change based on our business decisions.
Guarantor Summarized Financial Information
WRKCo, Inc. ("WRKCo" and the Issuer”), a wholly owned subsidiary of WestRock Company ("Parent"), has
issued the following debt securities pursuant to offerings registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended
(collectively for purposes of this subsection, the Notes”)(in millions, except percentages):
Aggregate Principal
Amount
Stated Coupon
Rate Maturity Date
$ 600 3.750% March 2025
$ 750 4.650% March 2026
$ 500 3.375% September 2027
$ 600 4.000% March 2028
$ 500 3.900% June 2028
$ 750 4.900% March 2029
$ 500 4.200% June 2032
$ 600 3.000% June 2033
Upon issuance, the Notes maturing in 2025, 2027 and March 2028 were fully and unconditionally guaranteed
by two other wholly owned subsidiaries of Parent: WestRock RKT, LLC (“RKT”) and WestRock MWV, LLC (“MWV”,
and together with RKT, the Guarantor Subsidiaries”). Parent has also fully and unconditionally guaranteed these
Notes. The remaining Notes were issued by the Issuer subsequent to the consummation of the acquisition of
KapStone Paper and Packaging Corporation in November 2018 and were fully and unconditionally guaranteed at
the time of issuance by the Parent and the Guarantor Subsidiaries. Accordingly, each series of the Notes is fully
and unconditionally guaranteed on a joint and several basis by the Parent and the Guarantor Subsidiaries (together,
the Guarantors”). Collectively, the Issuer and the Guarantors are the Obligor Group”.
Each series of Notes and the related guarantees constitute unsecured unsubordinated obligations of the
applicable obligor. Each series of Notes and the related guarantees ranks equally in right of payment with all of the
applicable obligor’s existing and future unsecured and unsubordinated debt; ranks senior in right of payment to all
of the applicable obligor’s existing and future subordinated debt; is effectively junior to the applicable obligor’s
existing and future secured debt to the extent of the value of the assets securing such debt; and is structurally
subordinated to all of the existing and future liabilities of each subsidiary of the applicable obligor (that is not itself
an obligor) that does not guarantee such Notes.
The indentures governing each series of Notes contain covenants that, among other things, limit ou r ability and
the ability of our subsidiaries to grant liens on our assets and enter into sale and leaseback transactions. In addition,
50
the indentures limit, as applicable, the ability of the Issuer and Guarantors to merge, consolidate or sell, convey,
transfer or lease our or their properties and assets substantially as an entirety under certain circumstances. The
covenants contained in the indentures do not restrict the Company’s ability to pay dividends or distributions to
stockholders.
The guarantee obligations of the Guarantors under the Notes are also subject to certain limitations and terms
similar to those applicable to other guarantees of similar instruments, including that (i) the guarantees are subject
to fraudulent transfer and conveyance laws and (ii) the obligations of each Guarantor under its guarantee of each
series of Notes will be limited to the maximum amount as will result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its
guarantee of such Notes not to be deemed to constitute a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under federal
or state law.
Under each indenture governing one or more series of the Notes, a Guarantor Subsidiary will be automatically
and unconditionally released from its guarantee upon consummation of any transaction permitted under the
applicable indenture resulting in such Guarantor Subsidiary ceasing to be an obligor (either as issuer or guarantor).
Under the in dent ures, the guarantee of the Parent will be automatically released and will terminate upon the merger
of the Parent with or into the Issuer or another guarantor, the consolidation of the Parent with the Issuer or another
guarantor or the transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Parent to the Issuer or a guarantor. In addition,
if the Issuer exercises its defeasance or covenant defeasance option with respect to the Notes of a series in
accordance with the terms of the applicable indenture, each guarantor will be automatically and unconditionally
released from its guarantee of the Notes of such series and all its obligations under the applicable indenture.
The Issuer and each Guarantor are holding companies that conduct substantially all of their business through
subsidiaries. Accordingly, repayment of the Issuer’s indebtedness, including the Notes, is dependent on the
generation of cash flow by the Issuer’s and each Guarantor’s subsidiaries, as applicable, and their ability to make
such cash available to the Issuer and the Guarantors, as applicable, by dividend, debt repayment or otherwise. The
Issuer’s and the Guarantors subsidiaries may not be able to, or be permitted to, make distributions to enable them
to make payments in respect of their obligations, including with resp ect to the Notes in the case of the Issuer and
the guarantees in the case of the Guarantors. Each of the Issuer’s and the Guarantors’ subsidiaries is a distinct
legal entity and, under certain circumstances, legal and contractual restrictions may limit the Issuer’s and the
Guarantors’ ability to obtain cash from their subsidiaries. In the event that the Issuer and the Guarantors do not
receive distributions from their subsidiaries, the Issuer and the Guarantors may be unable to make required principal
and interest payments on their obligations, including with respect to the Notes and the guarantees.
Pursuant to amended Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X, the summarized financial information below is presented
for the Obligor Group on a combined basis after the elimination of intercompany balances and transactions among
the Obligor Group and equity in earnings from and investments in the non-Guarantor Subsidiaries. The summarized
financial information below should be read in conjunction with the Company’s consolidated financial statements
contained herein, as the summarized financial information may not necessarily be indicative of results of operations
or financial position had the subsidiaries operated as independent entities (in millions).
SUMMARIZED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
Year Ended
September 30,
2023
Net sales to unrelated parties $ 1,568.5
Net sales to non-Guarantor Subsidiaries $ 1,239.5
Gross profit $ 1,092.6
Interest expense, net with non-Guarantor Subsidiaries $ (172.7)
Net loss and net loss attributable to the Obligor Group
(1)
$ (37.7)
(1)
Includes a pre-tax goodwill impairment charge of $107.8 million.
51
SUMMARIZED BALANCE SHEETS
September 30,
2023 2022
ASSETS
Total current assets $ 192.4 $ 227.4
Noncurrent amounts due from non-
Guarantor Subsidia ries
$ 262.2 $ 370.1
Other noncurrent assets
(1)
1,607.9 1,812.8
Total noncurrent assets $ 1,870.1 $ 2,182.9
LIABILITIES
Current amounts due to non-
Guarantor Subsidia ries
$ 1,106.2 $ 2,253.5
Other current liabilities 427.4 144.5
Total current liabilities $ 1,533.6 $ 2,398.0
Noncurrent amounts due to non-
Guarantor Subsidia ries $ 6,472.6 $ 3,097.5
Other noncurrent liabilities 7,056.6 6,872.7
Total noncurrent liabilities $ 13,529.2 $ 9,970.2
(1)
Other nonc urrent assets include aggregate goodwill and intangibles, net of $1,395.5 million and
$1,601.2 million as of September 30, 2023 and September 30, 2022, respectively.
DEFINITIONS AND NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES
Definitions
We calculate cost savings as the year-over-year change in certain costs incurred for manufacturing,
procurement, logistics, and SG&A, in each case excl uding the impact of econom ic downtime and inflation. Cost
savings achieved to date may not recur in future periods, and estimates of future savings are subject to change.
Non-GAAP Financial Measures
We report our financial results in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the U.S.
(“GAAP”). However, management believes certain non-GAAP financial measures provide additional meaningful
financial information that may be relevant when assessing our ongoing performance. Non-GAAP financial measures
should be viewed in addition to, and not as an alternative to, our GAAP results. The non-GAAP financial measures
we present may differ from similarly captioned measures presented by other companies.
We use the non-GAAP financial measures “Adjusted Net Income” and “Adjusted Earnings Per Diluted Share”.
Management believes these measures provide our management, board of directors, investors, potential investors,
securities analysts and others with useful information to evaluate our performance because they exclude
restructuring and other costs, net, impairment of goodwill and mineral rights, business systems transformation costs
and other specific items that management believes are not indicative of the ongoing operating results of the
business. We and our board of directors use this information when making financial, operating and planning
decisions and when evaluating our performance relative to other periods. We believe that the most directly
comparable GAAP measures to Adjusted Net Income and Adjusted Earnings Per Diluted Share are Net (loss)
income attributable to common stockholders and (Loss) earnings per diluted share, respectively. See Item 7.
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Op erations Overview
Business Systems Transformation” for additional information regarding our business system s transformation.
52
Set forth below is a reconciliation of the non-GAAP financial measure Adjusted Earnings Per Diluted Share to
(Loss) earnings per diluted share, the most directly comparabl e GAAP measure (in dollars per share) for the periods
indicated.
Years Ended September 30,
2023 2022
(Loss) earnings per diluted share $ (6.44) $ 3.61
Goodwill impairment 7.12
Restructuring and other costs, net 2.53 1.11
Work stoppage costs 0.24
Business systems transformation costs 0.23 0.02
Losses at closed facilities 0.13 0.01
Loss on consolidation of previously held equity
method investment net of deferred taxes
0.09
Acquisition accounting inventory related
adjustments 0.04
Mineral rights impairment 0.08
Accelerated depreciation on certain facility closures 0.02
Gain on sale of RTS and Chattanooga (0.72)
Gain on sale of unconsolidated entities, net (0.07)
Multiemployer pension withdrawal (income) expense (0.04) 0.01
(Gain) loss on extinguishment of debt (0.03) 0.02
Brazil indirect tax claim (0.02)
Gain on sale of two uncoated recycled
paperboard mills (0.02)
MEPP liability adjustment due to interest rates (0.10)
Ransomware recovery costs, net of insurance proceeds (0.02)
Adjustment to reflect adjusted earnings on a fully diluted
basis (0.02)
Adjusted Earnings Per Diluted Share $ 3.02 $ 4.76
53
The as reported results in the table below for Pre-Tax, Tax and Net of Tax are equivalent to the line items
“(Loss) income before income taxes”, “Income tax benefit (expense) and “Consolidated net (loss) income”,
respectively, as reported on the consolidated statements of operations. Set forth below are reconciliations of
Adjusted Net Income to the most directly comparable GAAP measure, Net (loss) income attributable to common
stockholders (represented in the table below as the GAAP Results for Consolidated net (loss) income (i.e., Net of
Tax) less Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests), for the periods indicated (in millions):
Year ended September 30, 2023
Pre-Tax Tax Net of Tax
As reported $ (1,704.6) $ 60.4 $ (1,644.2)
Goodwill impairment 1,893.0 (71.2) 1,821.8
Restructuring and other costs, net 859.1 (210.6) 648.5
Work stoppage costs
(1)
80.4 (19.7) 60.7
Business systems transformation costs
(1)
79.1 (19.4) 59.7
Losses at closed facilities
(1)
42.6 (10.4) 32.2
Loss on consolidation of previously held equity
method investment net of deferred taxes
(1)
46.8 (22.2) 24.6
Acquisition accounting inventory related
adjustments
(1)
13.1 (3.2) 9.9
Accelerated depreciation on certain facility
closures
0.4 (0.1) 0.3
Gain on sale of RTS and Chattanooga (238.8) 53.7 (185.1)
Gain on sale of unconsolidated entities, net
(1)
(23.6) 5.8 (17.8)
Multiemployer pension withdrawal income (12.1) 2.9 (9.2)
Gain on extinguishment of debt (10.5) 2.6 (7.9)
Brazil indirect tax claim
(1)
(9.1) 3.1 (6.0)
Gain on sale of two uncoated recycled
paperboard mills
(11.2) 5.6 (5.6)
Other
(1)
0.6 (0.1) 0.5
Adjusted Results $ 1,005.2 $ (222.8) $ 782.4
Noncontrolling interests (4.8)
Adjusted Net Income $ 777.6
(1)
These footnoted items represent the "Other adjustments" reported in the additional segment information table in our
segment footnote. The “Losses at closed facilities” line for the year ended September 30, 2023, includes $2.0 million of
depreciation and amortization and the Brazil indirect tax claim includes $4.7 million of interest income. See Note 8.
Segment Information for additional information.
Year ended September 30, 2022
Pre-Tax Tax Net of Tax
As reported $ 1,218.8 $ (269.6) $ 949.2
Restructuring and other costs, net 383.0 (93.1) 289.9
Mineral rights impairment 26.0 (6.4) 19.6
Loss on extinguishment of debt 8.5 (2.1) 6.4
Accelerated depreciation on certain facility
closures
7.5 (1.9) 5.6
Business systems transformation costs
(1)
7.4 (1.8) 5.6
Multiemployer pension withdrawal expense 3.5 (0.8) 2.7
Losses at closed facilities
(1)
3.5 (0.9) 2.6
MEPP liability adjustment due to interest rates (36.2) 8.9 (27.3)
Ransomware recovery costs insurance proceeds
(1)
(6.6) 1.6 (5.0)
Other
(1)
0.5 (0.1) 0.4
Adjusted Results $ 1,615. 9 $ (366.2) $ 1,249.7
Noncontrolling interests (4.6)
Adjusted Net Income $ 1,245.1
54
(1)
These footnoted items represent the "Other adjustments" reported in the additional segment information table in our
segment footnote, except the "Other" line includes adjustments of $1.4 million. The “Losses at closed facilities” line for
the year ended September 30, 2022, includes $1.2 million of depreciation and amortization.
We discuss certain of these charges in more detail in Note 5. Restructuring and Other Costs, Net”, Note 8.
Segment Information and Note 19. Commitments and Contingencies Indirect Tax Claim”. For more
information on our business systems transformation see Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations Overview Business Systems Transformation”.
We also use the non-GAAP financial measure “Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA”, along with other measures
such as Adjusted EBITDA (a GAAP measure of segment performance our CODM uses to evaluate our segment
results), to evaluate our overall performance. The composition of Adjusted EBITDA is not addressed or prescribed
by GAAP.
Management believes that the most directly comparable GAAP measure to Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA is
"Net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders". Management believes this measure provides our
management, board of directors, investors, potential investors, securities analysts and others with useful information
to evaluate our performance because it excludes restructuring and other costs, net, impairment of goodwill and
mineral rights, Gain on sale of RTS and Chattanooga, business systems transformation costs and other specific
items that management believes are not indica tive of the ongoing operating results of the business. We and our
board of directors use this information in making financial, operating and planning decisions and when evaluating
our performance relative to other periods.
Set forth below is a reconciliation of the non-GAAP financial measure Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA to Net
(loss) income attributable to common stockholders for the periods indicated (in millions).
Year Ended September 30,
2023 2022
Net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders $ (1,649.0) $ 944.6
Adjustments:
(1)
Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests 4.8 4.6
Income tax (benefit) expense (60.4) 269.6
Other expense (income), net 6.1 11.0
(Gain) loss on extinguishment of debt (10.5) 8.5
Interest expense, net 417.9 318.8
Restructuring and other costs, net 859.2 383.0
Impairment of goodwill and mineral rights 1,893.0 26.0
Multiemployer pension withdrawal (income) expense (12.1) 0.2
Gain on sale of RTS and Chattanooga (238.8)
Depreciation, depletion and amortization 1,535.8 1,488.6
Other adjustments 232.6 4.5
Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA $ 2,978.6 $ 3,459.4
(1)
The table above adds back expense or subtracts income for certain financial statement and segment footnote items to
compute Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA.
The non-GAAP measure Co nsolidated Adjusted EBITDA can also be derived by ad ding together each
segment's "Adjusted EBITDA" plus "Non-allocated expenses" from our segment footnote. See Note 8. Segment
Information of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES
We have prepared our accompanying consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP, which
requires management to make estimates that affect the amounts of revenues, expenses, assets and liabilities
reported. Certain significant accounting policies are descr ib ed in Note 1. Description of Business and Summary
of Significant Accounting Policies of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
These critical accounting policies are both important to the portrayal of our financial condition and results of
operations and require some of management’s most subjective and complex judgments. The accounting for these
55
matters involves the making of estimates based on current facts, circumstances and assumptions that, in
management’s judgment, could change in a manner that would materially affect managemen t’s future estimates
with respect to such matters and, accordingly, could cause our future reported financial co ndition and results of
operations to differ materially from those that we are currently reporting based on management’s current estimates.
Goodwill
We review the carrying value of our goodwill annually at the beginning of the fourth quarter of each fiscal year,
or more often if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may exceed fair value as set
forth in ASC 350, “Intan gibles Goodwill and Other ("ASC 350"). We test goodwill for impairment at the reporting
unit level, which is an operating segment or one level below an operating segment, referred to as a component.
ASC 350 allows an optional qualitative assessment, prior to a quantitative assessment test, to determine
whether it is “more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount. We generally
do not attempt a qualitative assessment and move directly to the quantitative test. As part of the quantitative test,
we utilize the present value of expected cash flows or, as appropriate, a combination of the present value of
expected cash flows and the guideline public company method to determine the estimated fair value of our reporting
units. This present value model requires management to estimate future cash flows, the timing of these cash flows,
and a discount rate (based on a weighted average cost of capital), which represents the time value of money and
the inherent risk and uncertainty of the future cash flows. Factors that management must estimate when performing
this step in the process include, among other items, sales volume, prices, EBITDA margins, capital expenditures
and discount rates. The assumptions we use to estimate future cash flows are consistent with the assumptions that
the reporting units use for internal planning purposes, which we believe would be generally consistent with that of
a market participa nt. If we determine that the estimated fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount,
goodwill of the reporting unit is not impaired. If we determine that the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds
its estimated fair value, we measure the goodwill impairment charge based on the excess of a reporting unit’s
carrying amount over its fair value, but not in excess of the total amount of goodwill allocated to the respective
reporting unit, as required under Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2017-04, Simplifying the Test for Goodwill
Impairment”. We describe our accounting policy for goodwill further in Note 1. Description of Business and
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies Goodwill of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
In fiscal 2023, we recorded a pre-tax, non-cash impairment charge of $1,893.0 million ($1,821.8 million after-
tax) associated with our interim goodwill impairment analysis completed in the second quarter. See Note 8.
Segment Information of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.
During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2023, we completed our annual goodwill impairment testing. We considered
factors such as, but not limited to, our expectations for macroeconomic conditions, industry and market
considerations, and financial performance, incl uding plan ned revenue, earnings and capital investments of each
reporting un it. The discount rate used for each reporting unit ranged from 9.5% to 14.5%. We used perpetual growth
rates ranging from 0.0% to 1.0%. All reporting units that have goodwill were noted to have a fair value that exceeded
their carrying values. The fair value of our Consumer Packaging reporting unit exceeded its carrying value by 30%.
However, ou r Corrugated Packaging and Distribution reporting units had fair values that exceeded their respective
carrying values by less than 10%. Our Corrugated Packaging reporting unit had a narrow fair value cushion due to
the goodwill impairment charge recorded for the reporting unit in the second quarter of fiscal 2023 and the fair value
accounting related to the Mexico Acquisition.
If we had concluded that it was appropriate to increase the di scount rate we used by 100 basis points, the fair
value of only our Consumer Packaging reporting unit would have continued to exceed its carrying value. In our
fiscal 2023 an nual goodwill impairment analysis, projected future cash flows for the Corrugated Packaging and
Distribution reporting units were discounted at 9.5% and 14.5%, respectively. Based on the discounted cash flow
model and holding other valuation assumptions constant, the discount rates for Corrugated Packaging and
Distribution reporting units would have to be increased to 9.9% and 15.4%, respectively, in order for the estimated
fair value of the reporting units to fall below their carrying values.
At September 30, 2023, the Corrugated Packaging, Consumer Packaging and Distribution reporting units had
$2,603.7 million, $1,506.6 million and $138.4 million of goodwill, respectively. Our Global Paper reporting unit had
no goodwill. Because the fair values of the Corrugated Packaging and Distribution reporting units are not
substantially more than their carrying values, these reporting units have greater risk of future impairments should
56
we experience adverse changes in our assumptions, estimates, or market factors. If the assumptions, estimates,
and market factors underlying our fair value determinations change adversely, we may be exposed to additional
impairment charges, which could be material. Additionally, there are certain risks inherent to our operations as
described in Item 1A. Risk Factors”.
Subsequent to our annual test, we monitored industry econom ic trends through the end of fiscal 2023 and
determined no additional testing for goodwill impairment was warranted. We have not made any material changes
to our impairment loss assessment methodology during the past three fiscal years.
Long-Lived Assets
We follow the provisions included in ASC 360, “Property, Plant, and Equipment” in determining whether the
carrying value of any of our long-lived assets, including amortizable intangibles other than goodwill, is impaired. We
review long-lived assets for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount
of the long-lived asset might not be recoverable. If we determine that indicators of impairment are present, we
determine whether the estimated undiscounted cash flows for the potentially impaired assets are less than the
carrying value. This requires management to estimate future cash flows through operations over the remaining
useful life of the asset and its ultimate disposition. The assumptions we use to estimate future cash flows are
consistent with the assumptions we use for internal planning purposes, updated to reflect current expectations. If
our estimated undiscounted cash flows do not exceed the carrying value, we estimate the fair value of the asset
and record an impairment charge if the carrying value is greater than the fair value of the asset. We estimate fair
value using discounted cash flows, observable prices for similar assets, or other valuation techniques.
Our judgments regarding the existence of impairment indicators are based on legal factors, market conditions
and operational performance. Future events could cause us to conclude that impairment indicators exist and that
assets associated with a particular operation are impaired. Evaluating impairment also requires us to estimate future
operating results and cash flows, which also require judgment by management.
Accounting for Income Taxes
Our income tax expense, deferred tax assets and liabilities, and liabilities for unrecognized tax benefits, reflect
management’s best assessment of estimated current and future taxes to be paid. Significant judgments and
estimates are required in determining the consolidated income tax expense. In evaluating our ability to recover our
deferred tax assets within the jurisdiction from which they arise, we consider all available positive and negative
evidence, including future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, projected future taxable income, tax
planning strategies, recent financial operations and their associated valuation allowances, if any. We use significant
judgment in (i) determining whether a tax position, based solely on its technical merits, is “more likely than not to
be sustained upon examination and (ii) measuring the tax benefit as th e largest amount of benefit that is “more
likely than not” to be realized upon ultimate settlement. We do not record any benefit for the tax positions where we
do not meet the “more likely than not” initial recognition threshold. Income tax positions must meet a “more likely
than not” recognition threshold at the effective date to be recognized. We generally recognize interest and penalties
related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense in the consolidated statements of operations. Resolution
of the uncertain tax positions could have a material adverse effect on our cash flows or materially benefit our results
of operations in future periods depending upon their ultimate resolution. A 1% change in our effective tax rate would
have increased or decreased tax expense by approximately $17 million for fiscal 2023. A 1% change in our effective
tax rate used to compute deferred tax liabilities and assets, as recorded on the September 30, 2023 consolidated
balance sheet, would have increased or decreased tax expense by approximately $100 million for fiscal 2023.
Pension
The funded status of our qualified and non-qualified U.S. and non-U.S. pension plans increased $170.5 million
in fiscal 2023. Our U.S. qualified and non-qualified pension plans were overfunded by $450.0 million as of
September 30, 2023. Our non-U.S. pension plans were under funded by $41.7 million as of September 30, 2023.
Our U.S. pension plan benefit obligations were positively impacted in fiscal 2023 primarily by a 61-basis point
increase in the discount rate compared to the prior measurement date. The non-U.S. pension plan obligations were
positively impacted in fiscal 2023 by a 73-basis point increase in the discount rate compared to the prior
measurement date.
57
The determination of pension obligations and pension expense requ ires various assumptions that can
significantly affect liability and expense amounts, such as the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets,
discount rates, projected future compensation increases and mortality rates for each of our plans. These
assumptions are determined annually in conjunction with our actuary. The accounting for these matters involves
the making of estimates based on current facts, circumstances and assumptions that, in management’s judgment,
could change in a manner that would materially affect management’s future estimates with respect to such matters
and, accordingly, could cause our future reported financial condition and results of operations to differ materially
from those that we are currently reporting based on management’s current estimates.
A 25-basis point change in the discount rate, compensation level, expected long-term rate of return on plan
assets and interest crediting rate, factoring in our corridor (as defined herein) as appropriate, would have had the
following effect on fiscal 2023 pension expense (amounts in the table in parentheses reflect additional income, in
millions):
Pension Plans
25 Basis
Point
Increase
25 Basis
Point
Decrease
Discount rate $ (8.1) $ 8.3
Compensation level $ 0.2 $ (0.2)
Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets $ (12.2) $ 12.2
Interest crediting rate $ 0.3 $ (0.3)
New Accounting Standards
See Note 1. Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies of the Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements for a full description of recent accounting pronouncements, including the
respective expected dates of adoption and expected effects on our results of operations and financial condition.
Item 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
We are exposed to market risk from changes in, among other things, interest rates, foreign currencies and
commodity prices. See Item 1A. Risk Factors for additional information. We aim to identify and understand these
risks and then implement strategies to manage them. When evaluating these strategies, we evaluate the
fundamentals of each market, our sensitivity to movements in pricing, and underlying accounting and business
implications. Our chief executive officer or chief financial officer must approve the execution of all transactions
contemplated in accordance with our Financial and Commodity Risk Management Corporate Policy. The sensitivity
analyses we present below do not consider the effect of possible adverse changes in the general economy, nor do
they consider additional actions we ma y take to mitigate our exposure to such changes. We may not be successful
in managing these risks.
Containerboard and Paperboard Shipments
We are exposed to market risk related to ou r sales of containe rboard and paperboard. We sell a significant
portion of our mill production and converted products pursuant to contracts that provide that prices are either fixed
for specified terms or provide for price adjustments based on negotiated terms, including changes in specified index
prices. We have the capacity to annually ship approximatel y 10.6 million tons from our containerboard mills and
approximately 4.0 million tons from our paperboard mills, although our mill system operating rates may vary from
year to year due to changes in market and other factors. Including a partial year adjustment to capacity to reflect
footprint actions, where appropriate, our simple average mill system operating rates for the last three fiscal years
averaged 88%. A hypothetical $10 per ton change in the price of containerboard and paperboard throughout the
year based on our capacity woul d impact our sales by approximately $106 million and $40 million, respectively.
Energy
Energy is one of the most significant costs of our mill operations. The cost of natural gas (typically measured in
one million British Thermal Units ("MMBtu")), coal, oil, electricity and purchased biomass fuel at times has fluctuated
significantly. Energy is one of the most significant costs of our mill operations. In our recycled paperboard mills, we
58
use primarily natural gas and electricity, supplemented at certain mills with fuel oil, to generate steam used in the
paper making process. In our virgin fiber mills, we use biomass, natural gas, fuel oil and coal to generate steam
used in the pulping and paper making processes and to generate some or all the electricity used on site. We
primarily use purchased electricity and natural gas to operate our converting facilities. We generally purchase these
products from suppliers at market or tariff rates. Our energy costs decreased in fiscal 2023 compared to fiscal 2022.
From time to time, we use commodity contracts to hedge energy exposures, as discussed in more detail below.
We spent approximately $1,164 million and $1,263 million on all energy sources in fiscal 2023 and 2022,
respectively to operate our facilities. Natural gas and el ectricity each account for approximately 30% to 50% of our
energy purchases depending upon pricing. We consumed approximately 87 million MMBtu of natural gas in fiscal
2023, although the amount of energy we consume may vary from year to year due to production levels and other
factors. A hypothetical 10% change in the price of energy throughout the year would impact our cost of energy by
approximately $116 million based on fiscal 2023 pricing and consumption.
Recycled Fiber
Recycled fiber is the principal raw material we use in the production of recycled paperboard and a portion of
our containerboard. In fiscal 2023 and 2022, we consumed approximately 6.4 million and 5.7 million tons of recycled
fiber, respectively. The increase in fiscal 2023 was primarily associated with the operations acquired in the Mexico
Acquisition. Our purchases of old corrugated containers and double-lined kraft clippings account for our largest
recycled fiber costs and made up approximately 85% to 90% of our recycled fiber purchases in fiscal 2023. The
remaining 10% to 15% of our recycled fiber purchases consisted of a number of other grades of recycled paper.
The mix of recycled fiber may vary due to factors such as market demand, availability and pricing. Recycled fiber
prices can fluctuate significantly and were lower in fiscal 2023 compared to fiscal 2022. While the amount of recycled
fiber we consume may vary from year to year due to production levels and other factors, based on fiscal 2023
recycled fiber usage, adjusted for a full year of the operations acquired in the Mexico Acquisition, we would expect
to consume approximately 6.5 million tons of recycled fiber. A hypothetical $10 per ton change in recycled fiber
prices for a fiscal year would impact our costs by approximately $65 million.
Virgin Fiber
Virgin fiber is the principal raw material we use in the production of a portion of our containerboard, bleached
paperboard and market pulp. While virgin fiber prices have generally been more stable than recycled fiber prices,
they also fluctuate, particularly due to significant changes in weather, such as during prolonged periods of heavy
rain or drought, or during housing construction slowdowns or accelerations. Virgin fiber prices were relatively flat in
fiscal 2023 compared to fiscal 2022. A hypothetical 10% change in virgin fiber prices in our mills for a fiscal year
would impact our costs by approximately $130 million.
Freight
Inbound and outbound freight is a significant expenditure for us. Factors that influence our freight expense
include distance between our shipping and delivery locations, distance from customers and suppliers, mode of
transportation (rail, truck, intermodal and ocean) and freight rates, which are influenced by supply and demand and
fuel costs, primarily diesel. We experienced higher freight costs and some distribution delays in both fiscal 2023
and 2022. A hypothetical 10% change in freight costs for fiscal 2023 and 2022 would have impacted our costs by
approximately $188 million and $220 million, respectively.
Interest Rates
We are exposed to changes in interest rates, primarily as a result of our short-term and long-term debt. As
discussed below, we may from time to time use interest rate swap agreements to manage the interest rate
characteristics of a portion of our outstanding debt. Based on the amounts and mix of our fixed and floating rate
debt at September 30, 2023 and 2022, if market interest rates change an average of 100 basis points, our annual
interest expense would be impacted by approximately $21 million and $10 million, respectively. We determined
these amounts by considering the impact of the hypothetical interest rates on our borrowing costs. This analysis
does not consider the effects of changes in the level of overall economic activity that could exist in such an
environment.
59
Derivative Instruments / Forward Contracts
In fiscal 2023 and 2022, we entered into various natural gas commodity derivatives that were designated as
cash flow hedges for accounting purposes. Therefore, the entire change in fair value of the financial derivative
instrument is reported as a component of other comprehensive income and reclassified into earnings in the same
line item associated with the forecasted transaction, and in the same period or periods during which the forecasted
transaction affects earnings. At September 30, 2023 and September 30, 2022, the notional amount of our natural
gas co mmodity derivatives was 22.0 million and 18.3 million MMBtu, respectively. Based on our open contracts as
of September 30, 2023 and September 30, 2022, the effect of a 10% change in the price per MMBtu, other than for
the first period which was already priced, would impact Cost of goods sold by approximately $6 million and $10
million, respectively.
We periodically may issue and settle foreign currency denominated debt, exposing us to the effect of changes
in spot exchange rates between loan issue an d loan repayment dates and changes in spot exchange rates on open
balances at each balance sheet date. From time to time, we may use foreign exchange contracts to hedge these
exposures with terms of generally one to three months. At September 30, 2023, there were no foreign exchange
contract derivatives outstanding. At September 30, 2022, the notional amount of our foreign currency exchange
contract derivative was 8.0 billion Mexican pesos ($389.9 million). Based on the open foreign exchange contracts
as of September 30, 2022, the effect of a 1% change in exchange rates would impact Other (expense) income, net
by approximately $4 million. Although foreign currency sensitive instruments expose us to market risk, fluctuations
in the value of these instruments are mitigated by expected offsetting fluctuations in the foreign currency
denominated debt exposures.
We periodically may also enter into interest rate swaps to manage the interest rate risk associated with a portion
of our outstanding debt but currently have no active interest rate swaps. Interest rate swaps are either designated
for accounting purposes as cash flow hedges of forecasted floating interest payments on variable rate debt or fair
value hedges of fixed rate debt, or we may elect not to treat them as accounting hedges. We may enter into swaps
or forward contracts on certain commodities to manage the price risk associated with forecasted purchases or sales
of those commodities.
See Note 16. Derivatives and Note 20. Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss and Other
Comprehensive Income (Loss) of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information
regarding our derivative instruments.
Pension Plans
Our pension plans are influenced by trends in the financial markets and the regulatory environment, among
other factors. Adverse general stock market trends and falling interest rates increase plan costs and liabilities.
During fiscal 2023 and 2022, factoring in our corridor as appropriate, the effect of a 0.25% decrease in the discount
rate would have reduced pre-tax income by approximately $8 million and $8 million, respectively. During fiscal 2023
and 2022, the effect of a 0.25% increase in the discount rate would have increased pre-tax income by $8 million
and decreased pre-tax income by $5 million, respectively. Similarly, MEPPs in which we participate could
experience similar circumstances which could impact our funding requirements and therefore expenses. Se e Note
6. Retirement Plans Multiemployer Plans of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional
information.
Foreign Curr ency
We predominately operate in markets in the U.S. but derived 24.4% of our net sales in fiscal 2023 from outside
the U.S. through international operations, some of which were transacted in U.S. dollars. In addition, certain of our
domestic operations have sales to foreign customers. Although we are impacted by the exchange rates of a number
of currencies, our largest exposures are generally to the Brazilian Real, British Pound, Canadian dollar, Euro and
Mexican Peso. In fiscal 2023, our largest exposures included the Mexican Peso, Brazilian Real and British Pound.
In conducting our foreign operations, we also make intercompany sales and receive royalties and dividends
denominated in different currencies. These activities expose us to the effect of changes in foreign currency
exchange rates. Flows of foreign currencies into and out of our operations are generally stable and regularly
occurring and are recorded at fair market value in our financial statements.
60
At times, certain of our foreign subsidiaries have U.S. dollar-denominated external debt. In these instances, we
may hedge the non-functional currency exposure with derivatives. We issue intercompany loans to and receive
foreign cash deposits from our foreign subsidiaries in their local currencies, exposing us to the effect of changes in
spot exchange rates between loan issue and loan repayment dates and changes in spot exchange rates from
deposits. From time to time, we may use foreign-exchange hedge contracts with terms of generally less than one
year to hedge these exposures. Although our derivative and other foreign currency sensitive instruments expose
us to market risk, fluctuations in the value of these instruments are mitigated by expected offsetting fluctuations in
the matched exposures.
During fiscal 2023 and 2022, the effect of a hypothetical 10% change in foreign currencies to which we have
exposure compared to the U.S. dollar would have impacted our income before income taxes by approximately $12
million and $36 million, respectively.
During fiscal 2023 and 2022, the effect of a hypothetical 1% change in exchange rates would have impacted
accumulated other comprehensive income by approximately $50 million and $32 million, respectively. This impact
does not consider the effects of a stronger or weaker U.S. dollar on our ability to compete for export business or
the overall economic activity that could exist in such an environment. Changes in foreign exchange rates could
impact the price and the demand for our products; for instance, a strengthening U.S. dollar may cause exports to
become mo re expensive to foreign customers that have to pay for them in other currencies.
61
Item 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
Index to Financial Statements
Description
Page
Reference
Consolidated Statements of Operations 62
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive (Loss) Income 63
Consolidated Balance Sheets 64
Consolidated Statements of Equity 65
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows 66
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 67
Note 1. Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies67
Note 2. Revenue Recogni tion 81
Note 3. Acquisitions 82
Note 4. Held For Sale 84
Note 5. Restructuring and Other Costs, Net84
Note 6. Retirement Plans 87
Note 7. Income Taxes98
Note 8. Segment Information 102
Note 9. Interest 108
Note 10. Inventories108
Note 11. Property, Plant and Equipment109
Note 12. Other Intangible Assets 109
Note 13. Fair Value110
Note 14. Debt 111
Note 15. Leases116
Note 16. Derivatives117
Note 17. Special Purpose Entities 119
Note 18. Related Party Transactions 120
Note 19. Commitments and Contingencies120
Note 20. Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss and Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) 124
Note 21. Stockholders Equity 127
Note 22. Share-Based Compensation127
Note 23. Earnings Per Share131
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB ID: 42) 132
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Internal Control Over Financial
Reporting135
Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting 137
62
WESTROCK COMPANY
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
Year Ended September 30,
(In millions, except per share data) 2023 2022 2021
Net sales $ 20,310.0 $ 21,256.5 $ 18,746.1
Cost of goods sold 16,725.5 17,237.5 15,320.8
Gross profit 3,584.5 4,019.0 3,425.3
Selling, general and administrative expense excluding
intangible amortization
2,014.4 1,932.6 1,759.3
Selling, general and administrative intangible amortization
expense 341.5 350.4 357.1
Multiemployer pension withdrawal (income) expense (12.1) 0.2 (2.9)
Restructuring and other costs, net 859.2 383.0 30.6
Impairment of goodwill and mineral rights 1,893.0 26.0
Operating (l oss) profit (1,511.5) 1,326.8 1,281.2
Interest expense, net (417.9) (318.8) (372.3)
Gain (loss) on extinguishment of debt 10.5 (8.5) (9.7)
Pension and other postretirement non-service (cost) income (21.8) 157.4 134.9
Other (expense) income, net (6.1) (11.0) 10.9
Equity in income of unconsolidated entities 3.4 72.9 40.9
Gain on sale of RTS and Chattanooga 238.8
(Loss) income before income taxes (1,704.6) 1,218.8 1,085.9
Income tax benefit (expense) 60.4 (269.6) (243.4)
Consolidated ne t (loss) income (1,644.2) 949.2 842.5
Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests (4.8) (4.6) (4.2)
Net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders $ (1,649.0) $ 944.6 $ 838.3
Basic (loss) earnings per share attributable to common
stockholders $ (6.44) $ 3.64 $ 3.16
Diluted (loss) earnings per share attributable to common
stockholders $ (6.44) $ 3.61 $ 3.13
See Accompanying Notes
63
WESTROCK COMPANY
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE (LOSS) INCOME
Year Ended September 30,
(In millions) 2023 2022 2021
Consolidated ne t (loss) income $ (1,644.2) $ 949.2 $ 842.5
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:
Foreign currency:
Foreign currency translation gain (loss) 354.9 (241.5) 124.3
Reclassification of previously unrealized net foreign
currency loss upon consolidation of equity investment 29.0
Reclassification of previously unrealized net foreign
currency gain upon sale of RTS
(2.3)
Derivatives:
Deferred loss on cash flow hedges (50.2) (10.3) (0.1)
Reclassification adj ustment of net loss on cash
flow hedges included in earnings
54.4 1.4 5.5
Defined benefit pension and other postretirement benefit
plans:
Net actuarial gain (loss) arising during period 120.8 (216.3) 165.6
Amortization and settlement recognition of net actuarial
loss, included in pension and postretirement cost 40.1 6.4 25.5
Prior service cost arising during period (1.5) (0.2) (4.2)
Amortization and curtailment recognition of prior service
cost, included in pension and postretirement cost 5.7 6.1 4.5
Reclassification of net pension adjustment upon sale of RTS 7.9
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax 558.8 (454.4) 321.1
Comprehensive (loss) income (1,085.4) 494.8 1,163.6
Less: Comprehensive income attributable to
noncontrolling interests (7.9) (5.4) (4.5)
Comprehensive (loss) income attributable to common
stockholders $ (1,093.3) $ 489.4 $ 1,159.1
See Accompanying Notes
64
WESTROCK COMPANY
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
September 30,
(In millions, except per share data) 2023 2022
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents $ 393.4 $ 260.2
Accounts receivable (net of allowances of $60.2 and $66.3) 2,591.9 2,683.9
Inventories 2,331.5 2,317.1
Other current assets (amount related to SPEs of $862.1 and $0) 1,584.8 689.8
Assets held for sale 91.5 34.4
Total current assets 6,993.1 5,985.4
Property, plant and equipment, net 11,063.2 10,081.4
Goodwill 4,248.7 5,895.2
Intangibles, net 2,576.2 2,920.6
Prepaid pension asset 618.3 440.3
Other noncurrent assets (amount related to SPEs of $382.7 and $1,253.0) 1,944.2 3,082.6
Total assets $ 27,443.7 $ 28,405.5
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
Current liabilitie s:
Current portion of debt $ 533.0 $ 212.2
Accounts payable 2,123.9 2,252.1
Accrued compensation and benefits 524.9 627.9
Other current liabilities (amount related to SPEs of $776.7 and $0) 1,737.6 810.6
Total current liabilities 4,919.4 3,902.8
Long-term debt due after one year 8,050.9 7,575.0
Pension liabilities, net of current portion 191.2 189.4
Postretirement benefit liabilities, net of current portion 99.1 105.4
Deferred income taxes 2,433.2 2,761.9
Other noncurrent liabilities (amount related to SPEs of $330.2 and $1,117.8) 1,652.2 2,445.8
Commitments and contingencies (Note 19)
Redeemable noncontrolling interests 5.5
Equity:
Preferred stock, $0.01 par value; 30.0 million shares authorized; no
shares outstanding
Common stock, $0.01 par value; 600.0 million shares authorized;
256.4 million and 254.4 million shares outstanding at
September 30, 2023 and September 30, 2022, respectively
2.6 2.5
Capital in excess of par value 10,698.5 10,639.4
Retained earnings 278.2 2,214.4
Accumulated other comprehensive loss (898.6) (1,454.3)
Total stockholders equity 10,080.7 11,402.0
Noncontrolling interests 17.0 17.7
Total equi ty 10,097.7 11,419.7
Total liabilities and equity $ 27,443.7 $ 28,405.5
See Accompanying Notes
65
WESTROCK COMPANY
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EQUITY
Year Ended September 30,
(In millions, except per share data) 2023 2022 2021
Number of Shares of Common Stock Outstanding:
Balance at beginning of fiscal year 254.4 265.0 260.4
Issuance of common stock, net of stock received for tax
withholdings 2.0 2.0 7.1
Purchases of common stock
(1)
(12.6) (2.5)
Balance at end of fiscal year 256.4 254.4 265.0
Common Stock:
Balance at beginning of fiscal year $ 2.5 $ 2.7 $ 2.6
Issuance of common stock, net of stock received for tax
withholdings
0.1 0.1
Purchases of common stock
(1)
(0.2)
Balance at end of fiscal year 2.6 2.5 2.7
Capital in Excess of Par Value:
Balance at beginning of fiscal year 10,639.4 11,058.8 10,916.3
Compensation expense under share-based plans 64.3 93.4 88.5
Issuance of common stock, net of stock received for tax
withholdings (5.6) 11.9 158.8
Purchases of common stock
(1)
(524.3) (103.7)
Other 0.4 (0.4) (1.1)
Balance at end of fiscal year 10,698.5 10,639.4 11,058.8
Retained Earnings:
Balance at beginning of fiscal year 2,214.4 1,607.9 1,031.6
Adoption of accounting standards
(2)
(3.8)
Net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders (1,649.0) 944.6 838.3
Dividends declared (per share - $1.10, $1.00 and $0.88)
(3)
(287.2) (263.0) (236.3)
Issuance of common stock, net of stock received for tax
withholdings (2.1) (0.5)
Purchases of common stock
(1)
(73.0) (21.4)
Balance at end of fiscal year 278.2 2,214.4 1,607.9
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss:
Balance at beginning of fiscal year (1,454.3) (999.1) (1,319.9)
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax 555.7 (455.2) 320.8
Balance at end of fiscal year (898.6) (1,454.3) (999.1)
Total Stockholders equity 10,080.7 11,402.0 11,670.3
Noncontrolling Interests:
(4)
Balance at beginning of fiscal year 17.7 19.7 16.9
Net (loss) income (0.7) (1.5) 1.7
Distributions and adjustments to noncontrolling interests (0.5) 1.1
Balance at end of fiscal year 17.0 17.7 19.7
Total Equity $ 10,097 .7 $ 11,419.7 $ 11,690.0
(1)
In fiscal 2022, we repurchased approximately 12.6 million shares of our Common Stock for an aggregate cost of $597.5 million. In fiscal
2021, we repurchased approximately 2.5 million shares of our Common Stock for an aggregate cost of $125.1 million (a portion of which
settled after September 30, 2021).
(2)
For fiscal 2021, the amount relates to the adoption of ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments Credit Losses: Measurement of Credit Losses
on Financial Instruments”.
(3)
Includes cash dividends and dividend equivalent units declared on certain restricted stock units and restricted stock.
(4)
Excludes amounts related to contingently redeemable noncontrolling interests, which are separately classified outside of permanent equity
in the consolidated balance sheets.
See Accompanying Notes
66
WESTROCK COMPANY
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
Year Ended September 30,
(In millions) 2023 2022 2021
Operating activities:
Consolidated net (loss) income $ (1,644.2) $ 949.2 $ 842.5
Adjustments to reconcile consolidated net (loss) income to net
cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation, depletion and amortization 1,535.8 1,488.6 1,460.0
Deferred income tax benefit (475.2) (98.2) (38.3)
Share-based compensation expense 64.2 93.3 88.6
401(k) match and company contribution in common stock 2.5 136.1
Pension and other postretirement funding (more) less than cost (income) 16.5 (135.6) (111.5)
Cash surrender value increase in excess of premiums paid (38.2) (2.0) (49.4)
Equity in income of unconsolidated entities (3.4) (72.9) (40.9)
Gain on sale of RTS and Chattanooga (238.8)
Gain on sale of other businesses (11.2) (16.5)
Gain on sale of investment (16.0)
Impairment of goodwill and mineral rights 1,893.0 26.0
Other impairment adjustments 637.1 325.5 34.6
(Gain) loss on disposal of plant, equipment and other, net (3.2) (17.5) 3.7
Other (34.4) (0.4) 13.8
Change in operating assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions and
divestitures:
Accounts receivable 407.1 (161.5) (428.9)
Inventories 107.8 (310.4) (200.0)
Other assets (263.9) 86.6 (372.6)
Accounts payable (280.3) 79.5 430.3
Income taxes 91.0 16.9 0.7
Accrued liabilities and other 68.2 (249.2) 543.7
Net cash provided by operating activities 1,827.9 2,020.4 2,279.9
Investing activities:
Capital expenditures (1,142.1) (862.6) (815.5)
Cash paid for purchase of businesses, net of cash acquired (853.5) (7.0)
Proceeds from corporate owned life insurance 42.2 60.8 44.9
Proceeds from sale of RTS and Chattanooga, net 318.2
Proceeds from sale of other businesses 27.6 58.5
Proceeds from currency forward contracts 23.2
Proceeds from the sale of unconsolidated entities 53.4
Proceeds from sale of investment 29.5
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment 26.8 28.2 6.3
Proceeds from property, plant and equipment insurance settlement 1.7 3.2
Other (3.0) 2.9 (2.9)
Net cash used for investing activities (1,507.2) (776.0) (676.0)
Financing activities:
Additions to revolving credit facilities 52.9 382.4 435.0
Repayments of revolving credit faci lities (344.2) (378.3) (415.0)
Additions to debt 1,836.4 888.2 259.9
Repayments of debt (1,720.8) (1,376.5) (1,544.3)
Changes in commercial paper, net 283.9
Other debt (repayments) additions, net (7.1) 31.5 23.1
Purchases of common stock (600.0) (122.4)
Cash dividends paid to stockholders (281.3) (259.5) (233.8)
Other (13.3) 30.9 17.1
Net cash used for financing activities (193.5) (1,281.3) (1,580.4)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash, cash equi valents and restricted cash 6.0 6.2 16.3
Increase (decrease) in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash 133.2 (30.7) 39.8
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at beginning of period 260.2 290.9 251.1
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at end of period $ 393.4 $ 260.2 $ 290.9
See Accompanying Notes
67
WESTROCK COMPANY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Note 1. Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Description of Business
Unless the context otherwise re quires, we, us, our, WestRock and “the Company refer to WestRock
Company, its wholly-owned subsidiaries and its partially-owned consolidated subsidiaries.
WestRock is a multinational provider of sustainable fiber-based paper and packaging solutions. We partner with
our customers to provide differentiated, sustainable paper and packaging solutions that help them win in the
marketplace. Our team members support customers around the world from our operating and business locations in
North America, South America, Europe, Asia and Australia.
On September 29, 2023, we completed the sale of our Seven Hills mill joint venture in Lynchburg, VA and
received $11.0 million of cash proceeds, subject to certain customary adjustments, and recorded an aggregate pre-
tax net gain on sale of $4.3 million; $7.6 million was recorded in the Equity in income of unconsolidated entities line
item in our consolidated statements of operations that was partially offset by a $3.3 million loss on sale of property,
plant and equipment that was reco rded in cost of goods sold.
On September 8, 2023, we sold our interior partitions converting operations (our ownership interest in RTS
Packaging, LLC) and our Chattanooga, TN uncoated recycled paperboard mill to our joint venture partner and
received $318.2 million of net cash proceeds, including a preliminary working capital adjustment and other
customary adjustments. We recorded a pre-tax gain on sale of $238.8 million which is recorded in "Gain on sale of
RTS and Chattanooga" in our consolidated statements of operations, excluding divestiture costs. Divestiture costs
are expensed as incurred and recorded within Restructuring and other costs, net. See Note 5. Restructuring and
Other Costs, Net for additional information.
On June 16, 2023, we sold our ownership interest in an unconsolidated displays joint venture for $43.8 million
in cash and recorded a pre-tax gain on sale of $19.3 million recorded in the Equity in income of unconsolidated
entities line item in our consolidated statements of operations including a de minimis adjustment in the fourth
quarter.
On December 1, 2022, we completed our acquisition of the remaining 67.7% interest in Grupo Gondi for $969.8
million in cash and the assumption of debt. We accounted for this acquisition as a business combination resulting
in its consolidation. See Note 3. Acquisitions for additional information.
On December 1, 2022, we sold our Eaton, IN, and Aurora, IL uncoated recycled paperboard mills for $50 million,
subject to a working capital adjustment. We received proceeds of $25 million, a preliminary wo rking capital
settlement of $0.9 million and are financing the remaining $25 million. During the third quarter of fiscal 2023, we
recorded a de minimis final working capital adjustment. Pursuant to the terms of the sale agreement, we transferred
control of these mills to the buyer and recorded a pre-tax gain on sale of $11.2 million in Other (exp ense) income,
net in our consolidated statements of operations.
Transaction Agreement with Smurfit Kappa
On September 12, 2023, we entered into a Transaction Agreement with Smurfit Kappa, Cepheidway Limited
(to be renamed Smurfit WestRock plc), ListCo and Merger Sub. The Transaction Agreement provides, among other
things, and subject to the satisfaction or waiver of the conditions set forth therein, that (a) pursuant to the Scheme
each issued ordinary share of Smurfit Kappa will be exchanged for one ListCo Share, as a result of which Smurfit
Kappa will become a wholly owned subsidiary of ListCo, and (b) following the implementation of the Scheme,
Merger Sub will merge with and into the Company, with the Company surviving the Merger as a wholly owned
subsidiary of ListCo. As a result of the Merger, each share of our Common Stock, with certain exceptions, will be
converted in to the right to receive one ListCo Share and $5.00 in cash. All shares owned by the Company, any
Company subsidiary, Smurfit Kappa, Merger Sub or any of their respective subsidiaries will be cancelled and will
cease to exist, and no consideration will be delivered in exchange therefor. The Transaction Agreement also
provides a mechanism for converting outstanding Company equity awards to ListCo awards. The Transaction is
WESTROCK COMPANY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
68
expected to close in the second calendar quarter of 2024, conditional upon regulatory approvals, shareholder
approvals and satisfaction of other closing cond itions. We expect that the ListCo shares will be (i) registered under
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and listed on the NYSE and (ii) listed on the FCA and admitted
to trading on the main market for listed securities of LSE. Shares of our Common Stock will be delisted from the
NYSE and deregistered under the Exchange Act.
The Transaction is subject to certain conditions set forth in the Transaction Agreement, including, but not limited
to: certain regulatory clearances, approval by the shareholders and stockholders of both companies (75% or more
for Smurfit Kappa shareholders and a majority for our stockholders), the registration statement for the offer of ListCo
Shares being declared effective by the SEC and the approval of the ListCo Shares for listing on the NYSE.
The Transaction Agreement contains certain termination rights for both parties. Upon termination of the
Transaction Agreement under specified circumstances, including if our board changes or withdraws its
recommendation to our stockholders or willfully breaches its non-solicitation covenant, we will be required to make
a payment to Smurfit Kappa equal to $147 million in cash. If the Transaction Agreement is terminated in connection
with the failure to obtain our stockholders’ approval, we will be required to make a payment to Smurfit Kappa equal
to $57 million in cash. Smurfit Kappa will be required to make payments to us in connection with the termination of
the Transaction Agreement under specified circumstances.
The foregoing summary of the Transaction Agreement does not purport to be complete and is subject to and
qualified in its entirety by the full text of the Transaction Agreement.
Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation
The preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP requires management to use judgment in the
application of accounting policies, including making estimates and assumptions. Actual results may differ from these
estimates.
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of WestRock and our partially owned subsidiaries
for which we have a controlling financial interest, including variable interest entities for which we are the primary
beneficiary.
Equity investments in which we exercise significant influence but do not control and are not the primary
beneficiary are accounted for as equity method investments. Investments without a readily determinable value in
which we are not able to exercise significant influence over the investee are accounted for under the measurement
alternative (i.e., cost less impairment, adjusted for any qualifying observable price changes). Our investments
accounted for under the equity method or the measurement alternative method are not material either individually
or in the aggregate. We have eliminated all significant intercompany accounts and transactions. See Note 8.
Segment Information for additional information on our equity method investments.
Reclassifications and Adjustments
Certain amounts in prior periods have been reclassified to conform with the current year presentation.
Immaterial Presentation Correction
In the third quarter of fiscal 2023, we evaluated our financing facilities, determined that the borrowings and
repayments for certain facilities should be presented gross instead of net within financing cash flow activities on our
consolidated statements of cash flows, and corrected the presentation of relevant prior period amounts. The
correction increased both Additions to debt and Repayments of debt by $385.0 million and increased both Additions
to revolving credit facilities and Repayments of revolving credit facilities by $5.0 million in fiscal 2022, resulting in
Additions to debt of $888.2 million, Repayments of debt of $1,376.5 million, Additions to revolving credit facilities of
$382.4 million and Repayments of revolving credit facilities of $378.3 million, with no change to Net cash used for
financing activities. The correction has no effect on the previously reported net cash flows from operating or
investing activities. Additionally, the correction did not impact cash flows reported for fiscal 2021. Management does
not believe the correction to be material to our current or previously filed financial statements.
WESTROCK COMPANY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
69
Ransomware Incident
As previously disclosed, on January 23, 2021, we detected a ransomware incident impacting certain of our
systems. Promptly upon our detection of this incident, we initiated response and containment protocols and our
security teams, supplemented by leading cyber defense firms, worked to remediate this incident. These actions
included taking preventative measures, such as shutting down certain systems out of an abundance of caution, as
well as taking steps to supplement existing security monitoring, scanning and protective measures. In our Form 10-
Q for the second quarter of fiscal 2021, we announced that all systems were back in service.
We undertook extensive efforts to identify, contain and recover from this incident quickly and securely. Our
teams worked to maintain our business operations and minimize the impact on our customers and team members.
In our Form 10-Q for the second quarter of fiscal 2021, we announced that all systems were back in service. All of
our mills and converting locations began producing and shipping paper and packaging at pre-ransomware levels in
March 2021 or earlier. Our mill system production was approximately 115,000 tons lower than planned for the
quarter ended March 31, 2021 as a result of this incident. While shipments from some of our facilities initially lagged
behind production levels, this gap closed as systems were restored during the second quarter of fiscal 2021. In
locations where technology issues were identifie d, we used alternative methods, in many cases manual methods,
to process and ship orders. We systematically brought our information systems back online in a controlled, phased
approach.
We estimated the pre-tax income impact of the lost sales and operational disruption of this incident on our
operations in the second quarter of fiscal 2021 was approximately $50 million, as well as approximately $20 million
of ransomware recovery costs, primarily professional fees. In addition, we incurred approximately $9 million of
ransomware recovery costs in the third quarter of fiscal 2021. In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2021, we recorded a
$15 million credit for preliminary recoveries approximately $10 million as a reduction of SG&A expense excluding
intangible amortization and approximately $5 million as a reduction of Cost of goods sold. In fiscal 2022, we
recorded a $57.2 million credit for ransomware insurance recoveries, recording $50.6 million of business interruption
recoveries as a reduction of Cost of goods sold and $6.6 million of direct cost recoveries as a reduction of SG&A
expense excluding intangible amortization. In fiscal 2023, we recorded a $10. 0 million credit for ransomware
insurance recoveries as a reduction of Cost of goods sold. We present ransomware recoveries received as Net
cash provided by operating activities in our consolidated statements of cash flows. Our recoveries related to the
ransomware incide nt are now complete.
In order to contain and remediate the cybersecurity incident, we engaged a leading cybersecurity defense firm
to complete a forensics investigation and performed short-term mitigation actions in the latter half of 2021.
Mitigations performed included the execution of a company-wide password reset and the deployment of security
tooling across all our servers and workstations. Additionally, to address longer term security objectives, we
developed a multi-year security and resiliency roadmap, aimed to strengthen the company’s ability to detect,
respond, and recover from security incidents. This roadmap included initiatives to bolster our information security
posture across the enterprise, and to deploy technology and process improvements to allow for faster and more
effective incident response and recovery. More specifically, key areas of focus for the resiliency roadmap included:
strengthening security monitoring controls, improving security at our operating locations, automating identity and
access management, expanding third-party security, modernizing the network and file and print infrastructure, and
updating backup capabilities.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires us to make estimates
and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results may
differ from those estimates, and the differences could be material.
We base our estimates on the current information available, our experiences and various other assumptions
believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. The process of determining significant estimates is fact specific
and takes into account factors such as historical experience, current and expected economic conditions, pricing
WESTROCK COMPANY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
70
cycles relating to industry capacity, product mix, and in some cases, actuarial techniques. We regularly evaluate
these sign ificant factors and make adju stments where facts and circumstances dictate.
Revenue Recognition
We generally recognize revenue on a point-in-time basis when the customer takes title to the goods and
assumes the risks and rewards for the goods, which coincide with the transfer of control of our goods to the
customer. Additionally, we manu facture certain customized products that have no alternative use to us (since they
are made to specific customer specifications), and we believe that for certain customers we have a legally
enforceable right to payment for performance completed to date on these products, including a reasonable profit.
For products that meet these two criteria, we recognize revenue “over time”. This results in revenue recognition
prior to the date of shipment or title transfer for these products and results in the recognition of a contract asset
(unbilled receivables) with a corresponding reduction in finished goods inventory on our balance sheet.
Revenue is measured as the amount of consideration we expect to receive in exchange for transferring goods.
Our revenues are primarily derived from fixed consideration. However, we net provisions for discounts, returns,
allowances, customer rebates and other adjustments against our gross sales. Such adjustments are based on
historical experience which is consistent with the most likely method as provided in ASC 606 Revenue from
Contracts with Customers (“ASC 606”).
As permitted by ASC 606, we have elected to treat costs associated with obtaining new contracts as expenses
when incurred if the amortization period of the asset we would recognize is one year or less. We do not record
interest income when the difference in timing of control transfer and customer payment is one year or less. We also
account for sales and other taxes that are imposed on and concurrent with individual revenue-producing
transactions between a customer and us on a net basis which excludes the taxes from our net sales.
Shipping and Handling Costs
We classify shipping and handling costs, such as freight to our customers’ destinations, as a component of cost
of goods sold. When shipping and handling costs are included in the sales price charged for our products, they are
recognized in net sales since we treat shipping and handling as fulfilment activities.
Cash Equivalents
We consider all highly liquid investments that mature three months or less from the date of purchase to be cash
equivalents. The carrying amounts of our cash and cash equivalents approximate fair market values. We place our
cash and cash equivalents primarily with large credit-worthy banks, which limits the amount of our credit exposure.
Accounts Receivable and Allowances
We derive our accounts receivable from revenue earned from customers located primarily in North America,
South America, Europe, Asia and Australia. Given our diverse customer base, we have limited exposure to credit
loss from any particular customer or industry segment, and hence we generally do not require collateral. We perform
an evaluation of lifetime expected credit losses inherent in our accounts receivable at each balance sheet date.
Such an evaluation includes consideration of historical loss experience, trends in customer payment frequency,
present economic conditions, and judgment about the future financial health of our customers and industry sector.
The average of our receivables collection is within 30 to 60 days. We are a party to accounts rece ivable monetization
agreements to sell to th ird-party financial institutions all of the short-term receivables generated from certain
customer trade accounts. See Note 13. Fair Value Accounts Receivable Monetization Agreements for
additional information.
We state accounts receivable at the amount owed by the customer, net of an allowance for estimated credit
impairment losses, returns and allowances, cash discounts and other adjustments. We do not discount acco unts
receivable because we generally collect accounts receivable over a relatively short time. We charge off receivables
when they are determined to be no longer collectible. We recorded credit impairment losses of $5.9 million and $4.6
million in fiscal 2023 and 2022, respectively, and income of $9.4 million in fiscal 2021.
WESTROCK COMPANY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
71
The following table represents a summary of the changes in the reserve for allowance for estimated credit
impairment losses, returns and allowances, and cash discounts for fiscal 2023, 2022 and 2021 (in millions):
2023 2022 2021
Balance at beginning of fiscal year $ 66.3 $ 68.1 $ 66.3
Reduction in sales and charges to costs and expenses 252.0 261.9 236.5
Deductions (258.1) (263.7 ) (234.7)
Balance at end of fiscal year $ 60.2 $ 66.3 $ 68.1
Inventories
We value our U.S. inventories at the lower of cost or market, with cost for the majority of our U.S. inventories
determined on the last-in first-out (“LIFO”) basis. We value all other inventories at the lower of cost and net realizable
value, with cost determined using methods that approximate cost computed on a first-in first-out inventory valuation
method (“FIFO”) basis. These other inventories are primarily foreign inventories, distribution business inventories,
spare parts inventories and certain inventoried supplies and aggregate to approximately 43% and 35% of FIFO cost
of all inventory at September 30, 2023 and 2022, respectively. The increase in fiscal 2023 is primarily due to the
Mexico Acqu isition. See Note 10. Inventories for additional information.
Prior to the application of the LIFO method, our U.S. operating divisions use a variety of methods to estimate
the FIFO cost of their finished goods inventories. Such methods include standard costs, or average costs computed
by dividing the actual cost of goods manufacture d by the tons produced and multiplying this amount by the tons of
inventory on hand. Variances and other unusual items are analyzed to determine whether it is appropriate to include
those items in the value of inventory. Examples of variances and unusual items that are considered to be current
period charges include, but are not limited to, production levels, freight, handling costs, and wasted materials
(spoilage) that are determined to be abnormal. Costs include raw materials and supplies, direct labor, indirect labor
related to the manufacturing process, and depreciation and other factory overheads. Our inventoried spare parts
are measured at average cost.
Leased Assets
When adopting the provisions of ASC 842, “Leases” we elected the package of three practical expedients
permitted within the standard pursuant to wh ich we did not reassess initial direct costs, lease classification or
whether our contracts contain or are leases. We lease various real estate, including certain operating facilities,
warehouses, office space and land. We also lease material handling equipment, vehicles and certain other
equipment. We record our operating lease right-of-use (“ROU”) assets and liabilities at the commencement date of
the lease based on the present value of lease payments over the lease term.
ROU assets represent our right to use an underlying asset for the lease term and lease liabilities represent our
obligation to make lease payments arising from the lease. Our leases may include options to extend or terminate
the lease. These options to extend are included in the lease term when it is reasonably certain that we will exercise
that option. While some leases provide for variable payments, they are not included in the ROU assets and liabilities
because they are not based on an index or rate. Variable payments for real estate leases primarily relate to common
area maintenance, insurance, taxes and utilities. Variable payments for equipment, vehicles and leases within
supply agreements primarily relate to usage, repairs, and maintenance. As the implicit rate is not readily
determinable for our leases, we apply a portfolio approach using an estimated incremental borrowing rate to
determine the initial present value of lease payments over the lease terms on a collateralized basis over a similar
term, which is based on market and company specific information. We use the unsecured borrowing rate and risk-
adjust that rate to approximate a collateralized rate, and apply the rate based on the currency of the lease, which
is updated on a monthly basis for measurement of new lease liabilities.
We have made an accounting policy election to not recognize an ROU asset and liability for leases wit h a term
of 12 months or less unless the lease includes an option to renew or purchase the underlying asset that we are
reasonably certain to exercise. In addition, the Company has applied the practical expedient to account for the lease
and non-lease components as a single lease component for all of the Company's leases. See Note 15. Leases
for additional information.
WESTROCK COMPANY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
72
Property, Plant and Equipment
We record property, plant and equipment at cost less accumulated depreciation. Cost includes major
expenditures for improvements and replacements that extend useful lives, increase capacity, increase revenues or
reduce costs, while normal maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred. For financial reporting purposes,
we provide depreciation and amortization primarily on a straight-line method generally over the estimated useful
lives of the assets as follows:
Buildings and building improvements 15-40 years
Machinery and equipment 3-25 years
Transportation equipment 3-8 years
Generally, our machinery and equipment have estimated useful lives between 3 and 25 years; however, select
portions of machinery and equipment primarily at our mills have estimated useful lives up to 44 years. Greater than
90% of the cost of our mill assets have useful lives of 25 years or less. Leasehold improvements are depreciated
over the shorter of the asset life or the lease term, generally between 3 and 10 years.
Goodwill
In accordance with ASC 350, we review the carrying value of our goodwill annually at the beginning of the fourth
quarter of each fiscal year, or more often if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount
may exceed fair value. We test goodwill for impairment at the reporting unit leve l, which is an operating segment or
one level below an operating segment, referred to as a component. A component of an operating segment is a
reporting unit if the component constitutes a business for which discrete financial information is available and
segment management regularly reviews the operating results of that component. However, two or more
components of an operating segment are aggregated and deemed a single reporting unit if the components have
similar economic characteristics. The amount of goodwill acquired in a business combination that is assigned to
one or more reporting units as of the acquisition date is the excess of the purchase price of the acquired businesses
(or portion thereof) included in the reporting unit, over the fair value assigned to the in dividual assets acquired or
liabilities assumed from a market participant perspective. Goodwill is assigned to the reporting unit(s) expected to
benefit from the synergies of the combination even though other assets or liabilities of the acquired entity may not
be assigned to that reporting unit. We determine recoverability by comparing the estimated fair value of the reporting
unit to which the goodwill applies to the carrying value, including goodwill, of that reporting unit. We determine the
fair value of each reporting unit using the present value of expected cash flows (“Income Approach”) or, as
appropriate, a combination of the Income Approach and the guideline public company method (“Market
Approach”).
ASC 350 allows an optional qualitative assessment, prior to a quantitative assessment test, to determine
whether it is “more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount. We generally
do not attempt a qualitative assessment and move directly to the quantitative test. As part of the quantitative test,
we utilize the present value of expected cash flows or, as appropriate, a combination of the present value of
expected cash flows and the guideline public company method to determine the estimated fair value of our reporting
units. This present value model requires management to estimate future cash flows, the timing of these cash flows,
and a discount rate (based on a weighted average cost of capital), which represents the time value of money and
the inherent risk and uncertainty of the future cash flows. Factors that management must estimate when performing
this step in the process include, among other items, sales volume, prices, EBITDA margins, capital expenditures
and discount rates. The assumptions we use to estimate future cash flows are consistent with the assumptions that
the reporting units use for internal planning purposes, which we believe would be generally consistent with that of
a market participant. Under the guideline public company method, we estimate the fair value of the reporting unit
based on published EBITDA multiples of comparable public companies with similar operations and economic
characteristics. The fair values determined by the discounted cash flow and guideline public company methods are
weighted to arrive at the concluded fair value of the reporting unit. However, in instances where comparisons to our
peers is less meaningful, no weight is placed on the guideline public company method to arrive at the concluded
fair value of the reporting unit. If we determine that the estimated fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying
amount, goodwill of the reporting unit is not impaired. If we determine that the carrying amount of the reporting unit
exceeds its estimated fair value, we measure the goodwill impairment charge based on the excess of a reporting
WESTROCK COMPANY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
73
unit’s carrying amount over its fair value, but not in excess of the total amount of goodwill allocated to the respective
reporting unit, as required under ASU 2017-04 Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment”.
In the second quarter of fiscal 2023, due to the sustained decrease in our market capitalization an d the further
deterioration of macroeconomic conditions, including the impact of soft demand, pricing pressure and elevated
inflation, which negatively affected our long-term forecasts in certain segments, we concluded that impairment
indicators existed. As a result, we completed an interim quantitative goodwill impairment test in conjunction with our
normal quarterly reporting process. Consistent with past practice, the estimated fair value of our reporting units was
determined using a combination of Income Approach and the Market Approach. These fair value determinations
require considerable judgment and are sensitive to changes in underlying assumptions, estimates, and market
factors.
In fiscal 2023, we recorded a pre-tax, non-cash impairment charge of $1,893.0 million ($1,821.8 million after-
tax) associated with our interim goodwill impairment analysis completed in the second quarter. See Note 8.
Segment Information of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.
During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2023, we completed our annual goodwill impairment testing. We considered
factors such as, but not limited to, our expectations for macroeconomic conditions, industry and market
considerations, and financial performance, incl uding plan ned revenue, earnings and capital investments of each
reporting un it. The discount rate used for each reporting unit ranged from 9.5% to 14.5%. We used perpetual growth
rates ranging from 0.0% to 1.0%. All reporting units that have goodwill were noted to have a fair value that exceeded
their carrying values. The fair value of our Consumer Packaging reporting unit exceeded its carrying value by 30%.
However, ou r Corrugated Packaging and Distribution reporting units had fair values that exceeded their respective
carrying values by less than 10%. Our Corrugated Packaging reporting unit had a narrow fair value cushion due to
the goodwill impairment charge recorded for the reporting unit in the second quarter of fiscal 2023 and the fair value
accounting related to the Mexico Acquisition.
If we had concluded that it was appropriate to increase the di scount rate we used by 100 basis points, the fair
value of only our Consumer Packaging reporting unit would have continued to exceed its carrying value. In our
fiscal 2023 an nual goodwill impairment analysis, projected future cash flows for the Corrugated Packaging and
Distribution reporting units were discounted at 9.5% and 14.5%, respectively. Based on the discounted cash flow
model and holding other valuation assumptions constant, the discount rates for Corrugated Packaging and
Distribution reporting units would have to be increased to 9.9% and 15.4%, respectively, in order for the estimated
fair value of the reporting units to fall below their carrying values.
At September 30, 2023, the Corrugated Packaging, Consumer Packaging and Distribution reporting units had
$2,603.7 million, $1,506.6 million and $138.4 million of goodwill, respectively. Our Global Paper reporting unit had
no goodwill. Because the fair values of the Corrugated Packaging and Distribution reporting units are not
substantially more than their carrying values, these reporting units have greater risk of future impairments should
we experience adverse changes in our assumptions, estimates, or market factors. If the assumptions, estimates,
and market factors underlying our fair value determinations change adversely, we may be exposed to additional
impairment charges, which could be material. Additionally, there are certain risks inherent to our operations as
described in Item 1A. Risk Factors”.
Subsequent to our annual test, we monitored industry econom ic trends through the end of fiscal 2023 and
determined no additional testing for goodwill impairment was warranted. We have not made any material changes
to our impairment loss assessment methodology during the past three fiscal years.
Long-Lived Asse ts
We follow the provisions included in ASC 360, “Property, Plant, and Equipment” in determining whether the
carrying value of any of our long-lived assets, including amortizable intangibles other than goodwill, is impaired.
The ASC 360 test is a three-step test for assets that are “held and used as that term is defined by ASC 360. We
determine whether indicators of impairment are present. We review long-lived assets for impairment when events
or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the long-lived asset might not be recoverable. If
we determine that indicators of impairment are present, we determine whether the estimated undiscounted cash
WESTROCK COMPANY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
74
flows for the potentially impaired assets are less than the carrying value. This requires management to estimate
future cash flows through operations over the remaining useful life of the asset and its ultimate disposition. The
assumptions we use to estimate future cash flows are consistent with the assumptions we use for internal planning
purposes, updated to reflect current expectations. If our estimated undiscounted cash flows do not exceed the
carrying value, we estimate the fair value of the asset and record an impairment charge if the carrying value is
greater than the fair value of the asset. We estimate fair value using discounted cash flows, observable prices for
similar assets, or other valuation techniques. We record assets classified as “held for sale at the lower of their
carrying value or estimated fair value less anticipated costs to sell. See Note 5. Restructuring and Other Costs,
Net for additional information on long-lived asset write-offs included in restructuring charges recorded in
conjunction with our decision to permanently cease operations at our Tacoma, WA and North Charleston, SC
containerboard mills. Our long-lived assets, including intangible assets, remain recoverable.
Included in our long-lived assets are certain identifiable intangible assets. These intangible assets are amortized
based on the approximate pattern in which the economic benefits are consumed or straight-line if the pattern was
not reliably dete rminable. Estimated useful lives range from 2 to 40 years and have a weighted average life of
approximately 15.9 years.
Our judgments regarding the existence of impairment indicators are based on legal factors, market conditions
and operational performance. Future events could cause us to conclude that impairment indicators exist and that
assets associated with a particular operation are impaired. Evaluating impairment also requires us to estimate future
operating results and cash flows, which also require judgment by management. Any resulting impairment loss could
have a material adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations.
Cloud Computing Arrangements
We utilize cloud computing arrangements such as hosting arrangements which are service contracts, whereby
we gain remote access to use software hosted by the vendor or another third party on an as-needed basis for a
period of time in exchange for a subscription fee. Subscription fees are usually prepaid and recorded in operating
expense over the related subscription period. Implementation costs for cloud computing arrangements are
capitalized within Other current assets or Other noncurrent assets if certain criteria are met and consist of internal
and external costs directly attributable to developing and configuring cloud computing software for its intended use.
Amortization of capitalized implementation costs is recorded as operating expense on a straight-line basis over the
term of the cloud computing arrangement, which is the non-cancellable period of the agreement, together with
periods covered by renewal options which we are reasonably certain to exercise. The unamortized implementation
costs related to our cloud computing arrangements were $51.7 million, $4.1 million and $1.1 million at September
30, 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively. The increase in fiscal 2023 was related to our business systems
transformation project.
Restructuring and Other Costs, Net
Our restructuring and other costs, net include primarily items such as restructuring portions of our operations,
acquisition costs, integration costs and divestiture costs. We have restructured portions of our operations from time
to time, have current restructuring initiatives taking place, and it is likely that we will engage in future restructuring
activities.
When we close a facility, if necessary, we recognize a write-down to reduce the carrying value of related
property, plant and equipment and lease ROU assets to their fair value and record charges for severance and other
employee-related costs. We reduce the carrying value of the assets classified as held for sale to their estimated fair
value less cost to sell. Any subsequent change in fair value less cost to sell prior to disposition is recognized as it
is identified; however, no gain is recognized in excess of the cumulative loss previously recorded unless the actual
selling price exceeds the original carrying value upon its ultimate sale. For facility closures, we also generally expect
to record costs for equipment relocation, facility carrying costs and costs to terminate a lease or contract before the
end of its term.
Although specific circumstances vary, our strategy has ge nerally been to consolidate our sales and operations
into large well-equipped facilities that operate at high utilization rates and take advantage of available capacity
WESTROCK COMPANY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
75
created by operational excellence initiatives and/or further optimize our system following mergers and acquisitions
or a changing business environment. Therefore, we generally transfer a substantial portion of each closed facility's
production to our other facilities. We believe these actions have allowed us to more effectively manage our business.
Identifying and calculating the cost to exit operations requires certain assumptions to be made, the most
significant of which are anticipated future liabilities, including severance costs, contractual obligations, and the
adjustments of property, plant and equipment and lease ROU assets to their fair value. We believe our estimates
are reasonable, considering our knowledge of the industries we operate in, previous experience in exiting activities
and valuations we may obtain from independent third parties. Although our estimates have been reasonably
accurate in the past, significant judgment is required, and these estimates and assumptions may change as
additional information becomes available and facts or circumstances change. See Note 5. Restructuring and
Other Costs, Net for additional information, including a description of the type of costs incurred.
Business Combinations
From time to time, we may enter into business combinations. In accordance with ASC 805, Business
Combinations”, we generally recognize the identifiable assets acquired, the liabilities assumed, and any
noncontrolling interests in an acquiree at their fair values as of the date of acquisition. We measure goodwill as the
excess of consideration transferred, which we also measure at fair value, over the net of the acquisition date fair
values of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The acquisition method of accounting requires us
to make significant estimates and assumptions regarding the fair values of the elements of a business combination
as of the date of acquisition, including the fair values of identifiable intangible assets, deferred tax asset valuation
allowances, liabilities including those related to debt, pensions and other postretirement plans, uncertain tax
positions, contingent consideration and contingencies. Significant estimates and assumptions include subjective
and/or complex judgments regarding items such as discount rates, customer attrition rates, economic lives and
other factors, including estimating future cash flows that we expect to generate from the acquired assets.
The acquisition method of accounting also requires us to refine these estimates over a measurement period
not to exceed one year to reflect new information obtained about facts and circumstances that existed as of the
acquisition date that, if known, would have affected the measurement of the amounts recognized as of that date. If
we are required to adjust provisional amounts that we have recorded for the fair values of assets and liabilities in
connection with acquisitions, these adjustments could have a material impact on our financial condition and results
of operations. If the subsequent actual results and updated projections of the underlying business activity change
compared with the assumptions and projections used to develop these values, we could record future impairment
charges. In ad dition, we have estimated the economic lives of certain acquired assets and these lives are used to
calculate depreciation and amortization expense. If our estimates of the economic lives change, depr ecia tion or
amortization expenses could be increased or decreased, or the acquired asset could be impaired.
Fair Value Measurements
We estimate fair values in accordance with ASC 820 “Fair Value Measurement”. ASC 820 provides a framework
for measuring fair value and expands disclosures required about fair value measurements. Specifically, ASC 820
sets forth a definition of fair value and a hierarchy prioritizing the inputs to valuation techniques. ASC 820 defines
fair value as the price that would be received from the sale of an asset or paid to transfer a liability in the principal
or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the
measurement date. Additionally, ASC 820 establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes observable and
unobservable inputs used to measure fair value into three broad levels:
Level 1 Quoted prices in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for identical
assets and liabilities. The fair value hierarchy gives the highest priority to level 1 inputs.
Level 2 Observable inputs other than quoted prices in active markets.
Level 3 Unobservable inputs for which there is little or no market data available. The fair value hierarchy
gives the lowest priority to level 3 inputs.
WESTROCK COMPANY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
76
We incorporate credit valuation adjustments to reflect both our own nonperformance risk and the resp ective
counterparty’s nonperforma nce risk in our fair value measurements.
Financial instruments not recognized at fair value on a recurring or nonrecurring basis include cash and cash
equivalents, accounts receivables, certain other current assets, short-term debt, accounts payable, certain other
current liabilities and long-term debt. With the exception of long-term debt, the carrying amounts of these financial
instruments approximate their fair values due to their short maturities. The fair values of our long-term debt are
estimated using quoted market prices or are based on the discounted value of future cash flows. We disclose the
fair value of long-term debt in Note 14. Debt and our pension and postretirement assets and li abilities in Note 6.
Retirement Plans. We have, or from time to time may have, financial instruments recognized at fair value including
supplemental retirement savings plans (“Supplemental Plans”) that are nonqualified deferred compensation plans
pursuant to which assets are invested primarily in mutual funds, interest rate derivatives, commodity derivatives or
other similar class of assets or liabilities, the fair value of which are not significant. We measure the fair value of our
mutual fund investments based on quoted prices in active markets. Additionally, we measure our derivative
contracts, if any, based on observable inputs such as interest rates, yield curves, spot and future commodity prices,
and spot and future exchange rates.
We measure certain assets and liabilities at fair value on a nonrecurring basis. These assets and liabilities
include equity method investments when they are deemed to be other-than-temporarily impa ired, investments for
which the fair value measurement alternative is elected, assets acquired and liabilities assumed when they are
deemed to be other-than-temporarily impaired, assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a merger or an acquisition
or in a nonmonetary exchange, property, plant and equipment, ROU assets related to operating leases, goodwill
and other intangible assets that are written down to fair value when they are held for sale or determined to be
impaired. See Note 5. Restructuring and Other Costs, Net for impairments associated with restructuring
activities. Given the nature of such assets and liabilities, evaluating their fair value from the perspective of a market
participant is inherently complex. Assumptions and estimates about future values can be affected by a variety of
internal and external factors. Changes in these factors may require us to revise our estimates and could result in
future impairment charges for goodwill and acquired intangible assets, or retroactively adjust provisional amounts
that we have recorded for the fair values of assets and liabilities in connection with business combinations. These
adjustments could have a material impact on our financial condition and results of operations. We discuss fair values
in more detail in Note 13. Fair Value”.
Derivatives
We are exposed to interest rate risk, commodity price risk and foreign currency exchange risk. To manage
these risks, from time to time and to varying degrees, we may enter into a variety of financial derivative transactions
and certain physical commodity transactions that are determined to be derivatives. Interest rate swaps may be
entered into to manage the interest rate risk associated with a portion of our outstanding debt. Interest rate swaps
are either designated for accounting purposes as cash flow hedges of forecasted floating interest payments on
variable rate debt or fair value hedges of fixed rate debt, or we may elect not to treat them as accounting hedges.
Swaps or forward contracts on certain commodities may be entered into to manage the price risk associated with
forecasted purchases or sales of those commodities. In addition, certain commodity financial derivative contracts
and physical commodity contracts that are determined to be derivatives may not be designated as accounting
hedges because either they do not meet the criteria for treatment as accounting hedges under ASC 815,
Derivatives and Hedging (“ASC815), or we elect not to treat them as accounting hedges under ASC 815.
Generally, we elect the normal purchase, normal sale scope exception for physical commodity contracts that are
determined to be derivatives. We may also enter into forward contracts to manage our exposure to fluctuations in
foreign currency rates with respect to transactions denominated in foreign currencies. These also can either be
designated for accounting purposes as cash flow hedges or not so designated. Derivative financial instruments are
not used for trading or other speculative purposes.
Outstanding financial derivative instruments expose us to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the
counterparties to the derivative agreements. Our credit exposure related to these financial instruments is
represented by the fair value of contracts reported as assets. We manage our exposure to counterparty credit risk
through minimum credit standards, diversification of counterparties and procedures to monitor concentrations of
credit risk. We may enter into financial derivative contracts that may contain credit-risk-related contingent features
WESTROCK COMPANY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
77
which could result in a counterparty requesting immediate payment or demanding immediate and ongoing full
overnight collateralization on derivative instruments in net liability positions.
For financial derivative instruments that are designated as a cash flow hedge for accounting purposes, the
entire change in fair value of the financial derivative instrument is reported as a component of other comprehensive
income and reclassified into earnings in the same line item associated with the forecasted transaction, and in the
same period or periods during which the forecasted transaction affects earnings. For financial derivative instruments
that are not designated as accounting hedges, the entire change in fair value of the financial instrument is reported
immediately in current period earnings.
We have at times entered into interest rate swap agreements that effectively modified our exposure to interest
rate risk by converting a portion of our interest payments on floating rate debt to a fixed rate basis, thus reducing
the impact of interest rate changes on future interest expense. These agreements typically involved the receipt of
floating rate amounts in exchange for fixed interest rate payments over the life of the agreements without an
exchange of the underlying principal amount.
See Note 16. Derivatives for additional information regarding our foreign currency and natural gas commodity
derivatives.
Health Insurance
We are self-insured for the majority of our group health insurance costs. However, we seek to limit our health
insurance costs by entering into certain stop loss insurance coverage. Due to mergers, acquisitions and other
factors, we may have plans that do not include stop loss insurance. We calculate our group health insurance reserve
on an undiscounted basis based on estimated reserve rates. We utilize claims lag data provided by our claims
administrators to compute the required estimated reserve rate. We calculate our average monthly claims paid using
the actual monthly payments during the trailing 12-month period. At that time, we also calculate our required reserve
using the reserve rates discussed above. While we believe that our assumptions are appropriate, significant
differences in our actual experience or significant chang es in our assumptions may materially affect our group health
insurance costs.
Workers’ Compensation
We purchase large risk deductible workers’ compensation policies for the majority of our workers’ compensation
liabilities that are subject to various deductibles to limit our exposure. We calculate our workers’ compensation
reserves on an undiscounted basis based on estimated actuarially calcul ated development factors. While we believe
that our assumptions are appropriate, significant differences in our actual experience or significant changes in our
assumptions may materially affect our workers' compensation costs.
Income Taxes
We account for income taxes under the asset and liability method, which requires the recognition of deferred
tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial
statements. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the differences between
the financial statement carrying amount and the tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect
for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax
assets and liabilities is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. All deferred tax assets
and liabilities are classified as noncurrent in our consolidated balance sheet.
We record net deferred tax assets to the extent we believe these assets will more likely than not be realized. In
making such determination, we consider all available positive and negative evidence, including future reversals of
existing taxable temporary differences, projected future taxable income, tax planning strategies, recent financial
operations and their associated valuation allowances, if any. In the event we were to determine that we would be
able to realize or not realize our deferred income tax assets in the future in their net recorded amount, we would
make an adjustment to the valuation allowance, which would reduce or increase the provision for income taxes,
respectively.
WESTROCK COMPANY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
78
Certain provisions of ASC 740, “Income Taxes provide that a tax benefit from an uncertain tax position may be
recognized when it is “more likely than not” that the position will be sustained upon examination, including
resolutions of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical merits. We use significant
judgment in (i) determining whether a tax position, based solely on its technical merits, is “more likely than not to
be sustained upon examination and (ii) measuring the tax benefit as th e largest amount of benefit that is “more
likely than not” to be realized upon ultimate settlement. We do not record any benefit for the tax positions where we
do not meet the “more likely than not” initial recognition threshold. Income tax positions must meet a “more likely
than not recognition threshold at the effective date to be recognized. We recognize interest and penalties related
to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense in the consolidated statements of operations. Resolution of the
uncertain tax positions could have a material adverse effect on our cash flows or materially benefit our results of
operations in future periods depending upon their ultimate resolution.
On December 22, 2017, the U.S. enacted comprehensive tax legislation, commonly referred to as the Tax Act.
As part of the enacted Tax Act, Global Intangible Low Taxed Income (“GILTI”) provisions were introduced that
would impose a tax on foreign income in excess of a deemed return on tangible assets of foreign corporations. We
have el ected to treat any potential GILTI inclusions as a period cost during the year incurred.
On August 16, 2022, the Inflation Reduction Act was signed into law, with tax provisions primarily focused on
implementing a 15% minimum tax on global adjusted financial statement income and a 1% excise tax on share
repurchases. While we are still evaluating the impact that provisions of the Inflation Reduction Act becoming
effective in fiscal 2024 will have on our financial resu lts, we do not be lieve the impact will be material.
Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits
We account for pension and other postretirement benefits in accordance with ASC 715, Compensation
Retirement Benefits”. Accordingly, we recognize the funded status of our pension plans as assets or liabilities in
our consolidated balance sheets. The funded status is the difference between our projected benefit obligations and
fair value of plan assets. The determination of our obligation and expense for pension and other postretirement
benefits is dependent on our selection of certain assumptions used by actuaries in calculating such amounts. We
describe these assumptions in Note 6. Retirement Plans”, which include, among others, the discount rate,
expected long-term rates of return on plan assets and rates of increase in compensation levels. We defer actual
results that differ from our assumptions, i.e., actuarial gains and losses, and amortize the difference over future
periods. Therefore, these differences generally affect our recognized expense and funding requirements in future
periods. Actuarial gains and losses occur when actual experience differs from the estimates used to determine the
components of net periodic pension cost and when certain assumptions used to determine the fair value of the plan
assets or projected benefit obligation are updated, such as but not limited to, changes in the discount rate, plan
amendments, differences between actual and expected returns on plan assets, mortality assumptions and plan
remeasurement.
The amount of unrecognized actuarial gains and losses recognized in the current year’s operations is based
on amortizing the unrecognized gains or losses for each plan that exceed the larger of 10% of the projected benefit
obligation or the fair value of plan assets, also known as “the corridor”. The amount of unrecognized gain or loss
that exceeds the corridor is amortized over the average future service of the plan participants or the average life
expectancy of inactive plan participants for plans where all or almost all of the plan participants are inactive. While
we believe that our assumptions are appropriate, significant differences in our actual experience or significant
changes in ou r assumptions may materially affect ou r pension and other postretirement benefit obligations and our
future expen se.
Share-Based Compensation
We recognize expense for share-based compensation plans based on the estimated fair value of the related
awards in accordance with ASC 718, Compensation Stock Compensation”. Pursuant to our incentive stock plans,
we can grant options, restricted stock, restricted stock units and stock appreciation rights (“SAR or SARs”) to
employees and non-employee directors. The grants generally vest over a period of up to three years depending on
the nature of the award, except for non-employee director grants, which typically vest over a period of up to one
year. The majority of our awards are restricted stock units granted to employees and generally contain performance
WESTROCK COMPANY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
79
or market conditions that must be met in conjunction with a service requirement for the shares to vest, others contain
only a service requirement. We charge compensation expense under the plan to earnings over each award’s
individual vesting period. Forfeitures are estimated based on historical experience. See Note 22. Share-Based
Compensation for additional information.
Asset Retirement Obligations
We account for asset retirement obligations in accordance with ASC 410, Asset Retirement and Environmental
Obligations”. A liability an d an asset are re corded equal to the present value of the estimated costs associated with
the retirement of long-lived assets where a legal or contractual obligation exists and the liability can be reasonably
estimated. The liability is accreted over time and the asset is depreciated over the remaining life of the related asset.
Upon settlement of the liability, we recognize a gain or loss for any di fference between the settlement amount and
the liability recorded. We record our asset retirement obligations in Other current liabilities and Other noncurrent
liabilities.
Our asset retirement obligations consist primarily of costs related to the closure of manufacturing facilities, and
includes captive, non-hazardous solid waste landfills owned and operated by certain of our paper mill s. The
following table sets forth changes to the asset retirement obligations (in millions):
2023 2022
Balance at beginning of fiscal year $ 96.0 $ 73.6
Accretion expense 3.5 2.7
Liabilities incurred 30.7 25.1
Payments (4.2) (4.0)
Revisions in estimated cash flows 0.8 (1.4)
Foreign currency rate changes 0.2
Balance at end of fiscal year $ 127.0 $ 96.0
Liabilities incurred for our asset retirement obligations in fiscal 2023 and fiscal 2022 were primarily related to
certain manufacturing facility closures for items such as oil and process chemical removal that were previously
determined to have an indeterminate settlement date and adjustment to anticipated landfill obligations. See Note
5. Restructuring and Other Costs, Net for additional information on mill closures.
Asset retirement obligations with indeterminate settlement dates are not recorded until such time that a
reasonable estimate may be made. In the event of future closures, redesigns, or renovations of certain production
facilities, it is possible that we may be required to take steps to remove certain materials from these facilities
including asbestos and chemicals. Currently, any such obligations have an indeterminate settlement date, and we
believe that adequate information does not exist to apply an expected-present-value technique to estimate any such
potential obligations. Accordingly, we will recognize a liability for such items in the period in which sufficient
information becomes available to reasonably estimate the fair value of these obligations.
Repair and Maintenance Costs
We expense routine repair and maintenance costs as we incur them. We defer certain expenses we incur during
planned major maintenance activities and recognize the expenses ratably over the shorter of the estimated interval
until the next major maintenance activity or the life of the deferred item. This maintenance is generally performed
every 12 to 24 months and has a significant impact on our results of operations in the period performed primarily
due to lost production during the maintenance period. Planned major maintenan ce costs deferred at September 30,
2023 and 2022 were $140.9 million and $121.8 million, respectively. The assets are reco rded as Other noncurrent
assets on the consolidated balance sheets.
Foreign Curr ency
We translate the assets and liabilities of our foreign operations from their functional currency into U.S. dollars
at the rate of exchange in effect as of the balance sheet date. We reflect the resulting translation adjustments in
WESTROCK COMPANY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
80
equity. We translate the revenues and expenses of our foreign operations at a daily averag e rate prevailing for each
month during the fiscal year. We include gains or losses from foreign currency transactions, such as those resulting
from the settlement of foreign receivables or payables, in the consolidated statements of operations within Other
(expense) income, net. We recorded a gain on foreign currency transactions of $10.8 million in fiscal 2023, while
we recorded a loss on foreign currency transactions of $5.0 million and $0.7 million in fiscal 2022 and 2021,
respectively.
Environmental Remediation Costs
We accrue for losses associated with our environmental remediation obligations when it is probable that we
have incurred a liability and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. We generally recognize accruals
for estimated losses from our environmental remediation obligations no later than completion of a remedial feasibility
study and clear indication of remedial options. We adjust such accruals as further information develops or
circumstances change. We recognize recoveries of our environmental remediation costs from other parties as
assets when we deem their receipt probable. See Note 19. Commitments and Contingencies
Environmental.
New Accounting Standards Adopted in Fiscal 2023
In November 2021, the FASB issued ASU 2021-10, Government Assistance (Topic 832) Disclosures by
Business Entities about Government Assistance”. This ASU aims to increase the transparency of government
assistance through the annual disclosure of the types of assistance, an entity’s accounting for the assistance and
the effe ct of the assistance on an entity’s financial statements. This ASU is effective for annual periods beginning
after December 15, 2021 (fiscal 2023 for us), with early adoption permitted. We adopted the provisions of ASU
2021-10 beginning October 1, 2022. The adoption of this ASU did not have a material impact on our consolidated
financial statements.
In October 2021, the FASB issued ASU 2021-08, Business Combinations (Topic 805) Accounting for
Contract Assets and Contract Liabilities from Contracts with Customers”. This ASU requires an entity to recognize
and measure contract assets and contract liabilities acquired in a business combination in accordance with ASC
606. This ASU aims to reduce diversity in practice and increase comparability for both the recogniti on and
measurement of acquired revenue contracts with customers at the date of and after a business combination. This
ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022 (fiscal 2024 for us), including interim periods
therein, with early adoption permitted. We early adopted the provisions of ASU 2021-08 beginning October 1, 2022.
The adoption of this ASU did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
In March 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-04, Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848): Facilitation of the Effects
of Reference Rate Reform on Financial Reporting”. This ASU provides temporary optional expedients and
exceptions for applying GAAP guidance on contract modifications and hedge accounting to ease the financial
reporting burdens of the expected market transition from LIBOR and other interbank offered rates to alternative
reference rates, such as the Secured Overnight Financing Rate. In January 2021, the FASB issued ASU 2021-01,
which adds implementation guidance to clarify certain optional expedients in Topic 848. The ASUs could be adopted
after their respective issuance dates through December 31, 2022. In December 2022, the FASB issued ASU 2022-
06, Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848): Deferral of the Sunset Date of Topic 848”, which extends the period of
time entities can utilize the reference rate reform relief guidance under ASU 2020-04 from December 31, 2022 to
December 31, 2024. See Note 14. Debt for information regarding the amendments to our credit facilities. We
adopted the provisions of this optional guidance beginning October 1, 2022. The adoption of these ASUs did not
have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
New Accounting Standards Pending Adoption in Fiscal 2024
In September 2022, the FASB issued ASU 20 22-04, Liabilities-Supplier Finance Programs (Subtopic 405-50):
Disclosure of Supplier Finance Program Obligations”. This ASU requires that all entities that use supplier finance
programs in connection with the purchase of goods and services disclose sufficient information about the program
to allow a user of financial statements to understand the program’s nature, activity during the period, changes from
period to period, and potential magnitude. This ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022
(fiscal 2024 for us), except for the amendment on roll forward information, which is effective for fiscal years
WESTROCK COMPANY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
81
beginning after December 15, 2023 (fiscal 2025 for us), each with early adoption permitted. The adoption of this
ASU is not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
In March 2022, the FASB issued ASU 2022-01, Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): Fair Value Hedging
Portfolio Layer Method”. This ASU expands and clarifies the portfolio layer method for fair value hedges of interest
rate risk. This ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022 (fiscal 2024 for us), including
interim periods therein, with early adoption permitted. The adoption of this ASU is not expected to have a material
impact on our consolidated financial st atements.
New Accounting Standards Recently Issued
In March 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-01, Leases (Topic 842): Co mmon Control Arrangements”. This
ASU requires all lessees to amortize leasehold improvemen ts associated with common control leases over thei r
useful life to the common control group and account for them as a transfer of assets between entities under common
control at the end of the lease. This update is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2023 (fiscal
2025 for us), including interim periods therein, with early adoption permitted in any annual or interim period as of
the beginning of the related fiscal year. We are evaluating the impact of this ASU.
In June 2022, the FASB issued ASU 2022-03, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Fair Value Measurement
of Equity Securities Subject to Contractual Sale Restrictions”. This ASU clarifies that contractual sale restrictions
should not be considered in measuring the fair value of equity securities. This ASU is effective for fi scal years
beginning after December 15, 2023 (fiscal 2025 for us), including interim periods therein, with early adoption
permitted. We are evaluating the impact of this ASU.
Note 2. Revenue Recognition
Disaggregated Revenue
ASC 606 requires that we disaggregate revenue from contracts with customers into categories that depict how
the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows are affected by economic factors. The tables
below disaggregate our revenue by geographical market and product type (segment). Net sales are attributed to
geographical ma rkets based on our selling location.
The following tables summarize our disaggregated revenue by primary geographical markets for fiscal 2023,
2022 and 2021 (in millions):
Year Ended September 30, 20 23
Corrugated
Packaging
Consumer
Packaging
Global Paper Distribution
Intersegment
Sales
Total
U.S. $ 7,782.4 $ 2,843.4 $ 3,946.0 $ 1,072.7 $ (295.6) $ 15,348.9
Canada 554.3 516.1 204.9 11.1 (5.4) 1,281.0
Latin America 1,709.5 80.9 129.8 176.9 (15.3) 2,081.8
EMEA 8.7 1,201.2 47.2 (1.0) 1,256.1
Asia Pacific 300.2 42.0 342.2
Total $ 10,054.9 $ 4,941.8 $ 4,369.9 $ 1,260.7 $ (317.3) $ 20,310.0
Year Ended September 30, 20 22
Corrugated
Packaging
Consumer
Packaging Global Paper Distribution
Intersegment
Sales Total
U.S. $ 8,264.7 $ 2,870.9 $ 5,344.8 $ 1,238.3 $ (357.2) $ 17,361.5
Canada 578.8 510.0 227.7 16.1 (7.5) 1,325.1
Latin America 456.4 194.4 230.7 164.5 (0.4) 1,045.6
EMEA 7.7 1,079.9 63.2 (0.3) 1,150.5
Asia Pacific 310.0 63.8 373.8
Total $ 9,307.6 $ 4,965.2 $ 5,930.2 $ 1,418.9 $ (365.4) $ 21,256.5
WESTROCK COMPANY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
82
Year Ended September 30, 20 21
Corrugated
Packaging
Consumer
Packaging Global Paper Distribution
Intersegment
Sales Total
U.S. $ 7,518.8 $ 2,463.7 $ 4,547.7 $ 1,105.9 $ (318.9) $ 15,317.2
Canada 519.3 473. 0 205.2 19.7 (6.8) 1,210.4
Latin America 357.3 159.1 100.1 129.2 (0.3) 745.4
EMEA 5.1 1,038.2 62.7 1,106.0
Asia Pacific 299.9 67.3 (0.1) 367.1
Total $ 8,400.5 $ 4,433.9 $ 4,983.0 $ 1,254.8 $ (326.1) $ 18,746.1
Revenue Contract Balances
Contract assets are rights to consideration in exchange for goods that we have transferred to a customer when
that right is conditional on something other than the passage of time. Contract assets are reduced when the control
of the goods passes to the customer. Contract li abilities represent obligations to transfer goods or services to a
customer for which we have received consideration. Contract liabilities are reduced once control of the goods is
transferred to the customer.
The opening and closing balances of our contract assets and contract liabilities are as follows. Contract assets
and contract liabilities are reported within Other current assets and Other current liabilities, respectively, on the
consolidated balance sheets (in millions).
Contract Assets
(Short-Term)
Contract Liabilities
(Short-Term)
Beginning balance - October 1, 2022 $ 244.0 $ 13.9
Decrease (2.3) (0.4)
Ending balance - September 30, 2023 $ 241.7 $ 13.5
Performance Obligations and Significant Judgments
We primarily derive revenue from fixed consideration. Certain contracts may also include variable consideration,
typically in the form of cash discounts and volume rebates. If a contract with a customer includes variable
consideration, we estimate the expected cash discounts and other customer refunds based on historical experience.
We concluded this method is consistent with the most likely amount method under ASC 606 and allows us to make
the best estimate of the consideration we will be entitled to from customers.
Contracts or purchase orders with customers could include a single type of product or multiple types and grades
of produ cts. Regardless, the contract price with the customer is agreed to at the individual product level outlined in
the customer contracts or purchase orders. Management has concluded that the prices negotiated with each
individual customer are representative of the stand-alone selling price of the product.
Note 3. Acquisitions
When we obtain control of a business by acquiring its assets, or some or all of its equity interest, we account
for those acquisitions in accordance with ASC 805, “Business Combinations”. The estimated fair values of all assets
acquired and liabilities assumed in acquisitions are provisional and may be revised as a result of additional
information obtained during the measurement period of up to one year from the acquisition date.
Mexico Acquisition
On December 1, 2022, we completed the Mexico Acquisition. The acquiree is a leading integrated producer of
fiber-based sustainable packaging solutions that operates four paper mills, nine corrugated packaging plants and
six high graphic plants throughout Mexico, producing sustainable packaging for a wide range of end markets in the
region. This acquisition provides us with further geographic and end market diversification as well as positions us
to continue to grow in the attractive Latin American market.
WESTROCK COMPANY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
83
See below for a summary of the purchase consideration transferred as defined under ASC 805 (in millions):
Purchase
Consideration
Cash consideration transferred for 67.7% interest $ 969.8
Fair value of the previously held interest 403.7
Settlement of preexisting relationships (net receivable
from joint venture)
40.2
Purchase consideration transferred $ 1,413.7
In connection with the transaction, in the first quarter of fiscal 2023 we recognized a $46. 8 million non-cash,
pre-tax loss (or $24.6 million after release of a related deferred tax liability) on our original 32.3% investment. The
loss is reflected in the Equity in income of unconsolidated entities line item in our consolidated statements of
operations and included the write-off of historical foreign currency translation adjustments previously recorded in
Accumulated other comprehensive loss in our consolidated balance sheet, as well as the difference between the
fair value of the consideration paid and the carrying value of our prior ownership interest. The fair value of our
previously held interest in the joint venture was estimated to be $403.7 million at the acquisition date ba sed on the
cash consideration exchanged for acquiring the 67.7% equity interest adjusted for the deemed payment of a control
premium. This step-acquisition provided us with 100% control and we met the other requirements under ASC 805
for the transaction to be accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting. We have included the financial
results of the acquired operations in our Corrugated Packaging segment. Post-acquisition, sales to the operations
acquired in the Mexico Acquisition are eliminated from our Gl obal Paper segment results.
The following table summarizes the preliminary fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the
Mexico Acquisition by major class of assets and liabilities as of the acquisition date, as well as adjustments made
during fiscal 2023 (referred to as “measurement period adjustments”) (in millions):
Amounts
Recognized as of
the Acquisition
Date
Measurement
Period
Adjustments
(1) (2)
Amounts
Recognized as of
Acquisition Date
(as Adjusted)
Cash and cash equivalents $ 116.3
$
$ 116. 3
Current assets, excluding cash and cash equivalents
697.0
(71.2)
625.8
Property, plant and equipment
1,380.3
43.0
1,423.3
Goodwill
231.2
6.2
237.4
Other noncurrent assets
101.4
0.6
102.0
Total assets acquired 2,526.2
(21.4)
2,504.8
Current portion of debt
(3)
13.2
13.2
Current liabilities, excluding debt
384.8
(50.4)
334.4
Long-term debt due after one year
(3)
591.4
36.2
627.6
Pension liabilities, net of current portion
35.2
(3.1)
32.1
Deferred income taxes
69.8
(4.1)
65.7
Other noncurrent liabilities
18.1
18.1
Total liabilities assumed 1,112.5
(21.4)
1,091.1
Net assets acquired $ 1,413.7 $ $ 1,413.7
(1)
The measurement period adjustments recorded in fiscal 2023 did not have a significant impact on our consolidated statements
of operations for the year ended September 30, 2023.
(2)
The measurement period adjustments were primarily due to refinements to the carrying amounts of certain assets and liabilities.
The net impact of the measurement period adjustments resulted in a net increase in goodwill.
(3)
Includes $494.8 million of debt that we assumed and repaid in connection with the closing of the Mexico Acquisition. The
remaining balance relates to current and long-term portions of finance leases.
We continue to analyze the estimated values of all assets acquired and liabilities assumed including, among
other things, finalizing third-party valuations; therefore, the allocation of the purchase price remains preliminary and
subject to revision.
WESTROCK COMPANY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
84
Goodwill is calculated as the excess of the consideration transferred over the net assets recognized and
represents the estimated future economic benefits arising from other assets acquired that could not be individually
identified and separately recognized. The fair value assigned to goodwill is primarily attributable to buyer-specific
synergies expected to arise after the acquisition (e.g., enhanced reach of the combined organization and other
synergies), the assembled work force, and the establishment of deferred tax liabilities for the difference between
book and tax basis of the assets and liabilities acquired. The goodwill is not amortizable for income tax purposes.
Transaction costs related to the Mexico Acquisition are expensed as incurred and recorded within Restructuring
and other costs, net. See Note 5. Restructuring and Other Costs, Net for addi tional information.
Note 4. Held For Sale
Assets held for sale at September 30, 2023 and September 30, 2022 were $91.5 million and $34.4 million,
respectively. Assets held for sale for these periods were primarily related to closed facilities we are in the process
of divesting.
Note 5. Restructuring and Other Costs, Net
Summary of Restructuring and Other Initiatives
We recorded pre-tax restructuring and other costs, net of $859.2 million, $383.0 million and $30.6 million for
fiscal 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively. Of these costs, $604.6 million, $334.1 million and $13.4 million were non-
cash for fiscal 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively. These amounts are not comparable since the timing and scope
of the individual actions associated with each restructuring, acquisition, integration or divestiture can vary. We
present our restructuring and other costs, net in more detail below.
The following table summarizes our Restructuring and other costs, net for fiscal 2023, 2022 and 2021 (in
millions):
2023 2022 2021
Restructuring $ 803.9 $ 373.5 $ 27.6
Other 55.3 9.5 3.0
Restructuring and other costs, net $ 859.2 $ 383.0 $ 30.6
Restructuring
Our restructuring charges are primarily associated with restructuring portions of our operations (i.e., partial or
complete facility closures). A partial facility closure may consist of shutting down a machine and/or a workforce
reduction. We have previously incurred reduction in workforce actions, facility closure activities, impairment costs
and certain lease terminations from time to time.
We are committed to improving our return on invested capital as well as maximizing the performance of our
assets. In fiscal 2023, we announced our plan to permanently cease operating our Tacoma, WA and North
Charleston, SC containerboard mills. These mills ceased production in September 2023 and June 2023,
respectively. The combination of high operating costs and the need for significant capital investment were the
determining factors in the decision to cease operations at these mills. The Tacoma and North Charleston mills'
annual production capacity was 510,000 tons and 550,000 tons, respectively, of which approximately three-fifths
and two-thirds, respectively, was shipped to external customers of the Global Paper segment.
In fiscal 2022, we recorded various impairments and other charges associated with our decision to permanently
cease operations at our Panama City, FL mill and to permanently close the corrugated medium manufacturing
operations at our St. Paul, MN mill, as reflected in the table below in the Global Paper segment. These operations
ceased production in June 2022 and October 2022, respectively. Both operations were expected to require
significant capital investment to maintain and improve going forward, and the production of fluff pulp (at Panama
City) was not a priority in our strategy to focus on higher value markets. The Panama City, FL mill had produced
containerboard, primarily heavyweight kraft and fluff pulp, with a combined annual capacity of 645,000 tons of which
WESTROCK COMPANY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
85
approximately two-thirds was shipped to external customers. The corrugated medium manufacturing operations at
St. Paul, MN had an annual capacity of 200,000 tons of which approximately two-fifths was shipped to external
customers.
By closing these mills and the corrugated medium manufacturing operations at St. Paul, significant capital that
would have been required to keep the mills competitive in the future is expected to be deployed to improve key
assets. Charges recognized are reflected in the table below in the Global Paper segment. We expect to record
future restructuring charges, primarily associated with carrying costs. We expect these costs to be partially offset in
a future period by proceeds from the sale of these facilities.
In fiscal 2021, our restructuring charges included an impairment of assets and a gain on lease termination
associated with our Richmond, VA regional office (in Corporate). Due to market factors in fiscal 2021, we decided
to delay the previously announced shutdow n of a bleached paperboard mach ine at our Evadale, TX mill, and in
fiscal 2022, we decided to cancel our plans to shut down the machine and reversed certain employee and other
accrued restructuring charges. The machine is capable of swinging between selected grades (e.g., linerboard,
bleached paperboa rd and pulp), and we intend to utilize the machine to produce selected grades based on demand.
While restructuring costs are not charged to our segments and, therefore, do not reduce each segment's
Adjusted EBITDA, we highlight the segment to which the charges relate. Since we do not allocate restructuring
costs to our segments, charges incurred in the Global Paper segment will represent all charges associated with our
vertically integrated mills and recycling operations. These operations manufacture for the benefit of each reportable
segment that ultimately sells the associated paper and packaging products to our external customers.
WESTROCK COMPANY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
86
The following table presents a summary of restructuring charges related to active restructuring initiatives that
we incurred during the last three fiscal years, the cumulative recorded amount since we started the initiatives and
our estimates of the total charges we expect to incur (in millions). These estimates are subject to a number of
assumptions, and actual results may differ.
2023 2022 2021 Cumulative
Total
Expected
Corrugated Packaging
PP&E and related costs $ 9.4 $ (17.8) $ 1.7 $ 13.1 $ 13.1
Severance and other employee costs 10.5 0.5 4.7 20.2 20.4
Other restructuring costs 4.0 2.6 2.9 10.1 27.3
Restructuring total $ 23.9 $ (14.7) $ 9.3 $ 43.4 $ 60.8
Consumer Packaging
PP&E and related costs $ 4.3 $ $ 0.5 $ 6.5 $ 6.5
Severance and other employee costs 20.5 6.2 9.7 45.4 46.7
Other restructuring costs 4.1 2.7 3.1 14.3 20.1
Restructuring total $ 28.9 $ 8.9 $ 13.3 $ 66.2 $ 73.3
Global Paper
PP&E and related costs $ 583.9 $ 348.8 $ 0.2 $ 956.3 $ 956.3
Severance and other employee costs 30.5 11.2 42.1 43.8
Other restructuring costs 109.0 8.0 0.1 125.2 259.9
Restructuring total $ 723.4 $ 368.0 $ 0.3 $ 1,123.6 $ 1,260.0
Distribution
Severance and other employee costs $ 1.6 $ $ $ 1.8 $ 1.8
Other restructuring costs 10.0 1.0 11.0 13.3
Restructuring total $ 11.6 $ 1.0 $ $ 12.8 $ 15.1
Corporate
PP&E and related costs $ 0.6 $ 2.0 $ 8.8 $ 11.4 $ 11.4
Severance and other employee costs 3.2 3.0 0.9 7.2 7.2
Other restructuring costs 12.3 5.3 (5.0) 16.8 22.4
Restructuring total $ 16.1 $ 10.3 $ 4.7 $ 35.4 $ 41.0
Total
PP&E and related costs $ 598.2 $ 333.0 $ 11.2 $ 987.3 $ 987.3
Severance and other employee costs 66.3 20.9 15.3 116.7 119.9
Other restructuring costs 139.4 19.6 1.1 177.4 343.0
Restructuring total $ 803.9 $ 373.5 $ 27.6 $ 1,281.4 $ 1,450.2
We have defined “PP&E and related costs as used in this Note 5 primarily as property, plant and equipment
write-downs, subsequent adjustments to fair value for assets classified as held for sale, subsequent (gains) or
losses on sales of property, plant and equipment, related parts and supplies on such assets, and deferred major
maintenance costs, if any. We define "Other restructuring costs" as lease or other contract terminatio n costs,
facility carrying costs, equipment and inventory relocation costs, and other items, including impaired intangibles
attributable to our restructuring actions.
Other Costs
Our other costs consist of acquisition, integration and divestiture costs. We incur costs when we acquire or
divest businesses. Acquisition costs include costs associated with transactions, whether consummated or not, such
as advisory, legal, accounting, valuation and other professional or consulting fees, as well as potential litigation
costs associated with those activities. We incur integration costs pre- and post-acquisition that reflect work
performed to facilitate merger and acquisition integration, such as work associated with information systems and
WESTROCK COMPANY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
87
other projects including spending to support future acquisitions, and primarily consist of professional services and
labor. Divestiture costs consist primarily of similar professional fees. We consider acquisition, integration and
divestiture co sts to be corporate costs regardless of the segment or segments involved in the transaction.
The following table presents acquisition, integration and divestiture costs that we incurred during the last three
fiscal years (in millions):
2023 2022 2021
Acquisition costs $ 26.1 $ 4.4 $ 0.5
Integration costs
9.1 0.7 1.7
Divestiture co sts 20.1 4.4 0.8
Other total $ 55.3 $ 9.5 $ 3.0
Acquisition costs for fiscal 2023 in the table above primarily include transaction costs related to the Mexico
Acquisition and the Transaction.
The following table summarizes the changes in the restructuring accrual, which is primarily composed of
accrued severance and other employee costs, and a reconciliation of the restructuring accrual charges to the line
item Restructuring and other costs, net on our consolidated statements of operations for the last three fiscal
years (in millions):
2023 2022 2021
Accrual at beginning of fiscal year $ 25.2 $ 13.4 $ 17.2
Additional accrual s 70.5 33.4 17.4
Payments (35.6) (15.9) (17.2)
Adjustment to accruals (4.6) (5.6) (2.1)
Foreign currency rate changes and other (0.1) (1.9)
Accrual at end of fiscal year $ 55.5 $ 25.2 $ 13.4
Reconciliation of accruals and charges to restructuring and other costs, net (in millions):
2023 2022 2021
Additional accruals and adjustments to accruals
(see table above) $ 65.9 $ 27.8 $ 15.3
PP&E and related costs 598. 2 333.0 11.2
Severance and other employee costs 0.4 0.5 0.3
Acquisition costs 26.1 4.4 0.5
Integration costs 9.1 0.7 1.7
Divestiture co sts 20.1 4.4 0.8
Other restructuring costs 139.4 12.2 0.8
Total restructuring and other costs, net $ 859.2 $ 383.0 $ 30.6
Other restructuring costs for fiscal 2023 in the previous table primarily include $70.3 million of lease or other
contract termination costs, $33.3 million of facility carrying costs and $22.5 million of impaired intangibles
attributable to our restructuring actions.
Note 6. Retirement Plans
We have defined benefit pension plans and other po stretirement benefit plans for certain U.S. and non-U.S.
employees. We use a September 30 measurement date for our plans. Certain plans were frozen for salaried and
non-union hourly employees at various times in the past, and nearly all of our remaining U.S. salaried and U.S.
non-union hourly employees accruing benefits ceased accruing benefits as of December 31, 2020. In addition, we
participate in several MEPPs that provide retirement benefits to certain union employees in accordance with various
CBAs and have participated in other MEPPs in the past. We also have supplemental executive retirement plans
and other non-qualified defined benefit pension plans that provide unfunded supplemental retirement benefits to
WESTROCK COMPANY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
88
certain of our current and former executives. The supplemental executive retirement plans provide for incremental
pension benefits in excess of those offered in the plan. The other postretirement benefit plans provide certain health
care and life insurance benefits for certain salaried and hourly employees who meet sp ecified age and service
requirements as defined by the plans.
The benefits under our defined benefit pension plans are based on either compensation or a combination of
years of service and negotiated benefit levels, depending upon the plan. We allocate our pension assets to several
investment management firms across a variety of investment styles. Our defined benefit Investment Committee
meets at least four times a year with our investment advisors to review each management firm’s performance and
monitors its compliance with its stated goals, our investment policy and applicable regulatory requirements in the
U.S., Canada, and other jurisdictions.
Investment returns vary. We believe that, by investing in a variety of asset classes and utilizing multiple
investment management firms, we can create a portfolio that yields adequate returns with reduced volatility. Our
qualified U.S. plans employ a liability matching strategy augmented with Treasury futures to materially hedge
against interest rate risk. After consultation with our actuary and investment advisors, we adopted the target
allocations in the table below for our pension plans in an effort to produce the desired performance. These target
allocations are guidelines, not limitations, and occasionally plan fiduciaries will approve allocations above or below
target range s or modify the allocations.
Our target asset allocations by asset category at September 30 were as follows:
Pension Plans
2023 2022
U.S. Plans
Non-U.S.
Plans
U.S. Plans
Non-U.S.
Plans
Equity inve stments 18% 22% 18% 23%
Fixed inco me investments 75% 74% 73% 73%
Short-term investments 1% 1% 1% 1%
Other investments 6% 3% 8% 3%
Total 100% 100% 100% 100%
Our asset allocations by asset category at September 30 were as follows:
Pension Plans
2023 2022
U.S. Plans
Non-U.S.
Plans
U.S. Plans
Non-U.S.
Plans
Equity inve stments 15% 22% 18% 21%
Fixed inco me investments 73% 70% 70% 73%
Short-term investments 3% 3% 4% 2%
Other investments 9% 5% 8% 4%
Total 100% 100% 100% 100%
We manage our retirement plans in accordance with the provisions of the Employee Retirement Income
Security Act of 1974, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder as well as applicable legislation in
Canada and other foreign countries. Our investment policy objectives include maximizing long-term returns at
acceptable risk levels, diversifying among asse t classes, as applicable, and among investment managers, as well
as establishing certain risk parameters within asset classes. We have allocated our investments within the equity
and fixed income asset classes to sub-asset classes designed to meet these objectives. In addition, our other
investments support multi-strategy objectives.
In developing our weighted average expected rate of return on plan assets, we consul ted with our investment
advisors and evaluated criteria based on historical returns by asset class and long-term return expectations by
asset class. We expect to contribute approximately $25 million to our U.S. and non-U.S. pension plans in fiscal
WESTROCK COMPANY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
89
2024. However, it is possible that our assumptions or legislation may change, actual market performance may vary
or we may decide to contribute a different amount. Therefore, the amount we contribute may vary materially. The
expense for MEPPs for collective bargaining employees generally equals the contributions for these plans,
excluding estimated accruals for withdrawal liabilities or adjustments to those accruals.
The weig hted average assumptions used to measure the benefit plan obligations at September 30 were:
Pension Plans
2023 2022
U.S. Plans
Non-U.S.
Plans
U.S. Plans
Non-U.S.
Plans
Discount rate 6.24% 5.85% 5.63% 5.12%
Interest crediting rate 4.01% N/A 3.08% N/A
Rate of compensation increase 2.50% 2.87% 2.50% 2.97%
At September 30, 2023, the discount rate for the U.S. pension plans was determined based on the yield on a
theoretical portfolio of high-grade corporate bonds, and the discount rate for the non-U.S. plans was determined
based on a yield curve developed by our actuary. The theoretical portfolio of high-grade corporate bonds used to
select the September 30, 2023 discount rate for the U.S. pension plans includes bonds generally rated Aa- or better
with at least $100 million outstanding par value and bonds that are non-callable (unless the bonds possess a “make
whole” feature). The theoretical portfolio of bonds has cash flows that generally match our expected benefit
payments in future years.
Our assumption regarding the future rate of compensation increases is reviewed periodically and is based on
both our internal planning projections and recent history of actual compensation increases.
We typically review our expected long-term rate of return on plan assets periodically through an asset allocation
study with either our actuary or investment advisor. In fiscal 2024, our expected rate of return used to determine
net periodic benefit cost is 6.75% for our U.S. plans and 5.33% for our non-U.S. plans. Our expected rates of return
in fiscal 2024 are based on an analysis of our long-term expected rate of return and our current asset allocation.
In December 2019, the USW ratified a new master agreement that applies to substantially all of our U.S.
facilities represented by the USW. The agreement has a four-year term and covers a number of specific items,
including wages, medical coverage and certain other benefit programs, substance abuse testing, and safety.
Individual facilities will continue to have local agreements for subjects not covered by the master agreement and
those agreements will continue to have staggered terms. The master agreement permits us to apply its terms to
USW employees who work at facilities we acquire during the term of the agreement. Negotiations towards a new
master agreement commenced in November 2023, and a tentative agreement has been reached. It remains subject
to appr oval of the requisite union membership.
WESTROCK COMPANY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
90
The following table shows the changes in benefit obligation, plan assets and funded status for the years ended
September 30 (in millions):
Pension Plans
2023 2022
U.S. Plans
Non-U.S.
Plans
U.S. Plans
Non-U.S.
Plans
Change in projected benefit obligation:
Benefit obligation at beginning of fiscal year $ 3,866.5 $ 935.3 $ 5,239.1 $ 1,438.5
Service cost 22.6 6.6 40.8 7.0
Interest cost 208.7 50.3 152.1 36.1
Amendments 2.0 0.3
Actuarial gain (240.8) (59.8) (1,317.1) (340.1)
Plan participant contributions 1.4 1.7
Benefits paid (270.3) (73.6) (246.9) (77.6)
Curtailments 0.2
Settlements (0.7) (0.5) (1.8) (2.4)
Business (d ivestitures) and acquisitions (40.9) 34.9
Foreign currency rate changes 43.1 (128.1)
Benefit obligation at end of fiscal year $ 3,547.1 $ 937.7 $ 3,866.5 $ 935.3
Change in plan assets:
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of fiscal year $ 4,109.9 $ 929.7 $ 5,627.0 $ 1,455.7
Actual gain (loss) on plan assets 173.3 (15.5) (1,281.4) (322.1)
Employer contributions 17.2 11.0 13.0 8.2
Plan participant contributions 1.4 1.7
Benefits paid (270.3) (73.6) (246.9) (77.6)
Settlements (0.7) (0.5) (1.8) (2.5)
Business divestitures (32.3)
Foreign currency rate changes 43.5 (133.7)
Fair value of plan assets at end of fiscal year $ 3,997.1 $ 896.0 $ 4,109.9 $ 929.7
Funded (u nfunded) status $ 450.0 $ (41.7) $ 243.4 $ (5.6)
Amounts recognized in the Consolidated Balance
Sheets:
Prepaid pension asset $ 560.9 $ 57.4 $ 379.1 $ 61.2
Other current liabilities (11.1) (7.7) (11.7) (1.4)
Pension liabilities, net of current portion (99.8) (91.4) (124.0) (65.4)
Over (under) funded status at end of fiscal year $ 450.0 $ (41.7) $ 243.4 $ (5.6)
The actuarial (gain) loss in benefit obligation for the U.S. Plans and Non-U.S. Plans is generally driven by a
change in discount rates and to a lesser degree the rate of compensation change in the Non-U.S. Plans.
Certain U.S. plans have benefit obligations in excess of plan assets. These plans, which consist of non-qu alified
plans, had aggregate projected benefit obligations of $110.8 million, aggregate accumulated benefit obligations of
$110.8 million, and no plan assets at September 30, 2023. Our qualified U.S. plan was in a net overfunded position
at September 30, 2023. We also have certain non-U.S. plans that have benefit obligations in excess of plan assets.
These plans, which consist of non-qualified plans, had aggregate projected benefit obligations of $252.3 million,
aggregate accumulated benefit obligations of $236.1 million, and $153.2 million of plan assets at September 30,
2023.
The accumulated benefit obligation of U.S. and non-U.S. pension plans was $4,459.4 million and $4,779.1
million at September 30, 2023 and 2022, respectively.
WESTROCK COMPANY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
91
The pre-tax amounts in accumulated other comprehensive loss at September 30 not yet recognized as
components of net periodic pension cost, including noncontrolling interest, consist of (in millions):
Pension Plans
2023 2022
U.S. Plans
Non-U.S.
Plans
U.S. Plans
Non-U.S.
Plans
Net actuarial loss $ 632.2 $ 149.7 $ 849.8 $ 155.6
Prior service cost 27.9 1.6 34.6 1.8
Total accumulated other comprehensive loss $ 660.1 $ 151.3 $ 884.4 $ 157.4
The pre-tax amounts recognized in other comprehensive (income) loss, including noncontrolling interest, are
as follows at September 30 (in millions):
Pension Plans
2023 2022 2021
Net actuarial (gain) loss arising during period $ (153.3) $ 315.3 $ (208.0)
Amortization and settlement recognition of net actuarial loss (58.1) (8.9) (34.5)
Prior service cost arising during period 2.0 0.2 5.6
Amortization of prior service cost (8.2) (8.9) (8.4)
Net other comprehensive (income) loss recognize d $ (217.6) $ 297.7 $ (245.3)
The net periodic pension cost (income) recognized in the consolidated statements of operations is comprised
of the following for fiscal years ended (in millions):
Pension Plans
2023 2022 2021
Service cost $ 29.2 $ 47.8 $ 51.1
Interest cost 259.0 188.2 187.3
Expected return on plan assets (305.2) (368.6) (368.1)
Amortization of net actuarial loss 57.9 8.8 34.2
Amortization of prior service cost 8.2 8.4 8.4
Curtailment loss 0.5
Settlement loss 0.1 0.4
Company defined benefit plan cost (income) 49.1 (114.8) (86.7)
Multiemployer and other plans 1.5 1.5 1.6
Net pension cost (income) $ 50.6 $ (113.3) $ (85.1)
The Multiemployer and other plans line in the table above excludes the estimated withdrawal liabilities recorded.
See Note 6. Retirement Plans Multiemployer Plans for additional information.
The consolidated statements of operations line item “Pension and other postretirement non-service (cost)
income” is equal to the non-service elements of our “Company defined benefit plan cost (income) and our “Net
postretirement cost outlined in this note.
WESTROCK COMPANY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
92
Weighted-average assumptions used in the calculation of benefit plan expense for fiscal years ende d:
Pension Plans
2023 2022 2021
U.S.
Plans
Non-U.S.
Plans
U.S.
Plans
Non-U.S.
Plans
U.S.
Plans
Non-U.S.
Plans
Discount rate 5.62% 5.12% 2.99% 2.63% 3.01% 2.16%
Interest crediting rate 3.08% N/A 3.48% N/A 3.47% N/A
Rate of compensation increase 2.50% 2.97% 2.50% 2.65% 2.50% 2.68%
Expected long-term rate of return on
plan assets 6.50% 5.08% 5.75% 3.81% 6.00% 3.73%
For our U.S. pension and postretirement plans, we considered the mortality tables and improvement scales
published by the Society of Actuaries and evaluated our specific mortality experience to establish mortality
assumptions. Based on our experience and in consultation with our actuaries, for fiscal 2023, 2022 and 2021 we
utilized the base Pri-2012 mortality tables with specific gender and job classification increases applied for fiscal
2023 ranging from 6% to 16%, fiscal 2022 ranging from 7% to 14% and for fiscal 2021 ranging from 6% to 13%.
For our Canadian pension and postretirement plans, we utilized the 2014 Private Sector Canadian Pensioners
Mortality Table adjusted to reflect industry and our mortality experience for fiscal 2023, 2022 and 2021. As of
September 30, 2023, these adjustment factors were updated to reflect the most recent mortality experience.
Our projected estimated benefit payments (unaudited), which reflect expected future service, as appropriate,
are as follows (in millions):
Pension Plans
U.S. Plans Non-U.S. Plans
Fiscal 2024 $ 273.0 $ 93.2
Fiscal 2025 $ 277.2 $ 72.5
Fiscal 2026 $ 283.1 $ 72.4
Fiscal 2027 $ 286.4 $ 72.6
Fiscal 2028 $ 280.3 $ 72.5
Fiscal Years 2029 2033 $ 1,415.0 $ 366.8
The following table summarizes our pension plan assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis (at least
annually) as of September 30, 2023 (in millions):
Total
Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets (Level 1)
Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs (Level 2)
Equity securi ties:
U.S. equities
(1)
$ 466.1 $ 466.1 $
Non-U.S. equities
(1)
235.4 235.4
Fixed inco me securities:
U.S. government securities
(2)
170.6 170.6
Non-U.S. government securities
(3)
48.1 48.1
U.S. corporate bonds
(3)
2,301.0 194.9 2,106.1
Non-U.S. corporate bonds
(3)
503.4 503.4
Other fixed income
(4)
208.2 208.2
Short-term investments
(5)
166.8 166.8
Benefit plan assets measured in the fair value hierarchy $ 4,099.6 $ 1,063.2 $ 3,036.4
Assets measured at NAV
(6)
793.5
Total bene fit plan assets $ 4,893.1
WESTROCK COMPANY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
93
The following table summarizes our pension plan assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis (at least
annually) as of September 30, 2022 (in millions):
Total
Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets (Level 1)
Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs (Level 2)
Equity securi ties:
U.S. equities
(1)
$ 150.7 $ 150.7 $
Non-U.S. equities
(1)
85.9 85.9
Fixed inco me securities:
U.S. government securities
(2)
164.3 164.3
Non-U.S. government securities
(3)
74.5 74.5
U.S. corporate bonds
(3)
2,173.7 95.4 2,078.3
Non-U.S. corporate bonds
(3)
545.0 545.0
Other fixed income
(4)
223.1 223.1
Short-term investments
(5)
181.9 181.9
Benefit plan assets measured in the fair value hierarchy $ 3,599.1 $ 513.9 $ 3,085.2
Assets measured at NAV
(6)
1,440.5
Total bene fit plan assets $ 5,039.6
(1)
Equity securities are comprised of the following investment types: (i) common stock, (ii) preferred stock, and (iii) equity
exchange traded funds. Level 1 investments in common and preferred stocks and exchange traded funds are valued using
quoted market prices multiplied by the number of shares owned.
(2)
U.S. government securities include treasury and agency debt. These investments are valued using broker quotes in an
active market.
(3)
The level 1 non-U.S. government securities investment is an exchange cleared swap valued using quoted market prices.
The level 1 U.S. corporate bonds category is primarily comprised of U.S. dollar denominated investment grade securities
and valued using quoted market prices. Level 2 investments are valued utilizing a market approach that includes various
valuation techniques and sources such as value generation models, broker quotes in active and non-active markets,
benchmark yields and securities, reported trades, issuer spreads, and/or other applicable reference data.
(4)
Other fixed income is comprised of municipal and asset-backed securities. Investments are valued utilizing a market
approach that includes various valuation techniques and sources, such as broker quotes in active and non-active markets,
benchmark yields and securities, reported trades, issuer spreads and/or other applicable reference data.
(5)
Short-term investments are valued at $1.00/unit, which approximates fair value. Amounts are generally invested in interest-
bearing accounts.
(6)
Investments that are measured at net asset value (“NAV”) (or its equivalent) as a practical expedient have not been
classified in the fair value hierarchy.
WESTROCK COMPANY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
94
The following table summarizes assets measured at fair value based on NAV per share as a practical expedient
as of September 30, 2023 and 2022 (in millions):
Fair value
Redemption
Frequency
Redemption
Notice Peri od
Unfunded
Commitments
September 30, 2023
Hedge funds
(1)
$ 42.7 Monthly Up to 30 days $
Commingled funds, private equity, private real
estate investments, and equity related
investments
(2)
385.5 Various N/A 206.3
Fixed inco me and fixed income related
instruments
(3)
365.3 Monthly Up to 10 days
$ 793.5 $ 206.3
September 30, 2022
Hedge funds
(1)
$ 26.4 Monthly Up to 30 days $
Commingled funds, private equity, private real
estate investments, and equity related
investments
(2)
1,031.9 Various Up to 60 days 199.7
Fixed inco me and fixed income related
instruments
(3)
382.2 Monthly Up to 10 days
$ 1,440.5 $ 199.7
(1)
Hedge fund investments are primarily made through shares of limited partnerships or similar structures. Hedge funds are
typically valued monthly by third-party administrators that have been appointed by the funds general partners.
(2)
Commingled fund investments are valued at the NAV per share multiplied by the number of shares held. The determination
of NAV for the commingled funds includes market pricing of the underlying assets as well as broker qu otes and other
valuation techniques. The redemption frequency is reflected as various and the redemption notice period at September 30,
2023 is not applicable because certain investments do not allow redemptions until the investments are terminated or closed.
(3)
Fixed income and fixed income related instrume nts consist of commingled debt funds, which are valued at their NAV per
share multiplied by the number of shares held. The determination of NAV for the commingled funds includes market pricing
of the underlying assets as well as broker quot es and other valuation techniques.
We maintain holdings in certain private equity partnerships and private real estate investments for which a liquid
secondary market does not exist. The private equity partnerships are commingled investments. Valuation
techniques, such as discounted cash flow and market based comparable analyses, are used to determine fair value
of the private equity investments. Unobservable inputs used for the discounted cash flow technique incl ude
projected future cash flows and the discount rate used to calculate present value. Unobservable inputs used for the
market-based comparisons technique include earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization
multiples in other comparable third-party transactions, price to earnings ratios, liquidity, current operating results,
as well as input from general partners and other pertinent information. Private equity investments have been valued
using NAV as a practical expedient.
Private real estate investments are commingled investments. Valuation te ch niques, such as discounted cash
flow and market based comparable analyses, are used to determine fair value of the private equity investments.
Unobservable inputs used for the discounted cash flow technique include projected future cash flows and the
discount rate used to calculate present value. Unobserva ble inputs used for the market-based comparison
technique include a combination of third-party appraisals, replacement cost, and comparable market prices. Private
real estate investments have been valued using NAV as a practical expedient.
Equity-related investments are hedged equity investments in a commingled fund that consist primarily of equity
indexed investments which are hedged by options and also hold collateral in the form of short-term treasury
securities. Equity related investments have been valued using NAV as a practical expedient.
WESTROCK COMPANY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
95
Postretirement Plans
The postretirement benefit plans provide certain health care and life insurance benefits for certain salaried and
hourly employees who meet specified age and service requirements as defined by the plans.
The weig hted average assumptions used to measure the benefit plan obligations at September 30 were:
Postretirement plans
2023 2022
U.S. Plans
Non-U.S.
Plans U.S. Plans
Non-U.S.
Plans
Discount rate 6.21% 8.14% 5.57% 7.56 %
The following table shows the changes in benefit obligation, plan assets and funded status for the fiscal years
ended September 30 (in millions):
Postretirement Plans
2023 2022
U.S.
Plans
Non-U.S.
Plans
U.S.
Plans
Non-U.S.
Plans
Change in projected benefit obligation:
Benefit obligation at beginning of fiscal year $ 68.5 $ 48.3 $ 86.4 $ 58.3
Service cost 0.5 0.3 0.6 0.4
Interest cost 3.5 3.7 2.6 3.8
Actuarial gain (7.2) (1.0) (16.3) (9.8)
Benefits paid (5.9) (2.8) (4.8) (2.8)
Curtailments (0.1)
Foreign currency rate changes 2.1 (1.6)
Benefit obligation at end of fiscal year $ 59.3 $ 50.6 $ 68.5 $ 48.3
Change in plan assets:
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of fiscal year $ $ $ $
Employer contributions 5.9 2.8 4.8 2.8
Benefits paid (5.9) (2.8) (4.8) (2.8)
Fair value of plan assets at end of fiscal year $ $ $ $
Underfunded Status $ (59.3) $ (50.6) $ (68.5) $ (48.3)
Amounts recognized in the Consolidated Balance
Sheets:
Other current liabilities $ (7.9) $ (2.9) $ (8.7) $ (2.7)
Postretirement benefit liabilities, net of current portion (51.4) (47.7) (59.8) (45.6)
Underfunded status at end of fiscal year $ (59.3) $ (50.6) $ (68.5) $ (48.3)
The pre-tax amounts in accumulated other comprehensive loss at September 30 not yet recognized as
components of net periodic postretirement cost, including noncontrolling interest, consist of (in millions):
Postretirement Plans
2023 2022
U.S.
Plans
Non-U.S.
Plans
U.S.
Plans
Non-U.S.
Plans
Net actuarial gain $ (35.7) $ (5.0) $ (32.2) $ (4.8)
Prior service (credit) cost (1.4) 0.8 (2.3) 1.0
Total accumulated other comprehensive income $ (37.1) $ (4.2) $ (34.5) $ (3.8)
WESTROCK COMPANY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
96
The pre-tax amounts recognized in other comprehensive (income) loss, including noncontrolling interest, are
as follows at September 30 (in millions):
Postretirement Plans
2023 2022 2021
Net actuarial gain arising during period $ (8.3) $ (26.2) $ (14.2)
Amortization and settlement recognition of net actuarial gain 4.6 0.5 0.6
Amortization or curtailment recognition of prior service credit 0.6 0.7 2.4
Net other comprehensive income recognized $ (3.1) $ (25.0) $ (11.2)
The net periodic postretirement cost recognized in the consolidated statements of operations is comprised of
the following for fiscal years ended (in millions):
Postretirement Plans
2023 2022 2021
Service cost $ 0.8 $ 1.0 $ 1.2
Interest cost 7.2 6.4 5.9
Amortization of net actuarial gain (4.6) (0.5) (0.6)
Amortization of prior service credit (0.6) (0.7) (2.4)
Curtailment gain (0.1)
Net postretirement cost $ 2.7 $ 6.2 $ 4.1
The assumed health care cost trend rates used in measuring the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation
are as follows at September 30, 2023:
U.S. Plans
Health care cost trend rate assumed for next year 4.97%
Rate to which the cost trend rate is assumed to decline (the ultimate
trend rate) 4.00%
Year the rate reaches the ultimate trend rate 2047
Non-U.S. Plans
Health care cost trend rate assumed for next year 5.88%
Rate to which the cost trend rate is assumed to decline (the ultimate
trend rate)
5.88%
Year the rate reaches the ultimate trend rate 2023
Weighted-average assumptions used in the calculation of benefit plan expense for fiscal years ende d:
Postretirement Plans
2023 2022 2021
U.S.
Plans
Non-U.S.
Plans
U.S.
Plans
Non-U.S.
Plans
U.S.
Plans
Non-U.S.
Plans
Discount rate 5.57% 7.56% 2.98% 6.45% 3.00% 4.84%
Rate of compensation increase N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
WESTROCK COMPANY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
97
Our projected estimated benefit payments (unaudited), which reflect expected future service, as appropriate,
are as follows (in millions):
Postretirement Plans
U.S. Plans Non-U.S. Plans
Fiscal 2024 $ 7.9 $ 2.9
Fiscal 2025 $ 6.9 $ 3.1
Fiscal 2026 $ 6.4 $ 3.2
Fiscal 2027 $ 5.9 $ 3.2
Fiscal 2028 $ 5.6 $ 3.3
Fiscal Years 2029 2033 $ 24.2 $ 18.2
Multiemployer Plans
We participate in several MEPPs that provide retirement benefits to certain union employees in accordance
with various CBAs. The risks of participating in MEPPs are different from the risks of participating in single-employer
pension plans. These risks include (i) assets contributed to a MEPP by one employer are used to provide benefits
to employees of all participating employers, (ii) if a participating employer withdraws from a MEPP, the unfunded
obligations of the MEPP allocable to such withdrawing employer may be borne by the remaining participating
employers, and (iii) if we withdraw from a MEPP, we may be required to pay that plan an amount based on our
allocable share of the unfunded vested benefits of the plan, referred to as a withdrawal liability, as well as a share
of the MEPP’s accumulated funding deficiency.
Contributions to MEPPs are established by the applicable CBAs; however, our required contributions may
increase based on the funded status of a MEPP and legal requirements, such as those set forth in the Pension Act,
which requires substantially underfunded MEPPs to implement a FIP or a RP to improve their funded status.
Contributions to MEPPs are individually and in the aggregate not material.
In the normal course of business, we evaluate our potential exposure to MEPPs, including with respect to
potential withdrawal liabilities. In fiscal 2018, we submitted formal notification to withdraw from certain MEPPs,
including PIUMPF, and recorded estimated withdraw al liabilities for each. The PIUM PF estimated withdraw al liability
assumed both a payment for withdrawal liability and for our proportionate share of PIUMPF’s accumulated funding
deficiency. The estimated withdrawal liability excludes the potential impact of a future mass withdrawal of other
employers from PIUMPF, which was not considered probable or reasonably estimable and was discounted at a
credit adjusted risk-free rate.
In September 2019, we received a demand from PIUMPF asserting that we owe $170.3 million on an
undiscounted basis (approximately $0.7 million per month for the next 20 years) with respect to our withdrawal
liability. The initial demand did not address any assertion of liability for PIUMPF’s accumulated funding deficiency.
We began making monthly payments for the withdrawal liability in fiscal 2020. In February 2020, we received a
demand letter from PIUMPF asserting that we owe $51.2 million for our pro-rata share of PIUMPF’s accumulated
funding deficiency, including interest. We dispute the PIUMPF accumulated funding deficiency demands. Similarly,
in April 2020, we received an updated demand letter related to a subsidiary of ours asserting that we owe
$1.3 million of additional accumulated funding deficiency, including interest. We assessed our liability following
receipt of the demand letters, the impact of which was not significant. The subsidiary for which we received the
updated demand letter was sold in September 2023. We also have liabilities associated with other MEPPs from
which we, or legacy companies, have withdrawn in the past.
In July 2021, PIUMPF filed suit against us in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of Georgia claiming
the right to recover our pro rata share of the pension fund’s accumulated funding deficiency, along with interest,
liquidated damag es and attorney’s fees. We believe we are adequate ly reserved for this matter.
At September 30, 2023 and September 30, 2022, we had recorded withdrawal liabilities of $203.2 million and
$214.7 million, re spectively including liabilities associated with PIUMPF’s accumulated funding deficiency demands.
WESTROCK COMPANY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
98
The liability reduction in fiscal 2023 was primarily the result of non-PIUMPF arbitrations, the impact of which is
reflected in Multiemployer pension withdrawal (income) expense on our consolidated statements of operations.
With respect to certain other MEPPs, in the event we withdraw from one or more of the MEPPs in the future, it
is reasonably possible that we may incur withdrawal liabilities in connection with such withdrawals. Our estimate of
any such withdrawal liabilities, both individually and in the aggregate, are not material for the remaining plans in
which we participate.
Approximately 54% of our hourly employees in the U.S. and Canada are covered by CBAs, of which
approximately 25% of those employees covered under CBAs are operating under local agreements that expire
within one year and approximately 11% of those employees are governed under expired local contracts.
Defined Contribution Plans
We have 401(k) and other defined contribution plans that cover certain of our U.S., Canadian and other non-
U.S. salaried union and nonunion hourly employees, generally subject to an initial waiting period. The 401(k) and
other defined contribution plans permit participants to make contributions by salary reduction pursuant to Section
401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code, or the taxing authority in the jurisdiction in which they operate. Due primarily
to acquisitions, CBAs, and other non-U.S. defined contribution programs, we have plans with varied terms. At
September 30, 2023, our contributions may be up to 7.5% for U.S. salaried and non-union hourly employees,
consisting of a match of up to 5% and an automatic employer contribution of 2.5%. Certain other employees who
receive accruals under a defined benefit pension plan, as well as certain employees covered by CBAs and non-
U.S. defined contribution programs generally receive up to a 3.0% to 4.0% contribution to their 401(k) plan or
defined contribution plan. During fiscal 2023, 2022 and 2021, we recorded expense of $163.7 million, $169.5 million
and $164.7 million, respectively, related to employer contributions to the 401(k) plans and other defined contribution
plans, including the automatic employer contribution. We funded our matching contributions to the WestRock
Company 401(k) Retirement Savings Plan in Common Stock effective July 1, 2020 and ending September 30, 2021
(final period funded in October 2021).
Supplemental Retirement Plans
We have Supplemental Plans that are nonqualified deferred compensation plans. We intend to provide
participants with an opportunity to supplement their retirement income through deferral of current compensation.
Amounts deferred and payable under the Supplemental Plans are our unsecured obligations and rank equally with
our other unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness outstanding. Participants accounts are credited with
investment gains and losses under the Supplemental Plans in accordance with the participant’s investment election
or elections (or default election or elections) as in effect from time to time. At September 30, 2023, the Supplemental
Plans had assets totaling $152.4 million that are recorded at ma rket value, and liabilities of $146.4 million. The
investment alternatives available under the Supplemental Plans are generally si milar to investment alternatives
available under 401(k) plans. The amount of expense we recorded for the current fiscal year and the preceding two
fiscal years was not significant.
Note 7. Income Taxes
The components of (loss) income before income taxes are as follows (in millions):
Year Ended September 30,
2023 2022 2021
United States $ (1,586.3) $ 860.4 $ 822.4
Foreign (118.3) 358.4 263.5
(Loss) income before income taxes $ (1,704.6) $ 1,218.8 $ 1,085. 9
WESTROCK COMPANY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
99
Income tax (benefit) expense consists of the following components (in millions):
Year Ended September 30,
2023 2022 2021
Current income taxes:
Federal $ 250.6 $ 205.2 $ 171.2
State 49.1 44.9 27.2
Foreign 115.1 116.1 78.4
Total current expense 414.8 366.2 276.8
Deferred income taxes:
Federal (364.8) (67.3) (39.0)
State (57.5) (16.2) (10.2)
Foreign (52.9) (13.1) 15.8
Total deferred benefit (475.2) (96.6) (33.4)
Total income tax (benefit) expense $ (60.4) $ 269.6 $ 243.4
During fiscal 20 23, 2022 and 202 1, cash paid for income taxes, net of refunds, was $321.6 million, $335.2
million and $271.9 million, respectively.
The differences between the statutory federal income tax rate and our effective income tax rate are as follows:
Year Ended September 30,
2023
(1)
2022 2021
Statutory federal tax rate 21.0% 21.0% 21.0%
Foreign rate differential 1.0 2.1 0.9
Adjustment and resolution of federal, state and foreign tax
uncertainties 0.2 (0.4) 0.1
State taxes, net of federal benefit 0.9 1.6 2.0
Excess tax benefit related to stock compensation (0.2) 0.1 0.2
Research and development and other tax credits, net of
reserves 0.5 (1.2) (0.5)
Income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interest 0.1 (0.1) 0.1
Change in valuation allowance (0.9) 0.7 2.8
Goodwill impairment (20.2)
Nontaxable increased cash surrender value 0.5 (1.1)
Withholding taxes (0.1) 0.5 0.2
Foreign derived intangible income 0.7 (1.0) (1.2)
Deferred rate change 0.2 (0.6) (1.0)
Brazilian net worth deduction (1.1) (0.7)
Other, net (0.2) 0.5 (0.4)
Effective tax rate 3.5% 22.1% 22.4%
(1)
Certain signs within the table in fiscal 2023 are the opposite compared to fiscal 2022 and 2021 as a result of applying each
line’s total income tax benefit or expense to the loss before income taxes.
WESTROCK COMPANY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
100
The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to deferred income tax assets and liabilities consist of the
following (in millions):
September 30,
2023 2022
Deferred income tax assets:
Accruals an d allowances $ 14.9 $
Employee related accruals and allowances 109.2 107.6
State net operating loss carryforwards, net of federal benefit 36.6 43.6
State credit carryforwards, net of federal benefit 89.3 89.7
Federal and foreign net operating loss carryforwards 186.5 165.8
Restricted stock and options 23.4 26.7
Lease liabilities 177.3 177.4
Capitalized research and experimental costs 79.8
Other 69.6 44.6
Total 786.6 655.4
Deferred income tax liabilities:
Accruals an d allowances
9.0
Property, plant and equipment 1,532.4 1,669.5
Deductible intang ibles and goodwill 596.5 724.1
Inventory reserves 231.9 261.4
Deferred gain 272.5 272.8
Basis difference in joint ventures 4.5 35.9
Pension 48.8 2.7
Right-of-use assets 161.0 166.1
Total 2,847.6 3,141.5
Valuation allowances 271.9 248.8
Net deferred income tax liability $ 2,332.9 $ 2,734.9
Deferred taxes are recorded as follows in the consolidated balance sheets (in millions):
September 30,
2023 2022
Long-term deferred tax asset
(1)
$ 100.3 $ 27.0
Long-term deferred tax liability 2,433.2 2,761.9
Net deferred income tax liability $ 2,332.9 $ 2,734.9
(1)
The long-term deferred tax asset is presented in Other noncurrent assets on the consolidated balance sheets.
At September 30, 2023 and 2022, we had gross U.S. federal net operating losses of approximately $1.8 million
and $1.2 million, respectively. These loss carryforwards expire in fiscal 2031.
At September 30, 2023 and 2022, we had gross state and local net operating losses, of approximately $861
million and $969 million, respectively. These loss carryforwards generally expire between fiscal 2024 and 2042.
The tax effected values of these net operating losses are $36.6 million and $43.6 million at September 30, 2023
and 2022, respectively, exclusive of valuation allowances of $17.8 million and $17.7 million at September 30, 2023
and 20 22, respectively.
At September 30, 2023 and 2022, gross net operating losse s for foreign reporting purposes of approximately
$760.6 million and $667.2 million, respectively, were available for carryforward. A majority of these loss
carryforwards generally expire between fiscal 2024 and 2042, while a portion have an indefinite carryforward. The
tax effected values of these net operating losses are $189.8 million and $165.5 million at September 30, 2023 and
2022, respectively, exclusive of valuation allowances of $156.6 million and $143.8 million at September 30, 2023
and 2022, respectively.
WESTROCK COMPANY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
101
At September 30, 2023 and 2022, we had state tax credit carryforwards of $89.3 million and $89.7 million,
respectively. These state tax credit carryforwards generally expire within 5 to 10 years; however, certain state
credits can be carried forward indefinitely. Valuation allowances of $81.0 million and $81.1 million at September 30,
2023 and 2022, respectively, have been provided on these assets. These valuation allowances have been recorded
due to uncertainty regarding our ability to generate sufficient taxable income in the appropriate taxing jurisdiction.
The following table represents a summary of the valuation allowances against deferred tax assets for fiscal
2023, 2022 and 2021 (in millions):
2023 2022 2021
Balance at beginning of fiscal year $ 248.8 $ 277. 5 $ 257.5
Increases 29.0 12.3 22.2
Reductions (5.9) (41.0) (2.2)
Balance at end of fiscal year $ 271.9 $ 248.8 $ 277.5
Consistent with prior years, we consider a portion of our earnings from certain foreign subsidiaries as subject
to repatriation and we provide for taxes accordingly. However, we consider the unremitted earnings and all other
outside basis differences from all other foreign subsidiaries to be indefinitely reinvested. Accordingly, we have not
provided for any taxes that would be due.
As of September 30, 2023, we estimate our outside basis difference in foreign subsidiaries that are considered
indefinitely reinvested to be approximately $1.3 billion. The components of the outside basis difference are
comprised of acquisition accounting adjustments, undistributed earnings, and equity components. In the event of a
distribution in the form of dividends or dispositions of the subsidiaries, we may be subject to incremental U.S. income
taxes, subject to an adjustment for foreign tax credits, and withholding taxes or income taxes payable to the foreign
jurisdictions. As of September 30, 2023, the determination of the amount of unrecognized deferred tax liability
related to any remaining undistributed foreign earni ngs not subject to the transition tax and additional outside basis
differences is not practicable.
A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of gross unrecognized tax benefits is as follows (in
millions):
2023 2022 2021
Balance at beginning of fiscal year $ 195.5 $ 199. 5 $ 206.7
Additions for tax positions taken in current year 4.5 1.8 2.7
Additions for tax positions taken in prior fiscal years 14.2 27.6 10.8
Reclassification to unrecognized tax benefit
(1)
221.9
Reductions for tax positions taken in prior fiscal years (1.3)
Reductions due to settlement (2.5) (0.8)
Additions (reductions) for currency translation adjustments 2.4 (1.1) 1.5
Reductions as a result of a lapse of the applicable statute of
limitations (29.6) (31.5) (22.2)
Balance at end of fiscal year $ 405.1 $ 195.5 $ 199.5
(1)
During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2023, we undertook certain internal transactions to bring the legal entity that acquired
Grupo Gondi into the affiliated group of companies electing to file a U.S. consolidated federal income tax return. As a result
of those transactions and in accordance with the requirements of ASC 740, we recorded an addition for gross unrecognized
tax benefits of $221.9 million related to the deferred gain on Timber Notes (as hereinafter defined). See Note 17. Special
Purpose Entities for additional information.
WESTROCK COMPANY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
102
As of September 30, 2023 and 202 2, the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits was approximately $405.1
million and $195.5 million, respectively, exclusive of interest and penalties. Of these balances, as of September 30,
2023 and 2022, if we were to prevail on all unrecognized tax benefits recorded, approximately $400.6 million and
$188.1 million, respectively, would benefit the effective tax rate. We regularly evaluate, assess and adjust the
related liabilities in light of changing facts and circumstances, which could cause the effective tax rate to fluctuate
from period to period. Resolution of the uncertain tax positions could have a material adverse effect on our cash
flows or materially benefit our results of operations in future periods depending upon their ultimate resolution. See
Note 19. Commitments and Contingencies Brazil Tax Liability for additional information.
As of September 30, 2023 and 2022, we had liabilities of $100.2 million and $85.0 million, respectively, related
to estimated interest and penalties for unrecognized tax benefits. Our results of operations for fiscal 2023, 2022
and 2021 include expense of $8.0 million, $3.8 million and $4.4 million, respectively, net of indirect benefits, related
to estimated interest and penalties with respect to the liability for unrecognized tax benefits. As of September 30,
2023, it is reasonably possible that our unrecognized tax benefits will decrease by up to $0.5 million in the next 12
months due to expiration of various statutes of limitations and settlement of issues.
We file federal, state and local income tax returns in the U.S. and various foreign jurisdictions. With few
exceptions, we are no longer subject to U.S. federal income tax examinations by tax authorities for years prior to
fiscal 2018 and state and local income tax examinations by tax authorities for years prior to fiscal 2012. We are no
longer subject to non-U.S. income tax examinations by tax authorities for years prior to fiscal 2009, except for Brazil
for which we are not subject to tax examinations for years prior to 2006. While we believe our tax positions are
appropriate, they are subject to audit or other modifications, and any modifications could materially and adversely
affect our results of operations, financial conditi on or cash flows.
Note 8. Segment Information
We report our financial results of operations in the following four reportable segments:
Corrugated Packaging, which substantially consists of our integrated corrugated converting operations
and generates its revenues primarily from the sale of corrugated containers and other corrugated
products, including the operations acquired in the Mexico Acquisition;
Consumer Packaging, which consists of our integrated consumer converting operations and generates
its revenues primarily from the sale of consumer packaging products such as folding cartons, interior
partitions (b efore divestiture in September 2023) and other consumer products;
Global Paper, which consists of our commercial paper operations and generates its revenues primarily
from the sale of containerboard and paperboard to external customers; and
Distribution, which consists of our distribution and display assembly operations and generates its
revenues primarily from the distribution of packaging products and assembly of display products.
We determined our operating segments based on the products and services we offer. Our operating segments
are consistent with our internal management structure, and we do not aggregate operating segments. We report
the benefit of vertical integration with our mills in each reportable segment that ultimately sells the associated paper
and packaging products to our external customers. We account for intersegment sales at prices that approximate
market prices.
We have included the operations acquired in the Mexico Acquisition in our Corrugated Packaging segment,
which is consistent with our internal operational structure and how our CODM allocates resources and assesses
financial performance. See Note 3. Acquisitions for additional information. As part of this assessment, we also
moved certain existing consumer converting operations in Latin America into our Corrugated Packaging segment
in line with how we are managing the business effective January 1, 2023. We did not recast prior year results related
to these operations as they were not material.
WESTROCK COMPANY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
103
Adjusted EBITDA is our measure of segment profitability in accordance with ASC 280, Segment Reporting
because it is used by our CODM to make decisions regarding allocation of resources and to assess segment
performance. Certain items are not allocated to our operating segments and, thus, the information that our CODM
uses to make operating decisions and assess performance does not reflect such amounts. Management believes
excluding these items is useful in the evaluation of operating performance from period to period because these
items are not representative of our ongoing operations or are items our CODM does not consider part of our
reportable segments.
Some of our operations are in locations such as Canada, Latin America, EMEA and Asia Pacific. The table
below reflects financial data of our foreign operations for each of the past three fiscal years, some of which were
transacted in U.S. dollars (in millions):
Years Ended September 30,
2023 2022 2021
Net sales (unaffiliated customers):
U.S. $ 15,348.9 $ 17,361.5 $ 15,317.2
Canada 1,281.0 1,325.1 1,210.4
Latin America 2,081.8 1,045.6 745.4
EMEA 1,256.1 1,150.5 1,106.0
Asia Pacific 342.2 373.8 367. 1
Total $ 20,310.0 $ 21,256.5 $ 18,746.1
Years Ended September 30,
2023 2022 2021
Long-lived assets:
U.S. $ 8,598.6 $ 9,278.2 $ 9,654.6
Canada 389. 7 391.4 413.0
Latin America
(1)
2,283.6 719.0 725.8
EMEA 376.7 320.4 364.9
Asia Pacific 63.1 72.0 87.8
Total $ 11,711.7 $ 10,781.0 $ 11,246.1
(1)
Includes operations in Mexico that are approximately 13.4% of total long-lived assets in fiscal 2023 following the
Mexico Acquisition.
The accounting policies of the reportable segments are the same as those described in Note 1. Description
of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies”. We account for intersegment sales at prices
that approximate market prices. For segment reporting purposes, we include our equity in income of unconsolidated
entities in Adjusted EBITDA, as well as the related investments in segment identifiable assets. These amounts are
included in the segment tables that follow.
WESTROCK COMPANY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
104
The following tables show selected financial data for our segments (in millions):
Years Ended September 30,
2023 2022 2021
Net sales (aggregate):
Corrugated Packaging $ 10,054.9 $ 9,307.6 $ 8,400.5
Consumer Packaging 4,941.8 4,965.2 4,433.9
Global Pa per 4,369.9 5,930.2 4,983.0
Distribution 1,260.7 1,418.9 1,254.8
Total $ 20,627.3 $ 21,621.9 $ 19,072.2
Less net sales (intersegment):
Corrugated Packaging $ 280.3 $ 328.0 $ 305.3
Consumer Packaging 30.7 27.8 20.3
Distribution 6.3 9.6 0.5
Total $ 317.3 $ 365.4 $ 326.1
Net sales (unaffiliated customers):
Corrugated Packaging $ 9,774.6 $ 8,979.6 $ 8,095.2
Consumer Packaging 4,911.1 4,937.4 4,413.6
Global Pa per 4,369.9 5,930.2 4,983.0
Distribution 1,254.4 1,409.3 1,254.3
Total $ 20,310.0 $ 21,256.5 $ 18,746.1
Adjusted EBITDA:
Corrugated Packaging $ 1,600.4 $ 1,386.7 $ 1,394.0
Consumer Packaging 835.7 829.2 720.8
Global Pa per 655.0 1,246.4 883.7
Distribution 37.0 79.7 68.8
Total 3,128.1 3,542.0 3,067.3
Depreciation, depletion and amortization (1,535.8) (1,488.6) (1,460.0)
Multiemployer pension withdrawal income (expense) 12.1 (0.2) 2.9
Restructuring and other costs, net (859.2) (383.0) (30.6)
Impairment of goodwill and other assets (1,893.0) (26.0)
Non-allocated expenses (149.5) (82.6) (68.1)
Interest expense, net (417.9) (318.8) (372.3)
Gain (loss) on extinguishment of debt 10.5 (8.5) (9.7)
Other (expense) income, net (6.1) (11.0) 10.9
Gain on sale of RTS and Chattanooga 238.8
Other adjustments (232.6) (4.5) (54.5)
(Loss) income before income taxes $ (1,704.6) $ 1,218.8 $ 1,085.9
See Note 5. Restructuring and Other Costs, Net” for additional information on how the Restructuring and
other costs, net relate to our reportable segments. See below for information on the goodwill impairment recorded
in fiscal 2023. See Note 1. Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Description of Business for additional information regarding the Gain on Sale of RTS and Chattanooga. See
below for additional information on Other adjustments in fiscal 2023 and 2021.
WESTROCK COMPANY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
105
Years Ended September 30,
2023 2022 2021
Depreciation, depletion and amortization:
Corrugated Packaging $ 813.3 $ 683.0 $ 674. 5
Consumer Packaging 339.1 349.5 352.2
Global Pa per 350.7 425.1 405.9
Distribution 28.0 27.3 23.6
Corporate 4.7 3.7 3.8
Total $ 1,535.8 $ 1,488.6 $ 1,460.0
Other adjustments:
Corrugated Packaging $ 39.5 $ (4.8) $ 13.3
Consumer Packaging 60.4 7.7 11.7
Global Pa per 52.8 (0.6) 3.3
Distribution 0.2 0.6
Corporate 79.7 2.2 25.6
Total $ 232.6 $ 4.5 $ 54.5
Equity in income of unconsolidated entities:
Corrugated Packaging $ (4.9) $ 70.3 $ 36.7
Consumer Packaging 3.4 4.0
Global Pa per 8.3 (0.8) 0.2
Total $ 3.4 $ 72.9 $ 40.9
The decrease in Equity in income of unconsolidated entities in fiscal 2023 was primarily related to a $46.8
million non-cash, pre-tax loss associated with the Mexico Acquisition that was partially offset by a $19.3 million gain
on sale of our displays join t venture and a $7.6 million gain on sale of our Seven Hills mill joint venture. Additionally,
the change year-over-year was impacted by no longer recording equity income after those transactions as well as
stronger performance by the displays joint venture in the prior year period. See Note 1. Description of Business
and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies Description of Business for additional information.
Other adjustments in the table above for the year ended September 30, 2023 consist primarily of:
work stoppage costs of $80.4 million primarily at our Mahrt mill; $58.5 million in our Consumer Packaging
segment, $19.3 million in our Global Paper segment and $2.6 million of other costs in our Corrugated
Packaging segment,
business systems transformation costs in Corporate of $79 .1 million,
a $46.8 million non-cash, pre-tax loss in the Corrugated Packaging segment related to the Mexico
Acquisition as discussed in Note 3. Acquisitions,” partially offset by a $19.3 million gain on the sale
our former displays joint venture in our Corrugated Packaging segment and a $4.3 million gain on the
sale of our Seven Hills mill joint venture in Lynchburg, VA in our Global Paper segment,
losses at facilities in the process of being closed of $40.6 million (excluding depreciation and
amortization), primarily $32.6 million in our Global Paper segment and $5.3 million in our Corrugated
Packaging segment, and
acquisition accounting inventory-related adjustments of $7.6 million and $5.5 million in the Corrugated
Packaging and Global Paper segments, respectively.
Other adjustments in the table above for the year ended September 30, 2021 consist primarily of:
COVID employee payments of $22.0 million, primarily $10.1 million in Corrugated Packaging and
$8.7 million in Consumer Packaging,
ransomware direct costs, net of insurance of $18.9 million, primarily $13.0 million in Corporate, and
accelerated compensation for our former CEO of $11.7 million in Corporate.
WESTROCK COMPANY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
106
We allocate the assets and capital expenditures of our mill system across our reportable segments because
the benefits of vertical integration are reflected in the reportable segment that ultimately sells the associated paper
and packaging products to external customers. The following tables reflect such allocation (in millions):
Years Ended September 30,
2023 2022 2021
Assets:
Corrugated Packaging $ 12,514.8 $ 11,382.5 $ 11,557.6
Consumer Packaging 6,393.4 6,704.5 6,757.3
Global Pa per 5,019.3 7,039.2 7,527.6
Distribution 797.8 863.0 800.1
Assets held for sale 91.5 34.4 10.9
Corporate 2,626.9 2,381.9 2,600.8
Total $ 27,443.7 $ 28,405.5 $ 29,254.3
Intangibles, net:
Corrugated Packaging $ 544.4 $ 648.4 $ 765. 9
Consumer Packaging 1,381.1 1,523.5 1,719.2
Global Pa per 534.5 612.6 677.7
Distribution 116.2 136.1 156.0
Total $ 2,576.2 $ 2,920.6 $ 3,318.8
Capital expenditures:
Corrugated Packaging $ 470.7 $ 370.4 $ 331. 4
Consumer Packaging 293.7 202.1 192.7
Global Pa per 282.4 238.6 259.4
Distribution 9.4 6.1 1.3
Corporate 85.9 45.4 30.7
Total $ 1,142.1 $ 862.6 $ 815.5
Equity method investments:
Corrugated Packaging $ 44.5 $ 479.3 $ 434.4
Consumer Packaging 0.7 0.5 17.7
Global Pa per 0.5 0.8
Corporate 0.1 0.1 0.4
Total $ 45.3 $ 480.4 $ 453.3
The decrease in equity method investments compared to September 30, 2022, was due to the Mexico
Acquisition, the sale of an unconsolidated displays joint venture and the sale of our Seven Hills mill joint venture.
See Note 3. Acquisitions and Note 1. Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting
Policies Description of Business for additional information. Equity method investments are included in the
consolidated balance sheets in Other noncurrent assets. The prior investment in Grupo Gondi, in the Corrugated
Packaging segment, exceeded our proportionate share of the underlying equity in net assets by approximately
$101.8 million in fiscal 2022.
WESTROCK COMPANY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
107
The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2023, 2022 and 2021
are as follows (in millions):
Legacy Reportable Segments New Reportable Segments
Corrugated
Packaging
Consumer
Packaging
Corrugated
Packaging
Consumer
Packaging
Global
Paper Distribution Total
Balance as of Sep. 30, 2020
Goodwill $ 3,673.6 $ 3,664.6 $ $ $ $ $ 7,338. 2
Accumulated impairment
losses (0.1) (1,375.9) (1,376.0)
$ 3,673.5 $ 2,288.7 $ $ $ $ $ 5,962.2
Goodwill disposed of (16.4) (16.4)
Translation adjustments 6.2 7.2 13.4
Balance as of Sep. 30, 2021
Goodwill 3,663.4 3,671.8 7,335.2
Accumulated impairment
losses (0.1) (1,375.9) (1,376.0)
3,663.3 2,295.9 5,959.2
Segment recasting
(1)
(3,663.3) (2,295.9) 2,834.8 1,603.3 1,382.0 139.1
Goodwill acquired 3.2 3.2
Translation adjustments (35.2) (14.9) (15.5) (1.6) (67.2)
Balance as of Sep. 30, 2022
Goodwill 2,802.8 1,588.4 1,366.5 137.5 5,895.2
Accumulated impairment
losses
2,802.8 1,588.4 1,366.5 137.5 5,895.2
Goodwill impairment (514.3) (1,378.7) (1,893.0)
Goodwill acquired 237.4 237.4
Divestitures (43.0) (4.1) (47.1)
Translation and other
adjustments 77.8 (38.8) 16.3 0.9 56.2
Balance as of Sep. 30, 2023
Goodwill $ $ $ 3,118.0 $ 1,506.6 $ 1,378.7 $ 138.4 $ 6,141.7
Accumulated impairment
losses
(514.3) (1,378.7) (1,893.0)
$ $ $ 2,603.7 $ 1,506.6 $ $ 138.4 $ 4,248.7
(1)
Represents the reallocation of goodwill as a result of our October 1, 2021 segment change.
Interim Goodwill Impairment Analysis
We review the carrying value of our goodwill annually as of the beginning of the fourth quarter of each fiscal
year, or more often if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may exceed fair value.
In the second quarter of fiscal 2023, due to the sustained decrease in our market capitalization and the further
deterioration of macroeconomic conditions, including the impact of soft demand, pricing pressure and elevated
inflation, which negatively affected our long-term forecasts in certain segments, we concluded that impairment
indicators existed. As a result, we completed an interim quantitative goodwill impairment test in conjunction with our
normal quarterly reporting process. Consistent with past practice, the estimated fair value of our reporting units was
determined using a combination of the Income Approach and Market Approach. These fair value determinations
require considerable judgment and are sensitive to changes in underlying assumptions, estimates, and market
factors.
In fiscal 2023, we recorded a pre-tax, non-cash impairment charge of $1,893.0 million ($1,821.8 million after-
tax) associated with our interim goodwill impairment analysis completed in the second quarter; $1,378.7 million in
the Global Paper reportable segment and $514.3 million in the Corrugated Packaging reportable segment. Goodwill
associated with the Global Paper reporting unit was written off in its entirety as of March 31, 2023.
Annual Goodwill Impairment Analysis
During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2023, we completed our annual goodwill impairment testing. All reporting units
that have goodwill were noted to have a fair value that exceeded their carrying values. See Note 1. Description
WESTROCK COMPANY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
108
of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies Goodwill for a discussion of our fiscal 2023
annual impairment test.
Note 9. Interest
The components of interest expense, net is as follows (in millions):
Years Ended September 30,
2023 2022 2021
Interest expens e $ (535.1) $ (375.6) $ (418.9)
Interest income 117.2 56.8 46.6
Interest expense, net $ (417.9) $ (318.8) $ (372.3)
Cash paid for interest, net of amounts capitalized, of $452.2 million, $363.9 million and $384.7 million were
made during fiscal 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively.
During fiscal 2023, 2022 and 2021, we capitalized interest of $27.2 million, $11.1 million and $14.0 million,
respectively.
Note 10. Inventories
Inventories are as follows (in millions):
September 30,
2023 2022
Finished goods and work in process $ 1,044.9 $ 1,102.4
Raw materials 1,049.8 1,135.9
Supplies and spare parts 578.2 529.6
Inventories at FIFO cost 2,672.9 2,767.9
LIFO reserve (341.4) (450.8)
Net inventories $ 2,331.5 $ 2,317.1
It is impracticable to segregate the LIFO reserve between raw materials, finished goods and work in process.
In fiscal 2023, 2022 and 2021, we reduced inventory qua ntities in some of our LIFO pools. These reductions result
in liquidations of LIFO inventory quantities generally carried at lower costs prevailing in prior years as compared
with the cost of the purchases in the respective fiscal years, the effect of which typically decreases cost of goods
sold. Alternatively, higher costs prevailing in prior years increase costs of goods sold. The impact of the liquidations
in fiscal 2023, 2022 and 202 1 was not significant.
In fiscal 2023, we experienced lower inventory costs primarily due to deflation in the last half of the year, the
effect of which decreased cost of goods sold and our LIFO reserve by $104.4 million.
WESTROCK COMPANY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
109
Note 11. Property, Plant and Equipment
Property, plant and equipment consists of the following (in millions):
September 30,
2023 2022
Property, plant and equipment at cost:
Land and buildings $ 2,994.7 $ 2,584.8
Machinery and equipment 17,682.4 15,906.1
Forestlands 105.2 94.5
Transportation equipment 27.3 24.2
Leasehold improvements 98.8 97.0
Construction in progress 967.8 755.6
21,876.2 19,462.2
Less: accumulated depreciation, depletion and amortization (10,813.0) (9,380.8)
Property, plant and equipment, net $ 11,063.2 $ 10,081.4
Depreciation expense for fiscal 2023, 2022 and 2021 was $1,163.4 million, $1,108.1 million and $1,069.7
million, respectively. Accrued additions to property, plant and equipmen t at September 30, 2023, 2022 and 2021
were $165.2 million, $223.2 million and $108.5 million, respectively.
Note 12. Other Intangible Assets
The gross carrying amount and accumulated amortization relating to intangible assets, excluding goodwill, are
as follows and reflect the removal of fully amortized intangible assets in the period fully amortized (in millions, except
weighted avg. life):
September 30,
2023 2022
Weighted
Avg. Life
(in years)
Gross
Carrying
Amount
Accumulated
Amortization
Gross
Carrying
Amount
Accumulated
Amortization
Customer relationships 15.7 $ 4,885.2 $ (2,362.0) $ 4,888.5 $ (2,038.1)
Trademarks and tradenames 24.7 81.2 (41.0) 80.7 (26.2)
Technology and patents 12.1 25.1 (15.5) 24.4 (12.9 )
License costs 15.8 0.3 (0.1) 0.3 (0.1)
Non-compete agreements 1.9 (1.9) 1.9 (1.1)
Other 28.0 3.3 (0.3) 3.5 (0.3)
Total 15.9 $ 4,997.0 $ (2,420.8) $ 4,999.3 $ (2,078.7)
Estimated intangible asset amortization expense for the succeeding five fiscal years is as follows (in millions):
Fiscal 2024 $ 324.2
Fiscal 2025 $ 309.6
Fiscal 2026 $ 302.9
Fiscal 2027 $ 299.1
Fiscal 2028 $ 297.1
Intangible amortization expense was $342.2 million, $351.1 million and $360.6 million during fiscal 2023, 2022
and 2021, respectively. We had additional amortization expense, primarily for packaging equipment leased to
customers of $30.2 million, $29.4 million and $29.7 million during fiscal 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively.
WESTROCK COMPANY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
110
Note 13. Fair Value
Assets and Liabilities Measured or Disclosed at Fair Value
We estimate fair values in accordance with ASC 820, “Fair Value Measurement”. We have not changed the
valuation techniques for measuring the fair value of any financial assets or liabilities during the fiscal year. We
disclose the fair value of our long-term debt in Note 14. Debt and the fair value of our pension and postretirement
assets and liabilities in Note 6. Retirement Plans”. We disclose the fair value of our derivative instruments in Note
16. Derivatives and our restricted assets and non-recourse liabilities held by SPEs in Note 17. Special Purpose
Entities”. See Note 1 Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies Fair
Value Measurements for additional information.
Fiscal 2021 reflected a charge of $22.5 million associated with not exercising an option to purchase an
additional equity interest in Grupo Gondi that was recorded in Other (expense) income, net.
Financial Instruments Not Recognized at Fair Value
Financial instruments not recognized at fair value on a recurring or nonrecurring basis include cash and cash
equivalents, accounts receivable, certain other current assets, short-term debt, accounts payable, certain other
current liabilities and long-term debt. With the exception of long-term debt, the carrying amounts of these financial
instruments approximate their fair values due to their short maturities.
Nonrecurring Fair Value Measurements
As discussed in Note 1. Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies”, we
measure certain assets and liabilities at fair value on a nonrecurring basis. In fiscal 2023, we recorded a pre-tax,
non-cash impairment charge of $1,893.0 million associated with our interim goodwill impairment analysis completed
in the second quarter. See Note 8. Segment Information for additional information. See Note 5. Restructuring
and Other Costs, Net for impairments associated with restructuring activities labeled as “PP&E and related costs”
including the impairment of our Tacoma, WA and North Charleston, SC containerboard mills in fiscal 2023. In fiscal
2022, we recorded impairments associated with the closure of our Panama City, FL mill and the permanent closure
of the corrugated medium manufacturing operations at our St. Paul , MN mill. Fair value of the remaining land,
building and improvements of these facilities was determined based on third-party appraisals. During fiscal 2023,
2022 and 2021, we did not have any significant non-goodwill or non-restructuring nonfinancial assets or nonfinancial
liabilities that were measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis in periods subsequent to initial recognition other
than the $26.0 millio n pre-tax non-cash impairment of certain mineral rights in fiscal 2022 that was driven by a lack
of new leasing or development activity on our properties for an extended period of time, including pipeline delays.
With the impairment, we had no value assigned to our remaining mineral rights.
Accounts Receivable Monetization Agreements
On September 11, 2023, we terminated our existing $700.0 million accounts receivable monetization facility to
sell to a third-party financial institution all of the short-term receivables generated from certain customer trade
accounts. On the same date, we entered into a new replacement $700.0 million facility (the Monetization
Agreement”) with Coöperatieve Rabobank U.A., New York Branch, as purchaser, (“Rabo”) on substantially the
same terms as the former agreement. The Monetization Agreement provides for, among other things, (i) an
extension of the scheduled amortization termination date until September 13, 2024, and (ii) the ability to effectuate
the Transaction without any additional consent from Rabo or the triggering of a notification event under the
Monetization Agreement. The terms of the Monetization Agreement limit the balance of receivables sold to the
amount availabl e to fund such receivables sold, thereby eliminating the receivable for proceeds from the financial
institution at any transfer date. Transfers under the Monetization Agreement meet the requirements to be accounted
for as sales in accordance with guidance in ASC 860. We will pay a monthly yield on investment to Rabo at a rate
equal to adjusted Term SOFR plus a margin on the outstanding amount of Rabo’s investment.
We also have a similar $110.0 million facility that wa s amended on December 2, 2021 to address the transition
from LIBOR to SOFR. The facility was again amended on December 2, 2022 to extend the term through December
WESTROCK COMPANY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
111
4, 2023 and to include certain fee and other general revisions. The facility purchase limit was unchanged and the
facility remains committed.
The customers from these facilities are not included in the Receivables Securitization Facility that is discussed
in Note 14. Debt”.
The following table represents a summary of these accounts receivable monetization agreements for fiscal
2023 and 2022 (in millions):
2023 2022
Receivable from financial institutions at beginning of fiscal year $ $
Receivables sold to the financial institutions and derecognized (2,795.3) (2,954.8)
Receivables coll ected by financial institutions 2,827.8 2,896.0
Cash (payments to) proceeds from financial institutions (32.5) 58.8
Receivable from financial institutions at September 30, $ $
Receivables sold under these accounts receivable monetization agreements as of the respective balance sheet
dates were approximately $692.2 million and $724.7 million as of September 30, 2023 and September 30, 2022,
respectively.
Cash proceeds related to the receivables sold are included in Net cash provided by operating activities in the
consolidated statements of cash flow in the accounts receivable line item. While the expense recorded in connection
with the sale of receivables may vary based on current rates and levels of receivabl es sold, the expense recorded
in connection with the sale of receivables was $48.3 million, $20.4 million and $11.1 million in fiscal 2023, 2022 and
2021, respectively, and is recorded in Other (expense) income, net in the consolidated statements of operations.
Although the sales are made without recourse, we maintain continuing involvement with the sold receivables as we
provide collections services related to the transferred asse ts . The associated servicing liability is not material given
the high credit quality of the customers underlying the receivables and the anticipated short collection period.
Note 14. Debt
Our outstanding indebtedness consists primarily of public bonds and borrowings under credit facilities. The
public bonds issued by WRKCo and MWV are guaranteed by WestRock and certain WestRock subsidiaries. The
public bonds are unsecured, unsubordinated obligations that rank equally in right of payment with all of our existing
and future unsecured, unsubordinated obligations. The bonds are effectively subordinated to any of our existing
and future secured debt to the extent of the value of the asse ts securing such debt and to the obligations of our
non-debtor/guarantor subsidiaries. The industrial development bonds associated with the finance lease obligations
of MWV are guaranteed by the Company and certain of its subsidiaries. At September 30, 2023, all of our debt was
unsecured with the exception of our Receivables Securitization Facility (as defined below) and finance lease
obligations.
WESTROCK COMPANY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
112
The following were individual components of debt (in millions, except percentages):
September 30, 2023 September 30, 2022
Carrying
Value
Weighted Avg
Interest Rate
Carrying
Value
Weighted Avg
Interest Rate
Public bonds due fiscal 2024 to 2028 $ 2,938.6 4.1% $ 3,433.4 4.0%
Public bonds due fiscal 2029 to 2033 2,739.5 4.5% 2,753.3 4.5%
Public bonds due fiscal 2037 to 2047 177.3 6.2% 177.8 6.2%
Revolving credit and swing facilities 32.0 6.7 % 286.3 1.9%
Term loan facilities 1,347.4 5.0% 598.2 3.1%
Receivables securitization 425.0 6.4% N/A
Commercial paper 283.9 5.6% N/A
International and other debt 61.9 9.6% 127.6 12.8%
Finance lease obligations 472.6 5.1% 287.5 4.2%
Vendor financing and commercial card
programs
105.7 N/A 123.1 N/A
Total debt 8,583.9 4.6% 7,787.2 4.2%
Less: current portion of debt 533.0 212.2
Long-term debt due after one year $ 8,050.9 $ 7,575.0
A portion of the debt classified as long-term may be pai d down earlier than scheduled at our discretion without
penalty. Our credit facilities contain certain restrictive covenants, including a covenant to satisfy a debt to
capitalization ratio. We test and report our compliance with these covenants as required by these facilities and were
in compliance with them at September 30, 2023. The carrying value of our debt includes the fair value step-up of
debt acquired in mergers and acquisitions, and the weighted average interest rate includes the fair value step up.
At September 30, 2023, excluding the step-up, the weighted average interest rate on total debt was 5.2%. At
September 30, 2023, the unamortized fair market value step-up was $157.0 million, which will be amortized over a
weighted average remaining life of 9.1 years. At September 30, 2023, we had $77.6 million of outstanding letters
of credit not drawn upon. At September 30, 2023, we had approximately $3.4 billion of available liquidity under long-
term committed credit facilities and cash and cash equivalents. This liquidity may be used to provide for ongoing
working capital needs and for other general corporate purposes including acquisitions and dividends.
The estimated fair value of our debt was approximately $8.1 billion and $7.3 billion as of September 30, 2023
and September 30, 2022, respectively. The fa ir value of our long-term debt is categorized as level 2 within the fair
value hierarchy and is primarily either based on quoted prices for those or similar instruments, or approximate their
carrying amount, as the variable interest rates reprice frequently at observable current market rates.
During fiscal 2023, 2022 and 2021, amortization of debt issuance costs charged to interest expense were $7.1
million, $7.3 million and $8.3 million, respectively.
Public Bonds
On September 26, 2023, following completion of consent solicitations, we entered into supplemental indentures
governing our outstanding: (i) $600 million aggregate principal amount of 3.750% senior notes due March 2025; (ii)
$750 million aggregate principal amount of 4.650% senior notes due March 2026; (iii) $500 million aggregate
principal amount of 3.375% senior notes due September 2027; (iv) $600 million aggregat e principal amount of
4.000% senior notes due March 2028 and (v) $750 million aggregate principal amount of 4.900% senior notes due
March 2029 to, among other things, amend the definition of “Change of Control” to add an exception for the
proposed Transaction.
On September 22, 2023, we discharged $500 million aggregate principal amount of our 3.00% senior notes
due September 2024 using cash and cash equivalents and borrowings under our commercial paper program and
recorded a $10.5 million gain on extinguishment of debt.
WESTROCK COMPANY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
113
On March 22, 2022, we redeemed $350 million aggregate principal amount of our 4.00% senior notes due
March 2023 primarily using borrowings under our Receivables Securitization Facility (as hereinafter defined) and
recorded an $8.2 million loss on extinguishment of debt.
On September 10, 2021, we redeemed $400 million aggregate principal amount of our 4.90% senior notes due
March 2022 using cash and cash equivalents and recorded a $8.6 million loss on extinguishment of debt.
At September 30, 2023 and September 30, 2022, the face value of our public bond obligations outstanding was
$5.7 billion and $6.2 billion, respectively.
Revolving Credit Facilities
Revolving Credit Facility
On July 7, 2022, we entered into a credit agreement (the "Revolving Credit Agreement") that included a five-
year senior unsecured revolving credit facility in an aggregate amount of $2.3 billion, consisting of a $1.8 billion
U.S. revolving facility and a $500 million multicurrency revolving facility (collectively, the Revolving Credit
Facility”) with Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as administrative agent and multicurrency agent. The
Revolving Credit Facility is guaranteed by WestRock Company and certain of its subsidiaries as set forth in the
Revolving Credit Agreement. We amended the Revolving Credit Agreement on September 27, 2023, to provide
that the proposed Transaction would not constitute a “Change in Control” thereunder. At September 30, 2023 and
2022, we had no amounts outstanding under the facility, respectively.
Loans under the Revolving Credit Facility may be drawn in U.S. dollars, Canadian dollars, Euro and Pounds
Sterling. At our option, loans under the Revolving Credit Facility will bear interest at (a) in the case of loans
denominated in U.S. dollars, either Term SOFR or an alternate base rate, (b) in the case of loans denominated in
Canadian dollars, one of CDOR, the U.S. Base Rate or the Canadian Prime Rate, (c) in the case of loans
denominated in Euro, EURIBOR and (d) in the case of loans denominated in Pounds Sterling, SONIA, in each case
plus an applicable interest rate margin that will fluctuate between 0.875% per annum and 1.500% per annum (for
Term SOFR loans, CDOR loans, EURIBOR loans and SONIA loans) or between 0.000% per annum and 0.500%
per annum (for alternate base rate loans, U.S. Base Rate loans and Canadian Prime Rate loans), based upon the
Company’s corporate credit ratings or the Leverage Ra tio (as each of these terms is defined in the Revolving Credit
Agreement) whichever yields a lower applicable interest rate margin at such time. Term SOFR loans will be subject
to a credit spread adjustment equal to 0.100% per annum. In addition, unused revolving commitments un der the
Revolving Credit Facility will accrue a commitment fee that will fluctuate between 0.080% per annum and 0.225%
per annum, based upon the Company’s corporate credit ratings or the Leverage Ratio (whichever yields a lower
applicable commitment fee rate) at such time.
European Revolving Credit Facilities
On July 7, 2022, we entered into a credit agreement (the "European Revolving Credit Agreement") with
Rabo, as administrative agent. The European Revolving Credit Agreement provides for a three-year senior
unsecured revolving credit facility in an aggregate amount of €700.0 million and includes an incremental €100.0
million accordion feature (the European Revolving Credit Facility”). The European Revolving Credit Facility is
guaranteed by WestRock Company and certain of its subsidiaries as set forth in the European Revolving Credit
Agreement. We amended the European Revolving Credit Agreement on September 27, 2023, to provide that the
proposed Transaction would not co nstitute a “Change in Control” thereunder. At September 30, 2023 we had no
amounts outstanding under the facility. At September 30, 2022, we had borrowed $265.0 million under the facility.
Loans under the European Revolving Credit Facility may be drawn in U.S. dollars, Euro and Pounds Sterling.
At our option, loans under the European Revolving Credit Facility will bear interest at (a) in the case of loans
denominated in U.S. dollars, either Term SOFR or an alternate base rate, (b) in the case of loans denominated in
Euro, EURIBOR and (c) in the case of loans denominated in Pounds Sterling, SONIA, in each case plus an
applicable interest rate margin that will fluctuate between 0.875% per annum and 1.625% per annum (for Term
SOFR loans, EURIBOR loans and SONIA loans) or between 0.000% per annum and 0.625% per annum (for
alternate base rate loans), based upon the Company’s corporate credit ratings at such time. Term SOFR loans will
WESTROCK COMPANY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
114
be subject to a credit spread adjustment equal to 0.100% per annum. In addition, unused revolving commitments
under the European Revolving Credit Facility will accrue a commitment fee that will fluctuate between 0.100% per
annum an d 0.275% per annum, based upon the Company’s corporate credit ratings at such time. Loans under the
European Revolving Credit Facility may be prepaid at any time without premium.
Term Loan Facilities
Farm Loan Credit Facilities
On July 7, 2022, we amended and restated the prior credit agreement (the Farm Credit Facility Agreement”)
with CoBank, ACB, as administrative agent. The Farm Credit Facility Agreement provides for a seven-year senior
unsecured term loan facility in an aggregate principal amount of $600 million (the Farm Credit Facility”). At any
time, we have the ability to request an increa se in the principal amount by up to $400 million by written notice. The
Farm Credit Facility is guaranteed by WestRock Company and certain of its subsidiaries as set forth in the Farm
Credit Facility Agreemen t. We amended the Farm Credit Facility Agreement on September 27, 2023, to provide
that the proposed Transaction woul d not constitute a “Change in Control” thereunder. The carrying value of this
facility at September 30, 2023 and 2022 was $598.4 million and $598.2 million, respectively.
At our option, loans issued under the Farm Credit Facility will bear interest at either Term SOFR or an alternate
base rate, in each case plus an applicable interest rate margin that will fluctuate between 1.650% per annum and
2.275% per annum (for Term SOFR loans) or between 0.650% per annum and 1.275% per annum (for alternate
base rate loans), based upon the Company’s corporate credit ratings or the Leverage Ratio (as each of these terms
is defined in the Farm Credit Facility Agreement) whichever yields a lower applicable interest rate margin at such
time. In addition, Term SOFR loans will be subject to a credit spread adjustment equal to 0.100% per annum.
Delayed Draw Term Facility
On August 18, 2022, we amended the Revolving Credit Agreement (the "Amended Credit Agreement") to add
a three-year unsecured delayed draw term loan facility with an aggregate principal amount of up to $1.0 billion (the
"Delayed Draw Term Facility") that could be borrowed in a single draw through May 31, 20 23. On November 28,
2022, in connection with the Mexico Acquisition, we drew upon the facility in full. The Delayed Draw Term Facility
is guaranteed by WestRock Company and certain of its subsidiaries as set forth in the Amended Credit Agreement.
We have the option to extend the maturity date by one year with full lende r consent. The one-year maturity extension
would cost a fee of 20 basis points. We amended the Amended Credit Agreement on September 27, 2023, to
provide that the proposed Transaction would not constitute a “Change in Control” thereunder. At September 30,
2023, the carrying value of this facility was $749.0 million.
At our option, a loan under the Delayed Draw Term Facility will bear interest at either Term SOFR or an alternate
base rate, in each case plus an applicable interest rate margin that will fluctuate between 0.875% per annum and
1.500% per annum for a Term SOFR loan or between 0.000% per annum and 0.500% per annu m for an alternate
base rate loan based upon the Company’s corporate credit ratings or the Leverage Ratio (as defined in the
Amended Credit Agreement), whichever yields a lower applicable interest rate margin, at such time. A Term SOFR
loan will be subject to a credit spread adjustment equal to 0.100% per annum. Any loan under the Delayed Draw
Term Facility may be prepaid at any time without premium, and it may not be reborrowed.
Receivables Securitization Facility
On February 28, 2023, we amended our existing $700.0 million receivables securitization agreement (the
Receivables Securitization Facility”), primarily to extend the maturity to February 27, 2026, and to complete the
transition from LIBOR to Term SOFR. Term SOFR loans are subject to a credit spread adjustment equal to 0.10%
per annum. The commitment fee was 0.25% and 0.35% as of September 30, 2023 and September 30, 2022,
respectively. At September 30, 2023 and September 30, 2022, maximum available borrowings, excluding amounts
outstanding under the Receivables Securitization Facility, were $700.0 million and $700.0 million, respectively. The
carrying amount of accounts receivable collateralizing the maximum available borrowings at Septembe r 30, 2023
and September 30, 2022 were approximately $1,177.6 million and $1,390.5 million, respectively. We have
continuing involvement with the underlying receivables as we provide credit and collections services pursuant to
WESTROCK COMPANY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
115
the Receivables Securitization Facility. We amended the Receivables Securitization Facility on September 29,
2023, to provide that the proposed Transaction would not be deemed to constitute a “Change in Control” thereunder.
At September 30, 2023 we had borrowed $425.0 million under this facility. At September 30, 2022 there were no
amounts outstanding under this facility.
Borrowing availability under this facility is based on the eligible underlying accounts receivable and compliance
with certain covenants. The agreement governing the Receivables Securitization Facility contains restrictions,
including, among others, on the creation of certain liens on the underlying collateral. We test and report our
compliance with these covenants monthly; we were in compliance with these covenants at September 30, 2023.
The Receivables Securitization Facility includes certain restrictions on receivables eligibility under the facility and
allows for the exclusion of eligible receivables of specific obligors each calendar year subject to the following
restrictions: (i) the aggregate of excluded receivables may not exceed 7.5% of eligible receivables under the
Receivables Securitization Facility and (ii) the excluded receivables of each obligor may not exceed 2.5% of the
aggregate outstanding balance.
Commercial Paper Program
On December 7, 2018, we established an unsecured commercial paper program with WRKCo as the issuer.
Under the program, we may issue short-term unsecured commercial paper notes in an aggregate principal amount
at any time not to exceed $1.0 billion with up to 397-day maturities. The program has no expiration date and can
be terminated by either the agent or us with not less than 30 days’ notice. Our Revolving Credit Facility is (and,
prior to July 7, 2022, the prior revolving credit facility was) intended to backstop the commercial paper program.
Amounts available under the program may be borrowed, repaid and re-borrowed from time to time. At
September 30, 2023 there was $283.9 million outstanding. At September 30, 2022, there were no amounts
outstanding.
International and Other Debt
Brazil Export Credit Note
On January 18, 2021, we entered into a credit agreement to provide for R$500.0 million of a senior unsecured
term loan of WestRock Celulose, Papel E Embalagens Ltda. (a subsidiary of the Company), as borrower, and the
Company, as guarantor. The agreement provides for the outstanding amount of the principal to be repaid in equal,
semiannual installments beginning on January 19, 2023 until the facility matures on January 19, 2026. The proceeds
borrowed are to be used to support the production of goods or acquisition of inputs that are essential or ancillary to
export activities. Loans issued under the facility will bear interest at a floating rate based on Brazil’s Certificate of
Interbank Deposit rate plus a spread of 2.50%. At September 30, 2023 and 2022, there was R$147.1 million ($29.4
million) outstanding and R$500.0 million ($92.7 million) outstanding, respectively.
Brazil Delayed Draw Credit Facilities
On April 10, 2019, we entered into a credit agreement to provide for R$750.0 million of senior unsecured term
loans with an incremental R$250.0 million accordion feature to be repaid in equal, semiannual installments
beginning on April 10, 2021 until maturity on April 10, 2024 (the Brazil Delayed Draw Credit Facilities”). The
proceeds of the Brazil Delayed Draw Credit Facilities were used to support the production of goods or acquisition
of inputs essential or ancillary to export activities. On September 16, 2022, we repaid the facility in full, which
resulted in termination of the facility. The Brazil Delayed Draw Credit Facilities were senior unsecured obligations
of Rigesa Celulose, Papel E Embalagens Ltda. (a subsidiary of the Company), as borrower, and the Company, as
guarantor. Loans issued under the Brazil Delayed Draw Credit Facilities bore interest at a floating rate based on
Brazil’s Certificate of Interbank Deposit rate plus a spread of 1.50%.
WESTROCK COMPANY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
116
Aggregate Maturities of Debt
As of September 30, 2023, the aggregate maturities of debt, excluding finance lease obligations, for the
succeeding five fiscal years and thereafter are as follows (in millions):
Fiscal 2024 $ 469.7
Fiscal 2025 1,353.3
Fiscal 2026 1,178.1
Fiscal 2027 506.0
Fiscal 2028 1,100.9
Thereafter 3,379.7
Fair value of debt step-up, deferred financing costs and unamortized
bond discounts 123.6
Total $ 8,111.3
See Note 15. Leases of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the aggregate maturities of
finance lease obligations for the succeeding five fiscal years and thereafter.
Note 15. Leases
Components of Lease Costs
The following table presents certain information related to the lease costs for finance and operating leases (in
millions):
Years Ended September 30,
2023 2022 2021
Operating lease costs $ 236.3 $ 218.1 $ 211.0
Variable and short-term lease costs 145.9 122.8 104.6
Sublease income (5.6) (6.1) (8.9)
Finance lease cost:
Amortization of lease assets 16.1 15.1 9.6
Interest on lease liabilities 31.7 7.9 7.2
Total lease cost, net $ 424.4 $ 357.8 $ 323.5
Supplemental Balance Sheet Information Related to Leases
The table below presents the lease-related assets and liabilities reco rded on the balance sheet (in millions):
September 30,
Consolidated Balance Sheet Caption
2023 2022
Operating leases:
Operating lease right-of-use asset Other noncurrent assets $ 648.5 $ 699.6
Current operating lease liabilities Other current liabilities $ 202.4 $ 191.9
Noncurrent oper ating lease liabilities Other noncurrent liabilities 499.7 551.1
Total operating lease liabilities $ 702.1 $ 743.0
Finance leases:
Property, plant and equipment $ 400.6 $ 177.4
Accumulated depreciation (105.3) (37.3)
Property, plant and equipment, net $ 295.3 $ 140.1
Current finance lease liabilities Current portion of debt $ 62.9 $ 14.5
Noncurrent finance lease liabilities Long-term debt due after one year 409.7 273.0
Total financ e lease liabilities $ 472.6 $ 287.5
WESTROCK COMPANY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
117
Our finance lease portfolio includes certain assets that are either fully depreciated or transferred for which the
lease arrangement requires a one-time prin cipal repayment on the maturity date of the lease obligation.
Lease Term and Discount Rate
September 30,
2023 2022
Weighted average remaining lease term:
Operating leases 4.5 years 5.0 years
Finance leases 9.3 years 7.3 years
Weighted average discount rate:
Operating leases 3.4% 2.7%
Finance leases 5.1% 4.2%
Supplemental Cash Flow Information Related to Leases
The table below presents supplemental cash flow information related to leases (in millions):
Years Ended September 30,
2023 2022
Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities:
Operating ca sh flows related to operating leases $ 235.2 $ 214.8
Operating ca sh flows related to finance leases $ 16.0 $ 8.8
Financing cash flows related to finance leases $ 31.6 $ 14.8
ROU assets obtained in exchange for lease liabilities:
Operating leases $ 156.3 $ 184.6
Finance leases $ 50.1 $ 27.8
Maturity of Lease Liabilities
The table below reconciles the undiscounted cash flows for each of the first five years and total of the remaining
years to the operating lease liabilities and finance lease liabilities recorded on the balan ce sheet (in millions):
September 30, 2023
Operating
Leases Finance Leases Total
Fiscal 2024 $ 223.1 $ 97.4 $ 320.5
Fiscal 2025 173.6 39.3 212.9
Fiscal 2026 136.8 37.5 174.3
Fiscal 2027 100.4 34.3 134.7
Fiscal 2028 59.0 112.5 171.5
Thereafter 66.8 352.6 419.4
Total lease payments 759.7 673.6 1,433.3
Less: Interest
(1)
(57.6) (201.0) (258.6)
Present value of future lease payments $ 702.1 $ 472.6 $ 1,174.7
(1)
Calculated using the interest rate for each lease.
Note 16. Derivatives
We are exposed to risks from changes in, among other things, commodity price risk, foreign currency exchange
risk and interest rate risk. To manage these risks, from time to time and to varying degrees, we may enter into a
WESTROCK COMPANY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
118
variety of financial derivative transactions and certain physical commodity transactions that are determined to be
derivatives.
We have designated certain natural gas commodity contracts as cash flow hedges for accounting purposes.
Therefore, the entire change in fair value of the financial derivative instrument is reported as a component of other
comprehensive loss and reclassified into earnings in the same line item associated with the forecasted transaction,
and in the same period or periods during which the fore casted transaction affects earnings. Fair value
measurements for our natural gas commodity derivatives are classified under level 2 because such measurements
are estimated based on observable inputs such as commodity future prices. Approximately three-fourths of our
natural gas purchases for our U.S. and Canadian mill operations are tied to NYMEX. Our natural gas hedging
positions are entered in layers over multiple months and up to 12 months in advance to achieve a targeted hedging
volume of up to 80% of our anticipated NYMEX-based natural gas purchases. However, we may modify our strategy
based on, among other things, our assessment of market conditions.
For financial derivative instruments that are not designated as accounting hedges, the entire change in fair
value of the financial instrument is reported immediately in current period earnings.
The following table sets forth the outstanding notional amounts related to our de rivative instruments (in millions):
September 30,
Metric 2023 2022
Designated cash flow hedges:
Natural gas commodity contracts MMBtu 22.0 18.3
Undesignated derivatives:
Foreign currency contracts
(1)
Mexican pesos 8,000.0
(1)
At September 30, 2022, the outstanding foreign currency exchange contract was related to the purchase of 8.0 billion
Mexican pesos ($389.9 million) for refinancing the external debt acquired in the Mexico Acquisition on December 1, 2022.
The following table sets forth the location and fair values of our derivative instruments (in millions):
September 30,
Consolidated Balance
Sheet Caption 2023 2022
Designated cash flow hedges:
Natural gas commodity contracts Other current liabilities
(1)
$ 6.3 $ 12.0
Undesignated derivatives:
Foreign currency contracts Other current assets $ $ 3.4
(1)
At September 30, 2023 and September 30, 2022, liability positions by counterparty were partially offset by $0.2 million and
$2.3 million, respectively, of asset positions where we had an enforceable right of netting.
The following table sets forth gains (losses) recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax
for cash flow hedges (in millio ns):
Years Ended September 30,
2023 2022 2021
Natural gas commodity contracts $ 4.2 $ (8.9) $
Interest rate swap contracts $ $ $ 5.4
The following table sets forth amounts of gains (losses) recognized in the consolidated statements of operations
for cash flow hedges reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss (in millions):
WESTROCK COMPANY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
119
Years Ended September 30,
Consolidated Statement
of Operations Caption
2023 2022 2021
Natural gas commodity contracts Cost of goods sold $ (72.6) $ (1.8) $
Interest rate swap contracts Interest expens e, net $ $ $ (7.4)
The following table sets forth amounts of gains (losses) recognized in the consolidated statements of operations
for derivatives not designated as hedges (in millions):
Years Ended September 30,
Consolidated Statement
of Operations Caption
2023 2022 2021
Foreign currency contracts Other income (expense), net $ 19.7 $ $
Note 17. Special Purpose Entities
Pursuant to a sale of certain large-tract forestlands in 2007, a special purpose entity MeadWestvaco Timber
Notes Holding, LLC (“MWV TN”) received, and WestRock assumed upon the strategic combination of Rock-Tenn
Company and MeadWestvaco Corporation’s respective businesses (the Combination”), an installment note
receivable in the amount of $398.0 million (“Timber Note I”). Timber Note I does not require any principal payments
until its maturity in October 2027 and bore interest at a rate approximating LIBOR prior to its amendment and
transition to Term SOFR in June 2023. In addition, Timber Note I is supported by a bank-issued irrevocable letter
of credit obtained by the buyer of the forestlands. Timber Note I is not subject to prepayment in whole or in part
prior to maturity. The bank’s credit rating as of October 2023 was investment grade.
Using Timber Note I as collateral, MWV TN received $338.3 million in proceeds under a secured financing
agreement with a bank. Under the terms of the agreement, the liability from this transaction is non-recourse to the
Company and is payable from Timber Note I proceeds upon its maturity in October 2027. As a result, Timber Note
I is not available to satisfy any obligations of WestRock. MWV TN can elect to prepay at any time the liability in
whole or in part, however, given that Timber Note I is not prepayable, MWV TN expects to repay the liability at
maturity from Timber Note I proceeds. Timber Note I and the secured financing liability were fair valued on the
opening balance sheet in connection with the Combination.
Pursuant to the sale of MeadWestvaco Corporation’s remaining U.S. forestlands, which occurred on December
6, 2013, another special purpose entity MeadWestvaco Timber Notes Holding Company II, LLC (“MWV TN II”)
received, and WestRock assumed upon the Combination, an installment note receivable in the amount of $860.0
million (“Timber Note II and together with Timber Note I, the Timber Notes”). Timber Note II does not require any
principal payments until its maturity in December 2023 and bears interest at a fixed rate of 5.207%. As of
September 30, 2023, no event had occurred that would allow for the prepayment of Timber Note II. Timber Note II
became prepayable at the borrower’s discretion on October 1, 2023. We expect it to be repaid at or close to maturity.
We monitor the credit quality of the borrower and receive quarterly compliance certificates. The borrower’s credit
rating as of October 2023 was investment grade.
Using Timber Note II as collateral, MWV TN II received $774.0 million in proceeds under a secured financing
agreement with a bank (together with the borrowing collateralized by Timber Note I, the Timber Loans”). Under
the terms of the agreement, the liability from this transaction is non-recourse to WestRock and is payable from
Timber Note II procee ds upon its maturity in December 2023. As a result, Timber Note II is not available to satisfy
any obligations of WestRock. MWV TN II can elect to prepay, at any time, the liability in whole or in part, with
sufficient notice, but would avail itself of this provision only in the event Timber Note II was prepaid in whole or in
part. The secured financing agreement, however, requires a mandatory repayment, up to the amount of cash
received, if Timber Note II is prepaid in whole or in part. Timber Note II and the secured financing liability were fair
valued on the opening balance sheet in connection with the Combination.
The restricted assets and non-recourse liabilities held by SPEs, which we consolidate as variable interest
entities, are included in the consolidated balance sheets in the following (in millions):
WESTROCK COMPANY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
120
September 30,
2023 2022
Other current assets $ 862.1 $
Other noncurrent assets $ 382. 7 $ 1,253.0
Other current liabilities $ 776.7 $
Other noncurrent liabilities $ 330.2 $ 1,117.8
The decrease in Other noncurrent assets and Other noncurrent liabilities subsequent to September 30, 2022
reflects one of the Timber Notes becoming current in December 2022.
As of September 30, 2023 and September 30, 2022, the aggregate fair value of the Timber Notes was $1,257.2
million and $1,278.3 million, respectively. As of September 30, 2023 and September 30, 2022, the fair value of the
Non-recourse Liabilities was $1,112.4 million and $1,132.3 million, respectively. Fair values of the Timber Notes
and Non-recourse Liabilities are classified as level 2 within the fair value hierarchy.
The restricted assets and non-recourse liabilities have the following activity (in millions):
September 30,
2023 2022 2021
Interest income on Timber Notes
(1)
$ 56.0 $ 41.1 $ 38.7
Interest expense on Timber Loans
(1)
$ 50.0 $ 37.2 $ 35.2
Cash rece ipts on Timber Notes
(2)
$ 61.4 $ 46.5 $ 45.9
Cash payments on Timber Loans
(2)
$ 57.6 $ 44.9 $ 44.7
(1)
Presented in Interest expense, net on the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations.
(2)
Included as part of operating cash flows on the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.
Note 18. Related Party Transactions
We sell products to affiliated companies. Net sales to the affilia ted companies for the fiscal years ended
September 30, 2023, 2022 and 2021 were approximately $139.6 million, $238.5 million and $237.7 million,
respectively. Accounts receivable due from affiliated companies at September 30, 2023 and 2022 were $23.0 million
and $27.2 million, respectively, and were included in Accounts receivable on our consolidated balance sheets. The
decline in net sales to affiliated companies in fiscal 2023 was primarily due to the Mexico Acquisition and the sale
of an unconsolidated displays joint venture.
Note 19. Commitments and Contingencies
Capital Additions
Estimated costs for future purchases of fixed assets that we are obligated to purchase as of September 30,
2023 total approximately $353 million.
Environmental
Environmental compliance requirements are a significant factor affecting our business. Our manufacturing
processes involve the use of natural resources, such as virgin wood fiber and fresh water, discharges to water, air
emissions and waste handling and disposal activities. These processes are subject to numerous federal, state, local
and international environmental laws and regulations, as well as the requirements of environmental permits and
similar authorizations issued by various governmental authorities. Complex and lengthy processes may be required
to obtain and renew approvals, permits, and licenses for new, existing or modified facilities. Additionally, the use
and handling of various chemicals or hazardous materials require release prevention plans and emergency
WESTROCK COMPANY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
121
response procedures. Our integrated chemical pulping mills in the U.S. and Brazil are subject to numerous and
more complex environmental programs and regulations, but all of WestRock’s manufacturing facilities have
environmental compliance obligations. We have incurred, and expect that we will continue to incur, significant
capital, operating and other expenditures complying with applicable environmental laws and regulations including,
for example, projects to replace and/or upgrade our air pollution control devices, wastewater treatment systems,
and other environmental infrastructure. Changes in these laws, as well as litigation relating to these laws, could
result in more stringent or additional environmental compliance obligations for the Company that may require
additional capital investments or increase ou r operating costs.
We are involved in various administrative and other proceedings relating to environmental matters that arise in
the normal course of business, and we may become involved in similar matters in the future. Although the ultimate
outcome of these proceedings cannot be predicted and we cannot at this time estimate any reasonably possible
losses based on available information, we do not believe that the currently expected outcome of any environmental
proceedings and claims that are pending or threatened against us will have a material adverse effect on our results
of operations, financial condition or cash flows.
Environmental regulations in the U.S. and Canada will require our power boilers at certain WestRock mills to
meet more stringent nitrogen oxide (“NOx”) emission standards beginning in 2026. In the U.S., the EPA recently
finalized a regulation, known as the “Good Neighbor” Plan, that is intended to reduce ozone-forming emissions of
nitrogen oxides from industrial facilities in 20 states during the ozone season (May through September). In Canada,
the government is implementing the Multi-Sector Air Pollutants Regulation, which establishes tighter NOx limits for
boilers and heaters in several industries, including pulp and paper. Our preliminary analysis indicates that to meet
these new requirements, we need to reduce NOx emissions from nine power boilers at four mills in the U.S. and
one in Canada. Our environmental and engineering teams are working on strategies for meeting these new limits.
Based on our initial assessment, we do not believe the costs of compliance will be material; however, litigation has
been filed in several jurisdictions challenging the “Good Neighbor Plan, and it is currently unclear how these
ongoing legal proceedings may impact future obligations under this regulatory program.
We face potential liability under federal, state, local and international laws as a result of releases, or threatened
releases, of hazardous substances into the environment from various sites owned and operated by third parties at
which Company-generated wastes have allegedly been deposited. Generators of hazardous substances sent to
off-site disposal locations at which en vironmental contamination exists, as well as the owners of those sites and
certain other classes of persons, are liable for response costs for the investigation and remediation of such sites
under Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980 (“CERCLA”) and
analogous laws. While joint and several liability is authorized under CERCLA, liability is typically shared with other
potentially responsible or liable parties and costs are commonl y allocated according to relative amounts of waste
deposited and other factors.
In addition, certain of our current or former locations are being investigated or remediated under various
environmental laws, including CERCLA. Based on information known to us and assumptions, we do not believe
that the costs of these investig ation and remediation projects will have a material adverse effect on our results of
operations, financial condition or cash flows. However, the discovery of contamination or the imposition of additional
obligations, including natural resources damages at these or other sites in the future, could impact our results of
operations, financial condition or cash flows.
We believe that we can assert claims for indemnification pursuant to existing rights we have under certain
purchase and other agreements in connection with certain remediation sites. In addition, we believe that we have
insurance coverage, subject to applicable deductibles or retentions, policy limits and other conditions, for certain
environmental matters. However, we may not be successful with respect to any claim regarding these insurance or
indemnification rights and, if we are successful, any amounts paid pursuant to the insurance or indemnification
rights may not be sufficient to cover all ou r costs and expenses. We also cannot predict whether we will be required
to perform remediation projects at other locations, and it is possible that our remediation requirements and costs
could increase materially in the future and exceed current reserves. In addition, we cannot currently determine the
impact that future chang es in cleanup standards or federal, state or other environmental laws, regulations or
enforcement practices will have on our results of operations, fina ncial condition or cash flows.
WESTROCK COMPANY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
122
As of September 30, 2023, we had $9.6 million reserved for environmental liabilities on an undiscounted basis,
of which $3.3 million is included in Other noncurrent liabilities and $6.3 million is included in Other current liabilities
on the consolidated balance sheets, including amounts accrued in connection with environmental obligations
relating to manufacturing facilities that we have closed. We be lieve the liability for these matters was adequately
reserved at September 30, 2023.
Climate Change
Climate change presents risks and uncertainties for us. With respect to physical risks, our physical assets and
infrastructure, including our manufacturing op erations, have been, and may be in future periods impacted by
weather-related events such as hurricanes and floods, potentially resulting in items such as physical damage to our
facilities and lost production. Unpredictable weather patterns or extended periods of severe weather also may result
in supply chain disruptions and increased material costs, such as through impacts to virgin fiber supplies and prices,
which may fluctuate during prolonged periods of heavy rain or drought, during tree disease or insect epidemics or
other environmental conditions that may be caused by variations in climate conditions. To the extent that severe
weather or other climate-related risks materialize, and we are unprepared for them, we may incur unexpected costs,
which could have a material effect on our results of operations, cash flows and financial condition, and the trading
price of our Common Stock may be adversely impacted.
Responses to climate change may result in regulatory risks as new laws and regulations aimed at reducing
GHG emissions come into effect. These rules and regulations co uld take the form of cap-and-trade, carbon taxes,
or GHG reductions mandates for utilities that could increase the cost of purchased electricity. New climate rules
and regulations also may result in higher fossil fuel prices or fuel efficiency standards that could increase
transportation costs. Certain jurisdictions in which we have manufacturing facilities or other investments have
already taken actions to address climate change. In addition to national efforts, some U.S. states in which we have
manufacturing operations, including Washington, New York and Virginia, are taking measures to reduce GHG
emissions, such as requiring GHG emissions reporting or developing regional cap-and-trade programs.
Several of our international facilities are located in countries that have already adopted GHG emissions trading
programs. Other countries in which we conduct business, including China, European Union member states and
India, have set GHG reduction targets in accordance with the agreement among over 170 countries that established
the Paris Agreement, which became effective in November 2016 and which the United States formally rejoined in
February 2021.
We have systems in place for tracking the GHG emissions from our energy-intensive facilities, and we monitor
developments in climate-related laws, regulations and policies to assess the potential impact of such developments
on our results of operations, financial condition, cash flows and disclosure obligations. Compliance with climate
programs may require future expenditures to meet GHG emission reduction obligations in future years. These
obligations may include carbon taxes, the requirement to purchase GHG credits, or the need to acquire carb on
offsets. Also, we may be required to make capital and other investments to displace traditional fossil fuels, such as
fuel oil and coal, with lower carbon alternatives, such as biomass and natural gas.
Brazil Tax Liability
We are challenging claims by the Brazil Federal Revenue Department that we underpaid tax, penalties and
interest associated with a claim that a subsidiary of Mead Westvaco Corporation (the predecessor of WestRock
MWV, LLC) had reduced its tax liability related to the goodwill generated by the 2002 merger of two of its Brazilian
subsidiaries. The matter has proceeded through the Brazil Administrative Council of Tax Appeals (“CARF”)
principally in two proceedings, covering tax years 2003 to 2008 and 2009 to 2012. The tax and interest claim relating
to tax years 2009 to 2012 was finalized and is now the subject of an annulment action we filed in the Brazil federal
court. CARF notified us of its final decision regarding the tax, penalties and interest claims relating to tax years 2003
to 2008 on June 3, 2020. We have filed an annulment action in Brazil federal court with respect to that decision as
WESTROCK COMPANY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
123
well. The dispute related to fraud penalties for tax years 2009 to 2012 was resolved by CARF in favor of WestRock
effective January 23, 2023.
We assert that we have no liability in these matters. The total amount in dispute before CARF and in the
annulment actions relating to the claimed tax deficiency was R$714 million ($143 million) as of September 30, 2023,
including various penalties and interest. The U.S. dollar equivalent has fluctuated significantly due to chan ges in
exchange rates. The amount of our uncertain tax position reserve for this matter, which excludes certain penalties,
is included in the unrecognized tax benefits table. See Note 7. Income Taxes”. Resolution of the uncertain tax
positions could have a material adverse effect on our cash flows and results of operations or materially benefit our
results of operations in future periods depending upon their ultimate resolution.
Other Litigation
During fiscal 2018, we submitted formal notification to withdraw from the PIUMPF and recorded a liability
associated wi th the withdrawal. Subsequently, in fiscal 2019 and 2020, we received demand letters from PIUMPF,
including a demand for withdrawal liabilities and for our proportionate share of PIUMPF’s accumulated funding
deficiency, and we refined our liability, the impact of which was not significant. We began making monthly payments
for the PIUMPF withdrawal liabilities in fiscal 2020, excluding the accumulated funding deficiency demands. We
dispute the PIUMPF accumulated funding deficiency demands. In February 2020, we received a demand letter from
PIUMPF asserting that we owe $51.2 million for our pro-rata share of PIUMPF’s accumulated funding deficiency,
including interest. Similarly, in April 2020, we received an updated demand letter related to a subsidiary of ours
asserting that we owe $1.3 million of additional accumulated funding deficiency, including intere st. The subsidiary
for which we received the updated demand letter was sold in September 2023 . In July 2021, the PIUMPF filed suit
against us in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of Georgia claiming the right to recover our pro rata
share of the pension fund’s accumulated funding deficiency, along with interest, liquidated damages and attorney’s
fees. We believe we are adequately reserved for this matter. See Note 6. Retirement Plans Multiemployer
Plans of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional informa tion regarding our withdrawal
liabilities.
We have been named a defendant in asbestos-related personal injury litigation. To date, the costs resulting
from the lit ig ation, including settlement costs, have not been significant. As of September 30, 2023, there were
approximately 600 such lawsuits. We believe that we have substantial insurance coverage, subject to applicable
deductibles and policy limits, with respect to asbestos claims. We also have valid defenses to these asbestos-
related personal injury claims and intend to continue to defend them vigorously. Should the volume of litigation grow
substantially, it is possible that we could incur significant costs resolving these cases. We do not expect the
resolution of pending asbestos litigation and proceedings to have a material adverse effect on our results of
operations, financial condition or cash flows. In any given period or periods, however, it is possible such proceedings
or matters could have an adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition or cash flows. At
September 30, 2023, we had $13. 7 million reserved for these matters.
We are a defendant in a number of other lawsuits and claims arising out of the conduct of our business. While
the ultimate results of such suits or other proceedings against us cannot be predicted, we believe the resolution of
these other matters will not have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition or cash
flows.
Indirect Tax Claim
In March 2017, the Supreme Court of Brazil issued a decision concluding that certain state value added tax
should not be included in the calculation of federal gross receipts taxes. Subsequently, in fiscal 2019 and 2020, the
Supreme Court of Brazil rendered favorable decisions on eight of our cases granting us the right to recover certain
state value added tax. The tax authorities in Brazil filed a Motion of Clarification with the Supreme Court of Brazil.
Based on our evaluation and the opinion of our tax and legal advisors, we believe the decision reduced our gross
receipts tax in Brazil prospectively an d retrospectively, and will allow us to recover tax amounts collected by the
government. Due to the volume of invoices being reviewed (January 2002 to September 2019), we recorded the
estimated recoveries across several periods beginning in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2019 as we reviewed the
documents and the amount became estimable. In May 2021, the Supreme Court of Brazil judged the Motion of
WESTROCK COMPANY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
124
Clarification and concluded on the gross methodology, which was consistent with our evaluation and that of our tax
and legal advisors. In fiscal 2021, we recorded a receivable for our expected recovery and interest that consisted
primarily of a $0.6 million reduction of Cost of goods sold and $0.3 million reduction of Interest expense, net. In
fiscal 2023, we recorded a receivable for our expected recovery and interest that consisted of a $4.4 million
reduction of Cost of goods sold and $4.7 million reduction of Interest expense, net. We are monitoring the status of
our remain ing cases, and subject to the resolution in the courts, we may record additional amounts in future periods.
Guarantees
We make certain guarantees in the normal course of conducting our operations for compliance with certain
laws and regulations, or in connection with certain busin ess transactions. The guarantees include items such as
funding of net losses in proportion to our ownership share of certain joint ventures, debt guarantee s related to
certain unconsolidated entities acquired in acquisitions, indemnifications of lessors in certain facilities and
equipment operating leases for items such as additional taxes being assessed due to a change in tax law and
certain other agreements. We estimate our exposure to these matters to be less than $50 million. As of
September 30, 2023 and 2022, we had recorded $0.8 million and $0.8 million, respectively, for the estimated fair
value of these guarantees. We are unable to estimate our maximum exposure under operating leases because it
is dependent on potential changes in the tax laws; however, we believe our exposure related to guarantees would
not have a material impact on our results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.
Note 20. Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss and Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
The following table summarizes the changes in accumulated other comprehensive loss by component for the
fiscal years ended September 30, 2023 and 2022 (in millions):
Deferred
(Loss) Income
on Cash
Flow Hedges
Defined Benefit
Pension and
Postretirement
Plans
Foreign
Currency
Items Total
(1)
Balance at September 30, 2021 $ (0.2) $ (536.5) $ (462.4) $ (999.1 )
Other comprehensive loss before
reclassifications (10.3) (217.1) (241.2) (468.6)
Amounts reclassified from accumulated
other comprehensive loss 1.4 12.0 13.4
Net current period other comprehensive loss (8.9) (205.1) (241.2) (455.2)
Balance at September 30, 2022 $ (9.1) $ (741.6) $ (703.6) $ (1,454.3)
Other comprehensive (loss) income before
reclassifications (50.2) 119.1 354.4 423.3
Amounts reclassified from accumulated
other comprehensive loss 54.4 50.5 27.5 132.4
Net current period other comprehensive income 4.2 169.6 381.9 555.7
Balance at September 30, 2023 $ (4.9) $ (572.0) $ (321.7) $ (898.6 )
(1)
All amounts are net of tax and noncontrolling interest.
The net of tax amounts were determined using the jurisdictional statutory rates, and reflect effective tax rates
averaging 25% to 26%, 25% to 26% and 25% to 26% for fiscal 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively. Although we are
impacted by the exchange rates of a number of currencies to varying degrees by period, our foreign currency
translation adjustments recorded in accumulated other comprehensive loss primarily relate to the Mexican Peso,
Brazilian Real and British Pound, each against the U.S. dollar.
WESTROCK COMPANY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
125
The following table summarizes the reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive loss by
component for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2023 and 2022 (in millions):
Years Ended September 30,
2023 2022
Pre-Tax Tax
Net of
Tax
Pre-Tax Tax
Net of
Tax
Amortization of defined benefit pension and
postretirement items:
(1)
Actuarial losses
(2)
$ (53.0) $ 13.3 $ (39.7) $ (7.8) $ 1.9 $ (5.9)
Prior service costs
(2)
(7.5) 1.9 (5.6) (8.2) 2.1 (6.1)
Reclassification of net pension
adjustment upon sale of RTS
(3)
(8.9) 3.7 (5.2)
Subtotal defined benefit plans (69.4) 18.9 (50.5) (16.0) 4.0 (12.0)
Foreign currency translation adjustments:
(1)
Reclassification of previously unrealized
net foreign currency loss upon
consolidation of equity investment
(4)
(29.0) (29.0)
Reclassification of previously unrealized
net foreign currency gain upon sale of
RTS
(3)
1.5 1.5
Subtotal foreign currency translation
adjustments (27.5) (27.5)
Derivative Instruments:
(1)
Natural gas commodity hedge loss
(5)
(72.6) 18.2 (54.4) (1.8) 0.4 (1.4)
Total reclassi fications for the period $ (169.5 ) $ 37.1 $ (132.4) $ (17.8) $ 4.4 $ (13.4)
(1)
Amounts in parentheses indicate charges to earnings. Amounts pertaining to noncontrolling interests are excluded.
(2)
These accumulated other comprehensive income components are included in the computation of net periodic pension cost.
See Note 6. Retirement Plans for additional information.
(3)
Amount reflected in Gain on sale of RTS and Chattanooga in the consolidated statements of operations.
(4)
Amount reflected in Equity in income of unconsolidated entities in the consolidated statements of operations.
(5)
These accumulated other comprehensive income components are included in Cost of goods sold.
WESTROCK COMPANY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
126
A summary of the components of other comprehensive income (loss), including noncontrolling interest, for the
years ended September 30, 2023, 2022 and 2021, is as follows (in millions):
Fiscal 2023 Pre-Tax Tax Net of Tax
Foreign currency translation gain $ 354.9 $ $ 354.9
Reclassification of previously unrealized net foreign
currency loss upon consolidation of equity investment 29.0 29.0
Reclassification of previously unrealized net foreign currency
gain upon sale of RTS
(2.3) (2.3)
Deferred loss on cash flow hedges (66.9) 16.7 (50.2)
Reclassification adj ustment of net loss on cash flow hedges
included in earnings 72.6 (18.2) 54.4
Net actuarial gain arising during period 161.6 (40.8) 120.8
Amortization and settlement recognition of net actuarial loss 53.5 (13.4) 40.1
Prior service cost arising during the period (2.0) 0.5 (1.5)
Amortization of prior service cost 7.6 (1.9) 5.7
Reclassification of net pension adjustment upon sale of RTS 13.6 (5.7) 7.9
Consolidated other comprehensive income 621.6 (62.8) 558.8
Less: Other comprehensive income attributable to
noncontrolling interests (5.3) 2.2 (3.1)
Other comprehensive income attributable to common
stockholders $ 616.3 $ (60.6) $ 555.7
Fiscal 2022 Pre-Tax Tax Net of Tax
Foreign currency translation loss $ (241.5) $ $ (241.5)
Deferred loss on cash flow hedges (13.8) 3.5 (10.3)
Reclassification adj ustment of net loss on cash flow hedges
included in earnings 1.8 (0.4) 1.4
Net actuarial loss arising during period (289.1) 72.8 (216.3)
Amortization and settlement recognition of net actuarial loss 8.4 (2.0) 6.4
Prior service cost arising during the period (0.2) (0.2)
Amortization of prior service cost 8.2 (2.1) 6.1
Consolidated other comprehensive loss (526.2) 71.8 (454.4)
Less: Other comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling
interests (1.1) 0.3 (0.8)
Other comprehensive loss attributable to common
stockholders
$ (527.3) $ 72.1 $ (455.2)
Fiscal 2021 Pre-Tax Tax Net of Tax
Foreign currency translation gain $ 124.3 $ $ 124.3
Deferred loss on cash flow hedges (0.1) (0.1)
Reclassification adj ustment of net loss on cash flow hedges
included in earnings 7.4 (1.9) 5.5
Net actuarial gain arising during period 222.2 (56.6) 165.6
Amortization and settlement recognition of net actuarial loss 33.9 (8.4) 25.5
Prior service cost arising during the period (5.6) 1.4 (4.2)
Amortization of prior service cost 6.0 (1.5) 4.5
Consolidated other comprehensive income 388.1 (67.0) 321.1
Less: Other comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling
interests (0.3) (0.3)
Other comprehensive income attributable to common
stockholders $ 387.8 $ (67.0) $ 320.8
WESTROCK COMPANY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
127
Note 21. Stockholders Equity
Capitalization
Our capital stock consists solely of Common Stock. Holders of our Common Stock are entitled to one vote per
share. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation also authorizes preferred stock, of which no shares
have been issued. The terms and provisions of such shares will be determined by our board of directors upon any
issuance of such shares in accordance with our certificate of incorporation.
Stock Repurchase Plan
In July 2015, our board of directors authorized a repurchase program of up to 40.0 million shares of our Common
Stock, representing approximately 15% of our outstanding Common Stock as of July 1, 2015. On May 4, 2022, our
board of directors authorized a new repurchase program of up to 25.0 million shares of our Common Stock, plus
any unutilized shares left from the July 2015 authorization. The 25.0 million shares represented an additional
authorization of approximately 10% of our outstanding Common Stock. The shares of our Common Stock may be
repurchased over an indefinite period of time at the discretion of management. In fiscal 2023, we repurchased no
shares of our Common Stock. In fiscal 2022, we repurchased approximately 12.6 million shares of our Common
Stock for an aggregate cost of $597.5 million. In fiscal 2021, we repurchased approximately 2.5 million shares of
our Common Stock for an aggregat e cost of $125.1 million. The amount reflected as purchased in the consolidated
statements of cash flows varies due to the timing of share settlement. As of September 30, 2023, we had
approximately 29.0 million shares of Common Stock available for repurchase under the program, although we have
indefinitely suspended the program in li ght of the proposed Transaction (and related restrictions imposed by the
Transaction Ag reement).
Note 22. Share-Based Compensation
Share-based Compensation Plans
At our Annual Meeting of Stockholders held on January 29, 2021, our stockholders approved the WestRock
Company 2020 Incentive Stock Plan. The 2020 Incentive Stock Plan, as approved by our stockholders on January
28, 2022, allows for the granting of 8.4 million shares of options, restricted stock, restricted stock units and SARs
to employees and our non-employee directors. As of September 30, 2023, there were 0.6 million shares available
to be granted under this plan, assuming the performance stock units previously granted vest at maximum. At our
Annual Meeting of Stockholders held on February 2, 2016, our stockholders approved the WestRock Company
2016 Incentive Stock Plan. The 2016 Incentive Stock Plan was amended and restated on February 2, 2018 (the
Amended and Restated 2016 Incentive Stock Plan”). The Amended and Restated 2016 Incentive Stock Plan,
adjusted for a prior corporate action, allows for the granting of 12.8 million shares of options, restricted stock,
restricted stock units and SARs to employees and our non-employee directors. As of September 30, 2023, there
were 0.4 million shares available to be granted under this plan, assuming the performance stock units previously
granted vest at maximum. In addition, there were 12.7 million shares available for grant under prior plans approved
by stockholders and plans assumed upon mergers and acquisitions and we do not expect to make any new awards
under those plans.
Our results of operations for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2023, 2022 and 2021 include share-based
compensation expense of $64.2 million, $93.3 million and $88.6 million, respectively. The total income tax benefit
in the results of operations in connection with share-based compensation was $16.0 million, $23.3 million and $22.3
million, for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively.
Cash received from share-based payment arrangements for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2023, 2022
and 2021 was $13.7 million, $28.9 million and $57.5 million, respectively.
Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units
In fiscal 2023, we granted restricted stock units to non-employee directors and certain of our employees. These
grants represent the right to receive one share of Common Stock upo n satisfaction of specified conditions. The
WESTROCK COMPANY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
128
vesting provisions for our employee awards may vary from grant to grant; however, vesting generally is contingent
upon meeting various service and/or performance or market goals including, but not limited to, achievement of
various financial targets such as, with respect to fiscal 2023, Return on Invested Capital, Adjusted Earnings Per
Share and relative Total Shareholder Return (each as defined in the award documents). Subject to the level of
performance attained, the target award for our grants with a performance or market condition generally may
increase up to 200% of target or decrease to zero depending upon the terms of the individual grant. The employee
grants with only a service condition generally vest over three years in one-third increments subsequent to fiscal
2021. The employee grants with only a service condition in fiscal 2021 and employee grants with a performance or
market condition generally vest in three years. Presently, other than circumstances such as death, disability and
retirement, the grants to employees generally include a provision requiring both a change of control and termination
of employment to accelerate vesting. The grantee is entitled to receive dividend equivalent units but will generally
forfeit the restricted stock unit award and the dividend equivalents if the employee separates from us during the
vesting period or if the predetermined goals are not accomplished. Our non-employee director awards generally
vest over a period of up to one year and carry a service condition. Prior to fiscal 2022, our non-employee directors
received their equity awards in the form of restricted stock, which carried dividend and voting rights prior to vesting.
The table below summarizes the changes in restricted stock units during the fiscal year ended September 30,
2023:
Units
Weighted
Average
Grant Date Fair
Value
Outstanding at September 30, 2022
(1)
4,900,629 $ 43.73
Granted 3,066,748 35.22
Vested and released (2,131,067) 40.91
Forfeited (558,177) 41.23
Outstanding at September 30, 2023
(1)
5,278,133 $ 40.19
(1)
Target awards granted with a performance condition, net of subsequent forfeitures, may be increased up to 200% of the
target or decreased to zero, subject to the level of performance attained. The awards are reflected in the table at the target
award amount of 100%. Ba sed on current facts and assumptions, we are forecasting the performance of the aggregate
outstanding grants to be attained at levels below target. However, actual performance may vary.
There was approximately $89.5 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to all unvested restricted
stock units as of September 30, 2023 to be recognized over a weighted average remaining vesting period of 1.5
years.
The following table represents a summary of restricted stock units and restricted stock granted in fiscal 2023,
2022 and 2021 with terms defined in the applicable grant letters (in units/shares).
2023 2022 2021
Granted to employees:
Granted with a service condition 1,419,255 1,159,255 1,009,387
Granted with a service condition an d a Return on
Invested Capital performance condition at target 540,425 394,655
Granted with a service condition an d a Cash Flow Per
Share performance condition at target
464,485 798,490
Granted with a service condition an d an Adjusted Earnings
Per Sh are performance condition at target 644,755
Granted with a service condition an d a relative Total
Shareholder Return market condition at target 69,560 45,470 127,050
Granted for attainment of a performance condition at
an amount in excess of target
(1)
341,590 263,918
Granted for annual bonus
(2)
126,984
Granted to non-employee directors 51,163 37,771 42,482
Total grants 3,066,748 2,365,554 2,104,393
WESTROCK COMPANY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
129
(1)
Grants include shares issued for the level of performance attained in excess of target. Shares issued in fiscal 2023 for the
fiscal 2020 Cash Flow Per Share measure were at 151.8% of target. Shares issued in fiscal 2022 for the fiscal 2019 Cash
Flow Per Share measure were at 151.3% of target. Shares issued in fiscal 2021 for the fiscal 2018 Cash Flow Per Share
measure were at 89.3% of target, therefore, the remainder of the grant was forfeited.
(2)
Reflects shares issued at 105% of target in fiscal 2021 relating to fiscal 2020 restricted stock units granted for the annual
bonus.
The employee grants with a relative Total Shareholder Return market condition in fiscal 2023 were valued using
a Monte Carlo simulation at $39.72 per unit. The significant assumptions used in valuing these grants included: an
expected term of 3.0 years, an expected volatility of 47.2% and a risk-free interest rate of 4.0%.
The employee grants with a relative Total Shareholder Return market condition in fiscal 2022 were valued using
a Monte Carlo simulation at $60.83 per unit. The significant assumptions used in valuing these grants included: an
expected term of 3.0 years, an expected volatility of 46.7% and a risk-free interest rate of 1.5%.
The employee grants with a relative Total Shareholder Return market condition in fiscal 2021 were valued using
a Monte Carlo simulation at $53.69 per unit. The significant assumptions used in valuing these grants included: an
expected term of 3.0 years, an expected volatility of 46.2% and a risk-free interest rate of 0.2%. In addition, we had
a subsequ ent grant for an individual valued using a Monte Carlo simulation at $70.80 per unit, using an expected
term of 2.9 years, an expected volatility of 47.0% and a risk-free rate of 0.3%.
Expense is recognized on restricted stock units and restricted stock on a straight-line basis over the explicit
service period or for performance-based grants over the explicit service period when we estimate that it is probable
the performance conditions will be satisfied. Expense recognized on grants with a performance condition that affects
how many units are ultimately awarded is based on the number of un its expected to be awarded.
The following table represents a summary of restricted stock units and restricted stock vested and released as
well as the corresponding aggregate fair value in fiscal 2023, 2022 and 2021 (in millions, except units/shares):
2023 2022 2021
Vested and released 2,131,067 1,512,550 3,194,223
Aggregate fair value $ 72.6 $ 68.7 $ 125.1
Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Rights
We did not grant any stock options or SARs in fiscal 2023, 2022 and 2021. Outstanding stock options granted
under our plans generally have an exercise price equal to the closing ma rket price on the date of the grant, generally
vested in three years, in either one tranche or in approximately one-third increments, and have 10-year contractual
terms. However, a portion of our grants are subject to earlier expense recognition due to retirement eligibility rules.
Presently, other than circumstances such as death, disability and retirement, grants will include a provision requiring
both a change of control and termination of employment to accelerate vesting.
When options are granted, we estimate the fair value of stock options granted using a Black-Scholes option
pricing model. We use historical data to estimate option exercises and employee terminations in determining the
expected term in years for stock options. Expected volatility is calculated based on the historical volatility of our
stock. The risk-free interest rate is based on U.S. Treasury securities in effect at the date of the grant of the stock
options. The dividend yield is estimated based on our historical annual dividend payments and current expectations
for the future.
WESTROCK COMPANY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
130
The table below summarizes the chan ges in stock options durin g the fiscal year ended September 30, 2023:
Stock
Options
Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
(in years)
Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
(in millions)
Outstanding at September 30, 2022 1,082,925 $ 40.22
Exercised (120,018) 28.83
Expired (262,375) 40.04
Outstanding at September 30, 2023 700,532 $ 42.24 1.3 $ 2.0
Exercisable at September 30, 2023 700,532 $ 42.24 1.3 $ 2.0
The aggregate intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended September 30, 2023, 2022 and 2021
was $0.8 million, $8.6 million and $29.1 million, respectively.
As of September 30, 2023, there was no remaining unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested stock
options.
As part of the Combination, we issued SARs to replace outstanding MWV SARs. The SARs were valued using
the Black-Scholes option pricing model. We measured compensation expense related to the SAR awards at the
end of each period. There were no SARs outstanding during the year ended September 30, 2023, and we do not
expect to issue additional SARs. The aggregate intrinsic value of SARs exercised during the years ended
September 30, 2022 and 2021 was $0.1 million and $0.2 million, respectively.
Employee Stock Purchase Plan
At our Annual Meeting of Stockholders held on February 2, 2016, our stockholders appr oved the WestRock
Company Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”). Under the ESPP, shares of Common Stock are reserved for
purchase by our qualifying employees. The ESPP allowed for the purchase of a total of approximately 2.5 million
shares of Common Stock. During fiscal 2023, 20 22 and 2021, employees purchased approximately 0.4 million, 0.3
million and 0.3 million shares, respectively, under the ESPP. We recognized $1.7 million, $1.8 million and $1.9
million of expense for fiscal 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively, related to the 15% discount on the purchase price
allowed to employees. As of September 30, 2023, approximately 0.6 million shares of Common Stock remained
available for purchase under the ESPP, although the ESPP will be suspended following the November 2023
purchase period in light of the proposed Transaction (and related obligations imposed by the Transaction
Agreement).
WESTROCK COMPANY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
131
Note 23. Earnings Per Share
The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share under the two-class
method (in millions, except per share data):
September 30,
2023 2022 2021
Numerator:
Net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders $ (1,649.0) $ 944.6 $ 838.3
Less: Distributed and undistributed income available to
participating securities
(0.1) (0.2)
Distributed and undistributed (loss) income available to
common stockholders $ (1,649.0) $ 944.5 $ 838.1
Denominator:
Basic weighted average shares outstanding 255.9 259.5 265.2
Effect of dilutive stock options and non-participating securities 2.0 2.3
Diluted weighted average shares outstanding 255.9 261.5 267.5
Basic (loss) earnings per share attributable to common
stockholders
$ (6.44) $ 3.64 $ 3.16
Diluted (loss) earnings per share attributable to common
stockholders
$ (6.44) $ 3.61 $ 3.13
Beginning in fiscal 2022, non-empl oyee directors began receiving equity grants in the form of restricted stock
units, which are not considered participating securities as the rights to dividends accrued during the vesting period
are forfeitable. The restricted stock grants to non-employee directors prior to fiscal 2022 were considered
participating securities as they received non-forfeitable rights to dividends at the same rate as our Common Stock.
As participating securities, we included these instruments in the earnings allocation in computing earnings per share
under the two-class method described in ASC 260, Earnings per Share”.
Approximately 2.5 million, 0.5 million and 0.5 million shares underlying aw ards in fiscal 2023, 2022 and 2021,
respectively, were not incl uded in computing diluted earnings per share becau se the effect would have been
antidilutive.
132
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Stockholders and Board of Directors of
WestRock Company
Opinion on the Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of WestRock Co mpany (the Company) as of
September 30, 2023 and 2022, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive (loss) income,
equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended September 30, 2023, and the related notes
(collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial
statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at September 30, 2023 and
2022, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended September
30, 2023, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United
States) (PCAOB), the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of September 30, 2023, based on
criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations
of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework), and our report dated November 17, 2023 expressed an unqualified
opinion thereon .
Basis for Opinion
These financial statements are the resp onsibili ty of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express
an op inion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered
with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S.
federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and
the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan
and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of
material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that
respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and
disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and
significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial
statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
Critical Audit Matters
The critical audit matters communicated below are matters arising from the current period audit of the financial
statements that were communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) rela te to
accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging,
subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion
on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit
matters below, providing separate opinions on the critical audit matters or on the acco unts or disclosures to which
they relate.
133
Goodwill Impairment Assessment of the Corrugated Packaging Reporting Unit
Description of
the Matter
As discussed in Note 1 of the consolidated financial statements, goodwill is tested for impairment
at least annually at the reporting unit level on July 1 or more frequently if events or change in
circumstances indicate that it is more likely than not to be impaired. This requires management
to estimate the fair value of the reporting units based on the discounted cash flow method or, as
appropriate, a combination of the discounted cash flow method and guideline public-company
method. The Company performed an interim impairment test as of March 1, 2023, and recorded
an impairment charge of $1,893.0 million, of which $514.3 million related to the Corrugated
Packaging reporting unit. As of September 30, 2023, the Company’s goodwill balance totaled
$4,248.7 million, of which $2,603.7 million related to the Corrugated Packaging reporting unit.
Auditing management’s goodwill impairment tests for the Corrugated Packaging reporting unit
involved especially subjective judgments due to the significant estimation required in determining
the fair value of the reporting unit. In particular, the estimates of the fair value for the Company’s
Corrugated Packaging reporting unit are sensitive to assumptions such as the discount rate,
earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortization (EBITDA) multiples for comparable
guideline companies and expected future net cash flows, including projected revenue and
EBITDA margins, which are affected by expectations about future market and economic
conditions.
How We
Addressed the
Matter in Our
Audit
We obtained an understanding, evaluated the design and tested the operating effectiveness of
controls over the Company’s goodwill impairment review process. For example, we tested
controls over the estimation of the fair values of the reporting unit, including the Company’s
controls over the valuation model, the mathematical accuracy of the valuation models, the
development of und erlying assumptions used to estimate such fair values of the reporting unit
and the clerical accuracy of the interim impairment charge. We also tested management’s review
of the reconciliation of the aggregate estimated fair values of the reporting units to the market
capitalization of the Company.
To test the estimated fair values of the Company’s Corrugated Packaging reporting unit, our audit
procedures included, among others, assessing the valuation methodology, determination of the
guideline public companies, and the underlying data used by the Company in its analysis,
including testing the significant assumptions discussed above. We compared the significant
assumptions used by management to current industry and economic trends, changes to the
Company’s business model and other relevant factors. We assessed the historical accuracy of
management’s assumptions of future expected net cash flows and performed sensitivity ana lyses
of significant assumptions to evaluate the changes in the fair values of the reporting unit that
would result from changes in the assumptions. We involved valuation specialists to assist in our
evaluation of the valuation methodology and the significant assumptions, including the discount
rate used in determining the fair values of the reporting unit.
Uncertain Tax Positions
Description of
the Matter
As discussed in Note 7 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has unrecognized
income tax benefits of $405.1 million related to its uncertain tax positions at September 30, 2023.
The Company uses significant judgment in (1) determining whether a tax position, based solely
on its technical merits, is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination, and (2) in
measuring the tax benefit as the largest amount of benefit which is more likely than not to be
realized upon ultimate settlement. The Company does not record any benefit for tax positions
that do not meet the more-likel y-than-not initial recognition threshold.
Auditing management’s analysis of its uncertain tax positions and resulting unrecognized income
tax benefits involved especially subjective and complex judgments because each tax position
carries unique facts and circumstances that require interpretation of laws, regulations and legal
rulings, and other factors.
134
How We
Addressed the
Matter in Our
Audit
We tested the Company’s controls that address the risks of material misstatement relating to
uncertain tax positions. For example, we tested controls over management’s application of the
two-step recognition and measurement principles, including management’s review of the inputs
and resulting calculations of unrecognized income tax benefits.
To test the Company’s measurement and recording of its uncertain tax positions, our audit
procedures included, among others, inspecting the Company’s analysis and related tax opinions
to evaluate the assumptions the Company used to develop its uncertain tax positions and related
unrecognized income tax benefit amounts by ju risdiction. We also tested the completeness and
accuracy of the underlying data used by the Company to calculate its uncertain tax positions. For
example, we compared the recorded unrecognized income tax benefits to similar positions in
prior periods and assessed management’s consideration of current tax controversy and litigation
trends in similar positions challenged by tax authorities. In addition, we involved tax subject matter
resources to evaluate the application of relevant tax laws in the Company’s recognition
determination. We also evaluated the Company’s income tax disclosures in relation to these
matters includ ed in Note 7 to the consolidated financial statements.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
We have served as the Company’s or its predecessor’s auditor since at least 1975, but we are unable to determine
the specific year.
Atlanta, Georgia
November 17, 2023
135
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of
WestRock Company
Opinion on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
We have audited WestRock Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of September 30, 2023, based
on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring
Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) (the COSO criteria). In our opinion, WestRock
Company (the Company) maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as
of September 30, 2023, based on the COSO criteria.
As indicated in the accompanying Management’s Annual Report On Internal Co ntrol Over Financial Reporting,
management’s assessment of and conclusion on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting did
not include the internal controls of Gondi S.A. de C.V. (“Gondi”), which is included in the 2023 consolidated financial
statements of the Company and constituted $2.7 billion of total assets as of September 30, 2023 and $1.1 billion of
revenues for the year then ended. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting of the Company also did not
include an evaluation of the internal control over financial reporting of Gondi.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United
States) (PCAOB), the consolidated balance sheets of the Company as of September 30, 2023 and 2022, and the
related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive (loss) income, equity and cash flows for each of the
three years in the period ended September 30, 2023, and the related notes and our report dated November 17,
2023, expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
Basis for Opinion
The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and
for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying
Management’s Annual Report On Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting
firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance
with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange
Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and
perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting
was maintained in all material respects.
Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, asse ssing the risk that a
material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based
on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We
believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance
regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in
accordance with general ly accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting
includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of re cords that, in reasonable detail,
accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable
assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance
with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made
only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable
136
assurance regardi ng prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s
assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.
Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become
inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may
deteriorate.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
Atlanta, Georgia
November 17, 2023
137
WESTROCK COMPANY
MANAGEMENT’S ANNUAL REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING
Management’s Responsibility for the Financial Statements
The management of WestRock Company is responsible for the preparation and integrity of the consolidated
financial statements appearing in our Annual Report on Form 10-K. The financial statements were prepared in
conformity with GAAP appropriate in the circumstances and, accordingly, include certain amounts based on our
best judgments and estimates. Financial information in this Annual Report on Form 10-K is consistent with that in
the financial statements.
Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Management of the Company is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over
financial reporting as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act. Our internal control over
financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and
the preparation of the consolidated financial statements. Our internal control over financial reporting is supported
by a program of internal audits and appropriate reviews by management, written policies and guidelines, careful
selection and training of qualified personnel and a written code(s) of conduct adopted by our board of directors that
is applicable to all officers and employees of our Company and subsidiaries, as well as a code of conduct that is
applicable to all of our directors.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect
misstatements and even when determined to be effective, can only provide reasonable assurance with respect to
financial statement preparation and presentation. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future
periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the
degree of compliance with the po licies or procedures may deteriorate.
Management assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of September 30,
2023. In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring
Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013 framework).
The scope of our efforts to comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act with respect to fiscal 2023 included
all of our operations other than those we acquired in fiscal 2023 related to the Mexico Acquisition. In accordance
with the SEC's published guidance, we excluded these operations from our assessment of internal control over
financial reporting as of September 30, 2023, because we acquired these operations during the fiscal year. Total
assets as of September 30, 2023 and total revenues for the year ending September 30, 2023 for the operations
acquired in the Mexico Acquisition were $2.7 billion and $1.1 billion, respectively. The SEC's published guidance
specifies that the period in which management may omit an assessment of an acquired business's internal control
over financial reporting from its assessment of the Company's internal control may not extend beyon d one year
from the date of acquisition. Based on our assessment, which as discussed herein excluded the operations acquired
in the Mexico Acquisition, management believes that we maintained effective internal control over financial reporting
as of September 30, 2023. Our independent auditors, Ernst & Young LLP, an independent registered public
accounting firm, are appointed by the Audit Committee of our board of directors. Ernst & Young LLP has audited
and reported on the consolidated financial statements of WestRock Company, and has issued an attestation report
on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. The report of the independent registered public
accounting firm is contained in this Annual Report.
Audit Committee Responsibility
The Audit Committee of our board of directors, composed solely of directors who are independent in accordance
with the requirements of the NYSE listing standards, the Exchange Act and our Corporate Gove rnance Guidelines,
meets with the independent auditors, management and internal auditors periodically to discuss internal control over
financial reporting and auditing and financial reporting matters. The Audit Committee reviews with the independent
auditors the scope and results of the audit effort. The Audit Committee also meets periodica lly with the independent
auditors and the chief internal auditor without management present to ensure that the independent auditors and the
chief internal auditor have full access to the Audit Committee. Our Audit Committee’s Report will be contained in
our definitive proxy statement issued in connection with our 2024 annual meeting of stockholders and is
incorporated herein by reference.
138
DAVID B. SEWELL,
Chief Executive Officer and President
ALEXANDER W. PEASE,
Executive Vice President and Chief Fina ncial Officer
November 17, 2023
139
Item 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND
FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
There were no changes in or disagreements with accountants on accounting and financial disclosure.
Item 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
We maintain disclosure controls and other procedures that are designed with the objective of ensuring the
following:
that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange
Act are recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specifie d in the SEC’s
rules an d forms; and
that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file under the Exchange Act is
accumulated and communicated to our management, including our CEO and our Chief Financial Officer
(“CFO”), as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
We have performed an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls
and procedures as of September 30, 2023, under the supervision and with the participation of our management,
including our CEO and CFO. Based on that evaluation, our CEO and CFO have concluded that our disclosure
controls and procedures were effective as of September 30, 2023, to provide reasonable assurance that we record,
process, summarize and report the information we must disclose in reports that we file or submit under the
Exchange Act within the time periods specified in the SEC's rules and forms and to allow timely decisions regarding
required disclosure. During the quarter ended December 31, 2022, we completed the Mexico Acquisition.
Subsequent to the Mexico Acquisition, we have begun controls assessment and integration activities. See Note 3.
Acquisitions of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information. In accordance with the
SEC's published guidance, we excluded these operations from our assessment of internal control over financial
reporting as of September 30, 2023, because we acquired these operations during the current fiscal year. The
SEC's published guidance specifies that the period in which management may omit an asse ssment of an acquired
business's internal control over financial reporting from its assessment of the Company's internal control may not
extend beyond one year from the date of acquisition.
In designing and evaluating our disclosure controls and procedures, management recognized that any controls
and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving
the desired control objectives, as ours are designed to do. Management also noted that the design of any system
of controls is also based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and that there can
be no assurance that any such design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions,
regardless of how remote. Management necessarily was required to apply its judgment in evaluating the cost-
benefit relationship of possible controls and procedures.
Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
The report called for by Item 308(a) of Regulation S-K is incorporated herein by reference to Management’s
Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting of WestRock Company, included in Part II, Item 8 of
this report.
The attestation report called for by Item 308(b) of Regulatio n S-K is incorporated herein by reference to the
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting, included in
Part II, Item 8 of this report.
Management has evaluated, with the participation of our CEO and CFO, changes in our internal controls over
financial reporting during the quarter ended September 30, 2023. In connection with that evaluation, we have
determined that there has been no change in our internal control over financial reporting identified in connection
with the evaluation required by paragraph (d) of Exchange Act Rules 13a-15 or 15d-15 that occurred during the
140
fourth quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over
financial reporting.
Item 9B. OTHER INFORMATION
Not applicable.
Item 9C. DISCLOSURE REGARDING FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS THAT PREVENT INSPECTIONS
Not applicable.
141
PART III
Item 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS, AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
Identification of Executive Officers
The executive officers of the Company are as follows as of November 12, 2023:
Name AgePosition Held
David B. Sewell 55 Chief Executive Officer and President
Alexander W. Pease52Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Patrick M. Kivits 56 President, Corrugated Packagi ng
John L. O’Neal 56 President, Global Paper
Samuel W. Shoemaker 61 President, Consumer Packaging
Thomas M. Stigers 60 President, Mill Operations
Vicki L. Lostetter 64 Chief Human Resources Officer
Julia A. McConnell 54 Senior Vice President and Chief Acco unting Officer
Denise R. Singleton 61 Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
David B. Sewell has served as WestRock’s chief executive officer and president since March 2021. From March
2019 until joining WestRock, he served as president and chief operatin g officer of The Sherwin-Williams Company,
a company in the paint and coating manufacturing in dustry (“Sherwin-Williams”). From August 2014 to March 2019,
Mr. Sewell served as president of the performance coatings group at Sherwin-Williams. Prior to joining Sherwin-
Williams in February 2007, Mr. Sewell spent 15 years working for General Electric Company.
Alexander W. Pease has served as WestRock’s executive vice president and chief financial officer since
November 2021. From 2018 until joining WestRock, he served as executive vice president and chief financial officer
of CommScope Holding Company, Inc., a global provider of infrastructure solutions for communication and
entertainment networks. From 2016 to 2018, he served as executive vice president and chief financial officer of
Snyder’s-Lance, Inc, a snack food producer. He served as a principal at McKinsey & Company in its global corporate
finance and business functions practice from 2015 to 2016. From 2011 to 2015, he was senior vice president and
chief financial officer of EnPro Industries, Inc. Before joining EnPro, he worked at McKinsey & Company and served
in the U.S. Navy as a SEAL Platoon commander.
Patrick M. Kivits has served as WestRock’s president, corrugated packaging since August 2022. He previously
served as WestRock’s president, consumer packaging from June 2021 until August 2022, as president, Multi
Packaging Solutions from August 2020 until June 2021, and as executive vice president operations North America
for Multi Packaging Solutions from November 2019 until August 2020. Prior to joining WestRock, Mr. Kivits spent
20 years in the specialty chemical industry, working for H.B. Fuller and Henkel in adhesives for the packaging
industry.
John L. O’Neal has served as WestRock’s president, global paper since June 2021. He previously served as
our executive vice president, global food and beverage from 2016 until June 2021. From 2012 to 2016, he served
in senior leadership roles in the company’s corrugated packaging and paper solution businesses. Prior to joining
WestRock, Mr. O’Neal spent 16 years working for Mirant Corporation.
Samuel W. Shoemaker has served as WestRock’s president, consumer packaging since August 2022. Mr.
Shoemaker served as president and general manager of global packaging, coil and coatings, resins and colorants
at Sh erwin-Williams from June 2017 until his retirement from Sherwin-Williams in April 2021. He previously served
as senior vice president of the global packaging coatings business unit at Valspar Corp. from 2012 until its
acquisition by Sherwin-Williams in June 2017. Prior to that time, he held a variety of leadership roles at The Dow
Chemical Compan y and Rohm and Haas.
Thomas M. Stigers has served as WestRock’s president, mill operations since June 2021. He previously served
as our executive vice president, containerboard mills. Mr. Stigers joined WestRock in connection with its acquisition
142
of Southern Container Corp. in 2008, where he served as vice president of Solvay Paperboard. Mr. Stigers has
worked in the paper industry since 1987, including in various operational leadership roles with Champion
International, Simpson Paper Company, Donohue Inc., and Abitibi-Consolidated Inc.
Vicki L. Lostetter has served as WestRock’s chief human resources officer since February 2018. She previously
served as general manager, talent and organization capability and general manager, global talent management
with Microsoft Corporation, a large multinational technology company. Prior to joining Microsoft, Ms. Lostetter
served in various leadership roles within the human resources function with Coca-Cola Enterprises, Inc., The Coca-
Cola Company and Honeywell, Inc.
Julia A. McConnell has served as WestRock’s senior vice president and chief accounting officer since June
2020. Prior to joining WestRock, Ms. McConnell worked for Carter’s, Inc., a designer and marketer of children's
apparel, where she served as vice president, international & supply chain finance from 2018 to May 2020 and as
vice president, finance and corporate controller from 2010 to 2019. Prior to that time, Ms. McConnell served in
various finance leadership roles at PepsiCo, Inc. from 2004 to 2010, and spent 12 years with
PricewaterhouseCoopers.
Denise R. Singleton has served as WestRock’s executive vice president, general counsel and secretary since
March 2022. From October 2015 until joining WestRock, Ms. Singleton served as senior vice president, general
counsel and corporate secretary of IDEX Corporation, an applied solutions provider serving a variety of niche
markets. Ms. Singleton was senior vice president, general counsel, corporate secretary and chief compliance officer
for SunCoke Energy, Inc. from March 2011 to October 2015 and held various roles at PPG Industries, Inc. before
joining SunCoke.
All of our executive officers are elected annually by, and serve at the discretion of, the board of directors.
See Part I, Item 1. Available Information of this Form 10-K for information about our Code of Ethical Conduct
for our Chief Executive Officer and Senior Financial Officers, including that any amendments to, or waiver from, any
provision of such code required to be disclosed will be posted on our website. The remainder of the information
required by this item will be contained in our definitive proxy statement issued in connection with our 2024 annual
meeting of stockholders and is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
The information required by this item will be contained in our definitive proxy statement issued in connection
with our 2024 annual meeting of stockholders and is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND
RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
Other than as set forth below, the information required by this item will be contained in our definitive proxy
statement issued in connection with our 2024 annual meeting of stockholders and is incorporated herein by
reference.
143
The table below shows information with respect to all of our equity compensation plans as of September 30,
2023:
Number of Securities
to be Issued Upon
Exercise of Outstanding
Options, Warrants and
Rights
(a)
(2)
Weighted-Average
Exercise Price of
Outstanding Options,
Warrants and Rights
(b)
(3)
Number of Securities Remaining
Available for Future Issuance
Under Equity Compensation Plans
(Excluding Securities Reflected in
Column a)
(c)
2020 Incentive Stock Plan 7,052,739 $ 621,743
2016 Incentive Stock Plan 1,352,134 $ 3.61 434,937
2004 Incentive Stock Plan
(1)
108,070 $ 52.46 3,368,688
2005 Performance Incentive Plan
(1)
343,661 $ 49.29 9,313,574
KapStone Incentive Stock Plan 85,796 $ 24.47
2016 Employee Stock Purchase Plan $ 622,491
(1)
We do not expect to make additional grants of awards under these plans.
(2)
Includes 2,299,844 shares for the 2020 Incentive Stock Plan and 425,497 shares for the 2016 Incentive Stock Plan that
may be issued pursuant to outstanding performance stock units as of September 30, 2023 assuming the achievement of
performance conditions at maximum. However, based on current facts and assumptions, we are forecasting the
performance of the aggregate outstanding grants in the 2020 Incentive Stock Plan and 2016 Incentive Stock Plan to be
attained at levels below target.
(3)
For the 2020 Incentive Stock Plan, the 2016 Incentive Stock Plan and the KapStone Incentive Stock Plan, the amounts
include restricted stock units and/or performance share stock units, which do not have exercise prices. There are no
outstanding options under the 2020 Incentive Stock Plan; therefore, the weighted-average exercise price is zero. The
weighted average exercise price of outstanding options at September 30, 2023 was $29.80 for the 2016 Incentive Stock
Plan and $24.70 for the KapStone Incentive Stock Plan.
Item 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
The information required by this item will be contained in our definitive proxy statement issued in connection
with our 2024 annual meeting of stockholders and is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES
The information required by this item will be contained in our definitive proxy statement issued in connection
with our 2024 annual meeting of stockholders and is incorporated herein by reference.
144
PART IV
Item 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
(a) 1. Financial Statements.
The following consolidated financial statements of our company and our consolidated subsidiaries and the
Report of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm are included in Part II, Item 8 of this report:
Page
Reference
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended September 30, 2023, 2022 and 2021 62
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive (Loss) Income for the years end ed September 30,
2023, 2022 and 2021 63
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of September 30, 2023 and 2022 64
Consolidated Statements of Equity for the years ended September 30, 2023, 2022 and 2021 65
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended September 30, 2023, 2022 and 2021 66
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 67
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 132
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Internal Control Over Financial
Reporting135
Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting 137
2. Financial Statement Schedule of WestRock Company.
All schedules are omitted because they are not applicable or not required because this information is provided
in the financial statements.
3. Exhibits.
See sepa rate Index to Exhibits attached hereto and incorporated herein.
(b) See Item 15(a)(3) and separate Index to Exhibits attached hereto and incorporated herein.
(c) Not applicable.
Item 16. FORM 10-K SUMMARY
None.
145
INDEX TO EXHIBITS
Exhibit
Number Description of Exhibits
^2.1
Transaction Agreement, dated September 12, 2023, by and among Smurfit Kappa, WestRock and
Smurfit Kappa Merger Sub, Inc. and ListCo Limited (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of
WestRock’s Curre nt Report on Form 8-K filed on September 12, 2023).
3.1
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of WestRock Company, effective as of November
2, 2018 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of WestRock’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on
November 5, 2018).
3.2
Certificate of Correction to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of WestRock
Company dated November 13, 2018 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 of WestRock’s Annual
Report on Form 10-K for the year ended September 30, 2018).
3.3Second Amended and Restated Bylaws of WestRock Company, effective October 27, 2022
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of WestRock’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on
November 2, 2022).
4.1(a) Indenture, dated as of August 24, 2017, by and among WestRock Company, MWV, RKT and The
Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1
of WestRock’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 24, 2017).
4.1(b) First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of August 24, 2017, to the Indenture dated as of August 24,
2017, by and among WestRock Company, MWV, RKT and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust
Company, N.A., as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of WestRock’s Current Report
on Form 8-K filed on August 24, 2017).
4.1(c)
Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 6, 2018, to the Indenture dated as of August 24,
2017, by and among WestRock Company, MWV, RKT and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust
Company, N.A., as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of WestRock’s Current Report
on Form 8-K filed on March 6, 2018).
4.1(d) Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of November 2, 2018, to the Indenture dated as of August
24, 2017, among WRKCo, RKT, MWV and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee (incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 4.7 of WestRock’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 5, 2018).
4.1(e) Fourth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of September 22, 2023, to the Indenture dated as of August
24, 2017, among WRKCo, WestRock Company, RKT, MWV and The Bank of New York Mellon, as
trustee.
4.1(f) Fifth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of September 26, 2023, to the Indenture dated as of August
24, 2017, between WRKCo and The Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee.
4.2(a) Indenture, dated as of December 3, 2018, by and among WRKCo Inc., WestRock Company, MWV,
RKT, and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee (incorporated by reference
to Exhibit 4.1 of WestRock’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 3, 2018).
4.2(b)
First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 3, 2018, to the Indenture dated as of December
3, 2018, by and among WRKCo Inc., WestRock Company, MWV, RKT and The Bank of New York
Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of WestRock’s
Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 3, 2018).
4.2(c) Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 20, 2019, by and among WRKCo Inc., WestRock
Company, MWV, RKT and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of WestRock Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed
on May 20, 2019).
4.2(d) Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of June 3, 2020, to the Indenture dated as of December 3,
2018, by and among WRKCo Inc., WestRock Company, MWV, RKT and The Bank of New York
146
Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of the WestRock’s
Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 3, 2020).
4.2(e)
Fourth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of September 26, 2023, to the Indenture dated as of
December 3, 2018, by and among WRKCo Inc., WestRock Company, MWV, RKT and The Bank of
New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee.
WestRock Company hereby undertakes to furnish a copy of any other long-term debt instrument with
respect to which the total amount of securities authorized thereunder does not exceed 10% of its
consolidated total assets.
4.3Description of the Registrant’s Common Stock Registered Pursuant to Section 12 of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.9 of WestRock’s Annual Report on
Form 10-K for the year ended September 30, 2019).
*10.1
WestRock Company Third Amended and Restated Annual Executive Bonus Plan, dated as of
January 31, 2019 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of WestRock’s Quarterly Report on Form
10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2019).
*10.2MeadWestvaco Corporation 2005 Performance Incentive Plan effective April 22, 2005 and as
amended February 26, 2007, January 1, 2009, February 28, 2011 and February 25, 2013
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of MWV’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 25,
2013).
*10.3(a)
Amended and Restated Rock-Tenn Company Supplemental Retirement Savings Plan, effective
January 1, 2006 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of RockTenn’s Quarterly Report on Form
10-Q for the quarter ended December 31, 2005).
*10.3(b)
Amendment to the Rock-Tenn Company Supplemental Retirement Savings Plan, effective November
16, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of RockTenn’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended December 31 , 2007).
*10.4(a)
MeadWestvaco Corporation Deferred Income Plan Restatement, effective January 1, 2007
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.25 of MWV’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
December 31, 2008).
*10.4(b) First Amendment to the MeadWestvaco Corporation Deferred Income Plan (2007 Restatement)
effective September 1, 2013 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7(b) of WestRock’s Annual
Report on Form 10-K for the year ended September 30, 2015).
*10.4(c) Second Amendment to the MeadWestvaco Corporation Deferred Income Plan (2007 Restatement)
effective January 1, 2015 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7(c) of WestRock’s Annual Report
on Form 10-K for the year ended September 30, 2015).
*10.4(d) Third Amendment to the MeadWestvaco Corporation Deferred Income Plan (2007 Restatement)
effective July 1, 2015 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7(d) of WestRock’s Annual Report on
Form 10-K for the year ended September 30, 2015).
*10.5Amended and Restated Rock-Tenn Company 2004 Incentive Stock Plan effective January 27, 2012
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the RockTenn’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the
quarter ended June 30, 2012).
*10.6
WestRock Company 2016 Deferred Compensation Plan for Non-Employee Directors (incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 10.30 of WestRock’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended
June 30, 2016).
*10.7
WestRock Company Deferred Compensation Plan, effective January 1, 2016 (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.7 of WestRock’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended September
30, 2022).
*10.8(a)
WestRock Company 2016 Incentive Stock Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of
WestRock’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2016).
147
*10.8(b)
WestRock Company Amended and Restated 2016 Incentive Stock Plan (incorporated by reference
to pages B-1 to B-14 of WestRock’s Definitive Proxy Statement for the 2018 Annual Meeting of
Shareholders filed with the SEC on December 19, 2017).
*10.9(a)
WestRock Company 2020 Incentive Stock Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.44 of
WestRock's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended September 30, 2020).
*10.9(b)
Amendment No. 1 to WestRock Company 2020 Incentive Stock Plan (incorporated by reference to
page 15 of Appendix A of WestRock’s Definitive Proxy Statement for the 2022 Annual Meeting of
Stockholders filed with the SEC on December 13, 2021).
*10.10 Form of Executive Officer Change in Control Severance Agreement (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 99.1 of WestRock’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 11, 2022).
*^10.11WestRock Company Executive Severa nce Plan, effective September 30, 2022 (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.1 of WestRock’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 6, 2022).
*+10.12
Form of Executive Officer Equity Award Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of
WestRock’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2023).
*10.13 Form of Director Equity Award Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of WestRock’s
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2023).
^10.14(a)
Sixth Amended and Restated Receivables Sale Agreement, dated as of July 22, 2016, among
WestRock Financial, Inc., and certain other subsidiaries of WestRock Company (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.20 of WestRock’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended September
30, 2016).
^10.14(b) Amendment No. 1, dated as of May 2, 2019, to the Sixth Amended and Restated Receivables Sale
Agreement, among WestRock Financial, Inc., and certain other subsidiaries of Westrock Company,
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of WestRock’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the
quarter ended June 30, 2019).
10.14(c) Amendment No. 2, dated as of September 29, 2023, to the Sixth Amended and Restated Receivables
Sale Agreement, among WestRock Financial, Inc. and certain other subsidiaries of Westrock
Company, as originators.
^10.15 Amendment No. 4, dated as of February 28, 2021, to the Eighth Amended and Restated Credit and
Security Agreement among WestRock Financial Inc., WestRock Converting, LLC, the lenders and
co-agents from time to time party thereto and Coöperatieve Rabobank, U.A. (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.1 of WestRock’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 1, 2023).
+10.16Agreement for the Purchasing and Servicing of Receivables, dated as of September 11, 2023, among
WestRock Company, various WestRock Company subsidiaries, and Coöperatieve Rabobank, U.A.
^10.17(a) Credit Agreement dated as of July 7, 2022, among WestRock Company, as a guarantor, WRKCo Inc.,
as, WestRock Company of Canada Corp./Compagnie WestRock du Canada Corp., WRK
Luxembourg S.à r.l., certain subsidiaries of WestRock Company, the lenders from time to time party
thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as administrative agent and multicurrency agent (incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of WestRock’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 11, 2022).
^10.17(b) Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement, dated as of August 18, 2022, among WestRock Company,
certain subsidiaries of WestRock Company, the Lenders party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National
Association, as administrative agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 of WestRock’s Current
Report on Form 8-K filed on August 24, 2022).
10.17(c) Amendment No. 2 to Credit Agreement, dated as of September 27, 2023 , among WestRock
Company, certain subsidiaries of WestRock Company, the Lenders party thereto and Wells Fargo
Bank, National Association, as administrative agent.
^10.18(a) Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of July 7, 2022, among WestRock Company,
WestRock Southeast, LLC, the subsidiaries of the Company from time to time party thereto, the
148
lenders from time to time party thereto and CoBank, ACB, as administrative agent (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.2 of WestRock’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 11, 2022).
10.18(b)
First Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of September 27, 2023 among WestRock Company,
WestRock Southeast, LLC, the other subsidiaries of the Company from time to time party thereto, the
lenders and voting participants from time to time party thereto and CoBank, ACB, as administrative
agent.
^10.19(a)
Credit Agreement dated as of July 7, 2022, among WRKCo Inc., WestRock Company, WRK
Luxembourg S.à r.l., as a borrower, Multi Packaging Solutions Limited, as a borrower, certain other
subsidiaries of the WestRock Company from time to time party thereto, as borrowers, the lenders
from time to time party thereto and Coöperatieve Rabobank U.A., New York Branch, as administrative
agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of WestRock’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on
July 11, 2022).
10.19(b)First Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of September 27, 2023 among WRK Luxembourg
S r.l., Multi Packaging Solutions Limited, the lenders from time to time party thereto and
Cperatieve Rabo bank U.A., New York Branch, as administrative agent.
10.20
Ninth Amended and Restated Performance Undertaking, dated as of March 12, 2021, by WestRock
Company in favor of WestRock Financial Inc (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 of
WestRock’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended September 30, 2022).
10.21
Form of Dealer Agreement among WestRock Company, WRKCo Inc., RKT, MWV and the Dealer
party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of WestRock’s Current Report on Form 8-K
filed on December 10, 2018).
21 Subsid iaries of the Registrant.
22 List of Guarantor Subsidiaries and Issuers of Guaranteed Securities.
23 Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
31.1
Certification Accompanying Periodic Report Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of
2002, executed by David B. Sewell, Chief Executive Officer and President of WestRock Company.
31.2
Certification Accompanying Periodic Report Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of
2002, executed by Alexander W. Pease, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of
WestRock Company.
#32.1
Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, executed by David B. Sewell, Chief Executive Officer and President of
WestRock Company, and by Alexander W. Pease, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial
Officer of WestRock Company.
101.INSInline XBRL Instance Document the instance document does not appear in the Interactive Data File
because its XBRL tags are embedded within the Inline XBRL document.
101.SCHInline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema.
101.CALInline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase.
101.DEFInline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Label Linkbase.
101.LABInline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase.
101.PREInline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase.
104
Cover Page Interactive Data File the cover page interactive data file does not appear in the
Interactive Data File because its XBRL tags are embedded within the Inline XBRL document (included
in Exhibit 101).
* Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
149
+ Certain identified information has been excluded from this exhibit because it is not material and is of the type
that the Company treats as private or confidential.
^ Annexes, schedules and/or exhibits have been omitted pursuant to Item 601(b)(2) of Regulation S-K.
# In accordance with SEC Release No. 33-8238, Exhibit 32.1 is to be treated as “accompanying” this report
rather than “filed” as part of the report.
150
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Registrant has duly caused this
report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
WESTROCK COMPANY
Dated: November 17, 2023 By:/s/ DAVID B. SEWELL
David B. Sewell
Chief Executive Officer and President
151
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Report has been signed below by
the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated:
Signature
Title Date
/s/ DAVID B. SEWELL Chief Executive Officer and President November 17, 2023
David B. Sewell (Principal Executive Officer), Director
/s/ ALEXANDER W. PEASE Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer November 17, 2023
Alexander W. Pease (Principal Financial Officer)
/s/ JULIA A. MCCONNELL Senior Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer November 17, 2023
Julia A. McConnell (Principal Accounting Officer)
/s/ ALAN D. WILSON Director, Chair of the Board November 17, 2023
Alan D. Wilson
/s/ COLLEEN F. ARNOLD Director November 17, 2023
Colleen F. Arnold
/s/ TIMOTHY J. BERNLOHR Director November 17, 2023
Timothy J. Bernlohr
/s/ J. POWELL BROWN Director November 17, 2023
J. Powell Brown
/s/ TERRELL K. CREWS Director November 17, 2023
Terrell K. Crews
/s/ RUSSELL M. CURREY Director November 17, 2023
Russell M. Currey
/s/ SUZAN F. HARRISON Director November 17, 2023
Suzan F. Harrison
/s/ GRACIA C. MARTORE Director November 17, 2023
Gracia C. Martore
/s/ JAMES E. NEVELS Director November 17, 2023
James E. Nevels
/s/ E. JEAN SAVAGE Director November 17, 2023
E. Jean Savage
/s/ DMITRI L. STOCKTON Director November 17, 2023
Dmitri L. Stockton
[THIS PA GE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]
Exhibit 31.1
CERTIFICATION ACCOMPANYING PERIODIC REPORT
PURSUANT TO SECTION 302
OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
I, David B. Sewell, Chief Executive Officer and President, certify that:
1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of WestRock Company;
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to
state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which
such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report,
fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the
registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4. The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure
controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal
control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the
registrant and have:
(a)Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and
procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to
the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those
entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
(b)Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over
financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance
regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external
purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
(c)Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented
in this report our conclu sions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as
of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
(d)Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that
occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in
the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect,
the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and
5. The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of
internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the
registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control
over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to
record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
(b)Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a
significant role in the registrant's intern al control over financial reporting .
Date:November 17, 2023 /s/ David B. Sewell
David B. Sewell
Chief Executive Officer and President
A signed original of this written statement required by Section 302, or other document authenticating,
acknowledging, or otherwise adopting the signature that appears in typed form within the electronic version
of this written statement required by Section 302, has been provided to WestRock Company and will be
retained by WestRock Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff
upon request.
[THIS PA GE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]
Exhibit 31.2
CERTIFICATION ACCOMPANYING PERIODIC REPORT
PURSUANT TO SECTION 302
OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
I, Alexander W. Pease, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, certify that:
1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of WestRock Company;
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit
to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under
which su ch statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this
report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash
flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4. The registrant's other certifying officer and I are re sponsible for establishing and maintaining
disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and
internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for
the registrant and have:
(a)Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and
procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to
the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those
entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
(b)Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over
financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance
regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for
external purposes in accordance with gene rally accepted accounting principles;
(c)Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented
in this report our conclusions ab out the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures,
as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
(d)Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that
occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in
the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially
affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and
5. The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of
internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the
registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control
over financial reporting which are reason ably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to
record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
(b)Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a
significant role in the registrant's intern al control over financial reporting .
Date:November 17, 2023 /s/ Alexander W. Pease
Alexander W. Pease
Executive Vice President and Chief Fina ncial Officer
A signed original of this written statement required by Section 302, or other document authenticating,
acknowledging, or otherwise adopting the signature that appears in typed form within the electronic
version of this written statement required by Section 302, has been provided to WestRock Company and
will be retained by WestRock Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its
staff upon request.
[THIS PA GE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]
Annual Report and
2024 Proxy Statement
PEFC/29-31-216
Promoting
Sustainable Forest
Management
www.pefc.org
WestRock 2023 Annual Report and 2024 Proxy Statement
westrock.com
©2023 WestRock Company. WESTROCK, WestRock
and Design, and the WestRock Logo are trademarks
owned by WestRock Company. All rights reserved.
Cover printed on WestRock Tango® 12pt C2S.
PLEASE RECYCLE